Flipped Lifestyle

Helping families find freedom online!

  • Our Story
  • Podcast
  • As Featured On
  • Contact Us
  • Resources
  • Flip Your Life Login
  • 
  • 
  • 
  • 
  • 
Flipped Lifestyle™. Flip Your Life™. Copyright 2013-Present.

FL 114 – We help Luke relaunch his membership and fully automate payment options

October 25, 2016 by Shane Sams Leave a Comment

http://traffic.libsyn.com/flippedlifestyle/FL115_Luke_Bogacki.mp3

Podcast: Play in new window | Download

Subscribe: iTunes | Android | RSS

luke-bogacki-pic

Welcome back to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast! We have an amazing guest this week, Flip Your Life community member and Professional Drag Racer, Luke Bogacki.

Everyone has what we call an “unfair advantage.” Luke is no exception, a dream job in professional drag racing and a family of his own, he is as dedicated to his career as he is to his loved ones.

Luke has been in the drag racing scene since he was young, as he was blessed with a father that was truly passionate about the sport. He had won over 250 events in his 20 plus years competing, and has proven his versatility countless times.

He started a website called thisisbracketracing.com back in 2008, a membership community that focused on helping racers understand racing concepts and strategies so they can get their game to the next level.

Luke’s passion to reach and help more aspiring racers has driven him to invest more time on his website, join us as we  teach him how he can relaunch his membership and set some  automation for his website in order.

Let’s get started!

Make money by what you do & THEN make money by what you know.

Click To Tweet

Everybody wants to ramp past the learning curve, they want to solve a problem quickly.

Click To Tweet

Capitalizing on your strengths is one of the biggest hallmarks of online business.

Click To Tweet

Sometimes we invent fears, those things aren’t really true, it’s just something that we kind of…

Click To Tweet

You Will Learn:

  • How to capitalize on social media to relaunch a membership.
  • What to include in your initial offer.
  • The advantages of using automation for your online business.
  • And a whole lot more!

Links and resources mentioned on today’s show:

  • Flip Your Life
  • Luke’s Website
  • Elementary librarian

Enjoy the podcast; we hope it inspires you to explore what’s possible for your family!

Click here to leave us an iTunes review and subscribe to the show! We may read yours on the air!

Can’t Miss Moment

 

Today’s Can’t Miss Moment is taking our children to school.  And you wouldn’t think that would be a particularly significant Can’t Miss Moment but for us is because it’s something that we were never really able to do in the past.

Before when we worked at school, one of us had to take one of the kids to school because Isaac went to preschool at the school we worked at.  And, the other one took another daycare.

So, this was every single day.  And, I love taking the kids to school every morning because we’re one in the few – if maybe one of the only mom and dad combos that bring their kids to school.  Just about every car we see, it’s either mom or dad so I love that.  And, we haven’t missed a day so far this school year.

Thank you for listening!

Thanks again for listening to the show! If you liked it, make sure you share it with your friends and family! Our goal is to help as many families as possible change their lives through online business. Help us by sharing the show!

If you have comments or questions, please be sure to leave them below in the comment section of this post. See y’all next week!

Can’t listen right now? Read the transcript below!

Jocelyn:  Hey y’all! On today’s podcast, we help Luke take his drag racing membership to the next level.

Shane:  Welcome to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast where Life always comes before work.  We’re your hosts, Shane and Jocelyn Sams.  We’re a real family who figured out how to make our entire living online.  Now, we help other families do the same.  Are you ready to flip your life?  Alright, let’s get started.  What’s going on everybody?  Welcome back to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast, great to be back with you again this week.  Super excited to have another one of our Flip Your Life community members on to help them take their business to the next level.  Been really looking forward to this episode.  Met this guy a couple of months ago on Facebook and he’s got some cool things happening in his online business.  And I know we’re going to be able to help him get to the next level.  Today’s guest on the show is Flip Your Life community member, Luke Bogacki.  Luke, welcome to the show.

Luke:  Hey, guys thank you for having me.  I’m a long time listener, fairly new member and just honored to be a part of the podcast.

Jocelyn:  Awesome.  Thank you for being here today.  We’re looking forward to talking to you about your business.  And when we get started on our podcast typically, Luke, we like for you to tell us a little bit about you, about your background and a little bit about your online business.

Luke:  Sure.  I am 35 years old, married, one child.  Our son, Gary, is three years old and I, for over a decade now have, actually made a living driving race cars, drag race cars in what’s typically referred to as the sportsman categories.  And, now for about eight years have been involved on some level in basically sharing my knowledge and experience as it comes to racing with other racers who are striving to improve and get better on their track.

Shane:  So you basically make your living as a drag racer.  You go out and race real fast.  Explain to everybody exactly like what is drag racing?

Jocelyn:  Yeah I was going to say like when it comes to things that I don’t know about, drag racing might be like number one.

Luke:  Perfect.  Yeah, I get some funny looks when I list that as an occupation.  No doubt.  Yeah, within what we do like most people affiliate drag racing with say, like John Force or years ago Don Prudhomme or Kenny Bernstein, and those are drag racers in the professional ranks.  In what we do several times a year, I will compete at the same events as racers like that.  We’ll go down the same race track but I am actually competing in the sportsmen categories which kind of lumped together, is generally referred to as “bracket racing.”

Shane:  OK, so this is like the kind of racing that’s in a straight line, goes really, really fast, right?  This isn’t going around a circle, basically.

Luke:  Correct.  Correct.

Shane:  OK.

Luke:  Yeah a straight line, typically quarter mile distances is what drag racing is typically referred to as a lot of what we is actually just an eighth mile straight line as well.

Jocelyn:  And I love this because it’s a built-in niche.  It’s sort of like what we do because I was an elementary teacher, I wasn’t only into librarian, but I wasn’t targeting all teachers I was just targeting librarians.  And I see these kind of the same way is that you’re not targeting all drag racers, you’re just targeting these people who do bracket racing.

Shane:  And what exactly is bracket racing, like what does that mean?

Luke:  Yeah, the idea behind bracket racing like it actually came about – it’s probably been 40, maybe 50 years ago now.  Ditty behind it is so that in a typical drag race like the guy or a girl with the most money or and – and or the fastest car isn’t necessarily the winner.  That’s how it is in the professional classes.  That’s how drag racing started.  Bracket racing basically handicaps the two cars – the two competitors based on performance.  Meaning that if I were to come out in my purpose-built dragster that runs – that covers the course in say 4.5 seconds, and Shane you were to drive your everyday streetcar, that cover the same course in 12 seconds.  We could actually race and you could be competitive.  You would basically get a 7.5 second head start. Now, obviously there’s a lot more intricacies to that, you can actually go too fast and lose as part of the handicap system which brings about its own set of strategies and again that’s basically what I offered other racers.  It’s kind of an insight to those strategies the understanding and execution of both, you know, fundamentals and more in depth game planning.

Shane:  So, basically this is like a golf handicap system kind of thing.  And you’re trying to…

Luke:  Sort of similar.

Shane:  Yeah and you’re trying to help other people in bracket racing lower their handicap, that’s pretty much what you’re trying to do.  You’re trying to make them more competitive, make them have those – have that strategy to not get disqualified, to get faster, to get better and win more of these bracket races basically.

Luke:  Exactly.

Shane:  This is a cool thing, too.  Because it’s the classic example of at first you make money by what you do and then you figure out that you can make money by what you know because there’s all these other people that have not been doing this for years and years like you have that need this knowledge.  And, everybody wants to ramp past the learning the curve.  That’s why people search online.  They want to solve a problem quickly.  And, what you can provide for them is way, “Hey, it took me eight years to learn this one thing.  But I can teach it to you faster.”, basically.

Luke:  Yeah and that kind of corresponds with my, “Why,” so to speak.  Like you guys always ask, “Well, what’s your why?”.  Mine kind of comes in two parts, like number one, I didn’t necessarily realize it at that time but I was really fortunate kind of growing up where I did at the time that I did.  My dad raced, so I’ve been involved in the sport as long as I can remember.  But, where we grew up in Texas was like a hotbed for this type of racing.

Shane:  Sure.

Luke:  And I was surrounded by people that made a living doing it.  And, as I came up like I got to not only watch them and see what they do so well.  But, befriend most of them and kind of pick their brains.

Shane:  Yeah.

Luke:  And, it put me so far ahead of the game when I actually started racing myself.  So, when the opportunity came to put on live schools to start the website, it’s really neat now to kind of come full circle with all of that and able to share that knowledge and those experiences that I gained from those racers that I learned from with new racers and people that are just as passionate at the sport as I was and still am today.

Shane:  Well, we call that the unfair advantage.  Everybody has some kind of unfair advantage.  Like our unfair advantages were like being a football coach for so long, being an elementary librarian but also to just being teachers, that’s really positioned us well.  To teach people like about online business.  So…

Luke:  No doubt.

Shane:  Yeah, capitalizing on your strengths is one of the biggest hallmarks of online business.  I got a question – I got a funny question, it’s totally off topic.  Like what does the bank do like when you borrow money, like to buy a house or something, when you put drag racer.  Because like when we used to be teachers, it was so easy to buy a house.  But, right now when we’re self-employed like we were buying a new house right now and it was like – they – we make ten times more money than we ever made in our lives and it’s just like the biggest hassle because they like don’t trust you if you don’t have a W2, you know what I mean?  Like, so what do…

Luke:  No doubt.

Shane:  So, what do they do when it’s just like – what occupation – drag racer.

Luke:  Thankfully, when I purchased my first home, I went through a bank that the decision maker was one of my best friend’s mothers.

Shane:  OK, that’s always good!

Luke:  So, she kind of understood and stuck her neck out for me and then from there we built up enough equity that we haven’t been questioned as much.  But, no, I definitely understand where you’re coming from.

Shane:  That’s hilarious, man.  Alright, so let me ask you one more question then we’ll jump in here.  So, tell us where you are right now in your online journey.  You do have a website and I know that you kind of thrown some mud on the wall so to speak.  So, tell us a little bit about your online business and how you’re monetizing right now to give us some context on for your questions here in a few minutes.

Luke:  Yeah, our business model is I guess fairly complex just because I don’t have a great handle on it.  We started a website called thisisbracketracing.com back in 2008 and it was actually a membership community like I didn’t know that that term existed at the time I thought I was creating something that never been done before.

Shane:  Right.

Luke:  Obviously, I was not.  But at that time, essentially all it was, was a monthly blog.  Pretty detailed, instructional, written column.  And, our members at that time would sign up for – like it was a $119 a year or $45 for a three-month trial.  And that took off really well.  At some – at one point we had I think over 300 annual members.  And, the problem or the flaw I guess in that model was that it just didn’t have a lot of interaction.  Like it was basically just me putting out information and…

Shane:  That’s right.

Luke:  our customers try testing it.  And over time, actually early in 2014, we got away from the membership model for a number of reasons.  My racing obligations got a lot stronger.  We were traveling a lot more, we had more sponsorship, things like that.  We started a family.  So, obviously, that was taking away time.  And, I just didn’t have that interaction, like I didn’t feel like I was making a difference, so to speak, with our members.  So, we actually got away from the membership format and just sold the content, both written and we had started doing some videos.  We’ve actually sold them individually.  And that’s what we still do on the website.

Shane:  OK.

Luke:  But a year into that, which should be early this year.  I had just kind of got that feeling like I miss working with people, and racers one-on-one.  So, I started this Facebook challenge group, that was just basically, it was during our off-season.  And, it was basically just outlining how I practice during the up season.  And, inviting the members to basically go through daily challenges of, you know, performing the same practice regimens.  And it took off like crazy.  Had we had 700 members in less than two weeks.

Shane:  But, these were unpaid members at first…

Luke:  Correct.

Shane:  Right.

Luke:  And, we had 700 members and I would say at least half of them were actually like performing the challenges and posting the results and it was very interactive, it was really cool.  And, so I’m kind of blown away by this at the end of the two weeks.  I thought well I need to do something to try to capitalize on this and maybe monetize it.  And so, I just put out a brief invitation saying that I would take like no more than 20 racers to kind of work with me one-on-one in a secret Facebook challenge group and we filled it within a day.  And that challenge group, we started in February I believe.  I charge each of the members $70 a month.  In the beginning we had a little bit of turnover as I was kind of finding my way and finding the best way to interact with them and distribute content.  But I feel like we’ve hit a pretty good stride there in the last four months.  Like the same 20 guys have been coming back every month.  They seem really happy with it.  So, I’m kind of exploring growing our business through that Facebook group to be honest.

Jocelyn:  OK.  So, is this a recurring thing and for people out there who might not know what that means – does it recur each month.  So, do you build them each month.

Luke:  Yeah, I mean you guys are going to laugh at the method that I used to do it because it’s not – it’s not – not a great setup but I just send out a monthly PayPal request to each of them…

Shane:  Oh, my gosh.

Luke:  Yeah.

Shane:  Yes.  So, you’re basically invoicing these 20 people every month.

Luke:  And I’m sure there’s a more efficient way, I’m saying that.

Shane:  And, they’re – and but they’re paying though, right?  Like every single month?

Luke:  They are, yes.

Shane:  This is fascinating because…

Jocelyn:  I just want to say I love it that you take action.

Shane:  Oh, my gosh.  Like…

Jocelyn:  But, I mean there’s so many people out there who aren’t doing anything.

Shane:  Yeah.

Jocelyn:  And at least you’re trying things.  I mean, they might not be the right things according to online business principles.  But, listen, you’re doing something and so…

Shane:  Oh, and you’re making money at it…

Jocelyn:  Good for you.

Shane:  That’s what – that’s what’s even more mind-blowing is like, you know, it’s just the classic example of a lot people come and they’re like I don’t know how to do this.  I don’t know how to do that.  I could never do this but you didn’t even worry about that.  You were just like, well I’m on Facebook and I can send them PayPal invoices.  So, I got…

Jocelyn:  I’m going to do it.

Shane:  I’m going to do it and I’m going to make $1,400 a month until I figure out how to make more.  And that’s just awesome man that you did that.

Jocelyn:  So, I mean, applause to you obviously…

Shane:  Yeah.  Even though it is funny because you can totally automate all that.  To where it bills them.  Like that’s an ease…

Jocelyn:  And you might feel like it’s a big, old mess.  But there are so many people out there that are like…

Shane:  No, it is awesome.

Jocelyn:  Oh, wish I could do that.

Shane:  Yeah, that is – it’s absolutely amazing what you’ve already done and you’ve put yourself in a position, you’ve planted the seeds to blow this up and really, really yield an awesome harvest.  So, we’ll fix it.  We’ll fix the PayPal thing in the forums.  But like let’s jump into some questions right now that you might have on how to grow this.  Because you’re in such a good position.  Let’s figure out how we can double and triple this over the next month or two and we’ll lay the foundation to hire people later to set up all your automation, OK?  Alright, so what’s your first question for us right now?

Luke:  Yeah, I feel it’s really cool to have the trust of these people and the following that I have that’s been on social media.  I’ve been spending a lot of time on – like looking through your sales funnel and email auto responder sequence.  But, given the fact that most – right now anyway, most of the following that I have is on social media particularly on Facebook.  Like how can I best capitalize on that to kind of relaunch this Facebook membership page without being overly salesy.  Like do you have any recommendations along those lines?

Shane:  We always want people to go after a low hanging fruit first before they get into the creation of sales funnels and stuff.  Because there is a lot of labor in that to get it right.  You’ve already got 20 people and you said that you limited it to 20 people and you have this following.  I think the first thing that you do immediately is just open it up to anybody that had expressed interest, posted back in your group.  I think you just open the door and say, “If you want in, come in right now.”  There’s a couple of great ways to do that.  That does not sound salesy.  One, you can say, “Hey, I’m going to be putting a lot more work into this community.  I’m going to be putting a lot of time into you guys and working with you to help you become a better bracket racer.  I am going to have to raise the price of this product.  It’s going to end up being $99 a month or something.”  And you – and that’s fine.  These people are buying race car parts, they’re probably used to paying Premiums for things to get better.

Luke:  Yeah, that’s the nice thing about our market.  Like obviously they’re well off enough to own a racecar so…

Shane:  Exactly, so they’re going to be able to do this.  And, there’s not a lot of difference psychologically when you’re buying between $79 and $99 but there’s a huge difference in, “I’m going to raise the price but anyone that wants in now, last chance.”

Jocelyn:  You’ll be locked in.

Shane:  We’re going to be locked in – you’ll be – and, you’ll be locked in forever no matter how the community pricing changes.  And, I think that what you’ll find is you’re going to get 20 to 30 new members immediately because you got scarcity, you’ve got all these testimonials from these guys that you’ve been working with for a few months, right, to put out there?  And, you’ve already got a channel open with them.  You don’t have to have email marketing right now.  You’ve got 700 people in a Facebook group or whatever.  So, let’s do that first.  Let’s capitalize on low hanging fruit.  And for everybody listening out there, sit back and write down what you think your low-hanging fruit is.  Go get that before you start doing something complicated.  Just like racing, man, or running or football or anything.  If you can fix something simple and fundamental, you’re going to get a lot more bang for your buck than something that’s complicated and hard.

Luke:  Thinking along those lines like when we initially set up the secret group, I kind of – I took the 20 and I had a pretty significant waiting list because we’d gone through some of that.  But I probably have 20 to 25 names right there.  Plus, people that repeatedly have messaged or emailed me with specific questions.  Like would the best bet to be contact those and those individuals in kind of a personalized way to get this ball rolling before I even put out anything public?

Jocelyn:  Yeah.  Definitely.  I mean there’s no reason not to start there.  It’s the same thing we do on everything else, too.  We always start with our list.  We start with our people who open their emails the most.

Shane:  Yeah.

Jocelyn:  So, you just want to look at the people who are actually interacting with you, who have raised their hand and said, “Hey, think of me, I want in.” And, of course, yes, start with those always.

Shane:  And this is a classic example of when you’re first getting a real stable online business especially when based on memberships off the ground.  Do what doesn’t scale first so you can scale later and not have to worry about it.  And later on, you might not be able to contact every person individually that wants to join, right?  Because you got to take care of your members.  But, right now, it’s just 20 people.  I mean, you can get on there.  Get a hold of them, send them a message privately on Facebook.  Whatever you want to do and say, “Hey, I’m letting you guys in first before anybody else does.”  And, go ahead and activate that.  Get your 10 members.  Then open it up to the bigger Facebook group and then you can post it if you wanted to like on your website because I know you get some good traffic.  And, you can go in there and do it that way.  Kind of – so, roll it out from the most interested to the least interested in this next pass and we’ll see how many people we can get like in the next two weeks or so.

Luke:  I guess and that makes sense.

Shane:  Yeah, you’re going to have to set a date though.  You want to set a date like I’m definitely changing things this date.  So, if you want to get in now and you can kind of push it over the next couple of weeks.

Luke:  OK, and basically say in that you would keep that current price point until that day.

Shane:  Yes.

Jocelyn:  Yes.  So, you just say, “Hey, because the interest is so high, I’m going to be raising my prices.  But, because you’re on my email list, I’m going to give you a chance to get in at this price.”

Shane:  And, that new price is going to be very Premium and it’s going to look really good on your sales copy that we create.  And there’s also kinds of ways, like people get freaked out when they raise their prices.  But, it’s just like any other store.  We’re going to reward people for engagement.  You know, later on if people were – get on your email list – you might reward them for the little bit lower price.  You’re going to give them – or you might have a flash sale or you might have a Black Friday sale.  Or, I don’t know what the biggest drag race is in the world, but on that day you might offer a special one-month discount to get in that.  You know, there’s all kinds of ways…

Luke:  I got you .

Shane:  To play with that pricing.  But by raising it, we’re showing how premium this is and we’re saying scarcity.  This is changing and you’re not going to be able to get in it whenever you want at this price unless you start now.

Luke:  OK.

Shane:  OK?  Alright.  So, that’s the very next step we’re going to do, momentarily free…

Jocelyn:  Yeah I would try, just with that in mind, I would try to get people to sign up first and then if they don’t sign up, then you’re going to start telling them hey I’m raising this price.

Luke:  OK.

Shane:  Yeah, you can send an email right now today saying, “I’m opening the doors” to those 20, 30 people.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, I mean you don’t have to start with the scarcity…

Shane:  And just see if they jump in…

Jocelyn:  Right away, you know what I’m saying?  Like I just wanted to count on that ending.

Luke:  I got you.  And, I guess this is sort of related like, I had thought about making everyone that is a member of the Facebook group, giving them unlimited access to the content that’s actually on thisisbracketracing.com more as a resource than anything because I tend to refer to it.  Would you like include that in an initial offer or – I mean that’s something that I kind of want everyone to have…

Shane:  Yes.

Jocelyn:  Yes.

Luke:  that joins the group, moving forward, so…

Jocelyn:  Yes, if it benefits them and you refer to it often, there’s no reason why not.

Shane:  Yeah.  We fully believe that – and we do have some people who disagree with us on this.  but we fully believe that all your content – period – should be included in any membership.

Luke:  Right.

Shane:  Because that gives people a way to keep engaging with you even when you’re not in the forums or in the Facebook group.  And like they get to go get what they need, when they need it.  They don’t have to pay extra money.  And, it’s just a nice, steady relationship and people get reliant on that and they don’t want to lose it so they keep paying every month.

Jocelyn:  Well, and then also makes your life easier.  Because it’s like you just said you refer to all the time.  So, if you’re constantly referring to things then it’s really nice for them to be able to just go and get the information they need rather than you trying to type out a 200-word response every time when somebody asked the questions…

Shane:  You just give them a link to the video..,

Jocelyn:  It’s just covered in the…

Luke:  Right, exactly…

Shane:  Yeah.  That’s the point of a membership side, too as recurring revenue’s great and community and talking to people and building those relationships is also great.  But the only way you can scale is to be to leverage your knowledge.  And you leverage your knowledge by putting it into videos.  You’ve done that as one-off videos, right?  Like how to – I don’t know it – anything about cars, pick the tire, whatever.  How to get the tire off and on, whatever.  Tell us a video about that in your thing OK?  You don’t want to have to keep explaining how to do that over and over to everybody.  You just want to explain it once and then tell everyone forever that information.  It’s the same thing we would do sale funnel training…

Luke:  Right.

Shane:  I can tell – I consider and tell you off my memory what to do with sales funnel or I can say, “Luke, go log into the course area, click on the sales funnel training.”  And it’s just so much easier to scale that and still help people and then you can answer questions off the back of it and that’s where the community is built.

Luke:  Got you.  That makes sense.

Jocelyn:  Alright, Luke.  Those are great questions, what else can we help you with today?

Luke:  I know we had touched on it briefly but where would I start in terms of setting up an automated sales sequence and or recurring payments?  Making this easier on my end?

Shane:  The first thing is are you collecting emails?

Luke:  Just from the group members.  The original, thisisbracketracing.com, had an email sequence and we’ve got probably 2,000 emails off of it…

Shane:  So, what…

Luke:  It hasn’t been updated in years.

Shane:  Did you remember what you were using for that?

Luke:  Mailchimp.

Shane:  Mailchimp.  OK.  You can use something like that.  I think that’s the first place you’ve got to start is to be able to collect opt ins on your website.  You’re going to have to set that back up.  OK?

Luke:  OK.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, and I would put some of your – maybe some of your paid content that you have, maybe make it available for free to get people to opt in.

Shane:  Yeah.

Luke:  OK.

Shane:  Some of your really good stuff.  Like even if it’s beginner stuff, free videos, stuff like that, anything you can do to kind of bait people and lead them into your sales sequence.  And…

Luke:  Yeah, I have been working on a lead magnet program, OK.

Shane:  Exactly.  The reason you have to do that is because at the end of the day, it doesn’t matter how many people you interacted with online.  You’re going to have to contact them and everybody has email.

Luke:  That’s right.

Shane:  And yeah, you can take those same emails, you can put them on your Facebook page, you can do all sorts of stuff with them. So, start there.  The next place you’re going to have to go to get into payments, recurring payments is  you’re going to need some form of shopping cart and a payment processing system.  OK?  For example, we use stripe which is a payment processor, so they’re the people that let you accept a credit card and it recurs monthly, right?  And, they take like a percentage just like you would if you were a store and you offer credit cards.  So, we have stripe that is integrated with Infusionsoft which you don’t have to use these tools, I’m just giving you examples, OK?  So, infusionsoft lets us create the order forms, set up recurring payments and then use a stripe to collect them, OK?  So, we’re going to have to get in deep and see what might be the best solution for you.  We highly recommend stripe as a payment processor.  And then, we’re going to have to pick some kind of shopping cart or membership software or something that can handle recurring payments so you don’t have to be invoicing people.  And, it will keep your churn really, really low.  Because instead of people having to remember to pay, it just comes off their credit card automatically, OK?

Luke:  Got you.  And that would be set up as a sales page on my website?

Jocelyn:  Yes, that’s right.

Luke:  OK.

Jocelyn:  Yeah.

Luke:  OK.

Jocelyn:  OK, so you’ve got all that stuff in, we’re going to work on your auto responder, we’ll work on your sales page and then getting some type of membership software for just something to go along with this recurring payment that will allow people to log in to view the things that they purchase.  And, yeah, I mean you’re going to do a Facebook group there is going to be some manual component.  And that’s fine like we don’t always recommend Facebook groups in this case…

Shane:  But it’s already relevant.  Yeah.

Jocelyn: You already have it going.

Shane:  Yeah.  I think we just go with what’s working with you right now.  I do think long term, we need to get your group off of Facebook and into your own stuff.  OK.

Luke:  Right, exactly.

Shane:  Yeah, but right now, let’s get a 100, 200 members first and pay somebody to do that for you.  OK.

Luke:  OK.

Shane:  There are shopping carts, too.  PayPal natively cannot do recurring stuff.  But, there are shopping carts like I think there’s one card Nanocast or Nanocart, something like that.

Luke:  Oh.

Shane:  But we can actually use PayPal just to handover recurring payments.  So, we’ll start a forum post after the show, what do I use to take recurring payments and we’ll help you research that and pick the best thing for your option.  OK?

Luke:  OK, great.

Shane:  Awesome.

Jocelyn:  Yeah.  So, mostly I just think that you need a little bit more automation in place obviously.  I mean we definitely need automated  payment, I think that you can do some membership indoctrination make that…

Shane:  Easier.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, yeah.

Shane:  Yeah, you’ve got so much content, too.  It’s going to be very easy I think to create an awesome email sequence that’s going to guide any bracket racer that’s gets into your funnel straight into your membership.  Because we’re not going to create anything new.  We’re just going to use stuff you’ve already done.  And, we’re going to go ahead and put that in there.  Anybody out there that’s got a lot of content.  You just take your old stuff or your paid stuff and you start making it free within your email auto responder to show them how good it is and then you let people in.

Jocelyn:  And, it’s not everything.  I mean I have on Elementary Librarian and I have over 500 lesson plans.  I probably make about 10 of them free…

Shane:  Yeah.

Jocelyn:  And I set them up throughout the year.  So, it’s not like you’re giving everything away.  Because I know there’s people out there thinking well the – why would you do that.  The reason is so people will know, like and trust you and that’s how you get them to buy things.

Shane:  It doesn’t matter how good your content is if nobody can see it.  So, like we need to make sure that people are getting access to that stuff that’s awesome behind that pay wall and then they’ll join basically after that.

Luke:  Got you.

Jocelyn:  OK, so let’s go ahead and go onto your next question.

Luke:  Yeah, I guess my last question you guys, maybe you already answered it to some degree.  But, should I be doing anything like I feel like before I even expand the group, I need to go into it and tell the existing 20 members what’s about to happen.  I mean I kind of pitched it to them initially as, you know, scarcity.  Like there’s just going to be 20 of us.  And I think most of them would be receptive to growing the group because obviously there’d just be more feedback, more discussion.  But should I give them any type of special offer or just that guarantee that their price will always stay the same?

Jocelyn:  Yeah, I think that’s what you do.  I think that you just let them know that, “Hey, this was a part of a beta test to see if I wanted to expand this.  it’s gone really well thanks to you guys who have been here from the beginning.”  And so because of that, I’m going to expand it to a larger audience. But I want to let you know that this is your price, you’ve got the special introductory offer, it’s never going to change because you were a part of this initial test I am going to allow you to keep this price forever and just really be positive about it.  Like don’t apologize for it.  Make it like a positive thing.  This is going to be beneficial for you because not only do you get to keep the price that we set up from the beginning.  You also get access to all these other racers who are going to help you as well.

Shane:  Yeah, I think that’s the biggest thing is – one, it is your group.  You can do whatever you want.  That’s what in – and like Jocelyn said, “No apologies.”  But two, just make them feel like the founders.  Like we still have our founders the – we still have the – most of the people around the very first time we ever sold anything on Flipped Lifestyle a couple of years ago…

Jocelyn:  They’re some of our most active people.

Shane:  And they’re some of our most active people and I do always keep them a little – I might jump in and answer their question first even if there’s 20 more before them.  I might jump in and say, “Hey, you were the people that bet on us first.” I do have a little bit of a difference in the way I look at you.  Yeah, they’ve got that special price they – and they’re like your friends.  They’re like your oldest friends.

Jocelyn:  And, there may be a time where you can do something special for them.  So, say maybe you have a live event.  Maybe you have a special pre-live event before that for those people, you know what I mean?

Shane:  Like the day before…

Jocelyn:  Like there are other ways…

Shane:  You eat dinner with them or something.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, there are other ways to make them feel special.  But, like just don’t ever go in apologizing.  And if somebody ever does get mad about it, just say…

Shane:  That’s their problem.

Jocelyn:  You know, I’m really sorry that you feel that way because this is the way that my business is heading.  Thank you for being a customer and I wish you the best.

Shane:  I think this sport is very social.  You know what I’m saying like it’s the…

Luke:  Yeah, no doubt.

Shane:  Yeah, there’s a culture to it.  There’s a – it’s one of those cult-like sports.  Like I think these people will embrace it though  I think you’re going to have no problem because they’re going to be like sweet, it’s growing, we’re the first ones that got in and I’m going to keep getting served with all this great content but now there’s more people in this tight knit group to talk to you.  But I think they’re going to enjoy it.  I don’t think you’re going to have to worry about that.  Sometimes we invent fears like – oh, what if everybody gets mad and quits.  And those things aren’t really true.  It’s just something that we kind of imagined ourselves.

Jocelyn:  I think a good exercise to do is to write out a response to someone who’s angry before you even send out any messages.  And I do this sometimes when I sell things.  And I think somebody’s going to be upset it helps me personally to be able to process the information and to think through all those things somebody might have objections to.  So, that way I already have a response prepared and I don’t have to worry about thinking about that if it happens.

Shane:  Yeah.

Luke:  OK, yeah I like that.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, so I do that a lot.  Alright, this has been a great information…

Shane:  Great call.

Jocelyn:  Packed call.  We really love it when people come in with such awesome questions, so thank you for that.

Shane:  And it takes – and someone who’s taken so much action just kudos again for all the action you’ve already taken. You’ve really set yourself up…

Luke:  I don’t think a bunch of it is in the right direction but…

Shane:  That’s alright man.  I – it’s better than not – it’s better than no direction.

Jocelyn:  Exactly, exactly.  You’re doing stuff and that’s what a lot of people out there are not doing.  So, yay!  So, let’s kind of just take a step back and we always ask people at the end of all of our calls, what’s one thing that you’re going to take action on based on what we talked about today, say in the next 24 to 48 hours?

Luke:  Yeah, I think that my first steps are obviously to dive into the forums and really start doing some research on automating my pay process and also just kind of writing up, A: how I want to pitch this to our existing group and then B:  the detailed kind of personalized messages to people that I – the low-hanging fruit that you just said.  People that I know would be interested.

Shane:  Man, that is awesome action plan.  I think you’re going to get new members immediately for that.  And, while they’re joining, we will figure out how to automate everything and take it to the next level.  Luke, man, I think you got a bright future in this dude.  I think we can scale this very quickly.  Once again, thank you so much for sharing your story and being such a great example of being an action taker to all – everyone in the Flipped Lifestyle community.  All of our listeners at home and thanks again for being on the show.

Luke:  Very cool, thank you guys for all that you and all your time.  You guys are an inspiration.

Shane:  Alright, guys.  That wraps up another call with one of our Flipped Your Life community members.  If you’d like to become a member of our Flip Your Life community, head over to flippedlifestyle.com/flipyourlife and we could help you with your online business as well.

Jocelyn:  Alright, next we’re going to move into our Can’t Miss Moment segment.  And, these are things that we were able to experience recently that we might have missed if we were still working at a normal nine to five job.  Today’s Can’t Miss Moment is taking our children to school.  And you wouldn’t think that would be a particularly significant Can’t Miss Moment but for us is because it’s something that we were never really able to do in the past.  Before when we worked at school, one of us had to take one of the kids to school because Isaac went to preschool at the school I worked at.  And, the other one took Anna to daycare.  So, this was every single day.  And, I love taking the kids to school every morning because we’re one in the few – if maybe one of the only mom and dad combos that bring their kids to school.  Just about every car we see, it’s either mom or dad so I love that.  And, we haven’t missed a day so far this school year.

Shane:  Yeah, that’s what’s really significant to me is I looked up to Jocelyn last Friday and I said, “We’ve been to school every morning, every year.”  Because even with us, like sometimes I’ll have – I’m like going to the gym, or Jocelyn might have, you know, a doctor appointment or a hair appointment or something.

Jocelyn:  And as it’s getting colder outside…

Shane:  Right.

Jocelyn:  I do not like to get out of bed.

Shane:  And sometimes I would take the kids to school so Jocelyn can stay warm.  But, we have been to school with the kids every day this school year so far.  And, it’s awesome because man, the kids get to jump out of the seat, give us both a hug and kiss, and wave at us on the way in and they get – they’re at the same school now so they get to walk in together and it’s just such a unique experience that our kids are getting because of our online business, because of our location independence and our time freedom that we get to all go to school as a family every single day.  Before we go today guys, I want to share a Bible verse with you.  Jocelyn and I close every single one of our shows with a bible verse.  We get a lot of our inspiration and motivation from the Bible and we want to share some of that with you.  Today’s Bible verse comes from I Corinthians 9:24 and the Bible says, “Do you not know that in a race all the runners run, but only one gets the prize.”  Run in such a way as to get the prize.  Make sure that you are giving every ounce of effort, that you are dedicated to making your online business work and run that race in such a way that you will get the prize and everything will work out in your online business.  That’s all the time we have for this week.  As always, guys, thanks for listening to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast and until next time, get out there, take action, do whatever it takes to Flip Your Life.  We’ll see you then.

Jocelyn:  Bye.

 

Filed Under: Podcast

FL 113 – We teach Shon how to target his audience using Facebook ads

October 18, 2016 by Shane Sams 1 Comment

http://traffic.libsyn.com/flippedlifestyle/FL110_Shon_Gerber.mp3

Podcast: Play in new window | Download

Subscribe: iTunes | Android | RSS

0u5a3853

Our guest this week probably has the most mind blowing backstory ever, our good friend and Flip Your Life community member, Shon Gerber.

Shon has been married to his amazing wife for 24 years, has 3 biological children and 4 more born from their hearts (that’s 7 equally amazing children!). He is a retired Air National Guard Lt. Col. who started as a Weapons Systems Officer flying B1B Bombers and later on, lead teams of highly skilled military hackers on missions to expose information security gaps and then train personnel on how to best address them.

As a Cybersecurity professional with 15 years of IT Security Field experience, he is now the Chief Information Security Officer for one of the largest private companies in the world. Shon is a Certified Information Systems Security Professional, and has achieved the certification for Legal Issues in Information Technology and Security… he is ALSO a Commercial Pilot and Instructor. Basically, a nerd-ninja-wizard.

He created wordpresssecuritydaily.com to help others protect themselves from hackers and other online security related issues. He believes that through his membership, he can reach these potential victims and give them the necessary tools to defend themselves from these threats.

So, tune in as we talk about how he can target the right audience with the right ad using objective keywords to attract them into the membership. We’re really going to flip through insightful topics in this episode, so get your pen and paper handy!

If you are showing the perfect ad to the wrong audience, nobody’s going to click it. – Jocelyn…

Click To Tweet

When you target everybody, you target nobody. – Shane Sams

Click To Tweet

You Will Learn:

  • Steps to take to sustain membership growth.
  • Building a discoverable brand.
  • How to get the correct objective.
  • Targeting an audience with Google Keywords.

Links and resources in today’s podcast:

  • Flip Your Life
  • WordPress Security Daily

Enjoy the podcast; we hope it inspires you to explore what’s possible for your family!

Click here to leave us an iTunes review and subscribe to the show! We may read yours on the air!

Can’t Miss Moment

Today’s Can’t Miss Moment is our trip down to Florida and visiting the LEGOLAND Hotel, LEGOLAND amusement park and LEGOLAND water park.  The kids had been badgering us for months.  Somehow they had saw a YouTube video of people going to LEGOLAND and they were dying to go there.  And we finally said, “You know what?  Let’s just figure it out, let’s get down there, let’s go stay in the hotel and let’s have fun.  So, we went down to LEGOLAND.”  

legoland2

Thank you for listening!

Thanks again for listening to the show! If you liked it, make sure you share it with your friends and family! Our goal is to help as many families as possible change their lives through online business. Help us by sharing the show!

If you have comments or questions, please be sure to leave them below in the comment section of this post. See y’all next week!

 

Can’t listen right now? Read the transcript below!

Jocelyn:  Hey y’all! On today’s podcast, we help Shon take his WordPress security website to the next level.

Shane:  Welcome to Flipped Lifestyle podcast where life always comes before work.  We’re your hosts, Shane and Jocelyn Sams.

We’re a real family who figured out how to make our entire living online.  And now, we help other families do the same.  Are you ready to flip your life?  Alright.  Let’s get started.

What’s going on everybody?  Welcome back to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast.  It is great to be back with you again this week.  I am super pumped for our guest today, because he’s a guy like me.  He’s really energetic.  He loves life and he’s got lots of catchphrases like me like boomshakalaka – that’s what I say.  But, he’s got some catchphrases…

Jocelyn:  I may not even talk at all.

Shane:  Jocelyn may not make it through this show, but I want to welcome our guest today, a good friend of ours and a Flip Your Life community member, Shon Gerber.  Shon, welcome to the show, baby.

Shon:  Giddy up!  How you guys doing?

Shane:  I was sincerely – I told y’all so before we got on air, I was like, “Please let Shon say giddy up somewhere in this interview” because just – you are such a great encourager in the community.  And like I love it when in the success forum we get a lot of people every day.  They’re having like something looked good, or they made a sale or something like that.  And, always – look, there’s always, look, there’s always a boomshakalaka for me and a giddy up from Shon when we do that.  So, we really appreciate that, we’re at.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, we’re so excited you’re here.  Shon is one of my favorite members.  I love all of our members, but I especially love Shon.

Shane:  Shon makes us smile, baby.

Jocelyn:  He’s always so enthusiastic and just loves on everybody.  So, we’re really excited to have you here today.  Before we get started, tell us a little bit about you, your background, your online business.

Shon:  Yeah, I’d love to.  And I also want to put the compliments back on you guys.  You guys make it – it’s awesome to be a part of this team, because it’s great to work with you all.  I’ve been so excited to be actually be able to talk with you all today.

So, but a little bit about my background and my family, I’ve got seven kids of which I’ve got four of them that are adopted from different places around the world…

Shane:  OK.

Shon:  I got three from China, one from Uganda and then three biological children.  Been happily, wonderfully married.  My wife and I brought on 25 years so I’m very blessed in that regard.

And I’ve been – my background from a standpoint of where I’m at today is I’m a retired military.  I used to fly B1 bombers for the military and then moved into hacking.  And, I was a hacker for about 10 years and led a group of hackers for that time and we got to do really cool stuff like hack in the facilities and also get to physically break into them and all legal, which is good and it was a blast – a couple of little fun…

Shane:  So, this is like hacking – this is like hacking for hire.  They hire you to hack them to find the security loopholes, basically.

Shon:  That’s exactly it, yeah.  We got to do – there’s nothing better than running through a building at two in the morning singing your own theme music and do those stuff – so, it’s great.

Shane:  That’s hilarious, man.  You have the most fascinating like background story and Shon’s grinding right now, getting his online business thing put together.  It just always amazes me to hear like, “I’m working full time, I’ve got seven kids, I’ve got four adopted kids”, but you’re still finding the time to build your online business, to invest in yourself and try to make a better future online.

Shon:  Oh, Yeah.  Really what it comes down to is I’m an executive level in a multi-billion dollar company that’s global right now.  And, most people would think, “Hey, you’ve got it.  That’s what everybody dreams for.” But you guys have lifestyle.  That is what I want because bottom line is I still come to work every day and I have to do that and…

Shane:  Right.

Shon:  …I want to be able to spend time with my kids, like I see the wonderful pictures that you guys put up with your family and I yearn for that because I don’t have that right now.  And, I want to build a back-up plan like a – or a golden parachute for my family, so if anything ever happened to me at least to the minimum, there’s potentially something there for them, too.  So, yeah, it’s a huge burden for me that – I would want to get this done.

Shane:  Well, I know you’ve worked really hard lately.  Shon participated in one of our exclusive members only Masterminds.  We take about 10 people for a month, they join our Mastermind.  We actually Mastermind with you every week and help you make big things happens in your business.  And, I know you’ve just recently taken a lot of action.  You’ve got your website up, you’ve got your content rolling out, actually even launched a podcast and got that membership area rolling and now we’re ready to start moving that towards monetization in your business.

So, quickly tell everybody what your website is about.  What your online business is going to do and then we’ll jump into some of your questions about it, OK?

Shon:  You bet, that sounds great.  Thank you.  Yeah.  Been part of that Mastermind has been incredible.  I highly recommend that to anybody.  It was well worth the time and the money spent, way beyond.  It took me way – maybe farther than I ever could have tried to do on my own.  So, I thank you guys for that.

But, my business is wordpresssecuritydaily.com and it stood up because of – for developers, Web designers, and online entrepreneurs who are – deal with WordPress security.  And also, just for online security and security in general that deals with the online world.

I’ve seen too many of my friends have been hacked and I’ve got – my information’s been hacked and I see what – all the struggles that they go through and I wanted to put something out there from an expert on how to help protect themselves, and WordPress especially.  I mean, there’s over 30,000 sites that are hacked a day.

And like, a lot of the stuff is stuff that if they just would easily configure things, they can really protect themselves.  So, I have a strong desire to help people with that.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, and I think that’s awesome.  We were hacked back in 2015 and I know for us it was a very stressful time and…

Shane:  So traumatic, gosh.

Jocelyn:  Just a lot of it probably could have been prevented.  So, I think what you’re doing is important and it is relevant for people who are in online business and maybe even people who just have websites or…

Shane:  Blogs or anything.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, I think that is definitely something that’s relevant.  So, let’s go ahead and talk about – you talked to a little bit about how you or like the website that you started.  So, where are you at right now like after our Mastermind?  Do you have a product for sale like what’s going on in your business?

Shon:  OK, so my product that is – we actually started a podcast and based on your guidance and input, I started this podcast.  I always thought of it but it – you guys helped me kind of coalesce and get that in my brain and what I needed and we – I started up some videos, training videos, specifically on helping WordPress entrepreneurs on how to secure their site.  And, it ranges from the simple to the more complex.  Now, I will say that I’m not a huge developer by trade and I would end up probably insulting people who are really good developers.  That part is not there.

However, what is there is to help a 90 percent of the people out there that are struggling with WordPress security.  And, of that, these are developers that may even not understand why you can configure your WordPress security in a certain way.  So, it’s a huge benefit, it’s a lot of videos, there’s a lot of how-to and also in the same sense is, by being part of my membership, they get part of me.

I mean, I’ve got over 15 years of the experience just in IT Security alone.  And that’s really rare.  And my cost –  to have me as a consultant individually in the corporate world is extremely expensive…

Shane:  Right.

Shon:  …versus being able to help via all with WordPress.

Shane:  It’s installing a security system in your home.  You don’t have to do it.  But, you’re leaving yourself kind of vulnerable and we know firsthand that we left ourselves totally vulnerable when we did that.  So, you’re kind of like going to show people how to lock all their doors, seal all their windows, how to get those alarm bells on so you know when something’s going wrong.  And, like you said, it’s not like you’re in there coding, it’s just how should your plug-ins be setup, what’s a good plugin, what’s a bad plugin, how can you avoid that risk?  Right?

Shon:  Yeah.  When I was hacking into government systems, I mean, realistically the stuff you see on TV where they’re putting a super secret code or whatever that might be, in most cases, we hacked in just because of people had bad passwords or they had bad account access and they didn’t know what they were doing.  And, that’s what we leveraged.  It wasn’t this super secret hacking technique that occurred.  So…
Shane:  Right.

Shon:  …if you understand the basics, that can help you out a lot.

Shane:  Cool.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, awesome, OK.  Well…

Shane:  So, all this is in play.  We’ve got a podcast, we’ve got content, we’ve got a membership area, we’ve got a product.  So, now, we have to get members.  That’s what this call’s going to be about today.  So, let’s go ahead and jump into your first question for today’s show.

Shon:  Perfect.  So, my question I have for you guys is, is what’s  you know the next steps we think you recommend that I need to take, to build this to get sustained growth and – in the membership model, or another model?  I’ve got the infrastructure in place, things are ready to go but how do I take it to the next level?  What are your recommendations on that?

Jocelyn:  OK.  So basically, you have a lot of the pieces already in place.

Shane:  Right.

Jocelyn:  So, basically what we’re working on now is getting more people -like – mostly the marketing side.  Right?

Shane:  Yeah.  People have to discover your brand at this point.  And like, this is where a lot of people freeze because it’s like, “Well how do I do that?”

Well, it’s like we always say, it’s going to be time or money.  The time component is you keep building content.  You’re going to have to have a steady flow of content that never ends.  That – it’s a true marathon not a sprint mentality right now.  Your podcast has to keep rolling, no matter what.  Your blog post need to keep coming out no matter what.  You need to keep finding new things to add to your community.  That’s an ongoing task.  But what’s easy about yours is you know who to target, entrepreneurs who use WordPress, right?

So, you need to go ahead, I think, and invest in ads, like right now, you don’t have to wait for it.  I’m don’t – I’m not saying you got to go out and spend a thousand dollars a month.  But, if you need a steady stream of eyeballs, seeing these things you’re creating, going into your sales funnels, even if it’s not huge amounts, so you can start improving every week on your systems.

Jocelyn:  And, I do agree with that.  But I would like to back up just a little bit more before we start investing in ads and say that you’ll – you do want to make sure that your low hanging fruit things are done on your site.  What I mean by that is you want to make sure that opt-ins are visible and easy to find on every single page, every single blog post that you have them in the sidebar, you have them in the text…

Shane:  In posts.

Jocelyn:  …in posts, like make sure you’re getting people’s contact information, so that would be the first thing I would say to anyone who already has their site established that got content rolling out on a regular basis which Google really likes, and you need to make sure that you’re also using those Google keywords when you’re creating your content.  So, make sure that you’re using the language that people are searching for when you make all those posts.  And, that’s as simple as just using the Google keyword planner as your write your post or to use the SEO plugin.  I mean there’s a lot of different ways to do it.  But, just make sure that you’re doing those simple things before you start branching out into paid advertising.

Shane:  Right.  And, then since you’ve already got your opt-ins up, and we got your email funnel setup correctly, you should be pretty good to where – you’ve got a way to get them in the door and all paths lead to your membership.  So, we just need to make sure that we’re advertising.

That’s going to be key to you Shon is, are you going to sit around and field-of-dreams this, if you build it, they will come, I hope.  Or, are you going to take action and make an investment in yourself now, like you’ve been doing, to say, “Look, I’ve got to get this in front of a thousand people.  I’ve got to get this in front of a thousand people, I’ve got to see how they react to it.  And then, I’ve got them – get in front of another thousand people after I make some changes and then I got to see what they did.  And then, I got to see another thousand people.”

That’s where it all comes down to it, the rubber meets the road.  This is not, “Field of Dreams”.  If you build it, they ain’t gonna come.  You got to get them.

Shon:  Right…

Shane:  For you – so, that’s…

Shon:  Yeah.

Shane:  …that’s where you are right now, man.  It’s just go get the people.  Your ads would be really easy, too.  Because it’s like target people that like WordPress.  The only people that like WordPress on Facebook as an interest are probably using it, right?  So, like target big things that use WordPress like maybe you run ads at AWeber and Mailchimp users.  Because they’re probably all using WordPress.  So, that’s where your thought process is going to have to go, “How do I find – one – people using WordPress; two, entrepreneurs using WordPress?”

Jocelyn:  Have you tried any ads so far?

Shon:  I have.  Based on your guys’ advice, I went out and launched Facebook ads last week.

Shane:  OK.

Shon:  And, I will admit that was a scary endeavor.  Just in the fact that, because I’m not a marketing major.  But the ads when I did them, I planted them a little bit and learned a lot out of it.  And, I think it got in front of a lot of eyeballs, but from a conversion standpoint, it wasn’t as I had hoped.  But I’d realize I ain’t going into it.  So, now I – I don’t know what I’m looking at so, I’m trying to understand a couple of that.

Shane:  I think this to be very helpful to talk about on air.  So, we just ran ads for a few days.  How much did – just answer my questions as we go through, OK?  So, we’ll do it just like we do in the forums.  How much did you spend on your ad?

Shon:  $70.

Shane:  OK, we got $70.

Shon:  $10 a day.

Shane:  We got $10 a day for seven days.

Jocelyn:  And what was your objective?

Shane:  Which objective did you pick?

Shon:  My objective was conversion.

Shane:  OK, conversion.

Jocelyn:  OK.

Shane:  So, do you have the pixel installed on the “Thank you” page?  What kind of conversion, sales or emails?

Shon:  The pixels’ installed it was just on the page, and it was just trying to get exposure to the site.  That’s all it was.

Shane:  OK.

Shon:  It was – I’ve been – I didn’t get any emails or anything.

Jocelyn:  OK.

Shane:  OK.

Jocelyn:  Your objective probably should have been website clicks…

Shane:  Website clicks.

Jocelyn:  instead and what’s going to happen when you do that is that your pixel is going to see those people who click onto our site.  So, your ad to your cold audience – that means people who have never heard about you before – generally, it’s going to be to something totally free.  So, they don’t have to opt in for it.

Shane:   Right, like a blogpost.

Jocelyn:  So, it might be a…

Jocelyn:  …a top five list.  It might be a checklist.  It might be just something that they can click on your site they can read, they can get without having to opt in just to get to know you.  Right.

Shane:  So, let me ask you this, what did the ad look like?  Tell me that, real quick.

Shon:  It just – it had a picture of me.  It had a picture of the blog post or the podcast title with the pot padlock and a WordPress symbol and it was based on just three essential things you can do to secure your WordPress site.  And…

Shane:  OK, who did you target?

Shon:  And…

Shane:  What was your targeting?

Shon:  I targeted the WordPress designers, developers, AWeber, Amy Porterfield, business owners…

Shane:  Yeah.

Shon:  …that kind of thing …and about 200 people.

Shane:  Yeah, here’s what you done a little wrong right now.  That’s too widespread.  There is a big difference between a WordPress developer and a person listed in the Amy Porterfield’s podcast, OK?

One, there’s a – maybe a lot of business people over here, maybe they’re looking at Facebook ads, that’s why they’re following Porterfield, maybe they want to do a webinar.  These people over here are hard coders working with Genesys things, breaking down the things.

That’s not – even though you wanted more people, you’ve went way too broad.  What you should have targeted maybe if – was pick one interest or two that were really super related like if you’re going to pick Amy Porterfield, maybe you picked Amy Porterfield and Smart Passive Income – with Pat Flynn.

So, now you’ve got the same group of people.  Or you put WordPress developers, WordPress coders.  You do a different ad for that because you’re kind of showing it to a lot of random people.  You see what I’m saying?  You got to like niche down and show it to like – like I would have picked like – I would have picked WordPress.  And I’d would have typed in WordPress into the interest and see what you’ve got.  Maybe it says “WordPress” and you just picked that.  Anyone who’s liked WordPress, we like WordPress.  I like that myself.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, I think it also depends on who you’re trying to get onto your site.  I mean, if you wanted to be more developers, then you probably need to target people who like specific themes.  People usually aren’t going to like a theme unless they’re – have something to do with it.

Shane:  They’ve got a theme – like a Genesys.  Or that…

Jocelyn:  Maybe you’re targeting plugins that only developers would use.

Shane:  Yeah.

Jocelyn:  You see what mean?

Shane:  Yeah, you’re just casting too big a net and your net has too big a holes and all the fish is swimming through the net.  You see what I’m saying?

Also too, like Jocelyn just…

Shon:  Yeah.
Shane:  …like Jocelyn just said, I think this is still an avatar problem a little bit.  I think you’re going to have to pick one or the other.  Are you doing entrepreneurs who use WordPress?  Or are you doing developers?  Because developers are totally different people and they’re going to react to different ads than our entrepreneurs with WordPress.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, I think that the issue, Shon, is that the targeting is not tight enough.  When you’re doing Facebook ads or any kind of ads, the targeting is the most important thing.  The other things are important like what you say and what the picture is, all of those are important.  But the most important thing is who you’re targeting and what you’re trying get them to click to.  And, if you are showing the perfect ad to the wrong audience, nobody’s going to click it.

Shane:  Yeah.  I think too.  I like your ad.  I think your ad is good.  It’s three quick tips to secure your WordPress website, right?  But, like, devs don’t care if their site’s secure, they just care about designing it and getting it coded.  And then, they hand it to the owner.  But, me, I would.  You know what I mean?  I would care because I don’t want to lose money because I’m an entrepreneur.

So, let me go through this real quick and ask you two more questions.  How many clicks did you get through to your website?  Do you know that?

Shon:  Well, so, I virtually started off wrong with audience network which gave me a lot of little clicks, right?  And, I changed that.  That was like up to 250 clicks, which I had a bounce rate of about 80 percent.  And it reached…

Jocelyn:  Yeah, they don’t convert very well.

Shon:  Yeah, they don’t count.  And then when they shut that off and I went to just Facebook ads specifically and Instagram ads, it got like three.

Shane:  Yeah.

Shon:  So, that told me that was wrong, so that was good.  But…

Shane:  This is a total targeting issue.  And it’s an also an objective issue.  If you pick website clicks, they will optimize for website clicks and get you more clicks for people who would click through.  If you’re going for conversions, it’ll optimize for people who buy things or people who give you an email.

Jocelyn:  And so for people out there who are saying, “OK, what in the world does that mean, it optimizes?”  Basically, Facebook looks at who is interacting with your ad and they are going to show it to people who are like that person.  OK?

Shane:  Right.

Jocelyn:  So, if you’re telling it to optimize for conversions but you don’t really have a specific conversion setup, then Facebook is not going to know who to show it to.

Shane:  Right.

Jocelyn:  So, it’s a better use of your money if you can tell Facebook, “OK, I want it to go to website clicks and only show the ad to people who are like this person who’s interacting with this.”  And then, the beautiful thing about using website clicks is that you can have the pixel on your site.  Facebook will see when these people visit your site, then you can show them another offer and say, “Hey, would you like to opt in to receive this?”

Shane:  So, like a thousand people click to your page to get the free thing you advertised, right?  It doesn’t matter if they give you their email, Facebook is going to pixel them and track them and say, “John Smith went to Shon’s website.”  So Shon sets up ad number two which says, “Hey, thanks for stopping by my website, here’s a free thing.  Give me your email.” Shon then gets the email and then uses his automation in his email marketing to sell things to this person.  So, it’s a very layered approach.

But, here’s the deal, back up.  If your targeting is wrong, this ad – there’s nothing wrong with your ad.  The ad sounds beautiful, the ad sounds right.  I’ll show you how to secure a WordPress site in three steps.  That is so on point, with what you’re trying to do.  But, the problem is, you targeted everybody.  So, you targeted nobody.  You see what I’m saying?

Shon:  Yeah, that’s – yeah and I thought I was targeting down honestly.

Shane:  Yeah.

Shon:  And that actually helps out immensely.

Shane:  Yeah, I don’t care about numbers.  Like I’ve ran ads that have targeted like 10,000 people.  And we’ve made thousands of dollars off of those ads because it’s the right person for the right thing.  You know what I’m saying?

Like, yeah, if people are liking security plugins like LifeLock and stuff like that, or what – I don’t know.  But, like if we can figure out some plugins or something that’s really security-related that maybe only someone who’s scared of getting hacked would actually press like on.

Jocelyn:  Maybe people who’d like LastPass, people…

Shane:  Yeah, exactly.

Jocelyn:  …who like one password

Shane:  People who are security-centric, that’s the things we need to target that are saying, “Wait a minute, if this person likes WordPress and LastPass, which is a password encryption tool, then that’s a person I’m probably going after because that’s a person that cares about the security of their WordPress website.  Does that make sense?

Shon:  Yeah, totally.

Shane:  Yeah, so…

Jocelyn:  Yeah, and I wonder if you don’t need it to make it a little bit more painful of a thing that you’re solving?  So, instead of like three tips, maybe say something like…

Shane:  “Three ways to stop getting hacked.  Are you sick of your password login that keep getting hijacked?  I’ll show you how to prevent that from ever happening again.”  Because that’s a huge problem, is the WordPress login gets hijacked.  Right?  That’s going to happen to people and they’re not going to know why.

Jocelyn:  Yeah.

Shane:  But, if you can hit that pain point in your ad, oh man, they’re going to click.

Jocelyn:  I just want to make sure that we’re really covering the pain something that people are experiencing.

Shane:  By pouring salt in the wounds.  Don’t be preventative.  You want to be – you want to treat their symptom.  Don’t try to prevent something.  Yeah.

Jocelyn:  So, you can use the same thing that you’re using before.  I just think you might need to change the language around this a little bit more so that it hurt…

Shane:  And then the timing of the targeting.

Jocelyn:  …so that it’s solving the problem more.  So, be on the lookout though.  I’m working on a Facebook ads module for Flip Your Life right now.  And, be on the lookout for it.

Shon:  Yeah.

Shane:  Should be out in the next week or two, man…

Jocelyn:  Yeah, by the time that this thing airs, this will be out already.

Shane:  And inside the community.

Jocelyn:  And so, I think it’ll help a lot.

Shane:  So, just to review this before we go on…

Shon:  Oh, I had no doubt.

Shane:  Yeah, we’re going to go onto the next question but like – I don’t think your ad was bad.  OK?  It’s just your objective is wrong and your targeting is wrong.  So, what we need to do next to fix this, Shon, is we’re going to get another 70 bucks out for another test.  We’re going to take what we’ve learned from this ad and we’re going to start that ad again but we’re going to get in the forums and we’re going to break down your targeting.  I’ll pop-up Facebook and try to help you find some better interests and likes, OK…

Shon:  OK.

Shane:  …that we can target.  Jocelyn’s training was talk about how to get the correct objective.  And, let’s run this again and let’s see if we can get a hundred clicks for that $70 bucks right now, OK?  And then maybe turn those into 20 emails or something.  You know?  And maybe we can turn two of those into members.

So, let’s get in there and really break that down, get that targeting right and if the targeting is right, the ad can be wrong.  The ad doesn’t have to be perfect.  If the targeting is correct, it just has to be clear, OK?

Shon:  Yeah.  Well, that’s awesome.

Jocelyn:  Alright, Shon?

Shon:  And honestly that I’ll be – I was so praying that I would get this out to you guys right away, to this Facebook ad.  Because I knew that your help would be immeasurable on this and I thank you so much.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, I think that it’s going to be really helpful for a lot of people.  Alright, well I think that we got your ad problem sort of – we’re going to be working on that.  So, what else can we help you with today to move forward in your online business?

Shon:  So, I know batching content is extremely important to do.  The one thing that – I mean I – security tips are awesome and they’re great.  But I need to – I also need to kind of get out and in my podcast – have to bring in potentially new blood or how that works.  And, so my question is who would be people that I could bring onto my podcast and how would I go out and find these people to see if they’d be interested in getting on it?  Because I also – I don’t want to be all about interviews.  But I also want to have them real topics they can have but at the same time going to do interviews.  How would you recommend doing that?

Shane:  Let’s say your show basically is kind of like ours.  Like, number one, you want to be the expert, right?  So, you don’t want to always be interviewing other people.  It’s not like Jay Leno or David Letterman or Jimmy Fallon.  We’re not an interview show.  We’re the experts, talking to other experts it’s to keep you safe about security.

So, I would just Google like WordPress security experts and just see what comes up.  Look in iTunes and try to see if you can type in like WordPress security or online security.  And see if you can find some people that have been on other shows.  Like what’s the girl’s name that got hacked on Instagram?  Charlene Johnson – is that her name?

Jocelyn:  Chalene.

Shane:  Chalene Johnson, yeah.  There’s a girl named Chalene Johnson.  She did a whole series, right about the time we got hacked about getting hacked, too.  And, she brought on an expert.  So, maybe find other experts that have been on other podcasts and reach out to them.

Jocelyn:  Yeah.  Especially in podcasting, like I think it would be beneficial to find people who are already on podcasts, who maybe even have their own podcast because that’s going to help you with your audience growth a little bit as well.

Shane:  Exactly.  And then, I would also look for – like type in like “my blog got hacked”.  Or, “my WordPress website got hacked”.  I bet you there are countless blog posts out there of people like me and Jocelyn or like Chalene Johnson who got hacked.  It’s going to be so easy to find guests if you just used the Google.  Like what would a title of a blog post like that look like and say – type that in and then go read people’s stories and be like, “This is great, would you come on my show and talk about being hacked?”

And then maybe you can throw in – like what – and then you could just talk about what you’d do to fix it?  “Oh, that’s a great idea, we used that, too.”  You know what I mean?  And, the more that you can interact with people who have been through this, it almost becomes like a testimonial of why they need to buy your service.  If you reach out to any blogger who’s wrote a blog post about this, you want 50 percent of them are going to come on your show, because it’s an honor to be on a podcast, right?

So, that’s how I would do it.  And, if for anyone out there listening, like for guests, think outside the box.  What kind of person do you want to come on your show?  Who do you want to interview?  If you’ll go in and do a little research, type in to find some blog posts, it’s really easy to find people willing to tell their story.  If you find someone that wrote a blog post about it, or already did a podcast about it, they’re going to be happy to tell their story again.  And that you should be able to find plenty of guests for that.  But, I would still keep your show 50 percent solo shows and about half guests, if I were you.

Shon:  OK.  Well, it’s that’s helpful, very, very helpful.

Jocelyn:  Alright, awesome.  I think that we have time for maybe one more question.  So, what else can we help you with today?

Shon:  Last question I have is – OK, so right now my site is setup just to sell a product.  But the overall goal is to be a membership site.  Its infrastructure is built that way.  It’s ready to be setup as a membership site.  As I’m planning my goals out, where do you see this is as a membership site, how would it be useful in that regard, versus just products?

Shane:  Well, I think that it could be almost like one of those stock tip membership.  You know, for one thing I think it’s called WP Security Daily.  Right?  Daily.  Maybe the daily component isn’t your public facing thing, that’s more of a weekly podcast or whatever.

Alright, maybe the daily thing is you get up every day and you write a little email newsletter, just like the stock guy would, like the hot stocks of the day.  But, you’re writing a little summary of what happened in WordPress security in the last 24 hours.  Maybe, you create a members-only newsletter or maybe you only post these security updates in the forums.  Like you just make a forum post in your membership community, people have to go login every day to go check out the latest news or whatever that’s happening in WordPress security.  You know, that’s a 15-minute task, basically every single day or just do it at night before you go to bed.  Right?  So, that could provide some value to keep people updated on what’s going on.

I almost think this sounds more like a service-based thing though.  Where maybe you could figure out a way to – even just updating plugins and stuff like that for people.  Maybe you can get some VA’s and train them how to do that.  Maybe you could offer a special service to your members like, “Hey, we will do a monthly audit for members of your WordPress site.  We’ll go in, we’ll take a look at everything, we’ll check these five specific things.”  And, for you, that wouldn’t be able to scale very big fast unless you hired people.  But, you could talk…

Jocelyn:  But you could start out with only yourself.

Shane:  Yeah, totally.  You could totally do that where you’re just like, “Hey, I got 30 members paying me 50 bucks a month.  And I just check one a day.”  I mean how long does that take?  You know what I’m saying?

So, I think service – this might be a service-based membership that does have that backbone of your content behind it.  Or people could come in and ask questions.  Like that’s going to be a huge benefit of, “Hey, guys.  I can’t log into my website.  And I know I’m typing in the password, what should I do?”  People like to have a place to go ask that.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, I would say that would be sort of an add-on component over the services because I would think this would be something that you wouldn’t really need daily unless you’re having a problem probably.

Shane:  Right.

Jocelyn:  I mean I don’t think I personally would look for it unless I was having a particular issue.

Shane:  But, I would like to have – yeah, I’d like to have a place to go ask the expert, like Shon, like Jocelyn was saying.  But, maybe also too it would be nice to know that someone checked my site once a month for me.  And make sure nothing was wrong.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, I would definitely pay for that.

Shane:  Like that’s a no-brainer to pay for.  You would just have to be really specific about what you offer though.  Like, we check these 10 things, if something else is wrong – sorry.  You know what I mean?  You’ve got to be really clear about your expectations.

Shon:  Yeah, and to that point, I’ve actually been – at my job, I get called in by other parts of our company that deal with WordPress asking me to go through the contracts to look at from a standpoint of how should they secure it, so I mean, there’s different ways that could be – this could be leveraged definitely.

Shane:  I think that – here’s how your flow would work.  You’ve got this great podcast where you want to keep it entrepreneurial.  You know, you could even talk about a little like leveraging WordPress in your business and with that drives home why it’s important to keep it safe.  So then, you have content that’s like, “Hey I’ve got this five-video course that you’re going to lose thousands of dollars if you don’t watch because somebody’s going to hack you.”

So, they come in for the content, they secure their site.  But then, on the back end of that you say, “Hey, stick around, keep paying monthly.  All members get a free WordPress security audit once a month and we’re available in the forums if you have any problems – like you can’t log in.”  You’re going to bring up these problems that people could have.  You know, like your site all of a sudden you log in and it says “terrorist propaganda” or people are changing your pictures in your blog post or you’ve got ads all over your site.  You’re going to have to bring these up but just talk about how you check those.  And I think you could definitely get some people on board to just keep them safe.

Yeah.  There’s companies that do that now.  Like our company – our server company, we pay for some stuff where they watch our stuff for us and monitor it.  So, I think you could totally get a, more beginning entrepreneurs on a bootstrap budget.  To say, “Hey I don’t want to get hacked.  So, Shon will keep me safe.”  Does that make sense?

Shon:  Yeah, totally.  Thank you so much.

Jocelyn:  Shon, this has been a great call.  It’s a lot of great questions.  And we always end all of our calls with our members by asking, “What is the thing that you’re going to take action on, say in the next 24 to 48 hours based on what we talked about on today’s call?”

Shon:  Oh, I know by no doubt, I’m going to be getting into the Facebook ad and making those changes.  So, I can’t tell you guys enough how this is wonderful.  This is just going to change everything.  So, that’s exactly what I’m going to do, is get the ads, get the – change it from what I had, change the language on it so that it’s a little bit more inviting in the way of getting hacked aspect.  And, yeah, that’s the plan.

Shane:  So, go start a forum post as soon as we get off the call here.  And, I want you to name it “Facebook Targeting for WP Security Daily”.  And let me get in there with you and do some keyword research.  I’ll do some interest research with you.  We’ll come up with a nice targeted list and we’ll see if we can improve that like immediately, dude, OK?

Shon:  Oh, man.  Dude, I can’t tell you how much I appreciate this, sorry.  I’m just fired up.

Shane:  Hey, you’re awesome, man.  Listen, Shon, I just want to say to you that it is amazing how hard you work.  And, for anybody out there listening, you have no excuse.  This dude’s working full time, seven kids, and he buckled down in a month and built out his entire infrastructure for his website.  And now, a couple of months later, he’s already testing Facebook ads and we’re about to really get into monetization.  Like you are an inspiration to us as well that we don’t get to make excuses.  Life is what we make it.  And, whatever we prioritize is going to get done.  And I know this guy right here, prioritizes his family, and he prioritizes his business and I have no doubt that you’re going to make it happen, man.

Shon:  Amen.  Well, I want to tell you thank God for the both of you because honestly if hadn’t listened to that podcast with Pat Flynn we never would have been here together.  So I thank God everyday for you, you and your family and thank you so much for allowing me to be on your podcast.

Shane:  Awesome, man.  We’re glad you came on and if you want to catch Shon, you’ll find him in the forums over at flippedlifestyle.com.  Thanks for coming on the show, man.  We’ll see you in the forums.

Shon:  Thank you guys so much.

Shane:  Super call today with one of our Flip Your Life community members.  We’d love for you to be a member of our community as well.  If you would like to join our Flip Your Life community, head over to flippedlifestyle.com/flipyourlife and we can show you how to join today.

Jocelyn:  It’s now time to move into our Can’t Miss Moment segment.  These are moments that we were able to experience that we might have missed if we were working at a normal nine-to-five job.

Shane:  Today’s Can’t Miss Moment is our trip down to Florida and visiting the LEGOLAND Hotel, LEGOLAND amusement park and LEGOLAND water park.  The kids had been badgering us for months.  Somehow they had saw a YouTube video of people going to LEGOLAND and they were dying to go there.  And we finally said, “You know what?  Let’s just figure it out, let’s get down there, let’s go stay in the hotel and let’s have fun.  So, we went down to LEGOLAND.”

Jocelyn:  And, if you’re not very familiar with the LEGOLAND Resort Hotel, it is a new hotel, fairly new.  And, it is very pricey during the summer.  In fact, I believe that it was somewhere around like $400 a night to stay at this hotel.  So, it was a little bit crazy.  Before we started our online business, there is no way on earth…

Shane:  No chance.

Jocelyn:  That I would even consider staying at a place this.  But, the kids were begging to stay there.  They really, really wanted to.  And so, because of our online business and the freedom and flexibility and the income that we now have, we are now able to do things like that.  And, we don’t have to really think about it that much.  We just do it.

Shane:  Yeah, the resort was amazing.  It sits right on a lake, this beautiful lake.  It’s got all kinds of like unique things inside of it.  There’s millions of Lego blocks for the kids to actually play with.  And actually go out and just have fun with.  The place is decorated like it’s built out of Legos.  And now the amusement park was just so fun for kids especially for kids who like under 12 years old.

So, if you want to check out all of our adventures at the LEGOLAND Hotel Resort, and LEGOLAND amusement park and waterpark – head over to the show notes into – onto today’s podcast and we have a video of all of our adventures there.  And we have a full review of the hotel if you want to check out everything that happened in LEGOLAND.

Before we sign off, I’d like to close every show with a verse from the bible.  Today’s bible verse comes from Philippians 4:6, and the bible says, “Do not be anxious about anything.  But in everything, by prayer and petition, with thanksgiving, present your request to God.”

And we want to point out on this episode with this verse one thing we do do in our Flip Your Life community is we have prayer threads every week.  So, if you need some prayer or you’d love for us to pray for you, let us know that.  We would love to do that for you.  And don’t be anxious.  Go to God and he will take care of anything that’s bothering you today.

That’s all the time we have for this week.  As always, guys, thanks for listening to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast and until next time, get out there, take action.  Do whatever it takes to flip your life.  We’ll see you then.

Jocelyn:  Bye.

Filed Under: Podcast

FL 112 – We help Kiana decide if she should stick with her current online business or pivot to something new!

October 11, 2016 by Shane Sams Leave a Comment

http://traffic.libsyn.com/flippedlifestyle/FL112_Kiana_Porter_Isom.mp3

Podcast: Play in new window | Download

Subscribe: iTunes | Android | RSS

kiana-porter-isom

This week on the Flipped Lifestyle podcast, we bring you Flip Your Life community member, Kiana Porter-Isom.

Kiana was a former Middle School Teacher turned Entrepreneur. She created www.edupreneurtoday.com to help teachers position themselves for leadership roles outside of the classroom, as well as guide the budding edu-preneurs to transition so they can earn more for their family.

She has tons of ideas that she wants to share with her community. You might be in the same situation or might know someone who needs help with figuring out the next step.

Join us as we talk about how she can reach the right audience, how she can make an impact without compromising too much of her time and energy.

Don’t miss this episode!

Know the value of information, what people want to know vs what people are willing to pay for.

Click To Tweet

It’s easier to work with people who are working from inspiration than desperation.

Click To Tweet

Getting people to start when they don’t want to is like forcing a square peg in a round hole.

Click To Tweet

You Will Learn:

  • What kind of content do I create to attract the right audience.
  • How do I start to market and create content.
  • How do you pick the right model for your audience.
  • How pivoting can work to your favor.
  • And so much more!
Be like a magnet, draw the right people and then repel those who waste your time & energy.

Click To Tweet

Don’t go selling barbecue at a vegetarian conference, it won’t matter if it’s the best if they…

Click To Tweet

Links and resources mentioned in today’s show:

  • Flip Your Life
  • Kiana’s Website
  • Helpful advice for when you have too many ideas

Enjoy the podcast; we hope it inspires you to explore what’s possible for your family!

Click here to leave us an iTunes review and subscribe to the show! We may read yours on the air!

Can’t Miss Moment

This week’s “Can’t Miss Moment” is our live event that we just had in Chicago.  We had a group of our Flip Your Life community members meet us in Chicago for an all-day session of Masterminds helping them personally one-on-one, face-to-face with their online business.  Had some amazing food.  We had an amazing venue that was just awesome to have a meeting in.  And, then we went on a dinner cruise with all of our Flip Your Life members that night on Lake Michigan.  Saw fireworks over the city.  And just had an absolutely fantastic time in Chicago at Flip Your Life live.

cmm-flip-your-life-live-chicago cmm-fyl-live-chicago cmm-fyl-live

Thank you for listening!

Thanks again for listening to the show! If you liked it, make sure you share it with your friends and family! Our goal is to help as many families as possible change their lives through online business. Help us by sharing the show!

If you have comments or questions, please be sure to leave them below in the comment section of this post. See y’all next week!

Can’t listen right now? Read the transcript below!

 

Jocelyn:  Hey y’all! On today’s podcast, we help Kiana take her education website to the next level.

Shane:  Welcome to Flipped Lifestyle podcast where life always comes before work.  We’re your hosts, Shane and Jocelyn Sams.  We’re a real family who figured out how to make our entire living online.  And now, we help other families do the same.  Are you ready to flip your life?  Alright, let’s get started.  What’s going on everybody?  Welcome back to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast.  As always, it is great to be back with you again this week.  For those of you who may be new to the Flipped Lifestyle Podcast, we welcome you and we want to let you know ahead of time, this is a little different than other online business podcasts you may have listened to.  We do not bring on experts or gurus who are promoting their new books or their new products.  No, we bring on actual Flip Your Life community members, people we really work with every single day in our Flip Your Life community and we help them take their online business to the next level.  And then, we let you listen so that you can get that information and apply it to your own business as well.  We are super excited for our guest today, Kiana Porter-Isom.  Kiana, welcome to the show.

Kiana:  Thank you so much for having me.  I appreciate it.

Jocelyn:  Yes, it’s exciting to talk to you today, a fellow education website person so…

Shane:  Right.

Jocelyn:  We really like that.

Shane:  This is our wheelhouse, this is our wheelhouse.

Jocelyn:  We know a lot about that.  So, quickly tell us just a little bit about you, your background and what you’re doing online.

Kiana:  So, I’m Kiana.  And I am a former middle school teacher turned entrepreneur.  I am a wife, I’m a mom and I really enjoy working with teachers both in the classroom and helping teachers define and refine their ideas and thoughts about career, and how they can make money in this space.

Shane:  So, tell me more about you.  What’s your domain name, what’s your website, and kind of what your general focuses are right now.

Kiana:  My website is edupreneurtoday.com.  Edupreneur is kind of a play on this, an educator and an entrepreneur.  And, what I’m focusing on right now mostly is helping teachers position themselves for leadership roles outside of the classroom.  But, I also help teachers in their teacher entrepreneur businesses and supplement their income while they’re still in the classroom.

Shane:  I love that focus and this – so, and this kind of has a lot of applications in different online spaces because there’s a lot of room out there for coaching in different industries on transitional type things.  Like how do you get like to the next level in any career.  Whether it’s you’re going to be a realtor, and you turn into a broker.  You’re going to be a teacher, you’re going to turn into an educational consultant, whatever.  So, there’s a lot of overplay here that’s going rear or things that are going to kind of translate to different industries.  So, tell us a little bit about your online journey so far.  You said you were a former middle school teacher.  So, if you could kind of go back to when you transitioned out of that.  What were you doing or what are you doing for your income?  How long has your online business been rolling and what kind of success or roadblocks have you ran into so far?

Kiana:  OK, so after I left the classroom, after teaching for about three years, I transitioned to become an instructional coach.  And I did that for a period of time working with elementary, middle school, high school teachers, and from there I became an educational consultant, where I work with a publishing education and they kind of contract me out to work with schools and in work with their client.  And, I’ve also done online teaching, curriculum writing, and assessment writing as like freelance jobs in this whole puzzle in my journey as an educator.  And, what I would find, when I would go to schools, I work with teachers and train teachers is everyone wanted to know how were you able to have these different roles in education and, quite frankly, do it so fast.

Shane:  Right.

Kiana:  And, as I found myself answering this question repeatedly and over and over.  And so I decided I should create a business where I can help teachers do just that.  And that’s either supplement their income as they’re still out in the classroom or transition out of this classroom, to some act as consultant. I really wanted to have this business help teachers in whichever way I could support their career in education.

Shane:  OK, how has that gone so far?  I take it your online business primarily you’ve built, it’s more of a one-on-one coaching model right now that you’re trying to do?  so how has that gone so far?

Kiana:  So far it’s been pretty rewarding for me.  I’ve been able to make quite a bit of income on the side.  But, when I started this journey, I really wanted this to become something that would have replaced my full time job as a teacher and it’s not quite there yet.  So, that’s kind of my goal for what  I wanted to be.  But, it’s gone so far – it’s gone good so far.  And, I’m just trying to work for it, making it more a full time income.  Up until this point, I have invested a lot of time, a lot of energy, a lot of money into getting my business up and going.  And, that’s OK because I do believe in investing in myself and investing in my business.  But I met a point where I really need this to become a full time income for me.  Part of my struggle is that as an educational consultant, I make a significant daily rate of pay.  When I tell people what I make a day, they looked at me like, “Why would you ever want to do anything different?”

Shane:  Right.

Kiana:  And I’m grateful for the kind of income I’m able to produce for my family and my household, but I really want to be able to transition from working for another company and working in my own business.  And, I want to have the option to do both.  I may never stop consulting.  But, I really want to get folks faithful in my online business it’s bringing in the majority of my income.

Shane:  Right.  And then, sometimes we plateau there and that’s where we’ve got to look at things like scaling and pivoting and everything else.

Kiana:  Exactly.

Shane:  You know, I think a lot of people, Kiana, find themselves in that place once they get down the online journey.  You know, we actually got to that point, too.  Where we were like, you know, we have a good income, we have good jobs, that we both – that we had tenure, you know, we had all these things going for us and we were like, do we really – is this online business thing going to be able to go to the next level?  Is it going to be able to put food on the table, put a roof over our head, in the same way that we’ve done before?  And, I think that there’s always that part of us at the beginning of our entrepreneurial journey where we do invest time.  We go to conferences, we spend money for coaching and things like that.  And, we don’t quite see the immediate return, because we live in such an immediate gratification society.  That we’re like… is this worth it?  And, I think that you’re in a great spot right now because you do already have the income and you have had some success, which means there’s probably more success, we just have to figure out maybe a missing piece of the puzzle or turn, you know, one stone over and find that missing clue to kind of take it to the next level.  But, I think that we relate to it and I think everybody out there also can relate to it as well.

Jocelyn:  Alright.  So, yeah, so let’s think about where you want to go next.  So, keeping that in mind that you do want to make this a full time income, what is your biggest challenge right now and how can we help?

Kiana:  So, it’s not something I’m proud of, my gift and my curse is that I have so many ideas and I never really quite know where to focus my attention.  Right now, I am thinking I want to start a membership community for instructional coaches.  But, I also have, you know, 50 other ideas where I could easily pursue.  I’ve also thought about launching a group coaching program for teachers who know they want this to be their last year in the classroom.  And, they need to position themselves to transition out.  I’ve also thought about creating a course entitled, “Instructional Coach School”.  Where it’d be totally like an online course for teachers who persistently want to become instructional coaches who are not already there.  And, I have also thought about writing an ebook that goes along with my… from classroom to consultant online course, where I take the transcripts from that courses and just create a little e-book in case the people or teachers, they don’t want to go through the entire course.  So, those are just some other ideas that are rolling around in my head and all that.

Shane:  You know, one thing I’ve felt ever since we’ve started talking was I feel like – I felt the “shiny object syndrome,” because I suffer from it as well.  And like, I can dig – totally identify with it because you know like… I hear last year in the classroom, right?  I hear instructional coach school.  One time in the forums we were having a discussion, you know, you said, “You wanted to help teachers figure a side hustle out.”  Even the name of your website like, “Edupreneur,” right?  Like, I know it’s entrepreneurial.  It’s more entrepreneurial to do your own thing than just be like, like you said, like a contractor.  And I just feel this pull like you don’t really know exactly which way you want to go.  Like, what do you enjoy the most?  Like, what do you – like you – and you also said something to us, too, in your intake forum when we talked about the podcast, you said, “It was – you just found a lot of people asking you questions about becoming what you do.”  But then, when you asked for money to teach it, it was like pulling teeth, you know? So, like where do you feel most drawn?  What do you feel like has been the most successful thing in your business?

Kiana:  That is exactly where I struggle.  So, it depends on which part of the business you’re talking about.  When it comes to booking shut a few sessions, and booking these one-on-one conference with me, I primarily have teacher entrepreneurs booking those sessions and wanting to talk about how to grow their business.  It’s very rarely a teacher that booked that session.  But, when I’m…

Shane:  Very interesting.

Kiana:  When I have people on Facebook in my inbox, it is how do I become initial, you know, coach.  Or teaching me how to become an educational consultant.  And, I’ve had a few people ready to support that course.  And, here’s the other thing, I created last year or the beginning of this year, a freebie download, 12 companies that hire teachers to consult.  And, I got 250 people on my email list.  And like two weeks from that one download.  So, for me that means that teachers were wanting to know how to do this.

Jocelyn:  I agree with you to a point that teachers do want to know how to do that.  But I think that that’s one of those type of things of – I think it’s a situation where information that people want to know versus information people are willing to pay for.

Shane:  Right.

Jocelyn:  And, I think that that…

Kiana:  OK.

Jocelyn:  Particular opt in is something that people want to know but they’re not necessarily…

Shane:  Ready to jump.

Jocelyn:  As willing to pay for that.  But I think that if you go to the other way, like how do I start a business from scratch, basically.  Or, how do I learn how to do this type of stuff…

Shane:  Or take for existing thing to the next level.

Jocelyn:  Then I think people are more willing to pay for that.  And I’m not really sure why.  I don’t know if it’s a psychological type of thing.  I don’t know if it’s maybe because they feel like if they do the necessary steps to become an educational consultant they think they can maybe figure the next part out.  I’m not really sure why that is.

Shane:  I think this comes down to a very – this is something that’s been a theme lately in a couple of people’s avatars that we’ve had is desperation versus inspiration, OK?  You never want…

Kiana:  OK.

Shane:  You never want to target clients who are in a mode of desperation.  You always want customers who are coming at you from a mode of inspiration.  For example, all these people who are saying they want to know what you do, are in their job and they hate their job and they wish they could do your job, but they’ve not started.  They’ve not taken….

Kiana:  Right.

Shane:  That first path.  They’ve not decided yet to do it.  And that’s a problem because now your job becomes how do I convince these people to jump off the cliff?  Whereas the people that are actually paying you money are the people who’ve already made that decision, they’ve already moved past that point of fear and said, “I’m doing this.”  Maybe they’ve already got something started.  And they’re trying to — they’re inspired to make it better.  So, it’s a lot easier for them to go invest in that.  I feel like your whole brand at this point, there’s a little confusion with the name and things like that.  But, like I feel like you’re trying to convince people that they should do this instead of finding people who are convinced and letting them give you money to teach them how.  That’s where we’ve got to get past, is you can’t target people who you’ve got to convince. You don’t want to teach people that they need to do with this.  Right, Jocelyn?

Jocelyn:  Yeah, I mean I won’t necessarily think that this is, you know, a 100 percent an either or thing.  Like you could certainly work with people who want to become educational consultants but I don’t know if this is where my focus would be.

Shane:  Yeah, they’ve got to have already made the decision that they’re doing it and it’s not, “Hey, tell me more about what you do,” it’s I spent $500 researching this and I’m ready to give you another $1,000 or something.

Jocelyn:  I mean this sort of reminds me a little bit about what – of what we do, because that’s the first question that we get, you know, when we tell people what we do, the first thing they want to know is well, how did you do that and how can I do it?  Well, you know, there’s different answers that we give to that question because if you – if I just meet up with you on the street or at the coffee shop and you ask me, “How I do what I do”, I mean that’s one of those types of things where I can’t really tell you that in a five-minute answer, you know…

Shane:  Right.

Jocelyn:  So, like I would usually give them a link to some type of free information.  You know how many people we usually hear back from on that?

Shane:  None.

Jocelyn:  Pretty much a zero.

Shane:  Yeah, we’ve stopped – we actually by the year-end, we realized, well, we were always trying to convince people they should do this which I – you might be able to relate to that.  You’re convincing people this – that you want out of the classroom, you want this to be your last year in the classroom, you should do this.  We – that word, “you should do this, too”, never comes out of our lips anymore.  We only talk to people who are like, “I’ve started, what do I do next?”  Because those are the good customers.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, and we even will tell them, we’ll say, “Look, once you do these steps, we’re going to give you this information for free.  When you’ve done all this stuff, you come back to us.”

Shane:  Exactly.

Jocelyn:  That never happens.

Shane:  So, I think that what – to zero back in on what you’re doing here.  I think you’ve got to focus on people who’ve made the leap.  And, that might require you pivoting away from this educational instruction stuff.  Because, if you’re not getting people who have made the leap and are willing to pay for it, but these other people who already have like businesses are paying for it, you need to look more at them and shift your avatar to what they look like.  Instead of trying to force this square peg into a round hole.  Like when you say these people who have signed up for your stuff are people in their businesses trying to make them better, like what kind of businesses are these people running who have already given you money?  Like what are they – what do they look like?  Instead of the educational person who wants out of the classroom.

Kiana:  So, for example, I worked with a woman who was – who she is still a librarian, but her focus is teaching other librarians how to create, make her spaces.  And, there – in the school library and she has a whole business around that.

Shane:  Oh, my gosh.  Yeah.

Kiana:  And so, we talked about how she could further monetize, you know, that piece of her business.  I have another client who works with autistic parents.  And, change things on how to work with their student through creative dance.  And it’s like they’re just talking about different ideas on how to further monetize that – that piece of their business.

Shane:  Right.

Kiana:  So, those are different couple of the clients I worked with here very recently.

Shane:  I think that’s why you made that comment in the forums during our discussion about “I do this” – which was your first idea.  But, then all of a sudden you’re like “but I’m also helping people with their side hustles.”  You’re helping people who are in the classroom who have already started something on the side.  You know, I had buddies all the time that would have side jobs as teachers.  Like, they’d mow yards or they’d do pressure washing.  Some people would have side businesses like you’re saying.  They would learn makerspaces or they would learn how to use smart boards and they would train people, you know?

Kiana:  Correct, right.

Shane:  Like, I think if you made a slight pivot and you said, “Quit trying to convince people to do this.”  Quit trying to say, “This is the path”, you know, the educational consulting.  Go over here to say, “You’re a teacher.  You’re an edupreneur.  You’re in education, but you’re also looking for ways to make a side hustle that might lead to leaving the classroom.  Which is what you are really an expert at.  I know like you are an educational consultant, but you’ve done all these other things.  You figured out how to piece together a great income, doing online courses, doing this stuff, doing that stuff, doing consulting, doing this.  You’re in education, but you’re out of the classroom.  That might be their end game, but I think what you could really help people do is say, “OK, you’ve stumbled across – upon something profitable, let me show you how to make it really profitable.”

Kiana:  OK.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, generally when you’re doing anything in business, you want to listen to the voices of your paying customers over anything else.

Shane:  Anything else.  Even if every – even if the majority of the people are not paying customers, their vote only counts at the beginning to give you an idea.  Once people start voting with dollars, their votes count more because that’s the way it works, you know?

Kiana:  OK, that’s a good point.

Shane:  Because I…

Jocelyn:  Yeah, and, you know, well like at this point what I would do is go to my current clients, the ones that have already paid you for this service and I would just start asking them some questions.  I would just say, “Hey, you know, would you mind to just answer some questions for me as I’m trying to grow my business.” and ask them…

Shane:  Or make a shift it towards work – it’s on them.  Like let me answer these questions so I can shape my trainings to help you, you know, so you can meet their needs better.

Jocelyn:  And, get some information from them.  And those are the people that you really need to listen to.

Shane:  Stop listening to the random people that stop you in the halls and say, “How do you do this?” that’s like us…

Jocelyn:  Because they’re never going to do anything.

Shane:  They’re never going to do it.  Stop – that’s like us at a coffee shop when someone goes up and goes, “Can I pick your brain?” no, you  cannot picking my brain.  No, I would say, “No”, to people out like – I actually have that in our presentation when we speak live.  The last slide is, I’m sorry, we cannot meet for – everyone for coffee and no, you cannot pick our brain.  But, you can go to our website and learn more.  Like I actually say that to people.

Kiana:  OK.  A lot of great points for me to think about.  And I had never thought about working with teachers in their businesses only, so…

Shane:  Here’s what’s coming to you.  I can see this person that’s coming to you.  This person is in the classroom, right?  And, this person already has something going on, some kind of side hustle.  They are truly an edupreneur.  They’re someone who is an educator and is already taking action in the entrepreneurial space.  But, they don’t know what’s going on.  Then, they see you.  You’re a former teacher who’s figured out three or four different ways to make a living in the education space and they look to you and say, “Well, she figured it out.  She’s probably got a couple of puzzle pieces I’m missing.” so they actually come to pay you for your time to get those puzzle pieces.  You have to only target those people with what you’re doing.  And it’s – and that’s easy for you to pivot to without changing anything in your brand.

Kiana:  Yeah, and it kind of validates an idea that I already was kind of thinking out, wanted to do anyway.  So, I think that’s a great feedback.  And, I think that’s something that I’m going to work forward to next.

Shane:  OK, so where do we go next?  That’s what we’ve got to figure out here like with all that mind – because that’s kind of a mind-blowing thing to say.  Yeah, forget about all this other stuff in your business that you were going to do.

Jocelyn:  But, it’s actually kind of freeing, too, I think.

Shane:  Right.

Jocelyn:  Like I think that it’s going to be good for you to not have to concentrate on so many things.  Like just concentrate on the one thing.

Shane:  Right.  So, like what do you think now based on your current paying clients.  What’s the one thing and what do you think is your next hurdle that we can get you past right here while we’re talking.  Like if we’re going to make this pivot, what does that mean?

Kiana:  The first thing that comes to mind is what kind of content do I create to start to attract more of that audience.  Because right now, my audience I believe is largely teachers who are not working their own business.  And, then it just so happens that I have enough of them who are all willing to pay that, you know, that’s where my attention has gone.  But, I know for sure that most of my audience, they do not have their own business.  So, how do I start to market and create content?

Jocelyn:  You ask them, your paying customers, what they want to know more about.

Shane:  And, you change and you don’t care if all the other people go away.  To be a successful online entrepreneur, you got to be a magnet.  You got to draw in the exact person that will pay you and you have to – on the other side – just like a magnet, you have to repel everyone else.  Because everyone else is taking a time and energy and is preventing you from helping the people that are willing to pay for the help.  So, that – so, you’re going to have to forget about those other people who you have constantly told us, “Boy, they just won’t pay, they won’t buy anything.”  That’s not what we’re going to do.  That’s like going to a vegetarian conference and setting up a barbecue stand.  You know what I mean?

Jocelyn:  Selling beef jerky.

Shane:  Selling beef jerky, it don’t matter how good the beef jerky is.  Ain’t nobody there who are going to buy it, because they’re looking for kale, you know?

Kiana:  Oh, right.

Shane:  So, like, you know, they were your audience, you thought, because you were going to try to convince to be – eat meat.  But, we can’t do that.  So, we’re going to move on and forget all those people.  And, we’re going to go somewhere else and set up a barbecue stand.

Jocelyn:  And this is going to be a little scary, you know.  Like we’re not saying that this is going to be an easy thing to do.  I mean, it’s hard.  When you’ve built up an audience and they know, like and trust you.  But, if they’re not willing to give you money then it’s not a business.

Shane:  Yeah.  I think that what you’ve got to do from – don’t worry about anything you’ve ever done.  You do have an audience, you’ve got people following you.  Some of those people are going to become your – this person we’re going talk about to, right?

Kiana:  OK.

Shane:  But I think the first thing that has to happen is your language has to change.  Your content has to change.

Kiana:  OK.

Shane:  Not going backwards, we’re not going to change anything in the past, we’re just going to move forward from this day forward.  From now on, you are an edupreneur coach.  You help teachers who want to take their side hustle to the next level.  It could be someone who’s made $50 on teacherspayteachers.  And they’re like, man, there’s something to this, you know?  And they may come up with something like we did, like a lesson plan, again.  It may be people who do want to get into consulting, but you’re not going to have this big, long, you know, course anymore.  It’s going to be more Q&A like let me coach you to get to that next level.  But, your language is going to have to change where you’re not so open.  It’s more like, “Have you made any money on the side?  I can help you grow that into a real business.”  Something that could pay your mortgage, something that even might eventually lead to your last year in the classroom, OK?

Kiana:  OK.

Shane:  That’s the kind of language that I really feel has been trying to come out of you in the forums.  And I think that if you – and if you pivot that way, you’re going to be able to get some information out of these people that are already paying you and figure out how to get the next ones.  If you can find two, you can find 202.  You just have to figure out who they are.

Kiana:  This whole conversation is so amazing.  Because like when I started this business, I figured actually what my focus was I was teaching teachers how to start a tutoring company on the side…

Shane:  Yeah.

Kiana:  Because that’s the first thing that I did.

Shane:  That’s right.

Kiana:  When I was in the classroom.  And, I think over time I had let what other people have put up and kind of picked me up that focus.

Shane:  Yes.

Kiana:  So, I think this is, well, I just started the blog by interviewing teachers turned entrepreneurs.  And those were my first five, six blog posts.  So, I think this is going to refocus me on what the original intent of the business was supposed to be from the start.

Shane:  And, it’s also easier because like, you know, when you focus in like on being an educational consultant, listen, there’s only 5 percent or less of all teachers that would ever even go into that, you know what I mean?  So, like it’s hard — that’s a hard sell.  But, when you’re – when you look at it, in person, you know, and your whole thing is like teachers with a side hustle.  Hey, let me – anybody that’s made, you know, a $100 on the side and up, I’m going to talk to you.  And we’re going to talk about how you did that and how you do it consistently with tutoring, with whatever.  Like, that’s such an easy thing to see and it also creates less of a barrier.  All those people that are already in your audience listening, they start – it starts becoming real to them.  Because then they’re like, I don’t have to be an educational consultant which sounds all, like you have to have a PhD or something…

Kiana:  I think so, right…

Shane:  It’s like, wait a minute, you mean I can tutor and make $500 a month?

Kiana:  Right.

Shane:  How do I do that.

Kiana:  How do I do that…

Shane:  And then, what – how do I run the business after.  That’s what you got to go after right now.

Kiana:  OK, so I heard you say that I’m going to have – I’m going to pivot from creating like these courses and these products to having more one-on-one conversations…

Shane:  Not one-on-one, not one-on-one – one to many, one to many.  We’re not going to do one-on-one anymore if we can help it, OK?

Kiana:  So, thinking about the idea of one to many, what do you think that model might look like if I’m serving this audience?

Shane:  I think it definitely looks like a very, it’s – like a group coaching, group call scenario, 10 to 20 people on calls doing Q&As.  I do think there’s trainings.  But, I think you need to shift your mindset away from just the, you know, the I teach this kind of educational business like tutoring.  More like, here’s what usually happens where people have the most trouble.  And then, you’ve made it because you actually are working for yourself.  They don’t know how to run a business.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, so…

Shane:  People can usually figure out how to make the money.

Jocelyn:  It’s things like do I need a LLC?

Shane:  Yeah.

Jocelyn:  How do I start a spreadsheet for my taxes, you know, it’s information like that.  If that’s…

Shane:  Kiana, how did you, you know, save your money?  How do you budget for your business, how do you whatever.

Kiana:  OK.

Jocelyn:  And that’s – those are things that your audience will tell you if they want to know about.  So, all you have to do is ask and you just tell them the information they want to know.  I mean, it’s really that simple.

Shane:  Yeah, you get the first initial facts like we do on people.  Like, what you doing, how are you doing it, OK, outside looking in, forest for the trees, this is what we see, you know.

Kiana:  OK.

Shane:  And then, so your trainings can revolve around building that business, getting new clients, in this different spaces.  And the – and just let the conversation start flowing with these people and it’s going to be a whole lot easier to make content going forward.

Kiana:  Perfect.

Jocelyn:  Alright.  So, this was a pretty intense…

Shane:  Yeah.

Jocelyn:  30 minutes here.  I feel like that, you know, you have a good direction here and I hope that you feel good about it, too.  We always ask people at the end of all of our calls, what’s one thing that you plan to take action on based on what we talked about today, say in the next 24 to 48 hours?

Kiana:  I had really been putting a lot of energy into having less – having consistent content released to my audience.  And I – it was so exciting yesterday and this is I have like two weeks of going Pulse, and emails and…

Jocelyn:  Woo hoo.

Kiana:  And, fortunately in content, all set to go.  And now I have to go and change all of that.  So, this weekend, I am going to just rethink the messaging in want my content to deliver and then start to craft and design with those audience so I can get them out and keep on target with my content calendar.

Shane:  That’s awesome.  I also want you to…

Kiana:  OK.

Shane:  Like go into the forums, like this weekend sometime as after you think about this.  I want you to really think about the people that have handed you dollar bills, handed you the money, you know what I mean?  I want a really good customer profile on those specific individuals.  Like almost take each person who’s a client right now and think of them as an individual avatar.  Who is this exact person?  And, write down that for each of the people that are paying you for consulting now, talk about their business, talk about everything else.  Let us look at that and maybe we can reshape this customer profile going forward, so we can help you on your future content, on your future marketing to get the right person involved.  And, then we’ll also come up with a strategy to announce to your current audience that this is going to happen.  Like I’m helping people do this.

Kiana:  Oh, perfect.

Shane:  Because that’s – that’s what I think there’s going to be a mini, like launch moment in this.  Where we’re like, “Hey, everybody who’s already found me, I’m not the person going forward that you thought I was going to be.  I’m for the…”

Jocelyn:  Allow me to say, you know…

Shane:  I’m focusing on these people now.

Jocelyn:  I’m changing my focus a little bit on the website, these are the kind of things we’re going to talk about.  Are you still interested?  Yes, click here.

Shane:  Right.

Jocelyn:  No, click here.

Shane:  So, we’ll filter the good customers and get them into the paying customer box that way.  OK?

Kiana:  Perfect, thank you.

Shane:  Well, Kiana, thanks for sharing today.  A lot of great stuff.  Thank you for being very transparent and very open about your journey.  I think that sometimes a lot of entrepreneurs don’t want to talk about struggling.  They don’t want to talk about, “Man, I’ve invested a lot in this and I’m not seeing the return.  Should I keep going?” and I think you’ve got a lot of great things going.  And, with a slight pivot, you’re going to just make it to the next level really fast, OK?

Kiana:  Perfect, thank you so much for having me today.

Shane:  What a great call, one of our Flip Your Life community members.  We’d love to have you in our Flip Your Life community as well.  If you’d like to become a member of the Flip Your Life community, head over to flippedlifestyle.com/flipyourlife and we can help you with your online business, too.

Jocelyn:  Alright, next we are going to move into the “Can’t Miss Moment” segment of our show and these are moments that we were able to experience that we might have missed if we were working at nine to five jobs still.

Shane:  This week’s “Can’t Miss Moment” is our live event that we just had in Chicago.  We had a group of our Flip Your Life community members meet us in Chicago for an all-day session of Masterminds helping them personally one-on-one, face-to-face with their online business.  Had some amazing food.  We had an amazing venue that was just awesome to have a meeting in.  And, then we went on a dinner cruise with all of our Flip Your Life members that night on Lake Michigan.  Saw fireworks over the city.  And just had an absolutely fantastic time in Chicago at Flip Your Life live.

Jocelyn:  We love meeting our members in real life.  It is such a good time.  We just really got in there.  We talked about their businesses, how they could improve.  We even learned things ourselves, that’s one of my favorite things about live events.  And, it was just a great time.  And, we just, we hope that all of you at some point will come to one of our live events just because we love meeting our community.

Shane:  And, this is a “Can’t Miss Moment” too because it’s just awesome that we get to go out now and change people’s lives.  I think a lot of us when we’re in the day-to-day grind of our nine-to-five or our normal careers, or whatever that we’re doing to make a living, you know, we feel like maybe we’re not making an impact.  I know I felt like that sometimes in school.  I know even though you’re teaching and you’re doing these things, there’s so many barriers, and so much red tape and bureaucracy that you really feel like hampered.  And, like we have that freedom now and go out and really make a difference and we can see the immediate impact of the help that we give people especially at our live events because the people who come to our live events always do incredible things right after because they just take advantage of that momentum.  So, it’s just awesome that we get to go around the country, meet amazing entrepreneurs, and help them succeed at life.  Before we sign off, we like to close every show with a verse from the Bible.  Today’s Bible verse is Proverbs 3:5-6.  Bible says, “Trust in the Lord with all your heart.  Lean not unto your own understanding and always acknowledge Him and He will direct your path.” That’s all the time we have for this week.  As always guys, thanks for listening to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast and until next time, get out there, take action, do whatever it takes to flip your life.  We’ll see you then.

Jocelyn:  Bye.

Filed Under: Podcast

FL 111 – We teach Cheryl how to start an online Public Relations membership for entrepreneurs

October 4, 2016 by Shane Sams Leave a Comment

http://traffic.libsyn.com/flippedlifestyle/FL111_Cheryl_Tan.mp3

Podcast: Play in new window | Download

Subscribe: iTunes | Android | RSS

cheryl-tan-2016-1-timorah-beales-photography-4

This week’s guest is Flip Your Life community member and Public Relations Expert, Cheryl Tan.

Cheryl used to be a television news anchor and reporter. She had been in the media industry for nearly 20 years and started her company in 2014 in order to help businessmen and women gain media attention they want.

Clear instructions and expert strategies, Cheryl gives even the most overwhelmed clients with fresh insight.

Join us on this episode as we help Cheryl figure out the right avatar to build her membership, discuss how she can grow her content and find her rhythm on her first membership launch.

Let’s get this started!

When people see the results, they’re going to want what you’ve got.

Click To Tweet

You have to come up with something that is smart & easy to do.

Click To Tweet

You ain’t never ready, so do it anyway & figure it out as you go.

Click To Tweet

You Will Learn:

  • How to batch your content to make it easier for your members.
  • How to use your members’ questions to grow your content.
  • The advantages of having core beta members on your launch.
  • Topics you can focus on for your podcast.
  • Plus so much more!

Links and resources mentioned in today’s show:

  • Flip Your Life
  • Cheryl’s Website
  • Our recent Business Insider featured article

Enjoy the podcast; we hope it inspires you to explore what’s possible for your family!

Click here to leave us an iTunes review and subscribe to the show! We may read yours on the air!

Can’t Miss Moment:

“Today’s can’t miss moment is our trip to Clearwater Beach.  We decided to go down to the beach because our kids love KIDZ BOP. We heard on Channel 77 that they were having a concert and I thought, “Oh, that sounds like fun.” We had a great time at Clearwater.  Our kids loved the beach. It’s awesome that our kids get to just see the ocean.  It’s not just about buying the concert tickets or buying the seats on the beach… it’s just the experience of being out there.”

cmm-clearwater-beach-queen-beds cmm-clearwater-beach-view-from-our-hotel-room

Thank you for listening!

Thanks again for listening to the show! If you liked it, make sure you share it with your friends and family! Our goal is to help as many families as possible change their lives through online business. Help us by sharing the show!

If you have comments or questions, please be sure to leave them below in the comment section of this post. See y’all next week!

Can’t listen right now? Read the transcript below!

 

Jocelyn:  Hey y’all! On today’s podcast, we help Cheryl take her online public relations business to the next level.

Shane:  Welcome to Flipped Lifestyle podcast where life always comes before work.  We’re your hosts, Shane and Jocelyn Sams.  We’re a real family who figured out how to make our entire living online.  And now, we help other families do the same.  Are you ready to flip your life?  Alright, let’s get started.  What’s going on everybody?  Welcome back to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast.  Great to be back with you again this week.  For those of you who may be new to the Flipped Lifestyle Podcast, this show is a little different than other online business podcasts that you’re used to.  We do not bring on experts or gurus selling books or anything like that.  We bring on actual Flip Your Life community members, real people running real online businesses and we help them take their business to the next level.  I am super excited for our member that we are bringing on the call today because this is one of our members.  We have actually met in person.  We got to hang out with this person a few weeks ago in Chicago at a conference and we just know she is going to have some great questions today and we’re going to have an awesome discussion about online business.  Our guest today is Cheryl Tan.  Welcome to the show.

Cheryl:  Shane and Jocelyn, thank you so much for having me on the show.  It was really, really nice to meet both of you in person.

Shane:   I know.  I love being able to put pictures like we actually have pictures with you, so we can put them with your podcast and that’s amazing.  You know?

Cheryl:  Oh, yeah.  That’s nice.

Jocelyn:  Yeah.  That’s one of my favorite kind of guests – that are people we have met in real life, and we hope to meet some of our other guests in real life.  So, it’s been a lot of fun just getting to know you.  We’ve actually joined your membership, which I’m sure we’ll be talking about.

Shane:  This might be the first for Flipped Lifestyle.  I don’t know if we’ve joined anybody else’s membership right now but once you launched, we’re like, “We’re in.  We got to do this.”

Jocelyn:  Yeah.  So we’ll talk a little bit more about that as the call goes on.  But we always start out by talking a little bit about where you’ve been before we talk about where you’re going.  So, quickly tell us a little bit about you, your background and your online business.

Cheryl:  Thank you so much for this opportunity.  So, it starts off actually on television.  My whole adult career has been as a TV news journalist.  And two years ago, in 2014, I decided to do one of the scariest things I’ve done as an adult is to switch careers and leave television news to start my own company.  And I did what I think a lot of people do is you go into consulting,  doing what you know.

Shane:   Right.

Cheryl:  So, I figured I would help businesses figure out how to get media attention.  So, I worked one-on-one with clients, and it’s great.  I’ve got some clients right now and I still do that with private clients.  We help them get media attention.  We help them make their mark. But it was maybe about a year or so ago.  A friend introduced to your podcast and I was listening and I’m like, “This is really, really interesting,” how you can help more people…

Shane:  Right.

Cheryl:  With your expertise by flipping the model a little bit. So, that was in my head.  And it took me a little while to figure out how to make that part happen online.  But I just launched, again, with the help of the two of you.  I launched an online PR Public Relations Training Academy just a few weeks ago.  And, that’s where most of my questions will focus on, this PR course online right now.

Shane:  Yeah, so basically what we’re talking about here is what a lot of people do is they do a one-on-one business when they do something.  And, we ought to say the real world, I mean that’s hilarious.  But like – it’s like, in physical life, you know what I mean?  Like not online.

Cheryl:  Because people on the internet they don’t exist…

Shane:  They’re not – they don’t exist…

Cheryl:  No, they don’t.

Shane:  Yeah, everything – it’s figment for imagination.  But the – but like we talked about, like scaling and being able to say, “OK, I’m giving every person the same knowledge.  Why would I not just create a course and then just answer their questions?”  That allows me to scale and do things I bet.  It was so funny because we worked with Cheryl in the forums a little bit.  We were trying to get a beat on what she was doing and what she wanted to do and how to scale this.  And, we actually went and listened to her – she talked at that podcast movement.  And, we went and showed up and we were like, “Let’s go listen to Cheryl’s talk.”  And, like it just hit me like a ton of bricks when we heard you in person.  I was like, “I know what Cheryl has to do.”  Like, this is what we have to do.  And like, we agreed like, with Jocelyn I like grabbed her when she coming offstage and we’re like come over here a minute.  We got to talk to you.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, and I actually sort of fleshed out some of our goals as well.  Like, while listening to that.  So, Shane was like furiously writing notes about what you should do.  I’m furiously writing notes about what we should do.

Shane:  It was awesome.  It was so great.

Jocelyn:  It was just like a very cool moment.

Cheryl: So, it will – was still cool for me because I did.  I stepped off the stage and you two came at me and it was like a moment of clarity though.

Shane:  Yeah, it was.

Cheryl:  I guess I’d been toward this but hadn’t really gotten there…

Shane:  Yeah.

Cheryl:  But, when you said it, it made sense.  So, when I got home, I created the course.

Shane:  Yeah.

Cheryl:  I did it in like three weeks.  And, it was up.

Shane:  That’s why it’s so important why we always say, you know, people are like, “Well, how good are your courses and how good is this and how good is that?”  And, we’re like you don’t really understand how this work.  It’s so important to have a community where you’re talking to people.  Because, you know, we went back and forth with different messages in the forms, we talked a little bit, we worked through the process.  It wasn’t like that moment you said anything that was totally that one miracle statement that made it clear.  We had worked through all this and then that was like the straw that broke the camel’s back, you know what I mean?  It was like…

Cheryl:  Right.

Shane:  That’s what we’ve got to do.  So, it’s important to have those discussions.  You don’t just come in and figure it out in a day.  It’s more like let’s go back and forth.  Let’s research.  Let’s talk.  Ah, this could be our angle and then all of a sudden something works online.  So, tell us a little bit about where you’ve started.  You just launched this membership, you’ve got a few members in there.

Jocelyn:  It was awesome.

Shane:  Which is awesome.  That’s a huge turning point.  And then, you’re starting to kind of nurture them now, correct?

Cheryl:  Yeah, yeah.  And so, you’re exactly right.  I haven’t really publicly announced it.  This may be the most public announcement that is in this just…

Shane:  Right.

Cheryl:  I have a list of about 500 people and I shared it with them.  And I mean, really not even in a hugely public way.  I just said, “Hey, I’m starting something new and I got members.”

Shane:  Yeah.

Cheryl:  About five of them.

Shane:  That’s good.  Now, this is like a beta launch…

Jocelyn:  That’s true.

Shane:  Basically, is what this is.

Cheryl:  Exactly, and I know I can feel it that I’m just testing the waters.  So, I’m really not so confident and I’m not throwing it out there…

Shane:  I understand.

Cheryl:  So, it really is a beta – beta launch.  And so, I’m really just trying to figure out what to do right now.

Shane:  Perfect.

Cheryl:  I’m trying to figure out if it’s a good offer.  I’m trying to figure out if I’ve got the right targeting.

Shane:  Right.

Cheryl:  All of these things.  And so, well I’m also trying to figure out content.  Like how do I get attention to this course without saying, “Hey, I have a course out here.”

Shane:  Yeah.  But, you’re doing it the right way.  Because, number one, you did step out.  You did launch when it wasn’t even totally finished.  You just worked – kind of have like the outline and what it was going to look like.  And we always recommend let five to 10 people in it first and let them kick the tires, you know what I’m saying?  Make sure that everything’s working.  Figure out, you know, your payments messed up or if it’s actually taking their payments?  Does your order form work?  Does the forums – can they get to log in?  Like, it’s good to have a few of your really core people to test that for you.  Where I’m going to get mad if something’s broken.  And then, you go in and you fix it and now you can launch it back out and we’ll do like a really big thing.  If you’ve got 500 people in your list, even though some of them might not be right perfectly aligned to this, I’m pretty sure we could find 20 people with a nice, solid email campaign for us to live that launch.  So, you’re right on track with everything.

Jocelyn:  So, I think that we sort of skipped over a little bit, you know, exactly what your membership is.  So, just in like, you know, one minute, tell us a little bit about that.

Shane:  Who do you help and what do you do?

Cheryl:  This should be a long time to figure out.  So, I’m happy that you’re asking it now because it really did take probably every bit of a year to figure out this piece of who I’m trying to serve.  So, I figured out that what works really well for this membership, it will serve people who are doing things amazingly well in their businesses and in their communities.  And, they can’t quite figure out how to get attention to their causes, their companies.  They can’t get that media attention.  They can’t figure out that piece of the puzzle.

Shane:  Like get in the newspaper, get on that…

Cheryl:  Right.

Shane:  local TV session, whatever, basically.

Cheryl:  Exactly.  So, they’re not exactly sure even what they don’t know.  I get a lot of questions like, “Where do I start”, “Who do I reach out to?,” “What do I say to these journalists?” So, this course is designed to answer those questions.  People who are passionate.  So, they start out with doing great things.  It starts out with being really good in their businesses and giving back to the community.  And those folks are the people who really can thrive in this community because they have the basis of what makes a great story.  They just are not quite sure how to make that outreach.

Shane:  Gotcha.

Cheryl:  They don’t know who to reach out to, they don’t know what to say and then the answers are within this online course.

Shane:  That is so awesome.

Cheryl:  And in the community as well.

Shane:  Well, and that’s so funny because people ask it, like, we’ve been in Forbes and helping them post and like all these major things.  People come out to us and like, “Oh, how did you get into that?”And we’re like, “I don’t know.”  Like, we don’t even know.   Well, like I mean, they just – we got – we, really, we just got on one thing and we got through another like – but there is a process.  Like if I look back in 20/20 hindsight, I could probably figure out this process of – well, we did this.  Then that led to that and then that led to all these things, you know?  And, I think it’s amazing what we love about your membership is you really do say, “No.  You start here.  A, B, C, D, E, F, G then you go get to put, you know, feature in Forbes on your inner byline or whatever, you know what I mean?

Cheryl:  Right, and for sure…

Shane:  So, that is very cool.

Cheryl:  The two of you had all the pieces in place.  And, that’s why the Forbes and the Huffington Post articles came because you did all those pieces and it worked into your favor and got the attention of those journalists.

Shane:  That’s amazing.  Awesome stuff.  OK.

Jocelyn:  Yeah.  So, we’re looking forward to jumping in and answering some of your questions about what you need to do next.  So, let’s jump into your first question today.  What are you struggling with right now in the business and how can we help?

Cheryl:  I would say probably the first thing is overwhelmed.  So, I have the members and I’m reaching out to them one-on-one, and I’m talking to them and seeing how I can help and we’ve had one member call that is – has been recorded and is now in the membership.  But, I guess I’m trying to figure out, what I’m supposed to do next.  Like, what the next step is.

Shane:  I think the biggest thing right now is – you know, it’s so easy to go looking six months ahead and like, how am I going to get these 100 members and how am I going to manage a 100 members.  And how am I going to do this, and how am I going to do that?  Really, the main thing you got to do when you first launch a membership site is you’ve got to just really talk as much as possible to the people that do sign up originally.  OK?  Not only because, you know, you – as I’m not saying this nebulous thing that we’ll do a survey and figure out what they want.  It’s just to let you get into that rhythm.  If you’re in a rhythm, you’re not overwhelmed, you know what I mean?

Cheryl:  Yeah.

Shane:  So, if you’re talking to them, you’re getting information, you’re asking them their questions and really just help them one question at a time.  Just like we do in Flip Your Life, you know?  Everybody comes in with these big, grand, you know, meaning of life type questions.  And, we’re like, “No, here’s your next – where you step.”  This is put your foot in front of your other foot right now.  If you’ll just get into a flow for the next two or three weeks of helping those members one-on-one, because you can do it now.  You’re going to find a lot more clarity and it’s going to come down.  Don’t worry about creating 16 courses and relaunching the whole membership to this list and things like that.  Right now, let’s just focus on the people that you’ve got.

Jocelyn:  Yeah. And I would say like two things that really help me out a whole lot are batching things in groups.  So, like for all of your content for the next month, let’s go ahead and write that as far as like your blog goes or, you know, if – I think you’re doing a podcast, right?

Cheryl:  I am.

Jocelyn:  So, yeah, go ahead and start batching some of that.  OK?

Shane:  Like this week get six of those done or something.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, also batch your emails.  So, you know, that you’re going to send emails out to your members every so often, you know, if it’s maybe once a week, if it’s every other week, if it’s every month.  Whatever it is, go ahead and get those batched up.  Something I defer only to librarian is I wrote a year’s worth of emails.  So, my virtual assistant, they go into a spreadsheet and they get the text from that particular month.  Now, there are some things that go into it live like I do put some things from the forum that have been discussed recently.  Like, that’s one of her responsibilities.  But, she has an email, she has the procedures, she knows exactly what to do, she goes in there and gets in.  So, that’s one thing I don’t have to worry about every month.  I don’t have to sit here and say, “Oh, no, you know, it’s the 10th, what am I going to put in my member email and that’s already done.”

Shane:  And so – so basically what Jocelyn’s saying here is you’re probably overwhelmed not because of the membership.  You’re probably overwhelmed because you’re like, “Crap, I’ve got to record a podcast.  Crap, I’ve got to get that thing launched.  Shoot, I’ve got to send an email out to tell everybody there’s a podcast.  That gone, I’ve got to email my members and tell them to come to the member column.

Jocelyn:  And, it can be overwhelming.

Shane:  And, that is overwhelming.  But, if you can remove all of the stuff that can be batched over a week or a two?  At least, buy yourself six weeks of clarity.  Now, you don’t have to be overwhelmed for five weeks.

Jocelyn:  So, now that’s not hanging over your head.  You now have time to think about how can I serve my members.  How can I talk to them and find out what they need to know and that can also help with your content.  So, if you’re struggling with coming up with things to write about, ask your members.  You know, what are you struggling with right now and what could I help you with, write a response that goes in your membership but use part of that response as…

Shane:  In your blogpost.

Jocelyn:  Part of your content.

Shane:  Yeah, like so that’s got – what we call that – our – what we do is we call it a content explosion.  Like we always start at our forum every day.  OK?  We’ve stopped trying to think of ideas for blog post or podcast or anything else.  We start with our people.  And, we say, “OK, this is a great question, so go write a blogpost about it.”  Or, “This is a great question, let’s talk about that on our podcast.” We don’t have to – we’ve removed overwhelmed because we stopped saying, “Man, I’ve got to write a new email and a new blogpost and do a new podcast and do everything.”  No, I don’t anymore.  I pick one thing and I turn that same thing into everything.  Does that make sense?

Cheryl:  I love that.  Yeah.  I absolutely love that.

Shane:  Yeah.

Cheryl:  It makes it so much easier as you’re creating content, too.

Shane:  Oh, so much easier.  Like I don’t think we’ve actually had to have any kind of brainstorming session about content in probably almost a year.

Jocelyn:  Yeah and we’ve also had a lot less were arguments.

Shane:  About what we’re going to be talking about…

Jocelyn:  Yeah.  Because, I mean, now we just answer our members’ questions.  So, like it serves a lot of purposes.  It serves to create content.  It serves to promote the membership because we only talk to our members on our podcast.  And, it’s a great testimonial.  I mean, we can use this in multiple different ways.  So, that’s the cool thing about it.  But, the other thing I was going to say, you know, I said I was – I had two things.  The first thing was batching.  The second thing is procedures.  Like, just have your procedures down.  Repeat them over and over and over.  This is what we do all the time when you start getting overwhelmed, fall back to those procedures.  It takes a long time to create them and it’s not always fun.  But, once they’re done, they’re done.  And, you can just kind of back more, I’ll autopilot that way.

Shane:  Also, I think entrepreneurs that are online are the worst people on Earth about reinventing the wheel every week.  But, it’s like every week, you want to like write a new blogpost.  Every week, you want to do a new webinar.  Every week, you want to do this.  Like, just do the same thing over and over again.  Because, not everyone is going to hear it the first time, you know?  So, like don’t get overwhelmed thinking, “Oh, I’ve got to create all this new content and all this new stuff.”  Well, you just made a part of your course for five people.  There’s 495 people on your list that have never seen that.  We just have to tell them about it.  So, I think content in your public facing business needs to be batched.  But, I think you’re too consumed with how much content you need to put into your membership.  You just need to tell…

Cheryl:  Yeah.

Shane:  You just to keep telling all those other people there’s stuff already in there and I’m in there.  And, I’m the content…

Jocelyn:  Well, I’ll tell you a little secret Cheryl.  And, this is the same as – for people in our membership.  I joined your membership probably a couple of weeks ago and you know how many courses I’ve watched?  Zero.

Cheryl:  Mean.

Shane:  She’s there to ask you questions, what to do next…

Jocelyn:  I’m there to talk to you and, you know, mostly, yeah.  And I think it – you know, it’s not because I think that it’s bad information or that I don’t need it.  I probably do.  But more importantly I want to talk to people and, you know, we use our content in Flipped Lifestyle to refer people back to.

Shane:  Right.

Jocelyn:  So, like if somebody asks us a question, most like, you know, that’s a great question, check out this training course, you know…

Shane:  Right.

Jocelyn:  I talk about this specifically in this training course.  Once you’ve watched it, then come back and comment on it and tell what me think you need to do next.

Shane:  That’s called – we call it “just in time learning,” basically.  Like…

Jocelyn:  Yeah.

Shane:  If you’ll notice when you join Flipped, the first thing we say is not go watch this video.  The first thing we say is, “Go to the general forum and ask us a question right now.  Tell us about yourself in the introduction forum and then go to the general forum and ask us what are you struggling with right now.” Because then, we save time by saying, “Hey, we’ve got a video about this.  Go here.”  If we don’t have a video, then I can answer that specific question…

Jocelyn:  Or, we can quickly make one…

Shane:  Or we can quickly make that training based on something someone actually asked for.  We don’t figure it out.  No wasted time.  So, that’s where you’re at right now is…

Jocelyn:  Does that make you feel a little better?

Cheryl:  It does.  It really does.  Because it helps me think about the content I’m supposed to create.

Shane:  Yeah.

Cheryl:  As opposed to what I really need to do.

Shane:  Exactly because…

Cheryl:  And I can stop you…

Shane:  And…

Cheryl:  That totally can stop you.

Shane:  And, it can be different from what people actually want.  We all think we’ve got all the answers.  We do but unless someone’s asking the question, it don’t matter what you’re answering.  You can say – I can say all the answers in the world but if it’s not what that person needs right then, they’re not going to get a result and they’re not going to care, and they’re not going to join and they’re going to quit.

Jocelyn:  And, that’s the beauty of doing the membership site’s the way that we do them because you don’t necessarily have to have a 1,000 courses or, you know, hundreds of modules about this or that.  I mean you start in like hand and it’s nice but – and, you know, I said that I hadn’t watched any of your stuff.  That’s not to say that I never will.  I’m just saying I didn’t start there.

Shane:  Right.  So, back to your original question.  We at – like we went off there a little bit.  But, then like if you go back to the original question it’s like – you were talking about like the content and the overwhelm.  There’s really no reason to be overwhelmed because your only content you need to create is, “Hey, member one, what do you need next?”, “Hey, member two, what do you need next?”.  Member three, member four and member five make all those and the next 15 members that come in will probably need that, too.  You see what I’m saying?  And, you’ll build your avatar that way so when you relaunch, you’re ready to go.

Cheryl:  So, I have another question related to content.  As far as the content that you put out there to bring attention to your membership or to your brand, or your podcast.  What kind of topics do you focus on then…

Shane:  Right.

Cheryl:  As far as Facebook posts or that kind of content that’s not in your membership.

Shane:  Alright, so here’s…

Cheryl:  More attention grabbing.

Shane:  So, this is what we do and this is our philosophy.  And, we keep screwing this up, how Jocelyn said it, but we were in the car the other day talking about this.  And I just – this blew – Jocelyn like – everyone saw, I would just drop the mic.  Like I call them Jocelyn bombs.  Like I actually go hashtag Jocelyn bomb, whenever she says it.  Because she’s like, Jocelyn is…

Jocelyn:  I don’t talk very much but when I do talk it’s usually worthwhile.

Shane:  But, when she does, it’s the universe explodes, Big Bang stuff, you know what I mean?  But like, the other day she said, “You know, it’s not about constantly providing value for free.  That’s not what it’s all about.”

Jocelyn:  It’s about proof that you have provided value for other people.

Shane:  Exactly.  So, like what we focused primarily on now is we just show success stories.  We have 300 and something success stories from when we’re live and counting. So, it’s like we just say, “Hey, Jeff did this and he got a 100 members.  Go listen to his podcast where we talk to Jeff.”  And, it’s like just help these people get results and then talk about those results, talk about what they did to get those results.  Something that we’re about to debut in our podcast is we’ve been sending surveys to our success stories and we purposefully ask questions and say, “How did the community help you?  How did Shane and Jocelyn help you?  What was the biggest thing you did to help you achieve this success, like a launch of 30 members or something”, right?

Cheryl:  Right.

Shane:  And that’s the public facing content that we want to show people is this works and people are getting results.

Jocelyn:  So, basically we’re focusing on social proof for our social media…

Shane:  Our blog…

Jocelyn:  Yeah.

Shane:  Everything.

Jocelyn:  Yeah.  Any type of like public facing stuff, we’re focusing on either member questions which, again, points back to our membership because we’re serving our members.  Or we’re focusing on some type of social proof.  So, we might do an iTunes review.  We might read a success story that someone has.  It’s all pointing back to the success that we’ve helped our members achieve.

Shane:  And also you say to yourself, “Well, yeah, but I’ve only got five members so far.  We’re going to work with them.  It’s going to take me a little while.”  The thing about talking about results is a lot of times you can even interview someone on your podcast who you know followed the path you’re talking about.  Like you know someone whose story got picked up in the local paper.  Got picked up on the local TV station then all of a sudden they’re sitting on the Today Show, whatever.  Like, you can seek out those people who have had the success story with the plan you’re putting out there like this is what you did to see, this is what I say to do.  And, you can interview them and talk to them and reinforce your plan even before you have a lot of other – your success stories from your membership start rolling out.  Which, I know you and I know that’s going to happen fast, you know what I mean?  So, I – that’s how you kind of do it at first.  It’s like, find guests like that.  Or bring on guests and show them what to do next and as people start seeing you helping people take next steps, they see how these results play out over time, they’re going to want what you’ve got.

Cheryl:  You’ve just read my mind, by the way.  Because my next question was going to be about the podcast which I revamped after we met in Chicago whereas before it was just about business and entrepreneurship.  But then, as we talked and we – I got clarity on where I was taking this business and this podcast, I started interviewing as you had mentioned entrepreneurs who had figured it out, how to make connections with reporters.

Shane:  Who had been in media like you found them out…

Cheryl:  Yeah.

Shane:  Yeah.

Cheryl:  And, yeah, I figured it out how to – and I didn’t necessarily help all of them.  But, I’ve known them for a while, some of them.  And, they’ve figured it out.  They have figured out how to become media darlings…

Shane:  Right.

Cheryl:  In the sets.

Shane:  Exactly.

Cheryl:  And, I’m just – I was just trying to figure out how to use the podcast to bring attention to the community and I think you just answered my question.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, I think that’s perfect.  I mean, like on social media, you know, you could post – make one of those little pictures like up in Canva  quick tip from so-and-so.

Shane:  Right.

Jocelyn:  And, you know, put that person’s tip and link to the podcast.  That’s perfect place to get your podcast out there.

Shane:  And, like we were in Business Insider recently, right?  So, Business Insider took this massive interview that we did and they started cutting it up into smaller article and stuff like that.  They did what Jocelyn says like quick tips from Shane and Jocelyn on Productivity.  Then like, a month, a week later they released another article it said quick tips from Shane and Jocelyn on, you know, making money online.  Or whatever it was.  And like, so that’s what you could do with all this content.  You interview someone who has made it to Forbes or whatever and you say, “How did you get there?  What happened?”, “Oh, well I got in this local paper, my story got picked up” – you find these people with this – the narrative that fits your program, right?  And, then you just say, “Well, that’s exactly what I teach.”  Well, as you’re talking to them, it’s going to be natural to say, “You know, that was a great thing you did there.  Going to that local TV station because the local TV is an affiliate of NBC which opens you up to their whole brand.” – you know, like you start having these conversations and you will automatically be positioned as the expert because you’re going to know why they got there even if they don’t.  And, you’re going to be able to convey that to your audience.

Cheryl:  Love it.  Love, love, love it.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, I think that that is a very logical place for you to start.  I mean, it makes a lot of sense as far as doing it that way.  You could certainly buzz up the content that way.  Another thing I was going to say is you need to pick some of your – what you feel are your better podcast.  And, you know, there’s always like a few real gems that stand out to you.  So, if you say to yourself, “Like wow, that was a really good podcast.”  Create a specific opt-in bonus for that.  So, maybe the person was talking about getting on their local television station.

Shane:  Right.

Jocelyn:  So, you might just do like a quick checklist, “Things to Concentrate On When Trying to Get on Local TV”  In that way, people can give their email address for that specific thing when you link to that like say from a Facebook post or a Twitter post or whatever

Cheryl:  That’s perfect. I will definitely do that.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, and, you know…

Shane:  Does all that make sense?

Jocelyn:  Don’t feel like you have to do that for all of them.

Shane:  But, just the best ones, yeah.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, like the best ones…

Shane:  80/20 rule it.

Jocelyn:  And then some of the opt-in bonuses will be relevant for multiple podcast.

Shane:  Another thing that’s really important for everybody listening on this show is Jocelyn and I have a very different mindset when it come to our brand and like our podcast, our videos and everything else.  You know, everybody does fall into that trap.  I’m going to interview entrepreneurs.  Or I’m going to do what so-and-so did because so-and-so got a lot of downloads or whatever, you know what I mean? Like you have to come up with something that is easy to do.  You have to be smart here on how you’re doing this.  You can’t start a podcast and go interview Timothy Ferriss and Gary Vaynerchuck, they’re not going to come on your podcast or anybody else.  But, you can look in the local paper and see a great story of someone like in your case, Cheryl.  Hey, this is an entrepreneur who found their way into Forbes.  And, then you just Google them and you’re like wait a minute, that person also appeared in the Winchester Times Tribune.  Or whatever.  And that, that just totally links them, I can get this person on my show very easily, you know what I mean?  Everybody out there who – in any kind of brand, you’ve got to create content that is not copycat, that is unique but it’s also easy for you to get guests.  Easy for you to talk about and easy for you to become the expert.  One reason Jocelyn and I don’t want to bring like expert guests really on our show, we kind of dabbled in it.  And then, we were just like well we want to be the experts.  Why would I just bring someone on to promote their stuff?  I want to – this is my show, it’s our show.  So, you’re doing the same exact thing here.  This motto will make it easy for you to find the right guest, the right avatar and let you talk about your membership in a natural flow of the conversation where a random entrepreneur pushing his book, you may never even get to mention that you get people in the news, you know?

Cheryl:  Right, right.

Shane:  So, you’re right on the right track.

Cheryl:  There’s a lot to do.  I got to tell you, there is a lot to do.  But I love the clarity because it helps me with the focus.  It helps me know that I’m kind of going in the right direction.

Jocelyn:  Alright Cheryl, I hope that that gave you some good clarity on those questions.  What else can we help you with today?

Cheryl:  Well, this I know is a step, I’m not quite ready for yet but I’m kind of chomping up a bit.  I don’t want to do some Facebook ads but I also want to know when it would be prudent to do so.  When is the smart time to try to figure that whole thing out.

Jocelyn:  Well, we do recommend that you have a retargeting pixel on right now, have you already done that?

Cheryl:  Yeah.

Shane:  OK, good.

Jocelyn:  OK, good.  Because even – just for everyone out there.  Even if you’re not ready to run ads yet, the retargeting pixel will save audiences for 180 days.  So, you know, when you’re thinking about doing ads, if you think you might do them in the near future, go ahead and place that pixel on there.  So, that Facebook can know who is visiting your site, OK? So, that’s the very, most important thing.

Shane:  And, I think for ads for you what I would do right now, usually when people are in their beta period and they get five to 10 members, OK?  Some people get 20, some people get three.  You know what I mean?  it just depends what you get on that first pass.  I do recommend that you don’t use ads at that point because…

Cheryl:  OK.

Shane:  You need to not be overwhelmed and if new people are coming in and if you’re trying to manage an ad and if you’re doing all this stuff, that’s just one more thing you have to worry about, right?  So, I would go two or three weeks here, maybe the rest of this month and I would get just a little more comfortable with your members.  Talk to them, get a little more information, kind of get ready to open the door back to those other 500 emails.  That’s probably the next step we need to do is to go finish that list.  Like, we need to get in the forums, develop a strategy where you’re going to have emails, a live webinar, we’re going to do a real opening day thing, get 20 more members out of that list.  OK? At that point Cheryl, I would go ahead and run ads.  I would have ads.  We’ll figure out how we’re going to do it whether it’s automated webinars, live events, live webinars or…

Jocelyn:  Or to a podcast.

Shane:  Or to a podcast or something like that.  We’ll plan that strategy.  But, I think that once you’re comfortable enough, 80/20 here, with your membership and you kind of feel the wheels turning, we need to turn it on.  Because you will never improve it if it’s not running.  And, that’s the big thing people make the mistake is.  Well, when I’m ready I’ll start my Facebook ads.  When I’ve got everything perfect, I’ll start bringing more people in.  But that’s like saying, when I’m ready I’ll have kids or when I’m ready I’ll buy a house.  You ain’t never ready.  You might as well do it anyway and just figure it out as you go.

Jocelyn:  And one thing you can start on is to go ahead and start building your polled audiences.  I’ve made two little training modules on Facebook so far, I’m working on the rest of them.  But, I think that will help you sort of get some clarity and just start thinking about it.  Just get your wheels turning about that.

Shane:  Which will tide her over from the chomping of the bits and room…

Jocelyn:  Exactly, yeah…

Shane:  You know what I mean…

Cheryl:  Yeah.

Shane:  You’re actually doing a little bit with it, you know.

Jocelyn:  So, even though I haven’t watched your training modules yet, I’m telling you to watch mine.

Shane:  Hey, listen.  She ain’t watching hers until you watch hers.  That’s how it works around here, you know what I mean?  Yeah.

Cheryl:  No, I’m going to watch yours Jocelyn, for sure.

Shane:  We’ll watch yours eventually once you tell us what to watch.

Cheryl:  OK.

Shane:  Yeah.  But, that’s what I would say.  I would get through this beta period.  I would set myself – it’s actually September when we’re recording this.  So, I would say we’re at today.  You know, October, I’m going to open this up to that list and we’re really going to make a push to get to 25 members, OK? And then, we will in October get the ad strategy ready, get the open strategy ready and we open the doors and we start working toward 50 members, and then we start working toward a member a day and we got some tight targeting we’ve talked about with you that we can really go after.

Cheryl:  Yeah.

Shane:  So, I think that’s where you’re looking at.  You’re about two months away from doing that.

Cheryl:  I’m excited.  Very excited.

Jocelyn:  Alright, awesome.  Well, we always ask everyone at the end of our calls, what’s one action step that you plan to take, say in the next 24 to 48 hours based on what we talked about on today’s call?

Cheryl:  There’s a lot I’m going to do but the first thing I think I’m going to really focus on is talking to the members that I have.  To really hone in on what it is they want to get them some results.

Shane:  Yeah.

Cheryl:  Depending on each situation, it can be very quick and in other situations, it takes a little bit more massage, more massaging but…

Shane:  For sure.

Cheryl:  But, to get them some results so I can highlight those positive things happening on social media, on the blog, in the forums even to let other people who are already in there know that it does work.  The system works.

Jocelyn:  Absolutely.

Shane:  Absolutely.

Jocelyn:  And I think though sometimes people think well I only have five members, that’s a bad thing.  And I understand what you mean…

Shane:  That’s amazing, you know…

Jocelyn:  But that’s actually a good thing because you really want to serve those people and like you can do things now that you won’t be able to do in the future.  You could even, for instance, if you see somebody who has some really low-hanging fruits schedule, Skype call with them for like 15 minutes a week.  Just be like, “Hey, look I can’t do this forever but for right now, let’s really work hard to get these results.  And, you know, I’m really going to help you while I can do this, while my membership is still small.  And I think that most people would be very up for to that…

Shane:  Jumping all over that.

Jocelyn:  And, you know, Shane and I used to do that, too.  When we first started out and we didn’t have a lot of members, there’s a saying in on my business and actually everything, this is, “You do what you have to do until you can do what you want to do.”  So, for a long time, we offered paid consulting.  And, that was our way to like really put our hand on people and say, “OK, you’re going to get this done right now.”  And, that was what helped us to be able to get some of those initial success stories so that we could begin to grow our membership more.

Shane:  You can also do – take this is right after this step.  Because I think that’s going to be pretty easy to get to those five members.  And I always say, too like for everybody listening, if you find one member, you’re going to be able to find a 101 members.  If you find members, you – there’s 505.  I mean, this does scale.  Once you figure out – if there’s one person out there that will pay you, there’s somebody else like them with the same problem you can solve, you know what I mean? So, this is – we’re building on this.  But take this information that you get from these interviews and these 101’s, put – come to the forums in Flip Your Life, let us know what is happening.  And, we can help you develop real time surveys to send back to that 500-person email list based on this people.  And, we can start weeding out the people that aren’t the right avatar right now.  So, what happens is a month or two from now when we’re ready to open this back up to add up all that big list, and 500 is a big list, 100 percent, that’s a good list.  We can go say, “We know exactly who we’re talking to.”  Because we’ve been in talks with people in real life, we’ve been using that information to survey the people on the list.  And, we’ve really filtered it down to where we know we’ve got 20 to 50 hot people ready to jump in your membership, OK?

Cheryl:  Fantastic, I can’t wait.

Jocelyn:  Alright, awesome.  Well, thank you for being on the show today Cheryl.  We really look forward to seeing what you’re going to do in the future, I know it’s going to be something awesome.

Cheryl:  Thank you for having me on the show guys, thank you.

Shane:  Alright, guys.  That wraps up another call.  One of our Flip Your Life community members.  If you’d like to become a member of our Flip Your life community, head over to flippedlifestyle.com/flipyourlife and we can help you with your online business as well.

Jocelyn:  Alright, next we’re going to move into our can’t miss moment segment.  And these are things that we were able to experience recently that we might have missed if we were still working at a normal nine to five job.  Today’s can’t miss moment is our trip to Clearwater Beach.  We decided to go down to the beach because our kids love KIDZ BOP.  If any of you guys have Sirius…

Shane:  Small children.

Jocelyn:  SiriusXM, Channel 77 you know very well.  In fact, we sort of even listen to KIDZ BOP when the kids aren’t with us…

Shane:  Yeah.

Jocelyn:  Because we don’t really realize it’s still on.  It’s sort of like white noise now.

Shane:  The KIDZ BOP is like they take popular songs and then kids actually sing them and they kind of change the words a little bit to make them more sanitized…

Jocelyn:  PG.

Shane:  For – yeah, PG for young folks and…

Jocelyn:  Some of these songs are actually like really bad.  Like the regular version…

Shane:  Yeah, so…

Jocelyn:  Because I don’t really know popular music because I listen to country music most of the time.  So, now as when I hear them, otherwise I’m like…

Shane:  Whoa…

Jocelyn:  Oh, wow…

Shane:  Our kids – I’m glad they’re not listening to the real version…

Jocelyn:  I’m glad they cleaned that up.

Shane:  So, there is KIDZ BOP.

Jocelyn:  So, yeah.  So, we were looking on their website.  We heard on Channel 77 that they were having a concert and I thought, “Oh, that sounds like fun.”  So, of course, they’re usually not coming to Kentucky.  They actually are coming to Kentucky later this year.

Shane:  But, it’s like in Louisville we’re just three or four hours away and it’s in the cold months.  So…

Jocelyn:  Well, and it was several months away.  And if you have little children, you know, that sometimes they like things for a while and then sometimes they don’t like it anymore.  So, I thought, well this would be a great opportunity to go and see KIDZ BOP.  So, they were going to be in Clearwater Beach…

Shane:  In Florida.

Jocelyn:  And, so that’s how we decided to go down there at that time.  And, it was a really good time.  We went and spent a couple of days on the beach and went to the KIDZ BOP concert.

Shane:  And, my favorite part about going to Clearwater Beach on this trip was a – you know, I love the beach.  But Jocelyn’s not so big on sand.  She’s not – she doesn’t dig the sand pretty much…

Jocelyn:  It’s just OK.

Shane:  She likes it like one day and then she’s just over it and totally done.  But I could go out there and just beach bum all the time.  And, so we went out there to play on the beach one day.  And, the hotel we were at had these like queen-sized beach beds or something with like big like umbrellas and you got like two beach chairs with them.  So, I walked up and asked them like how much were they, well, you know, how could I get one of those.  And they were like $200 is – something like that to rent them for the day.  And so, I was like, you know what, let’s do it.  So, I – we rented one of those.  So, we had this big queen-sized bed like sitting right on the beach and these chairs.  The kids built sandcastles.  They went out and played in the water and Clearwater Beach is just a beautiful beach.  If you’ve never actually been down there.  And I know that’s something that we never would have done before we started our online business or before we had the income that we do today because we just would never have spent $200 to lay on a queen-sized bed.  We would have just put our towels down.

Jocelyn:  And, I think that our neighbors in the cabana or whatever you call it, I think they weren’t so thrilled to have us there because…

Shane:  That’s right…

Jocelyn:  It was a man and woman.  They were trying to read their books and, you know…

Shane:  Our kids were not being the quietest of folks so…

Jocelyn:  Yeah.  And we don’t really get to read books on the beach.  I think I would like the beach a lot more if I could actually like relax and enjoy it.  But, you know what, my kids are at just at an age where you can’t do that but…

Shane:  We can’t do that.

Jocelyn:  We enjoyed a lot of other things.  We got in the pool and just had a great time, so.

Shane:  We had a great time at Clearwater.  Our kids loved the beach. And, Jocelyn and I talk all the time like when we were kids, like, you know, we didn’t see the ocean very much.  Or how were we…

Jocelyn:  I had never seen the ocean until I was 21 years old.

Shane:  21 years old.  Yeah, and like I had seen it like…

Jocelyn:  Or maybe I was like 19 oh – but I was, yeah, I was in college.

Shane:  Many, many years.  And I had seen it a couple of times but we didn’t get to go all the time.  And, I think our kids have been like three or four times now in their short lives.  And the last couple of years, we pretty much went every single year.  They’ve been to Fort Lauderdale, Clearwater and…

Jocelyn:  And, Myrtle Beach.

Shane:  Myrtle Beach, yeah.  So, we’ve – it’s awesome that our kids get to just see the ocean.  It’s not just about, you know, buying the concert tickets or buying the seats on the beach.  It’s just to experience the world out there.  And, that’s what online business has let us do.  Before we go today guys, I want to share a Bible verse with you.  Jocelyn, I close every single one of our shows with a Bible verse.  We get a lot of our inspiration and motivation from the bible and we want to share some of that with you. Today’s Bible verse comes from 1 Corinthians 9:24 and the bible says, “Do you not know that in a race, all the runners run but only one gets the prize.  Run in such a way as to get the prize.”  Make sure that you are giving every ounce of effort that you are dedicated to making your online business work and run that race in such a way that you will get the prize.  And, everything will work out in your online business.  That’s all the time we have for this week.  As always guys, thanks for listening to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast and until next time, get out there, take action.  Do whatever it takes to Flip Your Life.  We’ll see you again.

Jocelyn:  Bye.

Filed Under: Podcast

FL 110 – Our Quit-iversary Special: 3 Years of Living The Flipped Lifestyle

September 27, 2016 by Shane Sams 2 Comments

http://traffic.libsyn.com/flippedlifestyle/FL110_3rd_Anniversary_Episode.mp3

Podcast: Play in new window | Download

Subscribe: iTunes | Android | RSS

new-house

Our New Home!!!

Our journey wasn’t the easiest one. The road we took to get to where we are now wasn’t paved with just rainbows and sunshine. We did not rely on luck, there was no Magic Pill and we didn’t have a “parachute” to bail us out if we failed… we are just simple folks who wanted to have more time to spend with our kids and live our lives to the fullest.

It has now been 3 years since we left our regular nine-to-five jobs to become full-time online entrepreneurs, be our own boss for a change and have that freedom. We learned so much and we keep learning as we go through our daily responsibilities. You know what? Life has been so much more rewarding.

All the risks we took and sacrifices we made eventually paid off. Sure, it gets difficult at times, but it’s also such a gratifying experience to reach out and help so many people. We also get to enjoy our time with the kids, be there for them when they need us the most, it’s how we knew that this was the right fit for us.

Today is what we fondly call our “Quit-iversary,” so we’re going to celebrate this milestone by flipping this episode with our take on living the Flipped Lifestyle 24/7, talk about life and dive into very interesting and inspiring stuff.

Let’s get this show on the road y’all!

“We’re not going to wait until the end of our lives to live our lives.”

Click To Tweet

“When you do those big things, even bigger things happen.”

Click To Tweet

“Being successful is taking a chance when you don’t know it’s alright.”

Click To Tweet

You Will Learn:

  • Some of our views in life.
  • How we started our online business journey.
  • Plus a lot more!
“Roll the dice and see what happens. If you never roll the dice, you can never roll a seven.”

Click To Tweet

“Take chances, you get so much more when you take risks and make sacrifices.”

Click To Tweet

Links and resources mentioned in today’s show:

  • Elementary Librarian
  • Flip Your Life Membership
  • 2nd Year Quit-iversary (2015)
  • Our 100th Podcast Episode where Shane talks about our humble beginnings
  • Our early podcast episode that showed our old car held together with duct tape
  • Our success story on Forbes!
  • Patt Flynn invites us over @ SPI: From Teachers to Totally Rocking it Online
  • Entrepreneur on Fire: Shane & Jocelyn Sams share how their AH-HA moment led to freedom!
  • More of our Success Stories here! 🙂
“If you want the rewards, you’re going to have risk some things upfront.”

Click To Tweet

“Baby steps will get you closer to your goal than standing still.”

Click To Tweet

Enjoy the podcast; we hope it inspires you to explore what’s possible for your family!

Click here to leave us an iTunes review and subscribe to the show! We may read yours on the air!

Can’t Miss Moment

Today’s “Can’t Miss Moment” is buying our new house.  We are closing in approximately two weeks.  And, we are really, really excited about it.

back-to-back-houses

Our Freedom House, and our New Home

Thank you for listening!

Thanks again for listening to the show! If you liked it, make sure you share it with your friends and family! Our goal is to help as many families as possible change their lives through online business. Help us by sharing the show!

If you have comments or questions, please be sure to leave them below in the comment section of this post. See y’all next week!

 

Can’t listen right now? Read the transcript below!

Jocelyn:  Hey y’all! On today’s podcast, we celebrate the 3rd anniversary of Flipping Our Lives with online business.

Shane:  Welcome to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast where Life always comes before work.  We’re your hosts, Shane and Jocelyn Sams.  We’re a real family who figured out how to make our entire living online.  And now, we help other families do the same.  Are you ready to flip your life?  Alright.  Let’s get started.

Jocelyn:  Welcome to today’s show.  Today is a very special day and we are changing things up here on the Flipped Lifestyle podcast.  I even get to do the introduction.

Shane:  This was part of the deal when we decided to do something different today.  Jocelyn’s like, “I’m starting the show.  You always start the show.  Not today.”

Jocelyn:  Yes, so I just went through like a five-minute thing about – I didn’t even know what to say.  Because I never do this.

Shane:  This is take four of Jocelyn trying to start the show because she’s not usually doing it.  So, but it started now so let’s go.

Jocelyn:  Alright, so normally on the Flipped Lifestyle podcast, we bring on our Flip Your Life community members and we do a live consulting call.  But, today is a special day.  Today is September 27th and it is actually the third year anniversary of us leaving our teaching jobs, which is awesome.  So, we wanted to do a special show and we left on September 27th, 2013.  So, today’s a three-year anniversary of that.  And we also did a second year, what we call our quit-iversary podcast back in 2015.  So, if you want to go back and listen to that, we’ll put a link to that in today’s show notes.  For me, it’s just really hard to believe it has been three years.

Shane:  Yeah, I know what you mean.  like in some ways it’s been like a whirlwind, where it seems like we blinked and we’ve gotten to this point.  But then, in other ways, like this has just become so much the way our life is and like we love the way that we get to work online.  We’re location independent and just all the things that come with running an online business.  That like – I can’t even imagine our life being anything different and it seems like another lifetime or just another world when we used to do that kind of nine-to-five grind.  We have that job, we had to show up every single day.  Where I – we had to stand in the hallways and you couldn’t go to the bathroom until it was in between classes.  Things like that.  It just – it seems like such a lifetime ago.  I can’t even really remember almost what that was like.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, and the thing I love about online business is not like it was at school.  Like I feel like for us honestly that the sky’s the limit…

Shane:  Right.

Jocelyn:  Like there’s always so many more things that we could be doing and just so many ways to improve.  And it’s so exciting to work on your projects and improve them rather than going somewhere and working on somebody else’s work.

Shane:  Yeah, I always felt like there was a ceiling in our careers before when we worked for other people where there was a certain pay scale you could only make for your entire life.  And you could do so – certain things to make a little more money like get your Master’s degree or do something different.  But, there was still always a ceiling and  someone else had total control over that.  And, we are just so far removed from that now that I can’t imagine what life would be like if we had not went down this road.

Jocelyn:  The purpose of today’s podcast isn’t really to like brag or pat ourselves on the back.  We more just wanted to explain a little bit about our journey for some of you who may be new to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast.  We just wanted you to see kind of where we’ve been and we hope that by doing these type of shows that you might learn from some of our successes and even our failures along the way.

Shane:  Yeah, one of the common things that we see a lot of times when people hear about where we are now, is we get a lot of comments.  Like, “Oh, well we were kind of an overnight success.”, “Oh, wow, you guys just stumbled into this.”, or almost like a lottery mentality like, “Oh, I’m glad that worked out for you, you guys are so lucky.”  But, I – we want to just tell you guys now, even looking back, it wasn’t all sunshine and roses.  It was very hard in the beginning.  With a little persistence and a little hard work, we got to where we are now and we really do believe that anyone can do this.  Everyone won’t.  Some people won’t put in the sacrifices.  Some people won’t give up the things they have to give up at first to get more later.  But, hopefully, you can learn a little bit from what we did and that will help you figure out how you can do it, too.

Jocelyn:  Alright, we’re going to go back to 2013 which was the year that we actually left our jobs, we started our online business in 2012 while we were still full time teachers.  And, that story has been told a whole lot.  I mean, if you’re interested in listening to that story back, we can put some links to some various places that we’ve told that on our podcast and maybe on some others as well.  But, this is going to be more about when we actually decided to quit our jobs.  How we made that decision, because this is a question that a lot of people have for us.

Shane:  We started having the discussion to quit our jobs probably in about June of 2013.  We didn’t really plan on quitting our job in September, that wasn’t the goal.  We had planned on working the entire school year all the way to May of 2014 and then kind of doing – taking a checkup of where we were.  To see if maybe possibly we could make it on our own.

Jocelyn:  And, this is something that is kind of unheard of.  For those of you who worked in the school system, people don’t leave their jobs in the middle of the school year.

Shane:  No.

Jocelyn:  It is very unusual for that to happen.  Maybe for like a medical reason or something like that, I mean, I’ve seen that happen before.  But, people don’t just up and quit usually.  So, it’s something that was really unusual to even be thinking about.  And, I’ll be totally honest, I was really, really against the idea.

Shane:  I tried to tell Jocelyn into quitting our job before the school year started.

Jocelyn:  Pretty much when we started online business…

Shane:  When we started the online business…

Jocelyn:  In 2012.

Shane:  Before we were making any money.  But, Jocelyn just would not have it.  So, we – as a couple – we decided, hey, let’s go forward, we’ll do this school year.  We’ll see what happens.  If we’ve got enough money to think about it, we’ll look at it again next summer.  So, it was a crazy time of the year, like Jocelyn said.  The school year had just started,  I was in the middle of a football season, I think we were in like the third week of the season when we decided to go tell our bosses that we were going to quit our jobs.  But then, we started to bear a lot of fruit in our business.  We had been working really hard for over a year to try to build this thing up.  In July and August of 2013, were really, really good months.  July was the first time we ever went over five figures in a single month and we pretty much doubled July in August.  That year, we grossed over $30,000 in August of 2013 and it really made us sit back and reevaluate, can we, right now, quit our jobs?  Are we in a position to say, “Hey, we’re not going to probably make $30-$40,000 a month every month.  But we just made a large chunk of money, can we live on this for a year and, if we can do something like that part time. What could we do if we would quit our jobs and go full time.”  Even with the money we had just made in those last two months, there were a lot of reasons that were screaming at us.  “Do not quit your job.”

Jocelyn:  And a lot of people, too.

Shane:  And a lot people, yeah, we’ll – we’re getting into that.  One of the reasons – I had tenure.  I could not be fired from my job.  I pretty much have a guaranteed teaching position in that school district until the day I retired.  We had two little bitty kids who we had to have insurance for and food for and keep them sheltered and all of that.  Also, to these two months were a huge anomaly.  We had never made more than a couple of thousand dollars online in a single month before July and August of 2013.  This was not a trend.  This was not something that we could say, “Oh, yes this is going to happen every single time we do this.” It was kind of just an aberration of what was happening in our online business.  So, just like everybody else we had a mortgage, we had student loans.  We have things like that going on.  It was really, really risky to quit our jobs right then and there in September.

Jocelyn:  So, with all of these things in mind, like what – I still don’t understand how you talked me into this because I’m a very practical person.  We were like I always say, “Happy enough.” Like life was OK.  I think a lot of times people think well we had all this money saved up and we had all of…

Shane:  We had everything planned out perfectly forever and knew exactly what was going to happen.

Jocelyn:  But, we really didn’t.  I mean, we had a little bit of money saved but it wasn’t a whole lot.  I mean, when you’re talking about quitting your normal nine-to-five job, it was a little scary.  So, how in the world did you approach me with this.  I mean I still remember.  But like what was going through your head when you were like, “I’m going to talk to Jocelyn into this.”

Shane:  I don’t know how I talked you into it.  I remember when you agreed and I just was shocked because you actually were like, “Alright, fine.  Let’s do it.  But, if anything goes wrong it’s all your fault, basically.”  But I knew, I just sometimes felt like I – we needed to do this because it’s kind of, “Go big or go home.”  And, if there’s no risk, there’s no reward.  And, Jocelyn always says, “We’re not going to wait until the end of our lives to live our lives.”  And, I felt like that’s what we were doing if we were putting off and delaying for another year of what was going on.  I mean, worst case scenario, we would have just went and gotten new teaching jobs.  Or we could have substitute taught or we could have got other jobs, folding sweaters at JCPenney’s or something.  I don’t know.  There was a lot of ways that we could’ve gotten enough money to live on, but I just felt like we had to do it at that time.  I think the track record of the year before of taking risks and doing things outside the box, was kind of what gave me not leverage but the proof that, “Hey, it’s going to be OK.”  We did things that we tell other people to do all the time.  And, they don’t want to listen, they don’t want to do it.  They can’t fathom making certain sacrifices like one: just starting an online business.  Proving that you can make any money online.  People think it’s a fairy tale.  Then we did some crazy things to prepare ourselves to move.  We sold our house.  We had a big, nice house.  It was like 2,400 square feet.  We had a pool, we had a really like Jocelyn said, “A really good life.”  And, we kind of looked at each other when we started making a little bit of money online and said, “Well, what would life look like.  How could we quit our jobs?”  Well, we would have to have less mortgage, we would have to have less bills.  So, we sold our house.  We bought one that cost half as much and downsized so that we could afford to live on less money.  We canceled our cable.  Like we didn’t even have Netflix.  We just went to the library and checked out movies for entertainment and books.  We didn’t travel or go anywhere.  Once we started making money online a lot of people will make a couple of thousand dollars and they’ll go blow it on cool stuff they want to buy or trips.  We did not.  We started saving our money for the day when we would be able to get ourselves free from our nine-to-five’s and be able to invest all of our time into the business.  And, we sold so much of our stuff.  We really got rid of a lot of the clutter, and minimalized a lot of the things in our life.  And we, once again, we kept that money and kept investing it back.  So, all of these things that we were taking action on, taking risks, were working out.  But, it wasn’t because we were so smart or it was a miracle.  It was because we were doing it and I think that kind of softened you up to this.  Well, that stuff worked out OK.  So, let’s see what happens, maybe?  I don’t know.

Jocelyn:  No, I just want to speak to what you were saying about giving up stuff and making sacrifices.  I think a lot of times that people even like mainstream celebrity-type people will tell you about saving money is.  Well, cut out your daily drive-through, or your Starbucks, or something small throughout the day.  Well, we decided that wasn’t good enough.  We didn’t want to save a little bit of money here and there.  We wanted to drastically decrease…

Shane:  Right.

Jocelyn:  Our expenses.  And, so like Shane said earlier, “We are go bigger, go home people.”  And, so we said, “You know what, let’s half our mortgage.”  That’s going to make a lot more difference than stopping going to the drive-through.

Shane:  We lived in a brand new construction.  It was only a few years old, in this nice neighborhood, full of kids, classic, small town, fairy tale kind of neighborhood.  And, we said, “You know what, let’s go buy an older house like being”, the little title thing on our house says, “Unknown”, because they don’t even…

Jocelyn:  Like the age of the house.

Shane:  They don’t even know like how – when this house was actually built.  It’s a nice house.  It was well-maintained and taken care of.  But, it is half the size, it is half the mortgage and it is an older home.  I mean, we do have problems.  We’ve got to update some things as we went along.  But, it didn’t matter to us because we were warm, we were dry, kids had a place to lay their head down at night and so did we.  And, it was just a place for us to camp out and say, “This isn’t our forever home.  It’s our freedom home.”  This is the home that will allow us to free up resources to invest in a better future.  And, there’s a lot of people that just won’t make those sacrifices to do that.  So, I think that once we – we both had already kind of said, “We’re all in on making this work.”  The only thing we have left to do was to quit our jobs.  But, it wasn’t easy and I promise you, that first six months was really, really scary.  We probably had enough money, I guess we had enough saved up for maybe six months of living expenses, don’t you think?  Something like that…

Jocelyn:  Roughly, probably a lot less.

Shane:  Roughly, probably about four.  But, we said, “You know what, if we just like don’t drink milk and only drink water and if we’ll just eat bread for at least every third week, or something like that. We’ll be alright.”

Jocelyn:  It really was not quite…

Shane:  It wasn’t that bad but it was close…

Jocelyn:  That dire.

Shane:  It was close.  But, we probably had about six months’ living expenses.  And, we definitely hit some bumps in the road in that first year.

Jocelyn:  Things were going OK.  July and August, of course, were great.  September was pretty good because it’s still back to school for a lot of places and we had two school-related products.  So, those were pretty good.  Then we start hitting October and November.  Things are not going so well.  Just due to the nature of what we do.  It’s not necessarily because we were doing anything wrong.  It’s just because sales…

Shane:  Sales slowed down.

Jocelyn:  Sales slowed down.

Shane:  Yeah.

Jocelyn:  So, I did have a Black Friday sale at the end of November which has always been a really big deal for Elementary Librarian, and so that was pretty good.  Well, then we get into December.

Shane:  Oh, awful.  Yeah, Christmas just killed all of our sales, like completely.

Jocelyn:  So, December was not good and then in the winter time, January, February, March, April also not the best.

Shane:  Yeah, we actually launched, I launched a little football product that kind of helped us get a little bit more cash generated.  It was a weight lifting program for coaches.  So, we got that out there.  Made a few thousand dollars off of that.  But, then by the time we got to April and May, we were literally selling nothing.  Because the market was just kind of ending.  The school year was ending.  And, also, too we had – we were looking up at ourselves going we’ve made a ton of mistakes.  We were not outsourcing properly.  We were trying to do everything in our business.  We thought, oh, we’ve quit our jobs.  We’ve got all the time in the world.  Let’s just do everything.  We were trying to code websites, and just trying to do everything ourselves.  That was and we ended up basically getting into a giant roadblock, where everything kind of froze.  And, we were not marketing.  We were not – we were trying to do everything organic and we’ll just create content.  And, that all those – yeah, a miracle will come.  Just like the gurus say.  And, we weren’t actually out there spending money, promoting our product and getting it in front of the ride.  People – so, sales kind of slowed down to a halt almost.

Jocelyn:  And, beyond that we also were not charging enough.  We were still doing what’s called, “the launch model.”  That means that we are constantly selling to new customers all the time which was becoming a little bit problematic, because we weren’t doing the right things to acquire new customers.

Shane:  And, we had low prices so we weren’t making as much as we should have when we were selling things.

Jocelyn:  And so, it just so happened that earlier in the year before the sales slump that we talked about earlier.  That Shane had kind of coerced me – that’s a nice way of putting it – of…

Shane:  You don’t need coercing, why is it about me.

Jocelyn:  He had sort of talked me into going to an event.  And, I was kind of like I don’t really know if this is what we need to do and we just quit our jobs like is this really right?

Shane:  Do we need to spend money on plane tickets, fly across the country and go to live events and network and learn things?  Yes, yes we do.

Jocelyn:  And, I think that that’s a mistake that a lot of people make.  They think, well, I really can’t afford this a 100 percent but I’m not going to do it.  But, for us, we were like, OK, we think we can afford this and it’s probably going to make a big difference so, let’s do it.

Shane:  We treated it like an investment basically.  Like we were going to spend the money to do this because we saw this slump that we were in and we had to take action and create some form of catalyst to get us out of this slump.  So, we decided, let’s go to a live event, and let’s learn from some people and see – and maybe talk to people about why it’s not working.

Jocelyn:  So, we went to the event.  We met some amazing people while we were there.  We learned a lot of stuff.  I mean, just beyond anything that you can pick up from a podcast, from a webinar or…

Shane:  From when we met on the lawn, hoping something works, basically.

Jocelyn:  Yeah.  Just being around people who get it and who know what you’re doing and maybe you’re a little bit further along than you is just amazing.

Shane:  And, these were our peers.  These were just people we met at the event, talking to them and building friendships.  These weren’t like – we didn’t get much from anybody speaking or doing anything like that.  It was more just talking to people who are in the game.  Because, let’s face it, if you’re an online business, no one around you understands what you’re doing.

Jocelyn:  Especially where we live.

Shane:  Yeah, especially where we live.  There’s just not anybody that can, you know, being an online entrepreneur is not the same as even owning a mom and pop main street shop.  You just – it’s different.  And, you’ve got to get around people that are doing it, the same thing that you’re doing.

Jocelyn:  So, that was just a really exciting time in our business.  We came back really invigorated, ready to take the next steps.  We knew the next steps that we needed to take and that helped us to be able to create a six figure a month, in that July.  And, another six-figure a month in August.  So…

Shane:  August, yeah, it just blew up after we came back from that event.  But, it wasn’t necessarily because of all the things we learned.  It was because we actually came back and did them.  We didn’t accept that there was a sales slump.  We said, “Why is this happening, how can we fix it, now let’s go take action on the plan and get it done.”

Jocelyn:  And, there’s something about spending money to make you do things.

Shane:  Yeah, investing in yourself, that’s it.

Jocelyn:  We’ve learned that so many times.  And, this has happened to us two different times now.  When we start getting a little bit complacent, we do something big.  And, a lot of times people out there would be like, “That’s crazy.  You don’t need to take risks like that.” But we know what makes things happen for us.  And for us it’s taking a huge risk.

Shane:  Yeah.  Investing in ourselves, getting on an airplane, flying to the other side of the world.  We went to a conference in Asia one time because we really wanted to meet some people that were going to the conference.  And, when you do those big things, big huge things happen.  That’s another reason going back to I think why we really wanted to quit our job in September, when I saw some things getting traction.  I didn’t know it was going to be OK.  I didn’t know we could make it if we quit our jobs.  Heck, really when you did the math, and you looked at the paper – why, we’re pretty much going to starve to death next June.  I mean that’s what it looked – it would have looked like.

Jocelyn:  And, I just want to throw out there, we didn’t have a huge amount of savings.  We didn’t have a rich family member who was going to bail us out.

Shane:  No.

Jocelyn:  I mean, I think a lot of times people look at successful people and think oh, well they have…

Shane:  They had to have fair advantages sometimes…

Jocelyn:  They have a parachute.

Shane:  Right.

Jocelyn:  And we really didn’t.

Shane:  Being successful is taking a chance when you don’t know it’s alright.  I just had someone the other day send me a message about the flip your life community.  And they were like, “Hey, what kind of a promises can we make – well what can I expect the timeline of success? In three months I want to be making so much money that I need – I can quit my job and I don’t have to worry about it anyway.” And that’s just not how it works.  You just never know what tomorrow is going to bring.  Even today, we have very predictable stable income.  Very stable through our membership sites, we have thousands of members and clients and customers.  But, even still, we can’t predict what’s going to happen in a year.  No matter how good your business is, you can’t predict that.  Sometimes, you just have to roll the dice and see what happens.  Because if you never roll the dice, you can never roll a seven.  That’s just the way it is.  You might roll snake eyes.  Things are bad, are going to happen when you do online business.  We knew that…

Jocelyn:  That was like Yoda.

Shane:  That was like Yoda, you know what I mean?  Like, yeah, like things go bad and that’s just the way it is.  But, you know what?  Sometimes, you just got to go forward anyway and see what happens.  Because if you never try, it’s never going to happen.  And I think that’s why I wanted to quit our jobs that early, because like – I just wanted to see what would happen.  See if we quit our jobs, see if things become successful, see if things work.  And, they did.  When we started making six-figure months, I mean, think about that.  You make over a $100,000 in a single month, like that’s just stuff you can’t even imagine until it actually happens.  But, it never happens unless you start.  It took us two years to make it.  And, I see so many online entrepreneurs that think, “Oh, I’m going to make it in two months.  Oh, I’m going to make it in three months.”, or “I’ll be like that person and that person in three months if I just do this one thing.  Magic trick.  Magic pill.” That’s not what it takes.  It takes a couple of years.  It takes some bumps in the road and yes, it takes huge, life-changing sacrifices and risks.  If you aren’t willing to do those things, you might never make it.  And I think that’s one reason that we started Flipped Lifestyle was to really shoot straight with people and be honest and quit all these gurus out there selling miracle systems and, “Seven Easy Steps to Make Your Digital Empire Grow”, like we wanted to talk to people straight and say, “This is what it takes to make it online.”

Jocelyn:  It was super important to us to really tell a true story about online business and what you can expect, because we saw so many times out there that people just weren’t really telling that true story or maybe they were pulling out the highlights.  And, for us it was important for people to know that online business is not always about quitting your job, or making hundreds of thousands of dollars.  It’s just about changing your family’s life for the better. Maybe you’ll start an online business and maybe you’ll never replace your full time income.  But, that’s OK.  For some people, that’s what they want.  That’s their goal.  And, I think that with Flipped Lifestyle, that’s really the story that we’re trying to tell.  Is how we really got here, the bumps that we had along the way and how you can start something too.  And, we’re not selling a big dream of quitting your job, or flying around the world or…

Shane:  We’re just telling our story that we did that, basically.

Jocelyn:  And, we’re basically saying that you can change your family’s life somehow.  It may be in a smaller way.  It may be in a bigger way and we hope that it is.  But, that is the whole point behind what we do here at Flipped Lifestyle.  Is, we just want you to understand that change is possible.

Shane:  And, we have a friend, I was in football coaching before I started all this stuff.  The first – one of the first businesses we had was (coachxo.com).  It’s not there anymore.  I’ve got it in stasis right now.  But, yeah, a buddy of mine that I met through that process is a football coach.  He’s been making his living online probably two years longer than we have and he still coaches.  That’s what he wants to do, that he built an online business to support that.  We have a guy that just wanted his wife to be able to quit her job, he just wanted to make enough money to replace her income to do that.  He wanted to keep his job because he loved it and he did.  Some people come to us and they’re like, “I want a thousand extra bucks a month just so I can buy a camper so we can travel in the summer time.”

Jocelyn:  Or go on a vacation.

Shane:  Yeah, that’s OK.  That’s exactly what online business is for.  And, that’s exactly what we mean we say, “Flip Your Life.”  Like it’s about changing your life for the better.  For us, we wanted to go all in.  Like Jocelyn said, “We’re kind of all or nothing people.”  And we said, “Let’s see if we can make our own money and fully live completely on online business.  Let’s build a life of complete location independence.”  These are the things that we want to do.  But, that doesn’t mean it’s right for everybody else.  Online business, the biggest thing I think we have learned, is it lets you build the exact lifestyle you want to build.  When you’re living the Flipped Lifestyle, it’s not you’re living on a beach in Bali or you’re flying all over the world, like Jocelyn said.  You have changed the dynamic of how you interact with the world.  You are in control of your life, of your finances, you have more leverage, more power.  No one can dictate to you what you’re doing in your life because you have this online business.  And that’s what it really means to live the Flipped Lifestyle.

Jocelyn:  So, with that in mind, let’s talk a little bit about what the Flipped Lifestyle looks like for us three years later.  So, I’m very happy to say that we do now have cable again.  Hurray!

Shane:  Hurray!  We even have Netflix.  We have cable and Netflix.

Jocelyn:  We do.

Shane:  Which is big time.

Jocelyn:  And, I was actually able to watch the 2016 Olympics which was super exciting for me because the 2014 Olympics, we did not have cable and therefore, could not watch the Olympics which was very, very sad for me because I love the Olympics.

Shane:  Yeah, I think of all the things that we sacrificed.  Like I remember you being the most sad about not being able to watch the Olympics.  And, I trying to just keep up with the headlines but I can remember you going, “Oh, I really wish I could watch the Olympics.  This online business stuff better work out because I’m watching the next Olympics.”  I can actually remember you saying that.

Jocelyn:  And, I did.  So, that was really awesome for me.  I mean, it’s the little things, right?  We do travel all the time.  For me, experiences are so much more important than things.  I don’t really care that much about things.  In fact, I’m trying to get rid of a lot of our things.  And, we travel a lot, that’s what we do for fun.  We don’t go around the world very often.  I mean, we do occasionally but usually it’s just right here in our backyard.  We take the kids to amusement parks, we go to zoos, we go to parks, I mean we just do a lot of different things as a family because we now have the money.  But, even more importantly we have the time to do things like that where we never did before.

Shane:  And, you know, like some other things have changed.  You know, we were driving old, beat-up cars when we first started.  I think one of our podcast early on, there is actually a picture of our old car.  It had like – we had to duct tape the bumper back on one day because it like totally fell off.  And, the van that we had before we quit our jobs is kind of like scary to drive now because like…

Jocelyn:  We drove it today actually…

Shane:  We drove it today and it was making terrible noises.  So, I think we were going to get rid of that.  But, we were able to buy a brand new vehicle with cash.  We paid about $35,000 or something for a van last year.  It was just really cool because neither one of us had ever had a brand new, you know, off the lot car before.  And, we are still in what we call our, “Freedom House,” the little house that we downsized and moved out of.  Or moved into when we were about to quit our – or before we quit our jobs.  But, that is actually about to change because we are celebrating our three-year “Quit-iversary” by buying our dream property.  We are going to be leaving our “Freedom House” in and we have bought our “Forever House”.  We purchased a 30-acre farm just outside of town here, in our little town in Kentucky.  It actually has a lake on it.  We bought our own lake.  I’m – we’re trying to figure out if we can name the lake, “Flipped Lifestyle Lake” or something.  But, it does have a lake on it with a boat dock and a boat ramp.  And, it’s all private.  It’s all completely enclosed inside of our property.  There’s an amazing house on the property that’s 4,000 square feet which blows my mind that we were going to be moving into something that big.  And, I look back at the house that we were in before, the house that we were so scared to let go off.  We were like, we’ve got this beautiful house.  We’ve got a pool, we’ve got our half-acre on the back corner of this little neighborhood.  Everything is so perfect, how could we ever have anything better?  But, we said, “You know, maybe there is something bigger and better out there.” And we took a chance.  And now, we’re buying a property that is literally 30 times bigger than the property that we owned before.  And, this – the house that we’re moving into is twice as big almost as any house that we’ve ever owned before.  And, we could have never even thought about buying a place like this if we had not taken a chance, rolled the dice, took a risk and quit our jobs three years ago.  So, what are the takeaways I guess, from this journey.  Like, this is super exciting for us to be able to make this next step in our life.  We’re super excited to watch our business continue to grow.  But, like what can you get out of our story.  Well, as with everything else, we sacrificed upfront.  We gave up a little then, but look at what’s happening now. You get so much more when you take risks and sacrifice things, if you’ll just do them than doing nothing.  If there’s no risk, there’s no reward in life.  You’re going to have to take chances.  There is a chance you’re going to lose money in some of the things you do online.  I know we have spent thousands of dollars that we got no ROI off of.  And, that’s just part of the game.  If you want the rewards, you’re going to have risk some things upfront. It was a huge risk for us to quit our jobs but we prepared, we gave ourselves a chance and we were able to achieve everything we’re achieving now because of those risks.

Jocelyn:  And, it’s like I said earlier, we’re not doing this to say, “Yes, we’re so awesome,” that’s not the reason that we’re here.  And, I know that, there’s probably a lot of you out there thinking, “Well, all of that sounds really great but you don’t know our life situation.  Or, you’ve never had to deal with this.  Or, you don’t have this problem.”  We hear this all the time from people.  Even the closest people to us.  And, you might have listened to our podcast last year, in 2015 and maybe you’re still sitting on the sidelines thinking, “Oh, I still haven’t done anything.”  And, that’s the reason that we’re here today.  The purpose of today’s show is not to encourage you to go all in and quit your job tomorrow.  That’s not what we’re trying to say…

Shane:  We didn’t do that.  We didn’t – we quit our jobs at a moment in time but we prepared for over a year to be in a position to quit our jobs.  We sold our house months and months before we quit our job.  We canceled cable like the third month we were in online business to free up money to pay for hosting.  So, all of these things we did were in advance to prepare us for what was going to happen in the future.  We didn’t know it was going to happen.  But, we were going to be ready when it did.

Jocelyn:  And so, we just want you to start taking action.  If you’ve been listening to this show for the last two years or however long we’ve been doing I think it’s almost two years, maybe longer than two years…

Shane:  It’s over two years.

Jocelyn:  Yeah.  I don’t know.  So, anyway…

Shane:  It all blends together.

Jocelyn:  If you’ve been listening to this podcast for two years, and you’re still sitting here going, “Oh, I love that story.  I wish I could do that.”

Shane:  I wish it was my story…

Jocelyn:  Why aren’t you doing anything?

Shane:  Yeah.

Jocelyn:  That’s what I want to ask you today.  What would happen if Shane didn’t talk me into buying Elementary Librarian back in 2012?  Where would we be right now if we didn’t buy a lot of other domains, make a lot of terrible websites, and terrible products…

Shane:  Terrible.

Jocelyn:  And, keep learning and keep making the wrong steps and keep making some of the right steps.  What would happen if we didn’t do those things?

Shane:  Yeah, well where would we be if we had not invested $3 or $4,000 in going to that live event.  Going to all of these events that we’ve been to to figure out what was going to happen next.  Or to put money into things that did not work.  I remember I paid like $500 one time to buy a plug-in because I needed my website to do something and I turned it off like three months later and I’m never used it since.  Like, but we learned what to do, we learned what not to do.  And I just cannot imagine where we would be now if we had not taken action four years ago to start this.  Three years ago to quit our jobs.  And then, the next year to go and learn more and do it again.

Jocelyn:  And so, maybe today you’re not ready to join our community.  Maybe you haven’t started a website yet.  Maybe you are just not sure what to do.  We have lots of free information available for you to know what to do for your first steps.  There are tons of free videos out there that you can watch to get your website up and running.  To get your content going.  We have a lot material.  Other people have a lot of material.  And, that will just help you just to do something.  Get started.  Put one foot in front of the other.  Baby steps will get you closer to your goal than standing still.

Shane:  Yeah, you need to start planting seeds now for whatever the next step in your life might be.  What you want it to be, what you hope it’s going to be.  Because if you keep building things brick-by-brick, if you keep planting seeds like we did, if you keep preparing for the day when you’re able to do all this.  And, preparation for everyone listening is going to be different.  Some of you are preparing for your next product launch.  Some of you are preparing to listen to the next podcast just to learn a little more about this to see if it’s even possible that you can attempt it.  But, you’ve got to keep taking next steps, or you’re never going to get to the point where you can do the things you want to do too.

Jocelyn:  Alright, we are going to wrap up today’s show.  We hope that if nothing else that today’s episode has encouraged you to take some type of action towards your online business.  It doesn’t matter what your end goal is.  Maybe it’s to quit your job like we did.  Maybe, it’s to get some extra money for Christmas.  Maybe it’s to go on an exciting vacation.  I don’t know what your goal is.  But, I hope that this show has at least given you some ideas of ways you can take action to get closer to that.  As we do every week, we are going to close today’s show with our, “Can’t Miss Moment”, and also a Bible verse.  Today’s “Can’t Miss Moment” is buying our new house.  We are closing in approximately two weeks.  And, we are really, really excited about it.  And, we do have a couple of pictures for you to look at if you’re interested in checking out our house. You can head over to flippedlifestyle.com and checkout today’s show notes.  And, one other thing that I wanted to say before we move on to today’s Bible verse is we’re also looking for podcast reviews.  If you have not reviewed our podcast on iTunes, we would greatly appreciate that on our Three-Year Anniversary.  Call it an anniversary present to us.  We do read every single one.  They mean a whole lot to us.  So, please if you have not left us a review, do so when you get a chance.

Shane:  I found a great Bible verse today and I really wanted to save this one, a lot of times we put these bible verses, we don’t really align them to the episode.  We just want to share something about business, or life that the Bible really speaks to us during that week.  But I found this Bible verse today and I think it’s perfect for what we’re talking about.  Today’s Bible verse is from Philemon 1:22.  And, in it, Paul is writing to Philemon, a leader in the Colossian church and he says, “Prepare a guest room for me because I hope to be restored to you and answer to your prayers.” Now, it’s important to remember here, Paul is in jail, I think in Rome.  He’s in actual jail and he doesn’t know if he’s going to ever see Philemon again.  He doesn’t know if he’s going to get out of jail.  He doesn’t know if they’re going to kill him.  He has no clue what the future will bring, but he’s already preparing for that future.  And he says it with certainty, “Prepare a guest room for me,” because he hopes to see him again.  So, I want to encourage you guys today to take that and run with it.  Prepare for your future.  Stop wishing for the future.  Stop thinking, “Oh, it would be nice if I could do that.  It would be nice if I could flip my life. It will be nice to live the Flipped Lifestyle.”  Whatever that looks like for you, prepare for the future.  Just like we did, when we sold our house and prepared for the day we could quit our job.  You prepare for the day you can do whatever you have to do to make your online dreams a reality.  That’s all the time we have for this week, guys.  Tune in next week when we will have another Flip Your Life member on the show for a free consulting call.  And, until then, get out there.  Take action and do whatever you have to do to flip your life.

Jocelyn:  Bye.

 

Filed Under: Podcast

FL 109 – We help Travis improve retention for his membership website

September 20, 2016 by Shane Sams Leave a Comment

http://traffic.libsyn.com/flippedlifestyle/FL109_Travis_Peters.mp3

Podcast: Play in new window | Download

Subscribe: iTunes | Android | RSS

PETERS-1423

Travis with his beautiful wife and daughter

On this week’s information-packed episode of the Flipped Lifestyle podcast, we have Flip Your Life community beta member and creator of EscapeYourDayJob.com, Travis Peters.

Travis is already an established entrepreneur with several online businesses, he is well-known as the founder of FaithLifeMoney.org, where he teaches others Biblically-oriented strategies on how to live a life of increase and purpose.

His passion doesn’t stop there, he wanted to pursue his dream business of guiding other online entrepreneurs to become successful in starting their own drop shipping business, and that’s how Escape Your Day Job was born.

Travis has already gotten huge progress after participating in our recent member exclusive Mastermind, and wants to sustain this growth by maximizing conversions. So, we’re going to strategize on what he can do to achieve his goals for this venture.

Let’s get started!

You can sit and watch all you want, but until you do something, it’s not going to happen. – Shane…

Click To Tweet

If you want people to do something, incentivize them with something they find interesting. -…

Click To Tweet

See what everybody else says, see other angles, none of us have a monopoly of great information. -…

Click To Tweet

You Will Learn:

  • What are some ways to maximize conversions.
  • How to make a Linear Email Sales Funnel.
  • What to do with your Autoresponder.
  • How to help people take action.
  • Tips to build long-term loyalty.
If you’re the leader and you’re not there, there’s no one to be loyal to. – Shane Sams

Click To Tweet

Make people FEEL special and not because of some fake thing, it’s just because they ARE special….

Click To Tweet

It might work, it might not work… Give it a go, you won’t know until you do it. – Shane Sams

Click To Tweet

Links and resources mentioned in today’s show:

  • Flip Your Life
  • Escape Your Day Job
  • US History Teachers
  • Elementary Librarian
  • SeaWorld Trip Review
  • SeaWorld YouTube Video

Enjoy the podcast; we hope it inspires you to explore what’s possible for your family!

Click here to leave us an iTunes review and subscribe to the show! We may read yours on the air!

Can’t Miss Moment:

“Today’s Can’t Miss Moment is our trip to Sea World.  I’ve been wanting to go to Sea World for a really long time.  I went a few years ago, well… actually probably more than a few years ago. About 10 years ago with my family before I had any children and it was really a good time.  And I just remember thinking for a long time that my kids would love to go to Sea World.  We we’re supposed to go last year during our family vacation to Florida, however, we got hacked. So, we didn’t get to go to Sea World last year and I was really disappointed. So, I was really excited to go this year during our trip.”

SeaWorld

Thank you for listening!

Thanks again for listening to the show! If you liked it, make sure you share it with your friends and family! Our goal is to help as many families as possible change their lives through online business. Help us by sharing the show!

If you have comments or questions, please be sure to leave them below in the comment section of this post. See y’all next week!

Can’t listen right now? Read the transcript below!

Jocelyn:  Hey y’all! On today’s podcast, we help Travis take his drop shipping coaching business to the next level.

Shane:  Welcome to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast, where life always comes before work.  We’re your hosts, Shane and Jocelyn Sams.

We’re a real family who figured out how to make our entire living online.  Now, we help other families do the same.  Are you ready to flip your life?  Alright, let’s get started.

What’s going on everybody?  Welcome back to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast.  It is great to be back with you again this week.  For those of you who may be new to the show, the Flipped Lifestyle podcast is a little different than other online business podcasts out there.  We do not bring on experts or gurus or people promoting their books or their latest products.  No, we bring on people from our Flip Your Life community, actual entrepreneurs, real-life people running real-life online businesses and we give them a live consulting call on the air to help them take their business to the next level and to help you take your business to the next level by letting you listen in to the questions and the answers and we are super excited for our guest today, long-time Flip Your Life member and a recent participant of one of our quarterly exclusive Masterminds, Travis Peters.

Travis, welcome to the show.

Travis:  Hey.  What’s up everybody?  Thanks for having me.

Jocelyn:  Yeah.  We are super excited to talk to you today.  Before we jump into your questions, let’s tell everybody a little bit about you, about your background and what you’re doing online.

Travis:  OK, perfect.  Well, I’ll just start by saying this. I’ve actually been a Flip Your Life member for – I want to say too long and the reason is I’m still – and this is cool,  I don’t know if you all know this but I am still grandfathered in at the early discount price you guys launched with.

Shane:  That’s why you get in early, baby.  You know what I mean?

Travis:  I got in early but then I didn’t do anything.  I didn’t do anything for six, seven months with you guys.  Once I jumped in, realized I need to take action on this.  I created escapeyourdayjob.com and that is basically a drop-shipping coaching program, a membership site, where I teach people how to be successful with an online drop-shipping business.

Shane:  We always see this progression with people who really like blow it up fast because you’ve had some recent success with your online business.  Like people do kind of sit on the sidelines for a few months and they’re looking at everybody and they’re reading all these success stories in the forums and they’re kind of asking a question here and there, but then there comes a point where they do like, “I’ve got to be one of those success stories.  I’ve got to draw my line in the sand.”

And they go like a month or two and it just like blows up.  You know what I mean when they finally do take action.  Because you can watch all the courses in the world and you can sit and lurk in the forums all you want but until you do something, it’s really not going to happen for you in your life.

So, like tell us a little bit about like that line in the sand.  What happened after you did finally take some action, joined the Mastermind and things like that?

Travis:  Yeah, absolutely.  Well, imagine this.  I just listened to y’alls instructions and I got the results you all promised me.

Jocelyn:  It’s amazing how that works right?

Travis:  Exactly.  We don’t always get that.  I think we’ll be good.  Now it’s one of those things where I actually have other online businesses, but my dream online business is this one.

Shane:  Right.

Travis:  This is the one I’ve always wanted.  This is how I want my lifestyle to be.  I want to be coaching and helping others start their online business, creating extra income and escape in their day job.

Shane:  Yeah.

Travis:  Bring in their spouses.  That was my ultimate goal.  Yeah, I was just dilly dallying over here yet focusing on my other businesses, which are good but they’re not great.

Shane:  I remember when we first started overlooking all your stuff, like that was one of the first things we really did was we looked at all the things you were doing and we found that one thing that we’re actually reading that book right now in our book club in the Flip Your Life community.  And we found your one focus that we thought, you know, if you just hammer this nail and focused a membership around this drop-shipping idea because you know how to do this, you’ve made money doing this like that might be the catalyst for really, you know, letting that coaching practice go off and I think once you niched down that’s when it really like change for you.

Travis:  Yeah, absolutely.  That was some of the advice you’ve given me.  I was being too broad.  Just basically, I was broadcasting that I help people start an online business.

Shane:  Right.

Travis:  What I was really doing is help people start the drop-shipping business.

Shane:  Exactly.

Travis:  And here’s exactly how you do it and here’s why I think it’s great business model to start with sort of thing.  Once I did that, you’re right.  That’s when my success started coming.

Shane:  Alright.  So where are you right now in this membership?  I know – tell everybody a little bit about you’ve launched now like where is your membership at right now and then where do you want to take it to the next level?

Travis:  Yeah, definitely.  I’ll be completely transparent with the numbers here because that’s fun for me.  I launched about June 25th, OK?  Went through the Mastermind with you guys, launched about June 25th, here we are mid-August.  So far, $4,000 has come in.

Shane:  Nice.

Travis:  I’m at $1,600 a month recurring.

Shane:  Which is amazing.  That’s awesome.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, that is great.

Travis:  That’s locked in.  That’s coming in at each and every month.  I launched most of those members are paying $29 a month, some are paying $39 a month.  Shane:  Right.

Travis:  I’d be upping that price here this week or next.

Shane:  Sure.

Travis:  And then I also had about 20 people purchase a one-off.  I was just selling it for $100, kind of like my beta test sort of thing, so about 20 people bought kind of like a lifetime access.  That’s not really I was offering but lifetime access for a hundred bucks.

Shane:  For sure.

Travis:  So, man, it’s been good.  I’m having a ton of fun.  I now get to spend my time helping and coaching, answering questions in the forums.  I also had a little upsell for $97.  You can get two 15-minute Skype sessions with me.

Shane:  Great.

Travis:  And I’ll kind of help people go over their idea since I found that was most people’s stress point.

Shane:  Exactly.  

Travis:  “I don’t know what to sell,” so I’ll hop in and help you.

Shane:  And that’s like what we call an aspirational product like it’s additional ways to generate revenue off the back of your monthly membership.

But isn’t it nice having that you know that you’ve got a core group of people, you know next month there’s going to be that $1,600.  It’s not it – you don’t have to freak out about it so you can make those investments in your business, buy the plug-ins, buy the software, maybe grab a VA and you just know that if you keep delivering value, you’re just going to keep stacking members on top of that.

Travis:  And let me tell you the best part while we were setting up for this I get – I made a new sale.  I got new member while we’re talking.

Shane:  Better right now as we’re speaking.

Jocelyn:  I’m not sure that’s ever happened, that might be a first on our podcast.

Shane:  That might be a first someone actually sold a membership while on the call talking about building their memberships.  So…

Travis:  Well, it’s really cool! I’m getting to the point… I’m getting a new member almost every day.  It’s averaging about one a day.

Shane:  That’s huge, that’s huge.

Travis:  And when I can get that ramped up I do want to increase the price a little bit because I’m in there a lot.  My time is becoming more strained, so I do need to charge a little bit more, but we’re going to get to that point…  I think you’re pretty quick where it’s easily one or two or three a day coming into some cycle.

Shane:  Awesome.

Jocelyn:  Alright.  Well you have a fantastic base.  I mean we’re super proud of you…

Shane:  Oh yeah.

Jocelyn:  …and everything that you’ve accomplished so far.

Shane:  This all happened in like two or three months too is what’s amazing because once you started taking action you’re like, “I’ve just got to put the puzzle together.”  So it’s just amazing where you are right now.

Travis:  Yeah and I think there was a little bit of fear of starting for me, which is funny because that’s what I like to teach against how to not have – like I’m an action taker by nature.  It was just this business, and I think because it’s like my dream business.  It’s the one I’ve always wanted above all the other ones that’s why I was hesitant.  What if this thing doesn’t work and it’s the dream one.  You know what I am saying?

Shane:  Yup.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, and we see that a lot.  I mean it’s like fear of failure. It’s fear of starting.  It’s fear of success, sometimes.

Shane:  It is, for sure.

Jocelyn:  You know those things happen a lot so I mean like I said before you’ve done a great job getting it off the ground but where are you stuck out right now? how can we help you take this to the next level?

Travis:  OK, right now, I’ve got great traffic and I am getting a lot of opt-ins.  I’m getting 30 – at least 30 a day.

Shane:  Wow.

Travis:  Sometimes I have way higher days than that, but on average about 30 a day and I’m very blessed for that.  But I want to make sure I am maximizing those 30 people a day.  I want to make sure I’m not wasting them, if you will, by not, I guess, I’m asking what are some ways you guys maximize your conversions?

Jocelyn:  Well, I think first of all I mean that’s actually a pretty good number of conversions because…

Shane:  Yeah.

Jocelyn:  …generally you’ll have a 3% to 5% conversion.  You say you’re getting about a member a day so really that’s about 3.3%, if I did that math right… that’s joining so I mean that’s right in line with industry standard conversion numbers.  So I don’t think you’re necessarily doing anything wrong.

Shane:  Right.

Jocelyn:  But can you do things better?  Probably. I mean, we all could do something better.

Shane:  Yeah, I think that what you have to do, especially where you are right now, we always teach first.  We want people to have a nice linear E-mail sales funnel, OK?  We want a really clean six or seven E-mail sequence so you can really look at your data and say, “Where are people stopping opening my E-mails?  Where are people reacting the best?  What links are getting clicked the most?”  OK?  And that’s how most people launch and start out.

When you get to this 30 to 50 opt-ins a day, you’re converting that 3% to 5% of your E-mails, which is great.  What you really have to start looking at is segmenting, OK?  Everybody’s membership or everybody’s offer is kind of like in the core, in the middle of a wheel, right?  And people are going to come into the center of that core through different avenues or different spokes on the wheel.

So what you’ve got to do now to maximize your conversion is figure out your three to five reasons why people are coming, where are all these opt-ins coming from?  I bet it’s not off of one blog post or one single opt-in or one single place on your membership.  There’s going to be three to five things in your entire website that are converting those E-mails the best.  Well, you got a segment and create multiple streams now, multiple E-mail funnels, multiple Email auto-responders that specifically talks to that person, OK?

Travis:  OK.

Shane:  Let me give you an example this in the history website, OK, because it’s really easy to see this in the history website.

Every teacher is going to be teaching a little bit different subject at a different time of the year, so if you go into like September some people might be teaching the Civil War, some people might be teaching the Revolutionary War and some people might be teaching World War I because those are kind of like close to each other, give or take, in what you teach.

If the guy looking for a Civil War lesson plan lands on the Revolutionary War lesson plan and I gave him no way to find what he needs today, he might think cool but I already taught that.  He’s not going to come into my funnel.  Or if he signs up to my E-mail list and all I tell him about is my cool free, you know, World War I lesson plan, he doesn’t care.  He needs that Civil War lesson plan.

So what I’ve got to do as the owner of the business I have to say, “Where are you?  How can I figure out what you need now?”  So you’re going to have to incorporate some segmenting into your list where you ask people on that second E-mail maybe, “Hey I have these two things.  How can I help you the most?”

Maybe you need to know about setting up your website for drop-shipping, maybe you need to set or figure out where the warehouses are for drop-shipping.  I don’t know what that is but you got a segment people and speak to them where they are in these three or four funnels to get them to the membership side.

Jocelyn:  You know your top problems.  I mean you probably have two or three main problems that people come in with all the time.  So just ask them at the beginning, you know, “Are you more interested in this or this?”

Shane:  Right.

Jocelyn:  And let them click one or the other, and that’s going to help you to be able to like target your message better toward them.

Shane:  Does that make sense?

Travis:  Yeah.  And so, I give him two or three options, “What do you need help with the most?”

Shane:  Yup.

Travis:  They click one of those links and that will tag them, segment them into a new autoresponder.

Shane:  Exactly.

Travis:  Geared towards that person.

Shane:  Exactly.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, yeah, and you don’t have to get like super complicated.  I mean as far as like changing the E-mails it doesn’t have to be a completely new sequence.  I mean a lot of it can be the same but just kind of change the language around a little bit to that specific problem.

Shane:  The themes are the same like we still want to deliver what we promised.  We still want to ask them what they’re – you know, what they need help with.  We still want to give them introductory offer and unexpected bonus.  But we’re saying things to them in a way that it speaks to them where they are.

It’s the same thing with us like we get a lot of people who just want to start an online business or start selling digital products.  Now we get a lot of people that really want to know memberships because we’ve become known for as membership experts.

I’m going to have a different opt-in with a different E-mail funnel for that or maybe somebody comes to us they want to write an auto-responder.  That person doesn’t need to know about memberships yet, they’re just trying to write their autoresponder.  So my E-mail sequence is going to be tailored to them what they want to know and then when they get into the membership all that other stuff is there, and it will be there for them when they need it.  But where are they now?  That’s how you maximize your autoresponder.

Travis:  That’s great.  OK.  I’m writing this down.

Jocelyn:  Alright, Travis.  I hope that that helps you to kind of figure out what you want to do with your auto-responder that can be a tricky thing for some people.  What else can we help you with today?

Travis:  OK.  Now, I’ve gotten members.  I’ve got them coming in.  What are some things you guys have done or learned that will help members take action fast, because I’ve had a couple people on subscribe and they are the ones who don’t introduce themselves in the community.  They’re the ones who haven’t even really logged in to anything.  They just haven’t taken action and gotten any quick wins.  So what are some things you guys have done to help people kind of be stick-y?

Jocelyn:  Yeah, I think the most important thing for all of our businesses so far has been a good solid onboarding sequence.  And what I do for Elementary Librarian is I actually walk people through every single thing that they need to know.

So I start out by thinking, “OK.  What is the most important thing they need to know?”  So as soon as they sign up they get to a “Thank you” page that has a video and it says, “I’ve signed – thank you for signing up.  Watch this video to see what to do next.”

So, I have a screen capture video that just basically shows them where to find their Email because my customer, especially on that site, well let’s just say they’re not the most technologically savvy individuals… so I really have to help them out a lot.

So I have a video on there.  It shows them where to find their E-mail, how to look in their bulk or spam folder because a lot of them don’t know that, because sometimes it does get filtered there and start right there.  “Here’s how you find your E-mail, here’s how you find your log-in name.”

Then they get a second E-mail immediately after it says “How to log in,” then I show them a video of how to log in.  Then, each day after that well that same day I show them where to find the most important thing in my membership and the most important thing in the Elementary Librarian community is, “How do I find lesson plans?”

Shane:  Yup.

Jocelyn:  That’s what they’re really there for so that the very same day a few minutes after they join they get that E-mail, “Where do I find the lesson plans and resources?”  I show them how to log in.  I show them how to change their password.  I show them how to find their lesson plans and resources.

After that, they’ll get about an E-mail a day that shows them extra things about the community.  So like one of them might be where to find – how to talk in the community, how to post your very first post, how to introduce yourself to other people, how to change your profile picture?  All of those little things I send them about a video a day for about a week showing them how to do all those things.

So I think that that helps a lot just to get them comfortable with, “OK.  This is what you do.  This is how you do it and if you ever need this information again this is where you can find it.”

Shane:  And that goes back to everything we do, because like you have to know what your customer wants, what result do they want to achieve.  That’s why it’s so important that segmenting like we just talked about because now you know this person.  If someone signs up to Flipped Lifestyle like we could build an E-mail autoresponder funnel to get more members, and if they sign up on that funnel well they may get a special E-mail that shows them exactly where that Email auto-responder training is. Why are they there?  That’s what they wanted.  If you can deliver a result fast and then tell them what to do next, you’re start building these habits.

If you notice, Jocelyn said something very interesting there.  She sends an Email every day for like a week almost.  She sends two in the first day.

Jocelyn:  No, I send like three or four.

Shane:  Yeah, or three.  People get scared to send Emails to people but when they raise your hand and give you money they basically said, “Send me all the stuff.  Send me Emails every day, I don’t care.”  We send members all – the members E-mails all the time to Flip Your Life members, they don’t care because they want more communication, they want more access, they want more information.

Jocelyn:  And there maybe some people that are like, “I don’t need this.  I already know how to log in.”  Well, that’s fine.  You don’t have to watch it, but for the majority of the customers…

Shane:  Exactly.

Jocelyn:  …they do need it so I go ahead and send it out.  So like don’t be afraid to send them things.

And another thing that we do just as far as like getting people involved in retention is incentivise a lot.  In Elementary Librarian, I want people to upload their resources.

Well, I had a lovely little video showing them how to do this and basically saying, “We would really appreciate it if you would upload your resources.”  You know how many people did it?

Shane:  Not many.

Jocelyn:  Probably about 10.

Shane:  Right.

Jocelyn:  OK.  So what I did is I started doing a monthly contest.  I’m giving away an Amazon gift card to someone who submits the resources. And, you know, I haven’t had a whole lot of response surprisingly yet, but I think that I will if I continue to push that and tell them, “Hey, this is something I really want you to do and I’m going to offer you an incentive to do it.”

So that’s another way you can do it.  If you want people to do something and incentivise them somehow.  It doesn’t necessarily have to be financial or, you know, like a gift card or something.  It could be a 30-minute consultation.  It could be something different that’s related to your market, something that they would be interested in.

Shane:  One thing I thought about doing with our book club is actually like anybody that participates like in the book club that month, like actually comments on the thread, we will probably start this next month… is I want to – I’m going to send that one person randomly whoever was in – whoever communicated on the thread, I want to send them a copy of the book that I read with all my notes in it, so something…

Travis:  Oh, that’s cool.

Shane:  …yeah, so something like that is just a little incentive to get people to participate in the thread.  Another thing to like – that’s a lot of onboarding and incentivizing certain specific things you want people to do.  You’re trying to get people to participate to build those habits but sometimes as the membership owners, the community owner, I think we do get a little too involved and we jump in too fast.  They are there for access.  They are there for your opinion.  They are there for your coaching, but I think that if you answer every single question every time someone post something, you’re training people not to reply.  Does that make sense?

So what you have to do – sometimes in Flipped Lifestyle I want to sit back.  We have a powerful community with a lot of really smart people.  We’ve got members that have hundreds of their own members, so like I sit back sometimes and I wait about a 24-hour period.  I want that person who posted to think about their question because maybe some – well sometimes they may put the pieces together and find that solution.  I don’t want to rob people of their problems.  I want to help them with their problems.  But also I want to see what everybody else says.  I want to see the other angles.  None of us have a monopoly on great information.

So, sit back sometimes and really schedule out when you’re going to be in your forums.  Let people respond and give them a chance to respond before you jump in and answer every question every four hours.  And I think you’ll see some more of that conversation will develop.  Also, too, if you want to train people to reply to threads then you, as the community leader, need to start threads and let them reply to you.  And…

Jocelyn:  And even it goes back to those E-mails.  Send them out by E-mails.  I do this all the time.

Shane:  Oh yeah, we do that

Jocelyn:  I have a spreadsheet that my VA – they’ll go in and post one thing a week like a conversation starter.  Sometimes people don’t respond but sometimes they do, and so we call that out in our monthly newsletter.

Shane:  Right.

Jocelyn:  We’ll say, “Check out these hot topics.”  You know, “Go click on them and go respond.”

Shane:  Right.

Jocelyn:  And people do.

Shane:  Tell people what to do next.  People naturally want to be led.  If they have hired you to lead them, you got to lead them.  You can do that by starting your own threads and letting people reply to them.  E-mailing out other people’s threads where you might say, “Hey, guys.  You know, I’m not sure about this.  Let’s talk about this together and come up with a great solution for this problem this member has created.  And all of a sudden, you’ll see that conversation start to flourish.

Travis:  Yeah, that’s great.  Great info, OK.

Shane:  Cool.

Travis:  I will do all those things.

Jocelyn:  Alright, Travis.  Memberships – one of our favorite topics for sure.  What else do you have for us today?

Travis:  Alright.  What are some of the best things you guys have found to create long-term loyalty and a low turnover rate?

Shane:  I think the best – a couple of things I think for loyalty.  Number one, you have to deliver results for people.  You can’t just bring people in and you’ve got these three video courses and you think that’s going to be a membership, you know?  You have to help people get the desired result, and not just consume content.  So I think that definitely to create loyalty as long as people keep getting results, they will keep paying because that’s what they’re there for.

Another thing too, I think, is just serving your people.  I think that’s another reason why there’s so much misinformation out there about retention and churn and memberships is because, you know, these gurus will be like, “Hey, I have this digital course I’ll sell them for a thousand bucks. So I turn you into a membership,” but then everybody quit in three months.

Well, the reason they quit was because they never got to talk to the person that made the course.  They didn’t get to talk to the community.  They weren’t being led, they weren’t being fed and they weren’t being served.  And if you’re the leader and you’re not there, there’s no one to be loyal to.  People will not be loyal to 30-minute videos, OK?

Travis:  Sure, sure.

Shane:  So, it doesn’t matter how good they are.  And so, I think for me that’s what it is just helping people get their desired results.  They’re not there for you, they’re in it for themselves and that’s OK.  You’re there to help them get the results they want and also to be present and have a service-minded business where you’re there for your people.  They’re your number one priority.

I actually was looking at my priority list this morning and I was totally overwhelmed with all the stuff I did.  And I stepped back and I asked myself two things.  I said, “How can I keep my current customers happy?”  That’s the first thing I’ve got to do today.

And the second thing I’ve got to work on today is, “What’s going to get me my next customer?”  So that helped me reprioritize.  And I think if you go with your membership like that every day that you’ll see that your loyalty will be very high and people will stay.

What do you think, Jocelyn?

Jocelyn:  I mean I definitely agree with all of those things.  Your retention is definitely more important than acquisition as far as new customers go.  So, you definitely have to keep your people happy.

I mean there are different ways to do it.  You can certainly… instead of ask them for being there for a long time, we do that with Flipped Lifestyle, if people are members for a certain number of months or if they sign up for the annual plan, they get to be a guest on our podcast which is a big benefit.

Shane:  Yup.

Jocelyn:  Because we don’t even do these podcasts for non-members anymore.  We do no consulting and we used to do that from time to time but we don’t even do it anymore.  So, this is definitely a big benefit for being a long-term member of Flipped Lifestyle community, and you can also do different things.  I’m actually a member of some different online business memberships myself and I’ve been noticing people starting to send things out in the mail.

Shane:  Yeah.

Jocelyn:  Like things that are a little bit unusual.  One membership that I am a member of they send out what’s called a “secret sticker” and you’re supposed to put it on your laptop so you can find other members of the community.

Shane:  It’s the code.

Jocelyn:  So I thought that was kind of cool.

Travis:  Yes.  Well, OK.

Jocelyn:  I mean just something a little bit extra.  For Flipped Lifestyle, I’ve been thinking about some things for annual members, actually mailing to them.  So, if you have been a member for over a year you may start to see some of that as we transition into a new season here up and kind of busy with education stuff right now.

So, as we get ready to transition out of that and back into full-time Flipped Lifestyle mode, I’m going to be working on some of that for sure so those are just a couple of other ways that you can incentivize people to stay and just make them feel good about their purchases, all about making them feel like they’ve received value.

Shane:  Yeah.

Jocelyn:  If people feel like they have received value and are continuing to receive value, then they will continue to pay for the membership.

Shane:  Yeah, you got to make people feel special and not because of some fake thing, it’s just because they are special.  These people have put their money and their time and their trust into you so make those people know that you appreciate it and that you are helping them and they can see those results and they’re going to stay.

Another thing that we do, Travis, and you’re a prime example of this is we give people a – we give people aspirational products like our quarterly Mastermind, where we take 10 to 20 people.  We do a real-life four-week Mastermind with them and we work with them personally.  Begin on a call, we talk to them.  We give them weekly tasks and get this done and in four weeks we’re going to get a result.

Our live events.  We only do like two or three of those a year but people want to come to them, they want to go to them and it gives something for them to work toward.  You know, “I want to make this part of my online business to make it successful, to get enough money to go to the live event.”  Or, “I want to be at all these things in place so that I am ready to participate in the Mastermind.”  You can do exclusive things like that.  They give more access and really next level stuff so people have something they always working toward.

What you don’t want to do is give them an end.  If you are teaching something that takes two months and it’s over, then don’t expect people to pay the third month.  You’ve got to give people a reason to keep paying.

Travis:  That’s good, great stuff.

Shane:  Are you doing any of that right now?  Do you have any ideas like that that you’ve been kicking around?

Travis:  Well, here’s a couple of things I’ve actually just implemented.  Since the launch, one thing I’ve done – and this has been huge for the listeners.  I’m doing a couple of things that “don’t scale”.  You’ve heard that phrase?

Shane:  Sure.

Travis:  I am recording a quick 30-second video, little YouTube video, from my phone personally welcoming the person who joins using their name and giving them some next steps.

Shane:  OK.

Travis:  So, each person gets a personal welcome video.  It literally takes me a minute and a half to do one, and I do that every two or three days.

Shane:  Awesome.

Travis:  Batch those together.  That’s been huge, getting good response with that.  And then I did recently actually start an incentive program.  So, once you make your first stranger sale.  You sell a product to someone you don’t know, you get the “Escape Your Day Job” mug.

Shane:  That’s right.

Travis:  Once you’ve made your first $500, you get “Escape Your Day Job” shirt, and there’s a couple different levels like that.  And then once you escape your day job, I send you this big fat gold fake pinky ring that it – it’s awesome.

Shane:  Right, like the godfather.

Travis:  Yeah, yeah.  You get the escape the – the pinky ring of freedom.

Shane:  Right.

Travis:  Once you escape your day job.  So I got these incentives and just started doing that but I think it’s starting to catch some momentum.  I think people are really looking to get that because they want to buy the products but I don’t sell them, only get them.

Shane:  That’s a great point, yeah.

Jocelyn:  Yeah.

Shane:  Make it exclusive, make it feel like they’re in the club.  And there’s no rules here for everybody listening to this conversation.  Do whatever you feel like would work and see if it works.  That’s always the right answer is, “What do I do next?  Well, what do I think I should do next.  I’m going to try it.”  It may not have been right but it might be.

Travis:  Yeah.

Shane:  And you’ll never know until you actually do it.  That’s awesome.

Travis:  I’ve learned that we have to be, as entrepreneurs, we have to be master testers.

Shane:  Yes.

Travis:  We got to learn how to test and record those results and tweak from there, and we got to do it fast.

Jocelyn:  You are absolutely right about that.  Well, Travis, this has been a great call today.  We’ve really enjoyed talking to you.

Shane:  Great stuff.

Jocelyn:  Again.  We’ve been working with you for, you know, like things in our Mastermind, and we’ve really enjoyed that as well.  So…

Shane:  Love your progress.  You’re one of my favorite success stories because you blew up so fast and it’s just such a good example that I took action and something worked.  You know what I mean?  And that was just one of our best success stories and we love hearing what you’re doing, man.

Travis:  And let me say this real quick it was because of the Mastermind, alright?  I paid the extra, I jumped in the Mastermind and I recommend this for anybody because not only did I get the information and coaching I needed but it sped up my success.

Shane:  Yes.

Travis:  And that is huge because I may have been able to accomplish this on my own maybe but I don’t know if I’d be there yet you know and…

Shane:  Exactly.

Travis:  And this is – I did the main Mastermind.  I got there quick because I had accountability, I had the coaching.  You were kind of – given us homework to do and I had to have it ready by the next call so it’s great.  So for nothing else, I recommend the Mastermind just to speed up your success.  It’s worth the investment.

Shane:  It’s a great investment in yourself, not an investment to us either.  Like that’s what we say is, “You put skin in the game and you said I’ve got to take advantage of my time investment on these calls.”

Travis:  A month.

Shane:  “This thing begins and ends, it’s over in a month, I got to do it now and I put my money on it.  I bet on myself and if I don’t take action I’ve wasted my time and money,” and that’s why you made so much progress.

Jocelyn:  And the thing that I love about the Mastermind is that just about everyone who’s done it has already made their money back and then some.

Shane:  For sure.

Jocelyn:  So, it is a great investment for you and for everybody out there who’s thinking about getting into this.  We always say you can spend time or you can spend money, and I think that it’s been great.  And my other favorite thing is that we’ve had so many repeat people.

Shane:  Yes.

Jocelyn:  We’ve had several people in several Masterminds and that makes me so happy because it just means that we’re serving our people well.  So, thank you so much for that.  We did not ask Travis to say that so thank you, Travis.  We do appreciate that so much.

Travis:  Yeah, yeah.

Jocelyn:  Before we go we want to ask you one thing that we ask all of our Flip Your Life members on our consulting calls, and that is based on what we talked about today.  What is one thing you plan to take action on saying in the next 24 to 48 hours?

Travis:  The next thing I want to do is I’m going to get more and more people chiming in and talking in the community.  Like you guys said it’s mainly just me answering questions so I’m going to take your advice and I am going to start some threads myself, E-mail my community and have them chime in with their thoughts and answers that way.

Shane:  That is a great first step, man.  If you want to jump in the forums we can, you know, talk about discussion starters and we can maybe have a little conversation about that before you do it to give you some ideas, help you throw some mud on the wall.

And then your next step is to go after you get those conversations flowing focus on your customers, build that retention, get that community rolling, then focus on segmenting so we can get more people in on the back in the back end of that.  That’s a great, great plan, man.

Travis:  Yes, yes.

Shane:  Great plan.  Well, Travis, man, thank you so much for being on the call today.  We appreciate you asking great questions and also to letting us share this with all of our listeners of the Flipped Lifestyle podcast.  We get Emails every single week about how beneficial these conversations are and how different they are from all the other online business shows, but we could not do it if it wasn’t for the generousness and the openness and the transparency of our members coming on these calls, so thank you so much for being on the show today.

Travis:  You’re very welcome.  Thanks for having me guys.

Shane:  That was another information-packed call with one of our Flip Your Life community members.  Hope that you got a lot of benefit out of our answers to our guest questions as well.

If you’d like to become a member of our Flip Your Life community, head over to flippedlifestyle.com/flipyourlife and we can help you with your online business.

Jocelyn:  Alright.  It’s time to move into our Can’t Miss Moment segment of the show, and these are moments that we were able to experience that we might have missed if we were still working at a normal nine-to-five job.

Today’s Can’t Miss Moment is our trip to Sea World.  I’ve been wanting to go to Sea World for a really long time.  I went a few years ago, well actually probably more than a few years ago.

Shane:  More than a few years.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, about 10 years ago with my family before I had any children and it was really a good time.  And I just remember thinking for a long time that my kids would love to go to Sea World.  We we’re supposed to go last year during our family vacation to Florida.  However, we got hacked.  Some of you may remember that.  So…

Shane:  Yes.  If you didn’t know, it was a terrible experience.  You can go back and listen to our podcast.  It was awful.  We got hacked right in the middle of Disney World and just had to change all of our plans.

Jocelyn:  So, we didn’t get to go to Sea World last year and I was really disappointed so I was really excited to go this year during our trip.

Shane:  The kids loved Sea World.  We had a great time.  I hadn’t been there since I was a little bitty kid so it was awesome for me too to just kind of – just to veg out and watch all these amazing animals and all the shows and ride some of the rides and the kids just absolutely loved it.  We had a great time at Sea World.

The summer has been an amazing summer for us because we’ve taken five, six, seven trips to Sea World.  It was kind of, you know, just one of the last trips that we took this summer and we just had such a good time really like hammering that Flipped Lifestyle all summer long, taking trip after trip.  The kids have seen everything from amusement parks, to oceans, to mountains and we just had a really, really good time and Sea World was definitely a highlight.

If you want to check out our trip to Sea World, we actually do have a complete video of our entire trip, plus a review for Sea World itself on our YouTube channel.  And if you would like to watch that video and see all the fun stuff that we did that day, check out the killer whale show, the dolphin show and all the other stuff that the kids got to do, head over to flippedlifestyle.com and check out the link to that in today’s show notes.

Before we go today, we like to close every single one of our shows with a verse from the Bible.  Jocelyn and I draw a lot of inspiration and motivation from the Bible and we just wanted to share some of that with you.  Today’s Bible verse comes from 2 Timothy 1:7 and the Bible says, “For the spirit that God gave us does not make us timid but gives us power, love and self-discipline.”

So take that power, take that love, take that self-discipline, get out there and build something that cannot only make your dreams come true but can help other people as well.

That’s all the time we have for this week.  As always, guys, thanks for listening to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast and until next time get out there, take action, do whatever it takes to flip your life.  We’ll see you then.

Jocelyn:  Bye.

 

Filed Under: Podcast

FL 108 – We teach Karen how to use Live Events and Webinars to attract more people into her membership

September 13, 2016 by Shane Sams Leave a Comment

http://traffic.libsyn.com/flippedlifestyle/FL108_Karen_Lock_Kolp.mp3

Podcast: Play in new window | Download

Subscribe: iTunes | Android | RSS

Karen Lock Kolp

Karen and her family.

We have Flip Your Life community member and Ninja Parenting Educator, Karen Lock Kolp on this week’s Flipped Lifestyle podcast episode.

Karen is a charismatic mother,  well-equipped with the knowledge and experience from her educational and professional background dealing with young children, but surprisingly was still in for a rollercoaster ride when she and her husband started raising their own two delightful boys – Max and Jay.

Diagnosed with Tendinosis about 5 years ago, she was unable to do a lot of things requiring the use of her hands and had to spend a winter in a wheelchair. Through this life-changing event, she learned to value patience, practice and hard work, gratitude, teamwork, and most importantly love.

Despite of her struggles with her illness, she remains optimistic and had created weturnedoutokay.com, a place where parents can turn to for advice so they can become the ninja parent they are set out to be.

In this episode, we talk about what live events can do for your membership and why it converts the highest, so better tune in and get some notes down.

Deal with crises in your life with necessary support, you do not need to go through them alone. -…

Click To Tweet

When people are struggling, you can be just the help they need. – Shane Sams

Click To Tweet

You Will Learn:

  • How to lead people into a membership by hosting a free webinar.
  • How to use these live events to show the value of your membership.
  • What an Evergreen sequence is and how to use it.
  • Why live events convert the best.
“What CAN I do?” holds so much potential to change the world. – Shane Sams

Click To Tweet

You have the power to change lives, a ripple effect, like throwing rocks in a pond. – Shane Sams

Click To Tweet

Links and resources mentioned in today’s show:

  • We Turned Out Okay
  • Karen’s 100th episode
  • Retargeting Pixel
  • How to get more customers for your membership site with Facebook Ads

Enjoy the podcast; we hope it inspires you to explore what’s possible for your family!

Click here to leave us an iTunes review and subscribe to the show! We may read yours on the air!

Can’t Miss Moments

“Today’s Can’t Miss Moment is going back to school. So, we took the kids to school the other day for the first time and it’s really kind of bittersweet this year because Anna has just started Kindergarten, Isaac is in second grade and you know, it’s just our kids are kind of grown up now. I’m just so glad that we got to be there on both of their first days of school, got to be together, walk them in and it’s an awesome experience.”

File_000 File_001 File_002Thank you for listening!

Thanks again for listening to the show! If you liked it, make sure you share it with your friends and family! Our goal is to help as many families as possible change their lives through online business. Help us by sharing the show!

If you have comments or questions, please be sure to leave them below in the comment section of this post. See y’all next week!

 

Can’t listen right now? Read the transcript below!

Jocelyn: Hey y’all!  On today’s podcast we help Karen learn more about using Live Events and webinars to grow her online business.

Shane:  Welcome to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast, where life always comes before work.  We’re your hosts, Shane and Jocelyn Sams.

We’re a real family that figured out how to make our entire living online.  And now, we help other families do the same.  Are you ready to flip your life?  Alright, let’s get started.

What’s going on everybody?  Welcome back to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast.  It is great to be back with you again this week. Super excited today to welcome another Flip Your Life member on to the show.  We are going to give them a live consulting call to help them take their business to the next level and let you guys listen in so that you can take your business to the next level as well.

We are super excited to welcome one of our good friends and most active forum participant in the Flip You Life community to the show, Karen Lock Kolp.  Karen, welcome to the show.

Karen:  Oh, thank you so much, it’s really great to be here.

Jocelyn:  Yes, we are very, very excited to talk to you today.  We talk to you very often in our Flip Your Life community and it’s always a lot of fun.  We always enjoy talking to you very much.

Shane:  Isn’t it amazing like how you talk to people in forums and we have our little avatars sitting there with our pictures and stuff like that, but it’s like you really do get this huge sense that you’re neighbors or something like when you’re talking about it.

Karen:  Totally. I actually have to say, since we last talked, I have been through a bit of a family crisis where my dad needed brain surgery and the Flipped Life community, even though it’s not about family stuff, was one of the first places I went because I just thought these are people who I know, who are going to support me and, you know, you guys totally did.

Shane:  That’s one reason why we started Flipped Lifestyle and the Flip Your Life community was to give people a community. You know, we started a prayer thread every week where we pray for each other. We have the personal stuff forum where you can share stuff like that’s going on with your life because it’s like you said, even though it’s about online business, life really impacts your business.  And like, those moments in your life where you have crises, there’s no reason to do it – go do them alone. We have all these tools that let us do them together and I’m just really thankful that you said that, and that we are so glad that we were able to do that for you.

Karen:  Yeah, and I love too the idea of giving back.  I mean like, I am friends with people in the forum and the reason for that is with you guys and others is because peoples share their struggles and we can help.  We can be a support as well.

Shane:  It’s awesome.  Great stuff.

Jocelyn:  Absolutely. And that’s one of the best parts about it.  So, before we get into our questions today, quickly tell us a little bit about you, about your background and your online business?

Karen:  OK.  Look, gosh, where to start?  So I have – I host a podcast for parents of young children who oftentimes are real worried, maybe some hovering and my husband and I are about to record our 100th episode and he’s my producer.

Shane:  Congratulations.

Karen:  And I know who…

Jocelyn:  Yeah, that’s awesome.

Karen:  He’s my producer. He’s actually coming on the show for the 100th episode, which is really excited.

Shane:  Tell everybody the name of your podcast because it’s like one of the best, it’s so an awesome name for a show.  Tell them.

Karen: It’s called “We Turned Out Okay.”

Shane:  That’s a great name for a podcast about parenting.

Karen:  Yeah.  I love it because people really respond to it and I do believe that it conveys a message that everything’s going to be all right.  Like they’re pretty hard to break little kids, you know…

Shane:  Yes they are.

Karen:  Like it’s – if you care about them, it’s going to work basically.  And since we last talked, I’ve actually published a book for them.

Shane:  Wow.

Karen:  It’s called Positive Discipline Ninja Tactics and I have to say, going through that process of writing that book and getting it out there into the world and publishing it at Amazon and now, seeing how to help people sort of using the book, like through the book, it has all come about really within the Flipped Lifestyle community.

Shane:  I felt like we wrote that book together.

Jocelyn:  We kind of did.

Shane:  But we’re actually starting to write a book of our own, that we’re going to release hopefully this year, maybe at the beginning of 2017.  But like I look back as I’ve been working on this book and getting the preliminary stuff to do it, I learned a lot going through this process with you about how to get this book together to finish.  And I can remember the day that you posted in the Success forum that the book was done.

Karen:  Yeah.

Shane:  I just felt like this burden lift from my shoulders.  I’ve got this huge relief, like “Oh Karen is done with the book, it’s amazing.”  All right.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, I mean that’s the best part of that is, like everybody’s there to celebrate with you and I actually have the book on my Kindle and I’ve read part of it already.  So…

Karen:  Oh wonderful.

Jocelyn:  Yeah.

Shane:  Because if anybody needs help raising kids, oh God it’s us.

Jocelyn:  Hey, it’s us.

Shane:  I mean, geez almighty, I mean we just took ours to second grade and kindergarten. Yesterday, they started school like they’ve started that like growing like weed syndrome where they’re just – everyday they’re just getting bigger and bigger.

Jocelyn:  Yeah.

Shane:  And so we got a lot of work to do to get them through the years.

Karen:  Actually, I mean, that brings up a thing too.  So since the book, I’ve now opened an online community and again, you guys are here through all of that.  I’ll never forget showing my 16 year-old the day that I posted, I opened the community that it worked because there was some struggles getting it to open.  You Shane wrote, “Boom Shaka Laka.”

Shane:  That’s my catchphrase, Karen.  Yeah, boom shaka laka.

Karen:  I was like yeah. I  bring it up because, within our forums, there’s a lot of conversation right now about like, “Oh my God. School is starting, all these new stuff is looming, it’s like all these changes are coming.  How do I deal with this?  It’s like the members are…

Shane:  Yeah.

Karen:  Saying, “How do I deal with this?” So now, I’m able to make trainings for them.

Shane:  Yes.

Karen:  About how to handle things like September and all of the changes that it brings.

Shane:  That’s right.  And it’s the greatest stuff.  You’re one of the members that we always say, “You got all the puzzle pieces out.”  You know what I mean?  And we always say like when people start out, they don’t really have a picture to go by, they’re just trying to find the corners of the puzzle, then they get the frame but like I really feel like now you’re working your way toward the center and all the pieces are pretty much in place.  You kind of know where all the rest of the pieces go, so it’s now we’re just kind of doing that last work to bring the picture into focus.

Karen:  I think that’s so true. Yeah.

Shane:  Yeah, so I’m really excited for this call today and to see how we can take it to the next level.

Karen: Well, me too.  Me too.

Jocelyn:  Alright.  Well, we always start with why in everything that we do, so tell us a little bit about why you want to Flip Your Life with this online business?

Shane:  Why do you want this to be the thing that you’re known for and that you make your living with?

Karen:  Well, it’s really because my expertise – and my area of expertise has always been Early Childhood Education.  I have a Bachelor’s Degree in Human Development.  I have a Master’s Degree in Early Childhood Education.  And I was a preschool teacher in a public preschool program just sort of a flagship program.  And yet, when I became a parent, it was like I forgot all about that knowledge and all of that confidence and all of that resilience and exciting things children bring to the table and I just thought, “I’m going to break this kid.  How am I going to do this?”

Shane:  Right, right.

Karen:  And then, you know, I figured it out and I kind of went along with life and then when I turned 40, which is now five years ago, I developed a chronic illness.  And not only could I not really physically take care of the house, the laundry, the children, the cooking, you know, anything like that, my husband had to do it all.  Like he’s commuting to his job everyday and he’s handling all the stresses of that and he was taking on all of my work while I was basically sort of sitting.

I mean, I lost the use of my thumbs for a good year, I still probably have about 50 percent use of hands and forearms and I remember a friend of mine was sitting with me one day and she said all of the usual mother stuff is off the table for you.  And you can’t go out and earn a living physically, right?  You can’t be

a teacher again so what can you do while you’re here?  And I thought back to when I was a preschool teacher and I also kind of thought about like the nervousness parents have about their young children and hovering and the worrying and I thought I can’t be the only person who did that and that really started me on this path of like “How can I help these parents?”

Shane:  Wow.

Karen:  The why is a combination of I want to give my husband and my family the opportunity to – but you know, maybe so that my husband can take it back and choose his own work and not have to be the primary, single sole breadwinner…

Shane:  Yeah.

Karen:  But also so that I could help these families that I know are in the same situation that I was in.  I mean, you guys probably have some sleepless nights with the little kids.  It’s just…

Shane:  Last night maybe?  The day before, taking them to kindergarten, I don’t know.

Jocelyn:  Most nights.

Karen:  Yeah.

Shane:  That’s a great story.  I mean, that’s a powerful line.  I’m a little choked up here because my favorite part about what you just said was, “I know that no matter what my limitations are, if I start with the question what can I do, I can piece together something that will not only allow me to contribute to my family’s income, but will allow me to shape the world and help people.”  That is so true about online business.  That ability to do that didn’t exist 25 years ago, you know?  An online business, especially through community-driven memberships where you build those people you and you got this family of whatever it is in your space that are looking to you for leadership, looking to you for guidance, looking to you for support and looking to each other for all those things, it just allows you to really throw a pebble in the pond and make that ripple spread.

And we all don’t have to have 6 million members and you know, be gurus that are on TV.  Like, if you can impact 500 people’s lives and you can change 500 people’s family trees, you’ve done a lot of good in the world and online business let’s you do that.  So, that was just a powerful story and I’m so glad that you’re going down this path.  I’m so glad that you’re sharing your expertise with us and everyone else and then hopefully we can help you kind of take that to the next level and reach more people with your message.

Karen:  Oh, thank you so much.  That was – those were really kind words.  Thank you.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, for sure.  I mean, we’re super proud of you for everything that you’ve done so far.  So with that in mind, you know, we talked about everything that you’ve done so far, you’ve come a really long way and we love you because you don’t make excuses…

Shane:  You take action.

Jocelyn:  Despite…

Shane:  Everyday.

Jocelyn:  You know, sometimes we have limitations, all of us do.  But you still continue to take action, you continue to get things done.  So with all those things in mind, what can we help you with today to help you take it to the next level?

Karen:  Oh, I love this question.  I’ve been so looking forward to it.  I am kind of moving into this, the area of my business where I have a membership, it is open.  I have a very small email list.  It’s probably twice or maybe even three times the size from when we talked last time.

Shane:  Awesome.

Karen:  I love the kind of engagement with email, you know, with people and people email me or if they have questions from the podcast or from my book or whatever, just people get on my email list because of a free guide and then we can now have a conversation.  But I feel like the membership is really pretty small at this point and I want to reach a bigger audience.  And one of the ways that I thought to do that, that we talk about all the time in Flipped Life is to teach an online class.  I mean, we think of it as a webinar but for my listeners and people on my email list, I talk about them as classes because I don’t think they…

Shane:  Oh yeah.  When we talk to teachers, everyone should do that.  Don’t ever use the word webinar unless you’re on an online business space.

Karen:  Yeah.

Shane:  Like you should say training or seminar or free, you know, course or something like that.  That’s a great point.

Karen:  Yeah.  And I said to myself, “OK, you can do this.”  And now I am trying to figure out – I’ve watched the classes in our community, you know, about how to do a webinar…

Shane:  Yeah.

Karen:  It’s not the mechanics of it so much as the – how do I put it out there and how do I best bring people back into the membership using the class that I’m going to teach.

Shane:  Right.  I think that this is a deep question that we can go a lot of different ways with.  But the moral of the story here is, how can we use live events, live interactions, live trainings to really seal the deal and convince people that what you’re offering is the solution to their problem?  There’s the kind of what I’m hearing here like…

Karen:  Yeah, oh yeah.  Exactly.

Shane:  Live interactions are very, very powerful.  They do convert the best whether it’s you up on a stage, you doing like a – we have live events where we do like a Mastermind around the table, those are extremely powerful.  And live webinars are always very powerful because the energy is there, you don’t get a second take, you know what I mean?

Karen:  Yeah.

Shane:  Things can go horribly wrong and you’re always on the edge of that.  Like our last webinar was like a dumpster fire.  It was an absolute disaster.  It took us 30 minutes before anybody could even watch the video and like nothing was working, the audio kept going in and out.

Jocelyn:  The first like 20 minutes were just technical issues, like no one was saying anything except “I can’t hear.  I can’t see.  I can’t see, I can’t hear any audio.”

Shane: I can’t see.  I don’t know where you are.  And then, am I in the right place?  And like, and you know in all – we had done a lot of cold advertising for this so a lot of these people didn’t know who we were and like , you know, it was kind of like, it was just crazy.  But…

Karen:  I do want to say that I was there for that and I was so totally impressed with how you guys handled it.  The next day, I looked into the Flipped Lifestyle forums and there’s this – the title is webinar/dumpster fire/disaster and I just thought – I love how you guys are so – you’re real people and you’re really doing this.  And sometimes mistakes happen.

Shane:  And we really screw things up bad sometimes, I mean we really do.

Karen:  But yet you soldiered on, right?

Shane:  That’s right.  That’s all you can do.

Karen:  And I think we all felt like we’re in this together, that was my feeling, was we’re in this together, you know?

Shane:  Yeah.  If you don’t laugh, you’ll cry.

Jocelyn:  We’ll make something happen, OK?

Shane:  But that is actually – it does stress the point though, that webinar still converted really, really well.

Karen:  Oh good.

Shane:  Like I think we spent about  $300 on ads over – I spent a $100  a day for three days.  We do for live webinars.  And it’s still made like almost like $3500 of new sales because the power of live events is so powerful even all of that could go wrong, but by goodness, if you deliver content and you interact with people and they see that you’re real and that you’re going to deliver result, they’re going to jump onboard with you.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, yeah, absolutely.

Shane:  So doing live events is the first thing is you just got to do them.  One thigh I heard you say a little bit there is you’ve just gotten over the fear to put yourself out there in this.  Podcasting is a lot safer because you can mess up, admit it, you know.  So I think that the first time that you have to do moving forward is set yourself a goal to do five live trainings.  Right now, don’t worry about how good they are.  Don’t even worry about the content.  Don’t even worry about if the ads works, if you’re getting in front of the right people, if your targeting is great.  I think the first thing you have to do is just jump into them.  Jocelyn was very apprehensive about webinars when we first started.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, I mean it’s just one of those things that you just have to do to get comfortable with.  I mean, I’ve done them many times now and I still don’t know that I’m like, what I would say comfortable with them.  But when you start doing them more often, you will feel more at ease with doing them.

Shane:  Yeah.  The next thing I think about and when we – if we talk about content real quick and this for everybody doing an online webinar, there’s a tendency when we do a webinar to want to talk for an hour and a half on a training.  And want to give as much value and as much content like we’re almost trying to prove ourselves.  You know what I’m saying to the audience?  And I think that was a mistake that we made early on definitely when we were creating content.  You can’t over satiate your audience on a webinar.  You got to give like one golden nugget of information, one piece of information that you know if they would do it, they’ll deliver some kind of result and it – do that and then open the floor for Q&A and interaction.

The more interaction you have on a live event or at a – you know, at a live event or even if you’re in person, the more successful that’s going to be for conversions and everything else because they get to ask you what they want and you’ve already proven that they delivered it.  Jocelyn’s got a webinar right now that’s like, what’s that Evergreen webinar, it’s like 15 minutes, the open house one?

Jocelyn:  Yeah, it’s like right at 20 minutes.

Shane:  Yeah, super short.

Jocelyn:  And then I do a little pitch of my community but I think the whole thing clocks in like 22 minutes.

Karen:  Oh wow.

Jocelyn:  I mean, that’s perfect.  And that was another thing I was going to say.  You don’t really have to necessary do a live webinar.  You can do automated ones, I do that for Elementary Librarian a lot and in fact we’re going to start experimenting with it, with it for Flipped Lifestyle as well.  So, that’s just another way to be able to constantly deliver content without having to constantly be logged.

Shane:  And what you do there is, you just do a few – you do those five webinars, right?  You do the same one all five times and you take the live one and make it Evergreen.  And then you do a new one, live so you got a big burst and you turn it in an interview and if you get a really good take and you do it into Evergreen and you leave these breadcrumbs of live events behind you that people can keep consuming but you only have to do the live thing once and you can just go on to the next topic or something like that.

Karen:  Alright. I’m a little confused.  I understand that Evergreen means it’s the same webinar.

Shane:  Right.

Karen:  I guess what’s confusing me is my thought was that I would do this live webinar, it’s something that my listeners, you know, my audience or members have asked for, it’s going to be called “The Three Mistakes You Might Be Making That Hinder Your Child’s Development.”

Shane:  Right.

Karen:  Your young child’s development.  My thought was, I will do it once and then I’ll put it behind the wall of membership’s so that anybody who’s a member can look at it again and again.

Shane:  That’s true.

Karen:  OK, so is that compatible with the idea of…

Shane:  Sure it is.

Karen:  “Oh here it is again next week,”  or whatever.

Shane:  Here’s what happens.  That’s a mistake that people make in content in general but especially with live events is I can’t do this again.  It was live, you know.

Karen:  Yeah.

Shane:  But you got to remember, there’s 7 billion people that never saw your webinar.  So if you did it one-time and you’ll never do it again, they’ll never see it again.  So here’s how this works.  Take that membership webinar we did last week that was a total dumpster fire.  OK.  It worked.  I’m going to actually edit that up a little bit and put that into an Evergreen webinar sequence that’s publicly available where I may show it three times a day, seven days a week.  That, you know, if you do it at 9:00 o’clock on Sunday night, the only people that we’ll ever see it at 9:00 o’clock on Sunday night.  So the first time you do a webinar, by all means, do it live five or six times.

Do one on Sunday night, one on Monday morning, one on Tuesday at lunch, one on Wednesday, you know, at 5:00 o’clock.  Do a bunch of live ones at different times to see when people show up, to get people their live, to really have that engagement and try to give it a big burst of new members and people introduced to your content.  But you’ve done the content, don’t lose it.  Take it and put it in a nice, organized fashion in your membership.

So, people who join in the future, who never saw that webinar, will get to watch it.  And then, you take that same thing, you edit it down and you clean it up and you put it into an Evergreen webinar sequence where you can use it to promote the membership.  And each month, you can create like a new training.

Karen:  Cool.  I’m wondering if you can help me see how to make it Evergreen in the sense of like, do you – am I present for it or is it – just  I hold signups and I just sort of press start and walk away?  Like I don’t understand the – how to use an Evergreen webinar I guess.  I don’t know if that makes sense.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, we…

Shane:  That’s pre-recorded.

Jocelyn:  We use a tool called EverWebinar.  There are different ways that you can do it.  I mean, you don’t have to necessarily use that.  The benefits of using EverWebinar is that it can mimic a live webinar.  In fact, you don’t have to say it’s an Evergreen Webinar, we do not do that.  We say that’s it’s training.  We don’t call it like live or anything.

Shane:  Right.

Jocelyn:  Some people do.  But…

Karen:  I’ll just call it a class.

Jocelyn:  Yeah.

Shane:  Yeah.

Jocelyn:  Just call it like a training.  And basically, you just set it up.  The benefits, like I said, of using EverWebinar are that you can sign up like a normal webinar.  You know, they get a reminder emails, they get follow up emails…

Shane:  It feels like an event because they do actually pick a time that they can come watch, right?  Yeah, like the video won’t be available until the time they signed up for, so that creates that I have to show up…

Karen:  Oh.

Shane:  Live to be somewhere.

Jocelyn:  But, you know, it’s like everything else.  There is an investment of every webinar.  I’m not exactly sure the price, I can’t remember what it was.  But if that’s not something that you can do at this time or, you know, for those others listening, if you’re not quite ready to put an investment in, there are different ways that you can do it.  I mean, you can certainly set up an email sequence with like a private YouTube video…

Shane:  Yeah.

Jocelyn:  That’s a way you can do it, but the benefits of doing Evergreen Webinars is just that you don’t have to be there live and in person, you can make an event and do it live.  And then record it and then replay it later for people who might join your email list.  Maybe they’re not sure if they want to join and that’s when you put them into that webinar.  That’s how I do it on Elementary Librarian.

Karen:  That’s a neat idea.

Shane:  Yeah but now I will say this, it will not convert as good as a live webinar.  It will not, OK?  But what it does do is that it allows  you to leverage your live webinars into future content.  And future breadcrumbs that lead back to your membership site.  So, we’re not trying to say that this is a replacement for the live component…

Jocelyn:  No, you can still do both.

Shane:  Right.  you still do both.  Like, if you want to want to do is do a few takes of a live webinar and then you create this webinar, do it four or five times, maybe take the best one of them and clean it up and make that your Evergreen Webinar video.

Karen:  Yeah, yeah.

Shane:  You see what I’m saying?  But you’re just trying to leverage that content.

Karen:  Yeah.

Shane:  And live webinars convert the best.  Live trainings.  Like we had a challenge with one of our members.  She was trying to get like 50 more members within a four-week period and I just challenged her to do like 20 webinars in a month.  And she did.  She went after it and she did that and she got her fifty members because she was doing those webinars so there’s no substitute for the live component but that’s a way to leverage – that’s the best way to leverage your live trainings, to make sure they continuously make you money.  Never do anything once.  It’s got to be able to leverage it and do something in the future.

Karen:  You know what I love about these coaching calls with you guys?  Is I feel like I’m getting myself set up for sort of the next like six months of learning and doing.  Like I probably will not make this first webinar an Evergreen Webinar anytime soon.

Shane:  No.

Karen:  But like now, I have a little bit more of a path, you know what I mean?

Shane:  Yeah.

Karen:  I have a little bit – I’m using hand gestures which of course aren’t working at all.

Shane:  You know the destination basically that you’re trying to get to, at this point.

Karen:  Yeah, exactly.

Shane:  So, let’s go.

Jocelyn:  And nothing gets important to have that in demand, like it’s not necessarily the very next step that you’re going to do, but since you know that you’re eventually going to do it, you can think about what can you do now to make that easier in the future.

Shane:  And I’ve actually found that that’s true with online business is it seems like almost everything that we do, we try to figure out where we want to end up or where we want our customer to end up and then we work backwards through that process, writing down all of the steps until we get to where we are now.

You know, a lot of jobs like you have to go like, you know, if you’re trying to build a house, you got to start stacking the bricks on top of each other, you know?  But really, we want to know in online business what the roof’s going to look like and then work down from that.  So that when we get there, it all works.

Karen:  Exactly.  Yeah.

Shane:  Yeah, so that’s what you have to do at the webinar now is we know where we’re going.  The first thing you have to do is develop a webinar and a piece of content that your people want, right?  You’ve got some listeners, you’ve got some emails so you need to figure out what would be the best training.  Then what we do is we create the training, that’s the next step.  And developing a really good live webinar.  We want to sit back and make a nice presentation, where we’ll have a good plan.  You know, we got a training in the forums where it shows you how to do your slides, how to make your pitch and all that.

So we want to create that, then we want to practice it a couple of times, right?  Then we want to set up the live webinar and then we want to do the webinar.  So, the goal was to do – right now, is for you to do your first live webinar and those are kind of the steps that we’ll get you there, that’s what we’ve got to do next, just create this process then once we get the webinar where we want it after doing it three or four times, that’s another misconception about live trainings, you do not need to make six live trainings and do a different one every week, OK?  Like you need to make sure you do one over and over again until you got it right and you can just reuse that content but that’s your next step.  It’s to get that all together and make it actually happen.

Karen:  Awesome.  That’s my goal.  I actually have a date for this live webinar.  Like I feel like a lot of times if I can say to myself, “Alright, this is the date.  I’m putting it out in the universe.”  And in a couple of weeks, I’m going to say – on the podcast I’m going to say, “Hey, you know, sign up for this thing which is happening in a couple of weeks.  So at that point, I’ve got to be committed.  I have to have some things in place before I could even say it on the podcast.  So I’m like backing up from that date to today, where I’m making plans for what needs to be accomplished when, in order for that – for the class to happen on that day.

Shane:  For sure.  There’s a couple of traps that you’ve got to – when you’re doing webinars especially for the first time, like you got to watch out for…

Karen:  OK.

Shane:  Like, you’re going to be overwhelmed in the next week or two about promoting the webinar and how you’re going to get people to it, right?

Karen:  Yeah, that is so true.

Shane:  Yeah, like that’s going to be at the back of your mind and you’re constantly thinking about that.  But here’s the deal.  If you don’t create your webinar, it doesn’t matter if you promote it, because it’s going to be terrible.  So, the first thing you got to do is focus on the content.  You got to create that first.  Don’t work on the content and advertising at the exact same time.  It’s just like product first mentality that we always talk about on the Flipped Lifestyle podcast.  Your product has to be done.  What is the product of this webinar, the presentation?  So if you don’t have that for sale or ready to go, if you don’t have, you know, which is – it’s for sale, for registering basically not for money, then you’re going to get overwhelmed. So don’t worry about promotion right now, the first thing you have to do is create the webinar and learn how to present it.

And then, once you’re comfortable there, you can say, “OK.  Now, how do I get people to do this thing?” basically.

Karen:  Yeah.  That is a wonderful way to think about it.  Because it really – it has all been swirling around in my head.  You know, I sort of feel like, I got to think about that and this and this and…

Jocelyn:  Alright Karen, that was a great question about webinars, one that I don’t think we covered a whole lot on the podcast so that’s really good to be able to talk about today.  So with that in mind, what else can we help you with today?

Karen:  Well, I know we’ve literally just said, “Focus on the content first.”  But then the other piece of it that I do find a little bit confusing is – my goal is to use Facebook advertising as a way of promoting the podcast.  I feel like you guys talk about the usefulness of ads and I know that I’m going to be able to, with your help, do it right, you know what I mean like get it a good ad…

Shane:  For sure.

Karen:  That I can at least try and see.  But I’m wondering how.  I don’t even know how to start this– like the idea of ads scares the bejabbers out of me.  I’m working on the mindset of it and one of the things that help me get over anxiety is to take an action step and I’m wondering where can I go to learn about Facebook ads I guess that’s – if possible–

Jocelyn:  Well, I’m in the process of developing a training for the Flip Your Life community.  And in fact, by the time that this airs…

Shane:  It will probably be available.

Jocelyn:  The training should be available for  everyone.  So basically, I’ve been going through a lot of different trainings.  And what I’m going to do is just sort of summarize those – the best points that I’ve learned from each one–

Shane:  And we’ve experimented a lot with ads this year.  Like a lot, so we’ve got our own kind of philosophy now around the ads.

Jocelyn:  And so, you know, I’m going to take all that information and basically boil it down to what I feel is the most important and teach it in a way that I feel is more, I guess understandable for our community.

Shane:  Yeah.

Jocelyn:  Because I feel like a lot of times the trainings that I’ve been through, they’re just kind of confusing and, you know, I just want to sort of break it down a little bit.

Shane:  Yeah.

Jocelyn:  So, I’m going to be working on that but the most important thing that you need to know is that targeting is the most important thing.

Shane:  Yeah.

Jocelyn:  You can have the most perfect ad in the world with the perfect copy according to whomever, and the perfect picture and the perfect everything, but if you’re showing it to the wrong audience, it doesn’t matter.  If you – but on the Flip Side of that, you can take an OK ad with an OK copy and show it to the perfect audience and it’s going to convert really well because it’s though it’s showing the right thing to the right person at the right time.  So targeting is the most important thing.  We can talk more about this in the community.  I feel like that is more of a conversation we need to have over an extended period of time.

Shane:  Yeah, we got to look at the demographics.

Jocelyn:  Rather than like a two-minute podcast answer, you know.

Shane:  Yeah.

Jocelyn:  So, I definitely want to hash that out a little bit more in the community but just know that targeting is the most important so you’ll need to start there.

Shane:  Yeah.  And I think another thing too about your fear question, OK, a lot of people are scared of ads, but there’s a really good gateway drug to Facebook ads.  It’s called the Boost, OK? So like, I think for now, what I would do to overcome your fear on spending money on ads, OK, and to kind of play around with your targeting is this is a total fear – this is a total like courage exercise, this isn’t necessarily to drive sales or anything like that really.

Jocelyn:  It may not work really – yeah.

Shane: Yeah, right, exactly.  But this right now.  While you’re making this webinar over the next x weeks…

Karen:  Yeah.

Shane:  Just commit to yourself, go in at first and spend $2 a day.  And you’re not going to turn it off, and you’re going to go – take like a copy of your e-Book or you know, maybe a really good episode of your podcast and maybe optimize that page a little bit to get emails, and I want you to go, just post that, share that on your Facebook page, $2 a day, you’re going to boost that indefinitely.  And you’re going – and just going there and turn it on, it’s $2 a day, it’s a cup of coffee, you know what I mean?  And just say, “You know, I’m going to commit to this just to bust through this barrier, break my fear of spending money advertising and just see how it works.  Play with your demographics, you know, go in there and pick parents of kids aged, you know I think you can go in there, there’s all kinds of different parenting.  Like you can pick parents of kids from one to five, stuff like that.

Like, don’t even worry about subject matter like now, just pick, you know, the demographic and just turn it on.  And it’s not a waste of money because it’s investing and overcoming your fear.  And then when you’re ready to do a promotion for your webinar, well you’re going to look back and be like, I’ve been running an ad for 30 days.  I’ve gotten a bunch of clicks, I’ve got a bunch of new likes, something was happening.

Jocelyn:  But I –

Shane:  And now you can say I’m ready to do a real ad with intense targeting and I’m going to get this right and we’re going to maximize our ROI but the fear of ads would be kind of gone at that point.

Jocelyn:  But I do want to throw in there that if you have not put the retargeting pixel on your website, you can do that immediately.

Shane:  Oh, yeah, that’s critical.

Jocelyn:  And that’s for every person out there, if you have not done that and you have a website, you need to do it right now.  There are different trainings that Facebook has on how to put the pixel on and we can link to those in today’s shownotes, but make sure that you get that retargeting pixel even if you don’t plan on running ads for awhile, maybe you just have a site with a few blog posts and you have no intention on running ads, Facebook keeps that data for a 180 days.

So it’s always a good idea to go ahead and put it on even if you’re planning on running ads right this second. Put that retargeting pixel on so that when people come to your website, you can later retarget them with ads.

Shane:  So buying – so here’s what’s going to happen Karen…

Karen:  Cool.

Shane:  The next month.  If you do what Jocelyn said and you take action and you say, “In the next 24 hours, I’m going to figure out exactly how to put this retargeting pixel on.

Karen:  Yup.

Shane:  And then tomorrow, you start that boost to drive traffic to one of your best podcast episodes.  Just right now, what you’re going to see at the end of that time period is all that money that you invested to overcome your fear, drove traffic to your website which is going to create an audience that has been pixeled and tracked.  So when you’re ready to run your webinar, you can show your webinar ad to all the people who’ve already visited your website.

Karen:  Oh my gosh, that’s so cool.

Shane:  And so all you have to do – I just thought of her next 24 hour question.

Karen:  You did.

Shane:  Yeah, so like put your pixel on, start the Boost, $2 a day or whatever, $5, it doesn’t matter.  Whatever you can afford and just start driving some traffic and then you’ll already be ready to create an audience and to look like audience and all that stuff when we get there, OK?

Karen:  That is awesome.  That is awesome!

Jocelyn:  All

right.  Well, we always ask people what is the next thing you’re going to do in the next 24 to48 hours but I think that you already know–

Shane:  But I think you know what you’re going to do, you know it Karen.

Karen:  I do, yes.  First of all, I need to figure out what are retargeting pixel is…

Shane:  There you go.

Karen:  And then I need to get one set up.  Then the next thing is to, you know, start putting out an actual, you know, ad as you say like a Boost or whatever, the $2 a day thing.  And then I’m going to start working on my webinar slides.

Shane:  All right.

Karen:  And that seems pretty darn clear.

Shane:  Pretty clear.  And here’s your next five minutes as soon as you hang up.  Go to the forums and post “What the heck is a retargeting pixel and where do I get one?”  And we’ll drop some links in there for you right now, so that it can get that straightened out, alright?  So we’ve got your five-minute plan, your 24-hour plan and we’ve got your month plan. I think we’re – this is a very productive call.

Jocelyn:  I think you’re good to go.

Karen:  Extremely, extremely productive.  Yes.  Oh, I’m so excited.  This is thrilling.

Shane:  Well Karen, listen.  Thank you so much for sharing all this with us today, this is a great conversation and we love you to death and we’re so glad you’re a part of our community.  You’re a very valuable member of our community and that we’re just thankful that you’re here and we cannot wait to help you put these last pieces of the puzzle together to take your business to the next level.

Karen:  Well, thank you so much, I feel exactly the same way.  Woo-hoo!

Shane:  Another awesome call with one of our Flip Your Life community members.  To learn more about your Flip Your Life community, head over to FlipLifestyle.com/FlipYourLife and we can help you with your online business today.

Jocelyn:  All right, next we are going to move into our Can’t Miss Moment segment of the show and these are moments that we were able to experience recently that we might have missed if we were still working at our regular nine-to-five jobs.  Today’s Can’t Miss Moment is going back to school.

Shane:  Yay!

Jocelyn:  And for more reasons than one because it is very difficult to work here in the summer when you kids running around all the time.  So we love our children, there is nothing that we would rather do than spend time with our children but sometimes after you’ve had 90-day summer…

Shane:  91 days actually.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, it gets a little intense to try to do work while they’re running around all the time.

Shane:  So we took the kids to school the other day for the first time and it’s really kind of bittersweet this year because Anna has just started Kindergarten, Isaac is in second grade and you know, it’s just our kids are kind of grown up now.  They’re not little babies anymore and they’re actually going to the same school, so that even makes things a little bit easier in the mornings, to be able to drop them off.  And my absolute favorite thing in the world when we get to school, the kids come up and like we’re both there, we both in the front seat so they’ll come kiss me on the cheek.  And then kiss Aunt Jocelyn on the cheek.  And then we get to hug them but now they – you get to do all that the same place, so it’s just this big lovefest in the mornings now, you getting hugged and kissed by both kids and get them to the same place.

So, back to school time is awesome for a lot of reasons.  But I’m just so glad that we got to be there on both of their first days of school, got to be together, walk them in and it’s an awesome experience.  Before we sign off today, I’d like to close every show with the version of the Bible, Joce and I draw a lot of our inspiration and motivation from the Bible so we’d like to share some of that with you.  Today’s verse come 2 Corinthians 9:8 and the Bible says, “And God is able to bless you abundantly, so that in all things at all times having all that you need, you will abound in every good work.  So take that to heart, get out there and do some good work in your online business and be blessed.

That’s all the time we have for this week, as always guys, thanks for listening to the Flipped Lifestyle Podcast.  And until next time, get out there, take action, do whatever it takes to Flip Your Life.  We’ll see you again.

Jocelyn:  Bye.

Filed Under: Podcast

FL 107 – We help Yanina grow an accessible membership community for women entrepreneurs

September 6, 2016 by Shane Sams Leave a Comment

http://traffic.libsyn.com/flippedlifestyle/FL107_Yanina_Gomez.mp3

Podcast: Play in new window | Download

Subscribe: iTunes | Android | RSS

Dr. Yanina Gomez

Dr. Yanina Gomez and her family.

Our guest this week is the founder of Fabulously Driven Me, Flip Your Life community member, Dr. Yanina Gomez.

Dr. Gomez is a mother of 2 amazing children and wife to an Art enthusiast. She received her Ph.D. in Educational Psychology back in 2009. She used to work a nine-to-five, but wanted to have the freedom to be there for her family, reach out and help more people gain clarity and confidence — you know, live her life to the fullest.

She co-founded Art NXT Level with her husband, and worked as a gallerist at 33 Contemporary Gallery, that has been running for over 10 years in Chicago. This was her husband’s thing though, and so she founded her own membership community, Fabulously Driven Me. This is where she channels her passion to coach women entrepreneurs and create a mindset where it is possible to achieve the results they deserve.

Yanina’s community is still in the early development stages and we will be here to help her with strategies to grow it exponentially. Join us on the Flipped Lifestyle podcast and learn what this episode can do to help YOU too.

You Will Learn:

  • Ways to increase your membership.
  • How to make your community accessible.
  • The power of building and maintaining your forums.
  • How listening to the people’s need help you frame your offers/products.
  • Plus so much more!
“Do what you do, change the lives that you can.” – Shane Sams, FL 107

Click To Tweet

“People should understand how YOU can solve their problem for them.” – Jocelyn Sams, FL 107

Click To Tweet

Links and resources mentioned in today’s show:

  • Flipped Lifestyle
  • Fabulously Driven Me Community
  • Art NXT Level
  • Elementary librarian
  • Flip Your Life

Enjoy the podcast; we hope it inspires you to explore what’s possible for your family!

Click here to leave us an iTunes review and subscribe to the show! We may read yours on the air!

Can’t Miss Moments

Each week Jocelyn and I share moments that we might have missed if we had not started our online business. We hope these moments inspire you to see the possibilities and freedom online business could provide for your family.

“Today’s can’t miss moment is taking the kids shopping up in Northern Kentucky.  We took off the other day to a place called Florence. They’ve got a big double-decker carousel and I would let the kids ride that.  We went in and bought the kids some new shoes.  We really didn’t have a plan.  We weren’t shopping for anything.  We just were looking for something to, you know, kill a few hours.  And, the kids were dying to get some of those glow in the dark Sketchers.”

Shopping Carousel New Shoes(1) Shopping Carousel New Shoes(2) Shopping Carousel New Shoes(3) Shopping Carousel New Shoes

Thank you for listening!

Thanks again for listening to the show! If you liked it, make sure you share it with your friends and family! Our goal is to help as many families as possible change their lives through online business. Help us by sharing the show!

If you have comments or questions, please be sure to leave them below in the comment section of this post. See y’all next week!

Can’t listen right now? Read the transcript below!

 

Jocelyn:  Hey, y’all! On today’s podcast, we help Yanina take her entrepreneurial coaching and support business to the next level.

Shane:  Welcome to Flipped Lifestyle podcast, where life always comes before work.  We’re your hosts, Shane and Jocelyn Sams.  We’re a real family who figured it out how to make our entire living online and now, we help other families do the same.  Are you ready to flip your life?  Alright.  Let’s get started.  What’s going on everybody?  Welcome back to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast.  It is great to be back with you again this week.  For those of you who may be new to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast, welcome.  We’re so glad that you chose to listen to us today.  You’ll notice very quickly that our podcast is a little different than other online business podcasts.  We do not bring on gurus and people selling books and things like that.  No, we bring on people from our Flip Your Life community, our actual coaching program and we give them a free consulting call and we air that live for all of you guys, so that everyone can join in and benefit from the conversation.  And, we are super excited today to welcome our Flip Your Life community member.  It is Dr. Yanina Gomez. Dr. Gomez, welcome to the show.

Yanina Gomez:  Thank you so much, I am super excited to be here.

Jocelyn:  Yes, it is great to talk to you today.  We were just talking about Chicago.  Yanina, she lives up close to there.  We were just there not too long ago.  So, we were excited to talk about that.  That’s one of my favorite cities.  So, let’s go ahead and tell everybody a little bit about you.  About your background and about your online business.

Yanina Gomez:  Oh, absolutely.  I would love to, well.  Let’s start with that I am a wife.  I’ve been married for 19 years.  So, it’s been…

Shane:  Awesome.

Yanina Gomez:  Quite a ride.

Shane:  Right.

Yanina Gomez:  And, my husband, he is also my partner in business.  So, it’s critical to – we both work together.  And, we have a son who is 14 years old and a  daughter who is 11.  So…

Shane:  You’ve got a busy household.

Yanina Gomez:  We do and they are so much fun.  You know, people talk about teenagers that they are busy kids.  But, you know what?  I just love that stage.  I just embrace it as they grow, you know?  So, yes, we are the founders of the Fabulous Driven Me Community in our next level.  And, back in 2009, I received my Ph.D. in Educational Psychology.

Shane:  Awesome.

Yanina Gomez:  So, I work as a school psychologist for quite a few years.  And I know you guys are in education.  So, I work for a school system for about 12 years.  But, I knew I wasn’t going to be doing that…

Shane:  Right.

Yanina Gomez:  Until I retire and I’m not planning on retiring anyways but – and so, I did that for quite a while.  Then, I decided to do something different.  So, I taught at a local university so I taught courses in the Masters level in Psychology, and Counseling and Assessment.  But, you know what?  I’m one of those that… I don’t like to be told what to teach.  So…

Shane:  Right.

Yanina Gomez:  So, I was like, “No, this is not what I’m going to do.”  So, you know what, you know as life changes, you know, taste and things change.  So, now I’m focusing more on helping women entrepreneurs to achieve and maintain a healthy and emotional wellness and mindset.

Shane:  Cool.

Yanina Gomez:  And, basically just teaching women entrepreneurs to have the confidence that they need to make the right decisions that they need to grow their businesses.

Shane:  Awesome.  So, let…

Yanina Gomez:  So, in a nutshell, that’s me.

Shane:  Basically, using your psychology background to really…

Yanina Gomez:  Yes.

Shane:  Dive in to what’s holding like women back in their actual like entrepreneurial journey.  So, let me ask you a couple of follow-ups here.  So, are you totally online now…

Yanina Gomez:  Yes…

Shane:  Or are you doing some live coaching as well, like in person?

Yanina Gomez:  Both.  It’s a baby community.  It just started back in February and I also do one-on-one coaching.  So…

Shane:  Perfect.

Yanina Gomez:  Both, yes.

Shane:  And, what role does your husband play in this?  Like did you say that you guys do this together or is he doing something else right now as well?

Yanina Gomez:  I’m going to talk about this community, since we have two different ones and the roles really change…

Shane:  OK, gotcha.

Yanina Gomez:  But, for this one, for the Fabulous Driven Me Community, I do owe all when it comes to coaching and content and…

Shane:  Gotcha.

Yanina Gomez:  And, what he does is all the technicality.  You know, he’s the one that does everything that is technology related…

Shane:  Gotcha.

Yanina Gomez:  And marketing and that part.

Shane:  I got you.  Good.

Yanina Gomez:  So, I’m going into that content creation.

Shane:  I gotcha.  Now, is this all you guys do now?  Have you really stepped away from all the other jobs and things like that and you’re just focusing all your energy on this or are you doing this like part time with something else?

Yanina Gomez:  I am doing – I am putting all my energy in both communities.  He still is full time faculty, he’s an art professor…

Shane:  Gotcha.

Yanina Gomez:  At a local community college.  And so, he does the full time teaching and also the communities.

Shane:  Good job.  That’s awesome.

Jocelyn:  Alright.

Yanina Gomez:  Yeah, yeah.

Jocelyn:  Well, you talked a little bit about your family and about your kids and I like how you said that you don’t dread the teenage years because I hear a lot of people say that.  And, you know…

Shane:  That makes me feel sick – very…

Jocelyn:  Yes, a little scary.

Shane:  Because it’s down the road.

Yanina Gomez:  No scary thing, they’re so much fun.  They are so – it’s just a lot of fun.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, and it just reminds me, Shane’s steps as he loved every stage.  So, that made me happy that you said that.  But with that in mind, we always start with why when we talk about online business.  And, what is your why?  Why do you want to grow this online business that you’ve started?

Shane:  Like you’ve done these other jobs, you’ve got all this education and training.  Your husband is still is faculty at a educational institution like – why do you think online business is the right way to take this coaching practice?

Yanina Gomez:  Yeah, there is a few things when it comes to answering that question.  The first is that as I mentioned before – I’m a mother of a teen and a pre-teen.  And, honestly they’re quite active when it comes to academics, sports and music.  It came to a point in my career that it was all about practicing my field.  And I will come home so tired.  Like, I don’t want to talk about anything.  I’d be talking to people all day and I wasn’t liking that.  And I want my children to feel supported.  And I want them to know that we are available for them.  And I want them to know that it’s not about making money, but also about enjoying your life and enjoying your life as a family.  So, that’s one of the reasons why or the main reason actually why we decided to do that.  And, I know the thing I liked, it’s about the flexibility, with comes hand-in-hand with being able to take our kids everywhere.  Because I apparently… I’m their Uber.

Shane:  Right.

Jocelyn:  Touche.

Shane:  Except you’re not getting the paycheck at the end of the ride.

Yanina Gomez:  The other day, I picked my son up and he’s like, “Oh, so – Ms. Uber, can you take me to my soccer practice?”, I’m like, “What?”

Shane:  Hilarious, that’s absolutely hilarious.

Yanina Gomez:  And, you know what?  It’s – it is but it is and they are able to do what they want because I’m available.  And to the point that we teach them that.  It’s not about becoming like the most popular person in the world with your business.  It’s about embracing, doing what you do, making money and making a living out of what you love to do and making a difference in the life of others while enjoying your lives together.

Shane:  Yes, that’s exactly what we say.  We actually just had this conversation with someone the other day.  You know, we go to conferences all the time and we hang around with a lot of people who really have traded the rat race of the real world for the rat race of online business.  They’re just constantly chasing more and more money and more and more fame and more and more stuff.  And like, that’s not the point – that’s not our goal.  Our goal is to have what we want.  We want to provide our kids with the opportunities.  We want to provide our kids with the ability to do those activities.  Like, you know, dancing or swimming or whatever they do.  But like, it’s not about the endless rat race to just make more.  It’s do what you do, change the lives that you can, and make a good solid living and be content.  If you really approach online business like that, like it’s not as much quitting the nine to five – we’d like to say stop living paycheck to paycheck.  You might as well go work in the corporate world on Wall Street if you want to work 90 hours for the rest of your life and make as much money as possible.  So, those are great why’s and I think you’re definitely coming at this from the right direction.

Yanina Gomez:  Thank you.  And, it’s so funny because we’re teaching our kids to be entrepreneurs as well.  So, our son, he started a YouTube channel.

Shane:  Good.  Ours did too recently.

Yanina Gomez:  So, he’s been working on that.  And, then our daughter she’s into podcasting so her podcasts – she calls it, “Nadia’s Awesome Sauce Podcast”.

Shane:  That’s great.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, that’s awesome.  That’s sweet.

Shane:  That’s flipping your family tree upside down right there.  Yeah.
Yanina Gomez:  I know, I know.  And honestly, as a woman with a Ph.D. in Psychology I don’t want to be working for someone else.  I want to do what I really want to do.

Shane:  And, that’s why we do it.  That’s why…

Yanina Gomez:  Yeah.

Shane:  Online business let’s us do that, OK?

Jocelyn:  All right.  Well, you talked a little bit earlier about that you have some membership communities – that you’ve started a – kind of new membership community.  Tell us a little bit about your online business journey so far.  So, where are you at right now and how’s that going at this time.

Shane:  How did your membership go?  How have your first members responded and just quickly tell us like where is that at right now so we can build on that foundation.

Yanina Gomez:  Well, absolutely.  And, I started the Fabulously Driven Me Community at the end of February.  So, it is a baby.  You know, a newborn community and I have right now about nine members.  But, the things is that – and I’ve heard you talking about these in previous podcasts that not all of them are paid members.  So, what I did is like with the idea in mind in which, “OK, I need to have some people there before other people join in.”

Shane:  Sure.

Yanina Gomez:  So, I gave some vouchers, free vouchers to people.  And, so I have actually have three paid members.

Shane:  That’s OK.

Yanina Gomez:  So, it’s very, very, very small.  And the problem with that free voucher is that guests are the ones who are not active at all.

Jocelyn:  Of course.

Yanina Gomez:  The ones that I gave a free voucher.

Shane:  Yup.

Yanina Gomez:  And, with the community, I also have a closed Facebook community which again, when we’re talking about brainstorming what to do and what not to do, I figured that I thought because my members are so into Facebook.  What I was seeing is that members were not coming into the community but they were sharing things in my Facebook closed group.

And, what I’m seeing right now is that the ladies are more active in the Facebook group versus their community.

Shane:  Yup.

Yanina Gomez:  So, I felt that, “OK, this was probably a mistake to do this.”  But, that’s where I am right now.  I have a few forums.  What I offer in my community is basically, we have different forums and one of them is accountability because this is for women entrepreneur.

Shane:  Right.

Yanina Gomez:  I have one for accountability which is something that sometimes some of us have trouble with.

Shane:  Sure.

Yanina Gomez:  And I have one that is specifically about wellness talks in which I cover different strategies that I’m constantly developing to have women succeed and maintain an optimum mindset.  So, they’re like mini-courses and each mini-course has an e-guide or e-booklet that goes along with the course.

Shane:  Love it.

Yanina Gomez:  So, I have at these socialization, meditation video in there.  So, it’s all about teaching women strategies on how to own actually acknowledge mindset blocks and limiting beliefs.  And, how to deal with them and how to clear them in a healthy way in an ongoing basis.

Shane:  So, it sounds like we’ve got all the pieces in place.  We’ve got the forums.  Even a few members in there talking a little bit, that’s a great way to seed your community.  And, we’re really now just ready to grow this community.

Yanina Gomez:  Yes, yes.

Shane:  So, let’s talk about that a little bit.  Let’s shift over and go ahead and jump into your first question, OK?

Yanina Gomez:  Well, based on the circumstances that I’ve been sharing with you, what would be the most logical step or steps to follow, to increase my membership?

Shane:  Yeh, there’s a couple of things you’re going to be able to do.  You know what, let’s just jump into the Facebook group right now…

Yanina Gomez:  OK, sounds good…

Shane:  OK?  Like, you’ve already got – you have a very common problem.  And this is why we don’t always recommend that people start a Facebook group with their community.  Because a Facebook group number one is terrible for running a community.  You can’t keep up with threads.  It’s – people get in there and try to spam links and all kinds of stuff.  And, also it can cannibalize the discussion in your forums.

Yanina Gomez:  Yes.

Shane:  I mean, inside your club where you want everybody to be…

Yanina Gomez:  And, that’s what I’m seeing, exactly that.

Shane:  So, there’s two things that you could really do right now I think that would help immediately.  Number one, that should not be a closed group anymore.  It should be open to the world.  Don’t hide it…

Yanina Gomez:  OK.

Shane:  That Facebook group.  You don’t want to get rid of it.  But, just open it up, OK?  Especially if there’s already women in there.  Because when you open it up, it’ll start drawing people in and let them come into that free Facebook group.  Now, here’s what you have to do.  You have to have a line in the sand that clearly differentiates between that Facebook group and what’s happening in your community.  Normally, this is done through automation.  You should automate daily discussions that post like through a tool, like “Meet Edgar”, or Hoot Suite or whatever you used for that purpose.  To where it’s like theme days… like Sunday is, “Sunday is Fun Day or Monday is Action Plan Day.  What are you doing this week?  Whatever.  And, you should remove yourself from the discussion.  You can hop in like maybe once a week and chime in on some things.  But, you got to pull yourself out because people pay for access.  That’s what people pay for in a membership.  They want access to the expert.  They want access to this elite community of women that are actually investing in themselves by paying money.  They’ve got skin in the game.  That’s why the Free members don’t talk.  They have – there’s no reason to talk.  They’re not losing anything for not doing it.  Whereas paid members are like I paid for this, I’m going to get my value out of it.  So, I’m going to be in there, I’m going to talk.  I’m going to talk to Dr. Gomez and I’m going to get the help that I need.  So, if you did that immediately, I think that you would see members start coming into the free group.  But, all of a sudden now you’ve got something to sell to them that they can’t get there and that’s the expert advice from Dr. Gomez.  What do you think Jocelyn?

Jocelyn:  You know, I have kind of mixed feelings about Facebook groups.  There are some people who use them and they work really well.

Shane:  Yup.

Jocelyn:  And there are some times that they don’t work really well.  It seems like in this case as far as like signing your membership goes, your group is not working very well for you right now.  So, I think maybe if you…

Yanina Gomez:  Yeah.

Jocelyn:  Make some of these changes that possibly could help with your actual like conversation in your membership area.

Shane:  And, it could drive – it gives you a way to drive people to the membership.  But, right now, there’s no differentiate – you’re already in a private group.  They’re already talking to you.  There’s no difference in what you’re charging for.  And I think that’s why you’re seeing that disconnect that people coming over.  Whereas if it was just kind of guided and it was – you were kind of there, but you weren’t really there and they really – like when they ask a question if you’re not answering their questions in the free Facebook group, you say, “I answer those kind of questions in my community.”  They can still talk amongst themselves.  But, they’re there for the community but they’re really there to be led by the community leader which is you, OK?

Yanina Gomez:  OK, wonderful.

Jocelyn:  And as far as your question about, you know, how can I get more people into my membership community.  I mean, there’s a lot of different ways that you can do this.  And, we talk about this a lot on the podcast.  There’s basically you can spend time or you can spend money.

Shane:  Yup.

Jocelyn:  Or you can do…

Yanina Gomez:  Right…

Jocelyn:  A combination of the two which what I personally recommend.  So, the first thing you want to do is make sure that your content on your website is bringing people into the doors.  And I assume that you have a lot of content on your website, is that right?

Yanina Gomez:  I do, I do.

Shane:  Yup.

Jocelyn:  OK, so that’s good.  If you have a lot of content then you probably don’t need to spend a lot of time there because you already have it.  But, what you can do is you can optimize that content to make sure that people are opting in and also that they are aware of your membership and the ways that you can do that, of course, is by having opt in boxes in multiple places.

Yanina Gomez:  Right.

Jocelyn:  You definitely need one like on your sidebar.  Have it – have some even in your content.  I’ve been doing this a lot on the Elementary Librarian site.  I just put like a text link inside my content.  And, I’ll just say something like, “If you would like more information about this, you can sign up for my email list here.” And so, you can do that.  You can also one at the end post.  So, I would say the first action step I would say for you is just to make sure that your site is optimized for opt ins.

Shane:  Yeah.

Jocelyn:  Just make sure that people are aware that you have things that they can download.

Yanina Gomez:  OK.

Shane:  So, when they get there, they know exactly you have – they have a path to your membership.  This goes back to like everybody always thinks so linear.  Like how do I get these people to my membership?  They’re like Jocelyn and I live in a rural area.  And, you know, we were just driving around the other day.  Or we were walking around in Chicago, and everywhere you go, it’s the same.  If you’re trying to get to a destination, there’s always 10 roads that’ll get you there.  Some roads might have better scenery.  Some roads might take a little longer.  Some roads might be the quickest most direct path.  But, all those roads go to one place and that’s what your membership and your sales funnel should actually look like.  Your membership community is the hub.  That is the destination, right?  Listen, some people want the interstate.  They want to see an ad, they want to click on and they want to buy it because that’s exactly what they’re looking for.  But, other people want to take the scenic route.  They want to maybe take the side road or take the old country road or take another road to see something else along the way.  And that’s what you got to use all this content you created for.  You need direct ads that go directly to your sales page.  But, that’s got to be the person who’s already ready to buy, they’re ready to go.

Yanina Gomez:  Right, right.

Shane:  Then they’ll – they’re – sometimes you need some ads that go to free content which get them in the opt in, which get them down the path to your membership.  That’s the scenic route people.  That’s the journey to them to get there that’s going to convince them that they made the right call onto the path they chose.  So, think about your content and start building multiple roads.  Don’t think so linear.  Like Jocelyn said, take the time to create, you know, an organic sales funnel.  Take the time to create a paid sales funnel but it’s the cold traffic.  Take the time to create the fast track, to really hot traffic and then you – and then start putting those ads in those paths to get them there.

Yanina Gomez:  One of the things I’ve been doing is like – because I have a blog and it’s also an audio blog.  What I’ve been doing is adding downloadables on each one of them.  So, they have the blog post in there.  But, somewhere in between the blog post, they are buttons in there that they can download.  Whatever PDF I have created for that specific blog post.

Shane:  And that’s right.  But that’s like – I built a house and there’s no road to get there.  You’ve got to now build paths to that opt in.  That – that’s what we’re saying.  That’s where a lot of people do get confused in this.  They’re like, “Oh, man.  I’ve got an opt in for every blog post.”  I’ve got all this, I’ve got all that.

Jocelyn:  Which is good…

Shane:  Which is good but there’s no road.  That’s like building a neighborhood with no road to get there.

Jocelyn:  So, just…

Shane:  Now, you got to look at the road.

Jocelyn:  Start thinking about, you know, if somebody searches for something in Google and they land on that one page.  You have to remember that people who come to your website most likely do not see multiple pages.  They see that one page that they search for.  So, think of it in the mind of the person who has come into your site.  If you landed on that one page, would you know what to do?

Shane:  Right.

Jocelyn:  Would you know what to do next?  Would you know that there’s other content related to that content?

Shane:  Exactly.

Jocelyn:  You see what I mean?  So, you have to think about it in that way…

Yanina Gomez:  Absolutely.

Jocelyn:  Yes…

Shane:  It’s the path, it’s not the – your problem is not the neighborhood, your problem is the road to get there.  And that…

Yanina Gomez:  Right, right.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, and I actually haven’t been on your site today.  So, I mean, you may have some of this in place already, which should be great.  But, like that is sort of the low-hanging fruit that I think you can do pretty much immediately with content that you’ve already have.

Shane:  Yup.

Jocelyn:  It’s just a matter of putting some more links in.  Maybe creating some advertisements.  A lot of people don’t think about putting ads to your own content on your own website.

Shane:  That’s right.

Jocelyn:  You should absolutely be doing this.  If you’re not doing this, that’s to everybody out there, you should be doing this like yesterday to get it done…

Shane:  To go back to my road analogy, what Jocelyn just said, was like, OK like, Google is their starting point or Facebook or Twitter or wherever you run the ad.  That’s the first like interstate to get them to your community, right?  But, then when you into a neighborhood, there’s still a bunch of different roads you got to wind down to get there.  That’s the internal paths that take people down to your membership.  And, you’ve got to strategically think about this ahead of time.  You can’t just – I always go back to this – it’s not – if you build it they will come.  If you put this in place it will happen.  It’s I built this but now I’ve got to go get the people to come here.  I mean, think about when you drive down the road, billboards everywhere, right?  Go to Exit 34 and turn right, you go 1.5 mile to get to McDonalds.  Like that’s what you got to build now, is the infrastructure and the advertising and the direction to get people to your community.

Jocelyn:  And the beautiful thing about it is that you probably already have most of this in place…

Shane:  Oh, yeah, just puzzle pieces…

Jocelyn:  You just need to put some of these little extra things in there.  So, that’s more of an organic strategy.  Now, you can also go to a paid strategy.  And this is something that we’ve been working on a lot lately.  I think that for you going toward women in particular…

Shane:  Pinterest…

Jocelyn:  I think Pinterest is…

Shane:  Yeah.

Jocelyn:  Probably a big one for you.  It probably will be.

Yanina Gomez:  OK.

Jocelyn:  So, I would look into promoted Pins for sure, it’s something I’m experimenting right now on Elementary Librarian – it’s a very young experiment I don’t – I don’t (have the data)…

Shane:  And, we’ve got some friends now that are killing Pinterest ad, Pin the – Pin, provide a post…

Yanina Gomez:  Oh, interesting.

Shane:  This is like where people like share, you know, motivational quotes, especially in your – it’s what you’re doing like – it’s like quotes and or like activities they can do in the morning.  And, you know, stuff that you can put in a nice meme-like format.  Get people to Pin, and get people to share it.  You – that’s the free content you should even promote.  We actually – I’ve been experimenting with this lately I mean we’ve been getting great results.  I’ve been just promoting videos we record on Facebook Live.  Or, like our lifestyle, like the kids had a swim meet yesterday and Angela won her first race and I posted a video of it and it got massive traction.  I’m going to boost…

Yanina Gomez:  Got it.  Yes.

Shane:  That post to our people because I want them to see how we live.  It’s not just how to make a sales funnel.  Sometimes, what – you got to go after people to buy what they want.  What do your people want?  They want mindset, they want accountability and things like that.  Those are the things you can share that aren’t necessarily a PDF and e-book in my latest course for free…

Yanina Gomez:  Right, right.  Yeah.
Shane:  It’s just – it gets people into the fold.  It gets people thinking.  And, that’s that first, that’s getting in the car to go on the journey.  You know?

Yanina Gomez:  I love it.  I love it.  Yes, it makes sense.

Jocelyn:  Alright, Yanina, that was a great question.  Let’s go ahead and go onto our next question for you.

Yanina Gomez:  This is the main challenge that I’ve been dealing with is that people don’t seem to perceive the need of my services.  You know, they don’t see the correlation between having a healthy and strong mindset and making sound and wise decisions for the business that will lead to profit.  So, what would you suggest to grow a membership when people do not prioritize the need that I’m offering?

Shane:  You have to prioritize the need they do.  Like, you just said it. You totally like – this is another common thing we hear all the time.  You know, Jocelyn has that great analogy of vitamins and aspirin that we always go back to, right?  And, you know, some people think that they have a vitamin.  But, they really don’t, they’re just wording it incorrectly.  You never communicate necessarily what you’re doing, you communicate results to sell things.  Inside your membership, you communicate all the things you know they need to do to actually achieve the result.  But, we don’t say, “Do this, do this, do this.” We say, “Your business is not growing, you know, women entrepreneur like you think you should, I know exactly the steps you need to take to make your online business grow and successful and to give you the balance in your life that you want.”  You have to communicate results when you’re selling anything not all the cool stuff that you’ve created.  And that’s a common problem that we see everybody do.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, often relate this to fitness type analogies.  So, because I think the – something that people easily understand.  So, you know, I can tell you all day about the benefits of running, or exercise and how much better it’s going to make you feel but do you really care about that?  Most people don’t.  But, what do people care about?  People care about losing weight…

Yanina Gomez:  It’s the results.

Shane:  How I lose 20 pounds.

Yanina Gomez:  Yes, right.  Right.

Jocelyn:  So, what do you see – what do you see…

Yanina Gomez:  Know the results.  The good body…

Jocelyn:  Exactly.

Shane:  You see a guy – you see a girl with like great abs, and a guy with great abs with a tape measure around their waist…

Yanina Gomez:  Yes.

Shane:  Or you see a before and after kind of thing…

Yanina Gomez:  Yes.

Shane:  So, it’s…

Yanina Gomez:  Yeah

Shane:  That’s just human nature.  We want the – with the result.  We want it quickly.  We don’t necessarily want to know how to get there.  We want you to grab our hand and pull us down the path.  So…

Jocelyn:  So, there’s nothing wrong with your offer.  There’s nothing wrong with what you’re saying…

Shane:  Right.

Jocelyn:  And these benefits.  But, what you have to do most of the time, you have to frame it in a way that people are understanding how you can solve a problem for them.

Shane:  Yeah.  Start with the end result.

Jocelyn:  That’s what’s going to make people get their wallet out…

Shane:  That’s right.  Start with the end result.  Like, the end result is all these things you want them to achieve in your mind.  But, you’re the expert and you got to step out and have a 10,000 foot view.  And you have to say, “But where did they pin the flag on that map?  Now, I’m just all over this map analogy today, right now.  But, like where do they want to end up and then you say, “How do you want to get there?” And they’ll tell you exactly what they want to hear and to get them to the thing that you know they need.  So, that reframe your marketing to be more results-oriented and then your content and your community can be the more how-to and what they actually need to do once they get in there.  But, do you see what we’re saying how you have to present this?

Yanina Gomez:  It totally makes sense to me.

Shane:  Think about how we market like, Jocelyn’s sales page, where all of our lesson plans say this, “Never plan a lesson again.” We don’t have to say that we’ve got the best curriculum, we don’t have to say that we’ve got this and that.  It’s just you don’t have to do it anymore.

Jocelyn:  Those things are nice but what do people really want?  People really want their time back…

Shane:  They want to go home and see their kids after school and not make lesson plans.

Yanina Gomez:  Exactly.

Shane:  Look at the Flipped Lifestyle.  Like people – I have shown our friends who are major gurus in the industry, our sales page for Flipped Lifestyle, and for those of you who have not been there, you need to go, it’s flippedlifestyle.com/flipyourlife.  But, anyway, all it is, is a testimonial video and four bullet points.

Yanina Gomez:  Yes.

Shane:  To tell you the results you’re going to get and it converts like crazy.  So, they – people hear us and they hear the result.  We’re the result.  We don’t live – we don’t have nine to fives.  We’re not living paycheck to paycheck and we have time with our kids.  That’s what we can do for people.  And that’s what they want and then we’ll show you how to do the details inside the community or on our podcast.  But, people want to hear the results and that’s how – what it takes to sell things.

Yanina Gomez:  Sounds great.

Jocelyn:  Alright, I think we have time for one other quick question.  So, what do you have for us?

Yanina Gomez:  Well, you were suggesting before that I should open my Facebook page but one thing that I didn’t tell you is that I have another Facebook page that is exactly or pretty similar to what you were suggesting.  So, do you think that I should just add my members to that open Facebook page and not maintain both – is that – instead of both…

Shane:  Is that a page is it – are there two pages, two groups or a page in a group?  What’s the difference?

Yanina Gomez:  Well, I do have a business page but I have two groups.  So, I open and a group for people who are not members of the community and I was hoping to use it as a marketing tool…

Shane:  Oh, I see.  That’s probably what you’ve done.  I see what you’ve done.

Yanina Gomez:  So, now I have two closed groups.

Shane:  OK, sure…

Yanina Gomez:  And you were suggesting to open it up…

Shane:  So are you putting your members into a Facebook group and your forum?  Is that what I’m hearing?

Yanina Gomez:  Yes.

Shane:  Don’t do that…

Yanina Gomez:  And then I…

Shane:  Yeah, yeah.  That’s why they’re not talking in there.  And that’s why you can’t serve them correctly.  You do need one group.  If they’re a paid member they go to the forums and then it’s your job to get them there.  You have to be emailing your members, you have to be letting them know what’s going on in the community.  If there’s a really good post that you’ve started, you have to send them messages like, you know, with – I email – I often email our members two and three times a week.  If we have something going on, like last week, we started the book club in the forum.  I emailed everybody about that.  We’re getting ready to do a mastermind…

Yanina Gomez:  I got that email.

Shane:  Exactly.  It is your job to lead your community and it’s your job to go get the people and get them into your forums.  And, you do that by starting discussions and then notifying your members that there is a discussion in the forum.  When your members email you – I email – here’s I have a text expander set up as any member that sends me a private email I send them a message immediately that says, “This is a great question. And it will be really good to answer inside the forums. If it’s sensitive in nature, please send me a private message inside the forums.  Don’t do it on my email address.”

Yanina Gomez:  That’s right.

Shane:  Like everything we do is designed to create boundaries and say, “You have to go to the forum to talk to me and Jocelyn because that’s where the access is.”  So, people learn over time to do that.  And, once momentum builds they’ll do it anyway.  But, you need to get rid of that private group for the members and say, “Guys, we have to go to the forums.” And, you need to open it up completely, the free group, so that women can come into and have a – that’s their starting point on the road into your membership, OK?

Yanina Gomez:  Wonderful, makes sense.

Shane:  And then you’ve got – and you got to remove yourself.  I cannot stress that enough to everybody listening.  If you’re giving away the milk, they’re never going to buy the cow.  That’s just the way it is.  So, like – you can guide them, you can lead them, you can give them some parts of it.  But, you can’t be answering all the questions in there or they’ll never – there’s no reason for them to ever join.  OK?

Yanina Gomez:  It makes total sense.  Thank you.

Shane:  Jocelyn…

Jocelyn:  Alright, we are just about out of time for today.  But, Yanina what a great call, great questions today.  We appreciate you being on the show so much.  Before we go, we always ask all of our clients on our calls what is one thing based on what we talked about today that you plan to do say in the next 24 to 48 hours based on our conversation?

Yanina Gomez:  You know what?  I think what I’m going to start is I’m going to create a road map to access my community.  What you were sharing with me – create that roadmap, that makes sense.  I think I’m going to be working on that.

Shane:  Awesome.

Yanina Gomez:  And then, I’m going to be opening a Pinterest account.

Shane:  That’s awesome.  Yeah.
Jocelyn:  Yes, for sure.  I think that you’ll find that you’ll have a lot of people here interested in that.

Shane:  For sure.  And, some low-hanging fruit, too is like once we get that roadmap design, we need to fix these groups to where there’s not a log jam into your community well you know about that.
Yanina Gomez:  Yes…

Shane:  What I want you to do is, I want you to go post your action plan with those things in the Flip Your Life forums.  But then, I want you to start individual threads for each of those things we talked about today so that we can flesh – we can help you flesh out the roadmap, we can help you with what to do with the Facebook groups.  And, we can start a thread about Pinterest.  We’ve got a couple of Pinterest experts in the community.  Go ahead and start individual posts for those so that we can help and hold you accountable.  OK?

Yanina Gomez:  Sounds like a plan.

Shane:  Well, Dr. Gomez, you got a lot of great things going and I have…

Yanina Gomez:  Thank you.

Shane:  No doubt, because you are a very active member of the community.  You’ve taken a lot of action, open the doors, and all we got to do is get the paths correct and we will take your membership to the next level and make it what you want it to be, OK?  Thanks again for coming on the show and we will see you in the forums.

Yanina Gomez:  Thank you for having me again.

Shane:  What a great call, one of our Flipped Your Life community members.  We’d love to have you in our Flipped Your Life community as well.  If you’d like to become a member of the Flipped Your Life community, head over to flippedlifestyle.com/flipyourlife and we can help you with your online business, too.

Jocelyn:  Alright, next we are going to move into the can’t miss moment segment of our show and these are moments that we were able to experience that we might have missed if we were working at 9 to 5 jobs, still.

Shane:  Today’s can’t miss moment is taking the kids shopping up in Northern Kentucky.  We took off the other day to a place called Florence.  It’s actually kind of famous around here because they got a big old water tower sitting around on the interstate that says, “Florence, y’all”.  So, yes, everyone in Kentucky says, “Y’all” not just us.  And, we took them up there because they’ve got a good mall.  The Florence mall and just took the kids in there.  They’ve got a big double-decker carousel and I would let the kids ride that.  We went in and bought the kids some new shoes.  We really didn’t have a plan.  We weren’t shopping for anything.  We just were looking for something to, you know, kill a few hours.  And, the kids were dying to get some of those glow in the dark Skechers.

Jocelyn:  No, our kids love Skechers.  I’m not sure how much money Skechers spends on advertising that it has to be like millions…

Shane:  Yes, they’re targeting the kids correctly because their commercials are always on like the YouTube videos and stuff like that that our kids watch.  And, you know, they’ve been dying for these shoes.  So, we went in.  You know, we just let them pick whichever ones, what they wanted.  Didn’t even look at the price tags.  We just said which, you know, pick your shoes.  The ones that you’ll want we’ll get them.  And they were just so happy, they’ve been bouncing around in their little glow in the dark shoes now for days on end.  And they just love that.  And, it was cool to be able to just take off and not be so budget conscious when we were shopping.  And just kind of getting the kids what they want.

Jocelyn:  Back when we were still teachers, we did buy the kids shoes and things like that.  But, really just kind of on a as needed basis.  I mean really neither one of the kids really needed shoes.  But, it’s just something that they’ve been asking for, for a long time.  And, you know, we don’t buy them everything that they want certainly.  But, we thought, you know, they’re asking for Skechers.  We don’t really have a Skechers store.  So, we were able to just try them on.  And, they got to pick ones that they really wanted.

Shane:  Before we close every show, I’d like to read a verse from the Bible.  Today’s bible verse comes from the book of Joshua 1:9 and the Bible says, “Be strong and courageous.  Do not be terrified.  Do not be discouraged.”  You know, this applies to online business because it’s a rollercoaster of ups and downs.  But, just keep working hard.  Be strong and courageous.  Don’t get discouraged.  And, keep pushing until you make your online dreams a reality.  That’s all the time we have for this week.  As always, guys, thanks for listening to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast and until next time, get out there, take action.  Do whatever it takes to flip your life.

Jocelyn:  Bye.

 

Filed Under: Podcast

FL 106 – We help Scott transition his 1-on-1 business coaching into a scalable membership model

August 30, 2016 by Shane Sams Leave a Comment

http://traffic.libsyn.com/flippedlifestyle/FL106_Scott_Beebe.mp3

Podcast: Play in new window | Download

Subscribe: iTunes | Android | RSS

scott-beebe-headshot-400x400

Today on the Flipped Lifestyle podcast, we have Business Coaching Practitioner, Scott Beebe.

Scott has been working for large multinational companies and other corporate settings. He was also a founding pastor at a small church, then a staff member for a bigger church before becoming an executive director for a small non-governmental agency in Nigeria.

After a series of situations beyond his control, he literally woke up one day without a job. So, he later launched and founded the Business on Purpose platform, where they liberate small business owners from the chaos of working in their business.  He coaches them on where to focus so they can achieve their purpose as a business, become efficient and set systems to avoid bumps along the road.

The highlight of today’s discussion will be on how to tactically use his content to engage his membership and scale the business, so this will definitely have very helpful key points throughout the episode.

You got to get over the fear and open the doors. – Shane Sams

Click To Tweet

If it’s the right community with the right leader, people will join. – Shane Sams

Click To Tweet

You Will Learn:

  • How to build the other end of your revenue pendulum.
  • What am I charging them for?
  • Do I start my podcast under my business name?
  • Plus a lot more!

Links and resources mentioned in today’s show:

  • Flipped Lifestyle
  • Flip Your Life
  • Scott’s Website (Business on Purpose)
  • Dan Miller (Coaching with Excellence)
  • Aaron Walker

Enjoy the podcast; we hope it inspires you to explore what’s possible for your family!

Click here to leave us an iTunes review and subscribe to the show! We may read yours on the air!

 

Can’t Miss Moments

Each week Jocelyn and I share moments that we might have missed if we had not started our online business. We hope these moments inspire you to see the possibilities and freedom online business could provide for your family.

“Today’s Can’t Miss Moment is hanging out with some of our friends. We have several different friends in town.  A lot of mommies and kids because a sort of following to that stay-at-home/working mom category.  So, a lot of my friends either stay at home or they have days off.  Well, just the other day, my friend Amy, she has Wednesdays off and we decided to get together and let our kids play.  And, her kids, Preston and Harper, they are some of my kids’ best friends.  And, they came up and we blew up the big inflatable water slide and they played on the playground and just ran around the backyard and had a great time.”

playing_with_friends

 

Thank you for listening!

Thanks again for listening to the show! If you liked it, make sure you share it with your friends and family! Our goal is to help as many families as possible change their lives through online business. Help us by sharing the show!

If you have comments or questions, please be sure to leave them below in the comment section of this post. See y’all next week!

 

Can’t listen right now? Read the transcript below!

 

Jocelyn:  Hey, y’all on today’s podcast we help Scott scale his business coaching practice online.

Shane:  Welcome to Flipped Lifestyle podcast, where life always comes before work.  We’re your hosts, Shane and Jocelyn Sams.  We’re a real family who figured out how to make our entire living online and now, we help other families do the same.  Are you ready to flip your life?  Alright.  Let’s get started.  What’s going on everybody?  Welcome back to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast.  It is great to be back with you again this week.  We are in the middle of the summer and it is hot here in Kentucky right now.

Jocelyn:  Very, very hot.

Shane:  Very hot.  So, I am super excited to be inside, in our air-conditioned office and talking to one of our Flip Your Life members today.  We’re going to help one of our members take their business to the next level and we are super excited to welcome Scott Beebe to the show.  Scott, welcome to the program.

Scott:  It’s muggy and it’s hot where I am as well.  Man, I am delighted that we get to enjoy the AC together.

Shane:  That’s awesome.

Jocelyn:  Yeah.

Shane:  So, really excited about this interview.  We got to hang out with Scott recently actually in Chicago.  He was also attending the Podcast Movement.  And, Scott came up to me at the event and we started chatting and talking about family and just life in general and not just about online business.  And, we had a great conversation and I’m super excited to be reconnecting with him here on the podcast.

Scott:  Guys, it was a treat.  You know, we were just talking about that Podcast Movement and everything was going on there was so many moving parts.  And, Shane, I know you felt like, “Man, who’s this groupie coming up to me?”  And it’s funny, I told I had just gotten done telling a guy, “Hey, there’s a guy here.  His name is Shane Sams.”  And I don’t know if Jocelyn’s here or not.  He’s apparently – he’s pretty stocky, big arms, unlike you…”

Shane:  “He’s the loud guy with big arms.  Where is that guy?”

Scott:  Yeah, you can find him – I mean literally within – like as soon as that guy left, I turned around and you walked right in front of me and I thought, “Alright, let’s go ahead and stop him now and just be the freak.”

Shane:  Yeah, you weren’t the first person to stop us so don’t feel bad.  And, then usually that’s how most people look for me.  It’s the really loud guy.  Jocelyn – well she’s…

Jocelyn:  I just listened.

Shane:  Yeah, she is – listens.  When we lose each other in Wal-Mart or in the store or something, she just like tilts her head up and starts waiting for my voice to echo back down from the ceiling.  And usually she can track me down.

Scott:  That’s great.

Jocelyn:  Yeah.  So, it was great meeting you.  So, for our audience, let’s go ahead and just tell us a little bit about you.  Tell us about your background and about your online business.

Scott:  Thanks, Jocelyn.  I grew up all over the country, ended up finishing high school in South Carolina, went to the University of South Carolina, got to walk on the football team.  I was actually – it was my first bit of market research.  I thought I was a terrible football player, only played when you’re in high school and found out that they only had one deep snapper, long snapper – so, it was a guy who basically throws a football upside down backwards between his legs for about 15 yards in less than 0.8 seconds.  They only had one of those guys.  And my roommate was a manager and he said, “Man, you ought to go out for that.”  And so, practiced in the dorm hallway, ended up walking on the team, earned a scholarship my last two years.

Shane:  Awesome.

Scott:  So, that’s where I started to develop the grit – I guess the entrepreneurial grit – even though I didn’t necessarily come from an entrepreneurial background at all.  Ashley and I met in college.  We married right out of college.  Ended up going to seminary.  Graduated there at a seminary in Texas.  And then I went to work in business.  I was actually working in business while I was in seminarian sales – and went to work for Pfizer.  So, since 2001, half of my time from now until then has been in large kind of multinational corporations and corporate settings.

Shane:  I’m sorry about that man.  I’m sorry about that, for you brother.  I’m sorry about that.

Jocelyn:  Yeah.

Scott: I’ll tell you this.  You talk about the learning that goes on into that setup, I mean, you guys have been in bureaucracy before.  I mean, you’re both school teachers so for sure – you’ve seen that background.  But, the things that you get to learn there to take with you that are not necessarily exciting while you’re there.  But, that you get the contrast to look back on, I think, is really powerful.  And so, I had half the time there.  The other half of my time is a very non-linear blueprint.  We’ve started at church.  I’ve been the founding pastor of a small church.  I’ve been a staff member of a really big church.  And then, I’ve also been the executive director of a really tiny, non-governmental agency working in Nigeria.  And so, that’s been essentially the last 16, 17 years something like that.  And all of that has led to a situation where about a year and a half ago – well, almost two years ago.  Out of the situation was completely out of my control, that little non-governmental organization, the board went through some scenarios where they had to end up dissolving the leadership positions because half of – well, the majority of the board was leaving.  And so, I literally woke up one day and didn’t have a job.

Shane:  Wow…

Scott:  And – and so, a few days later I was fired.  Friday, February 27th of 2015, I just gone to Coaching with Excellence with Dan Miller, about a month prior and met a guy named Aaron Walker – and all that.  So, I was kind of in that world a little bit – and three days after Friday, February 27th, I launched and founded the Business on Purpose platform, where we liberate small business owners from the chaos of working in their business.  Trying to give them their lives back and help them to clarify their vision-mission values to work on their business.  And so, that’s what we do.

Shane:  So, basically what you do and ended in – and now we’re going to get deeper into this here in a minute.  We’d like… you’re a one-on-one type coach where you really focus on efficiencies and systems and getting the owners’ vision in place and like key people from being overwhelmed.  You kind of come in and said, “No, no, no – do this, this, this, this. Let’s get this fixed up.”  And then you can actually achieve the purpose of your business instead of being stuck in the muck and mire of your business.  Is that correct?

Scott:  Yeah, so let me press down on that a little bit, Shane.  That – it’s not only true, it’s absolutely true.  See, I’m a little bit different than traditional business coaches in that – I don’t just kind of follow the business on or where they want to go in terms of advice, wisdom, background, et cetera.  What I do is I’ve got a very, very specific coaching framework that I take businesses through to do exactly what you talked about.  So, we systematize and automate the entire backend of small businesses.

Shane:  OK, awesome.

Jocelyn:  OK, Scott.  We always try to start with they why in everything we do.  So, tell us why do you want to flip your life using online business?

Shane:  It sounds like your business from when we talked the Podcast Movement and in here, you’ve become very successful, you’re doing a good job.  You’ve great clients.  People are paying on time and paying you for what you do best.  Like why – tell us why you want to change that?  What’s wrong with the model you’re using right now for your life?

Scott:  Well, you guys can’t skirt responsibility, I mean this is partly y’all’s fault because…

Shane:  Stupid inspiration…

Scott:  When we listen to these podcast and you guys are talking about this margin.  You know, I tell business owners all the time, “What we’re about to build for you is going to create margin.”  And, I’m warning you upfront, of course, they always laughed, to like, “Give me the margin.”  And, I’m like, “No, no, no – I’m warning you when you have that margin, you’re going to backfill the margin with something.”  And, typically they backfill it with more nonsense and more crap at work rather than backfilling with what you guys have backfilled it with.  And that’s kind of those can’t miss moments and that sort of thing.  So, here’s – I’m going to give you two why’s: one is going to be the personal, one is going to be the business – and they really are connected.  I’ve got – my wife and I actually have three years – three spring breaks left with our oldest daughter before she’s out of the house.  We’ve got about seven spring breaks left with our last child before he’s out of the house.  So, guys, we’ve got seven years to go all in to do everything that we could possibly do – oh, and yeah, by the way, these are peak earning years and we need to save for our – build money for college and all those sorts of things.  So, for some reason in God’s unique design, He created this time kind of when you’re in your 30s and 40s where – yeah, you might feel great and look great, produce great, perform great but at the same time you better be doing that stuff because that’s when you got to build all this stuff.  And so, that’s the personal why.  But the business why at the same time is when I’m in these one-on-one meetings, man, the things I’m getting out of there are gold.  And when I walk out of there – there’s so many other people that could benefit and value from the things that a business owner and I uncover one-on-one.

Shane:  Yeah.

Scott:  And I want to be able to bring that to people.

Shane:  That’s awesome, man.  And, I like – I love how you say that, that you only have this many spring many breaks.  And you only have this many years.  It’s so funny the way we used to look at our life as like that.  Like, “OK, we’ve got summer vacation.  OK, we got Christmas off.  OK, we’ve got spring breaks.”  And like I think that that mentality that you’re moving toward is more, “Wait a minute, I don’t just want spring break.  I don’t just want to be available for those spring breaks.”  You know, right now that’s all I’ve got because you’re taking that time off, you’re vacationing, but then you’re working.  Whereas, if you could scale just a margin back – impact more people but also you could be like, “Wait a minute, let’s get a little bit of the summer, a little bit of the fall, a little bit of…”  Let’s take back some of these can’t miss moments.  So, that in those – seven years from now, you’re not looking back and saying, “All we have was those spring breaks.”  We have life together while our kids were still here, you know?

Scott:  That’s right.  That’s right and, I mean, we had our kids young.  And so, we’re not even going to be 50 when our kids are up and out and doing their thing and all that.  And, we’re in great – I mean – reasonably, relatively great shape.

Shane:  You look good man, you really do, I’m telling you.  I saw you in real life like a couple of weeks ago. You look good.

Scott:  But, now is the time to be able to go jogging with your kids and – we live in a beautiful place in South Carolina.  And, there’s tidal creeks, and rivers and man, I want to get out on paddle boards and Jon Boats and do all those things with our kids right now.  Because, it’s the old cat’s in a cradle – and I don’t want to be holden by that fear.  But at the same time guys, it’s true.

Shane:  Yeah.

Scott:  It’s completely true and so we want to maximize this time.  But, what you said on the backend is entirely true as well.  Because there are a lot of people that can value from what – for whatever reason, God has given me access to – when I meet with these business owners, there are so many people that can value – I mean, we just built a – from scratch yesterday – or two days ago, I just helped a client build an incentive compensation calculator.  And there’s a lot of business owners that would glean insight from that.  And, I want to be able to share that with people.

Shane:  That’s awesome, man.  Those are great why’s and when you go in to online business with those things on your mind, it’s a lot easier to keep that fire going and build that momentum.  So, let’s talk a little bit more about the online component of this.  Tell everyone where you are in your online business journey.  Are you right at the beginning?  Do you have anything for sale or is this truly – we are just starting out from scratch.  I mean, do you have – and if it is starting from scratch, do you have any ideas what you kind of want this to look like?

Scott:  I don’t feel comfortable saying it’s entirely from scratch.  I mean, we’ve got a pretty robust backend in terms of WordPress.  We’ve got a couple of plugins.  We’ve got Ontraport as a backend system in terms of our CRM…

Shane:  That’s awesome.

Scott:  And management, all that kind of stuff.  So, we’ve got those parts and pieces in place.  I’ve got a VA that she manages all of that for us.  I’m terrible at marketing.  I’m a content creative machine.  Like I said, I mean – when I leave these meetings.  I mean, I’ve got a client training podcast we put out just for a client so I can share the stuff with them.  I am doing Screencast all the time of these tutorials we do because we leverage Google Drive for just about everything we do.  And so, when I’m building something new, I’m creating a video tutorial.  So, we’ve got all of these component parts that are in digital format.  I’ve got, golly, probably 60 episodes between two podcasts in terms of audio content.  We’ve got content everywhere.

Shane:  Yeah.

Scott:  And so, I would say that we’re not at the starting gate and yet at the same time we’ve got a ton on content.  I just don’t know how to put that in a model…

Shane:  For sure.

Scott:  That is recurring.

Shane:  This is the way a lot of people come to us.  A lot of – because the information is so bad out there and so fragmented about how to actually transition to an online model.  Especially with recurring revenue like memberships.  We like to say that many people come to us with a box of puzzle pieces.  And maybe – and like the picture has been ripped of the front of the box how that happens sometimes?  So, you can’t even see what you’re supposed to build.  So, a lot of people will come into our Flip Your Life community and they just dump out the box and go, “Here’s all my stuff, what do I do?”  And like – it’s like all the things to make an online business are there but there’s not – we don’t have picture yet exactly how to put it together.  But, we know they will all fit together and that something will exist.  So, that’s a great place to be.  It’s better than nowhere.  You know what I mean?  And, it’s a lot easier to put those pieces together and get that started, OK?

Scott:  Yeah, so vision is a priority for me, you talked about the picture on the front of the puzzle box.  I mean, we have got a defined vision story I mean, that’s what I help clients do, is articulate their vision story and over to build all of those systems and process on the backend.  So, long distance, I can tell you what the business looks like and recurring model is very much in it.  And to your point it’s taking those puzzle pieces.  I would even say I’ve got chunks of pieces together.

Shane:  Yeah.

Scott:  But, ultimately, what does picture look like.  I think we’ve got a snapshot of the picture.  I don’t know how like put it all together.

Shane:  Right.

Scott:  And get it started, I think that’s ultimately it…

Shane:  That’s why we’re here and that’s what the Flip Your Life community for and that’s what we’re going to do right now.

Jocelyn:  So, what would you say, Scott, is your biggest challenge with starting out right now?  Like, what is the one thing that you’re just kind of like, “I really don’t know what to do.”

Scott:  So, if I could articulate it a little bit differently, it’s really how to add or to tactically add recurring models to what I’m doing.  So, currently roughly about 85 percent of my revenue stream comes from one-on-one coaching.  And so, we talked about that and I’ve even gone through the community and I’ve got a plan here in the next one month that I’m implementing right now to transition that, to start doing more online one-on-one and even more group coaching.  So, I’m starting to plan for some scale there, Jocelyn.  But, I’m really looking for a way to tactically add these recurring models as an outlet for my one-on-one.  So, I still want to do some one-on-one coaching because there’s huge value in that in terms of not only what I can bring to the client but what the client interaction can bring in terms of my own content creation.  And so, it’s coming up.  I think the easiest way to say it would be – how do I build an online membership form where I can all these – these gold nuggets that I’m getting.  Put them into bits and pieces of content and just basically say, “Hey, guys for X number of bucks a month, I’m interested in giving you access to all this and I’m also interested in doing a once a week, every other week, live Q&A for the whole forum.” I would love to do that I think it would be a lot of fun.  And, a lot of interesting input like one huge mastermind.  And so, I don’t know if I clarified that well.  Does that make sense Jocelyn?

Jocelyn:  Yeah, it does.  And just do that.

Scott:  Yeah, oh yeah…

Jocelyn:  You know what to do.

Shane:  We just looked at each other we’re like, “Just do that, man.”  Like…

Jocelyn:  No, but the way that I see this working is sort of like a pendulum, OK?  So, like right now you’re all on one side of it.  And, you want to be on the other side.  But, like you can’t just cut off the one side…

Scott:  Right.

Jocelyn:  Because that’s not going to work, that’s your source of income.  OK?

Shane:  You got to swing back…

Jocelyn:  So, I think what you’re going to have to do is start like baby-stepping, just like you said, OK?  So, like right now, you’re going to take down your amount of live coaching that you’re doing.  You’re going to do some more of that on video.  You’re going to do some more of that online somehow.  And then, I think at the same time, once you get some of those hours back, you’re going to start building this other end which you’re going to invite your live coaching, your live consulting clients, too.  They’re going to see that membership at your beta rate.  You know they get like a special rate because they’ve been our customers before.  You’re going to start building that content, building that community and then at the same time when you continue to build some more of that margin in, you’re going to invite more people in at maybe a reduced rate because they’re not doing the live coaching part with you.  But, that’s how you’re going to start building up that other.  And so, that’s how it’s going to swing from one side to the other.  You’re just going to have to do it in stages.  But, you know exactly what to do.

Shane:  Yeah, that yeah…

Jocelyn:  I mean you just outlined it.

Shane:  You just had to do it.  And like another thing to it is like – one thing that is a danger zone for almost all entrepreneurs is like it – all entrepreneurs are content machines.  This is kind of a no-sugar moment here, like, “That’s not the special thing about you,” OK?  Like a lot of people create a lot of content but they don’t create a revenue off of that content because they’re totally focused on the content.  So, you start thinking, “Well, I’m going to build this membership and I’m going to – I got to get people get into this content.  I got to get them into all this stuff that I’ve created.”  I can tell you right now that 90 percent of the action are our coaching community does not take place in our courses or content.  Even though they’re world-class, that’s not where it is.  People want to talk, people want to ask, people want to listen and ask questions and be in a community.  So, you’re so focused I think on all these chunks of content in your puzzle box that you’re missing the corners.  The corners are a forum where your people can talk.  You already have a bunch of guys, a bunch of business owners that could go talk to each other right now.  You could start seeding this if you would just open the community to the forum.  You said something else interesting, too.  You have a podcast for your clients.  Is that public?  Or only clients can get to it?

Scott:  So originally the goal was that it would be private and then we just didn’t have the time to figure out how to do that so we just made it public.

Shane:  OK, perfect.

Scott:  It’s now is its own channel though.

Shane:  Is it on iTunes?

Scott:  Yeah.

Shane:  OK, that’s fine.  I think you need all this content you’re talking about is just released into the world.  This is not about the content.  It – there’s not in this specific thing.  Some memberships are about the content like our education businesses.  That’s why people are there is to get the content, the tool to go use at their workplace, right?  That’s not what this is for.  This is for – you’re trying to build a community around your leadership, a thriving community with a culture where people are moving in the same direction, with the same values.  And, all you have to do is open the door and start charging.  You could even take all the people you’re in it right now as a part of their monthly package and just add that in.  And, as you phase out these – driving the one-on-one meetings, go more to the Skype coaching as you phase these one-on-ones and you get more into the group coaching, you can charge a lot more for your one-on-one time.  But then, all these other people that are listening to your podcast, that are consuming all your content on your WordPress website, are going to move – they can be funneled into these forums where you can say, “Ask me anything you want.”  Show up at the Q&A, and now you’re reaching a 100 people instead of one person one-on-one.  See?

Scott:  OK, so I think you smoked out a bit of the fear and I think the fear is you’re talking this out is not the content that makes sense.  The fear is not showing up and doing calls, webinars, et cetera.  That stuff’s easy for me.  I think the fear is when you guys say, “Open the door and start charging.”  Let me tell you where my mind immediately goes is, “Open what door and how – and what am I charging them for?”

Shane:  Right.

Scott:  And so, I guess the technical side and I know that you guys have a lot of content out there.  Even if you can just direct me into past tutorials, podcasts, just to say, “Hey, here’s a plugin, here’s a whatever…”

Shane:  Yeah, we have a course about this in the community.  This is the simplest way to do this and I’m going to get a lot of blowback from this from some people who are promoting certain products and things like that.  But, all you need is a BB Press forum behind a membership plugin.  That’s all you need.  Everybody gets so complicated with this.  But, if you really are doing something where at the community is the center, where it’s led by a coach to something like that, you need a forum and something to protect it.  We recommend – a lot of our members use Paid Member Pro and Stripe which is a payment processor.  It’s literally a one-day setup make-a-sales page and you can totally sell it.  Like the point is not to get them into this fancy module where it’s going to drip content and all that.  It’s a forum.  Start – if you want to create a new video to teach them something about, I don’t know, something – like organizing their desk, whatever.  Like here, “Hey, guys here’s my new video on how to organize your desk.” And you make it a forum post.  Like it’s all you do.  And then, if then you say, “Hey, guys do you have a question what you need to do next on your online business?  Ask me.”  And, it functions like one-one-one coaching but it’s completely batched into your timeframe basically.  That’s all you have to do for this business is to get it going and because you have people you’re talking to already, just invite them in.  They’re already paying you.  So, fine.  Don’t charge them anything if extra right now.  Just be like, “Hey, guys check this out.  It’s faster access to me.  We don’t have to wait to one-on-one calls anymore.  You can talk to me in between in the forums.”

Jocelyn:  You know, I think more importantly they’ll have access to one another.

Shane:  Yeah.

Jocelyn:  I mean, we all know how important that is to be around people who are thinking like us and moving in the same direction that we are.  So, I think that that’s a big benefit as well.

Shane:  Yeah, we just started a book club in the Flip Your Life community as a tone forum.  And, I posted the first book.  And, within 24 hours, it had like 30 posts.  And, we’re reading, “Profit First” and going through it so everybody can get their finances in order.  And, I’ve read that book three times.  My mind, in our own community, has been blown by some of the insight that other people reading this book have given.  Imagine if you unlock that potential with the clients you already have.  It’s not just what you’re seeing then it’s them feeding off each other’s momentum.

Scott:  OK, well.  Don’t make fun of me and please invite me back at some point.  I just looked at my WordPress and we actually have Paid Membership Pro in the background.

Shane:  We found a puzzle piece y’all.  We found a puzzle piece, yeah.

Scott:  Well, and that’s the thing is I think at the end of the day it’s almost like more than anything else, probably what I need in a way – and even your point about members with members.  I’ve already reached out to one of the members.  I put a post up, a member shot me and actually directed me to one of the courses about webinars.  And, I didn’t even need to talk with you guys about it because a member answered a question for you.

That’s the kind of thing I do want to see.  I love the model that you guys have.  My content is somewhat different than the content that you have but the model is what I’m looking at.  And so…

Shane:  Content – let me jump in here real quick.  Content – well, here’s what your content’s going to become.  A lot of people think that you sell content.  And a lot of ways, we do.  But, you can – all of your content is a path to the community.  That’s really what – if you’re going to go into the scalable, recurring income, steady, growing, predictable online business, then all of your content has to be fair game now to say breadcrumbs from one person to me.  And, go out – and go down another path – breadcrumbs from a person to me and my community.  That’s what all of your content now becomes.  And the heart of that is the pulsing heartbeat of your community where your people are engaging you’re engaging and you’re guiding them to those pieces of content.  You could tell all your content, do as many courses as you want.  If there’s no guide with a lanyard walking them down the path, they’re never going to find what they need anyway.  And, that’s what a membership coaching community is supposed to do.

Scott:  OK, alright.  Now, in terms of content, you guys ever share content publicly for a period of time and then put it behind the wall?

Jocelyn:  You could do that.

Shane:  Not really.

Jocelyn:  There are probably people out there who do.

Shane:  Yeah.

Jocelyn:  But we don’t do that.  We basically just have free content and then that leads to our paid content.  So, basically everything that we put out there for free, especially for Flipped Lifestyle, it always leads back to our paid community.  For instance, this podcast, we only speak to people who are members of the community.

Shane:  Right.  We actually do it backwards I think to what you’re saying.  Our community is going to first shot at that content.  But, eventually, I have no problem.  I promise you we could turn our courses off.  We could put everything we’ve ever created out there for free on our website and it would not affect our membership.

Scott:  Your membership just because of the forum.

Shane:  Yeah, it’s the forum, man.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, that’s the benefit.  I mean like everything that we teach in Flipped Lifestyle is out there somewhere else.

Shane:  Exactly.

Jocelyn:  You know, you could probably find it for free on YouTube but people are there for another reason.  They’re not there for the training necessarily.  They’re there to get somebody to point them in the right direction – to tell them which step to take next.

Shane:  And, also this applies to everything.  Like we just had a member who is on the podcast recently.  After the podcast she had a membership.  Since she got like 26 members like over a weekend or something.  And, she teaches dancing, right?  And, there’s a lot of people teaching dance – the dance format that she’s to going with.  Like her style of dancing is not a secret.  You know what I mean?  But people relate to her because of who she is, how she talks, they like her videos.  They just relate to her in that way because of who she is.  And, even though it is a very content-driven membership, right?  It’s still driven because of the personality, the people that are watching the video and talking about it.  They recorded their own videos and posting them in her forums.  Like that community builds around that content.  And it becomes way more important than the actual stuff they consume.  They may watch those videos once.  But, they’re going to talk about it and go experience those things they learned there and that’s going to deliver a result in their life that makes them happy.  So, they come back for more discussion and more community and more content later.  And, that’s what you’re going to have to try to build here.

Scott:  So, speak to this real quick.  Because I think the other big hurdle for me is because I’m too into content, I can look at that as a bit of an excuse to not market because I can tell myself, “Well, I’m busy building content.”  So, from a marketing standpoint, listen, I’ve run the spectrum, I’ve spent a $1,000 a month on Facebook ads, I’ve done the ridiculous boost post, I mean I’ve done it all.  And so, just simple steps – one and two – when you guys say open the door – how do I market – if step’s one the current tribe, if you will, that I have.  What’s step two?

Shane:  OK, here’s how you market this initially.  You email all your current coaching clients and tell them to go log in.  You just marketed it.  OK?  And then, I want to back up away from the marketing here.  People get this so backwards because all the gurus teach us, “I’m a social, I’m a Facebook expert, I’m an Instagram expert.”  If your offer is not correct and your offer is not ready and launched, there’s no reason to worry about marketing.

You don’t even have your offer created yet.  So, the first thing we’re going to have to do is, is to take a deep breath.  I sense a little bit of fear for this reason – I know what it is.  It’s the same reason – since this when we quit our jobs, it’s the same thing.  Like, it’s that security gland.  What’s working is not messing up.  You don’t want to rock the boat necessarily and you’re thinking in your brain, “I’m going to do this.”  So, your brain automatically says, “Oh, he’s switching this tomorrow.”  Because Jocelyn says this to me all the time.  She’s like any idea I have – she’s like, “Are you going to do this like today?”  But like in reality, this is a maturity process.  We’re playing a marathon game here.  This is one year from now.  This is going to be mature enough to actually start marketing.  But, we’re going to grow it organically.  While you have this other coaching practice, we’re going to start scaling back, shifting resources.  You got to get over the fear and open the doors.  You got to focus on the offer and letting it evolve.  And then, we can talk about marketing.  Wouldn’t you think so, Jocelyn?

Jocelyn:  Yeah, you just need to focus on getting people to your site with the content that you already have.  And, you can certainly run at to that content and you want to focus on getting people to opt in.

Shane:  Yeah.

Jocelyn:  Getting them on to your email list.

Shane:  Yeah, don’t worry so much about making the pitch and making the sales.  Like right now, man, I’ve got like three ads running in Facebook.  They’re running the episodes of our podcast.  They’re not going to a sales page.  They’re not going anywhere fancy.  I’m playing a long game.  I know that anybody new that hears that six months from now may turn around and like – and if they keep listening to podcasts, eventually they’re going to need us.  And, when they’re ready and this timing is right for them, they’ll come.  But, I’m not in this big game of optimizing every little thing and all that stuff because I know our offer’s good.  Our content – our free content is great.  Our offer is great and I know once people come to that realization, through their own way, they’ll join.

Scott:  Yup.  The offer is the most important thing.  You got to get your offer right first.  And, that’s what you’re going to be doing for the next three to six months.

Scott:  But, that offer is, is an offer that evolves…

Shane:  Yeah.

Scott:  And it’s not – I mean, it makes sense.  I mean my coaching of –where I’m at today, a year ago, looks not – 180 degrees different but it’s close.

Shane:  Yup.

Scott:  To being completely different…

Shane:  So, does ours – ain’t it Jocelyn?  Like, tell him what was looked your life when we first started?

Jocelyn:  Pretty much an outline.  That’s what we had.

Scott:  And then what happened after that?

Jocelyn:  So, we had an outline and we offered it to our email list.  We just said, “Look, we’re going to start this.  And, this is what we’re planning on doing.  But, we’re going to let you in at a special rate because we have not created a whole lot of it yet.  But, the benefit of joining right now is that you’re going to be able to put input in, you’re going to be able to help us mold this for future people and you’re getting in at a really awesome rate because we don’t have anything done yet.”

Shane:  And, we only had like 500 people on our email list when we launched this thing, right?  Like when – two years ago, when our first name was the Flip Your Life course – was what we called it.  And it was how to create and sell a digital product.  But, during the beta period we talked to people, right?  And, so we didn’t have a huge list.  We were just starting out.  But, like 20 people bought it the same day, man.  And like, that’s all we needed to learn and evolve and eventually we came to the realization, “Why are people joining?  They can learn all this stuff from everybody else.  They think we talk funny and they want to hang out with us.”  And, they want to hang out – and they want to get – people are alone in entrepreneurship, they want a community.  So, if it’s the right community with the right leader, people will join.  But, you just got to let it evolve over time.  We didn’t start Facebook ads, have affiliates, and try to get all these launches, and go out on all these podcasts.  And, now we just started it.  We got some people and go, “You’re ahead of the game, you got clients.  They’ll go in there, I promise.”  Yeah, for sure.

Jocelyn:  You’re just going to do it the way that all of us have to.  It’s just one step at a time.

Shane:  Yeah.
Jocelyn:  You can’t do 10 steps from now, right now.  And, that’s where my mind goes to also.  Like, I want to think of what I’m going to do in three months.  But, I have to think about what I’m going to do in three days.

Shane:  Yeah, exactly.  Jocelyn, you’re just raining on my parade, that’s what it does.  I mean…

Jocelyn:  Listen, and now…

Shane:  That’s what we’re here for, man.
Jocelyn:  It rains on mine, too.  Because I do the same thing.

Scott:  Well, I mean, it is sobering.  And here’s what I appreciate about it is the – and you guys had proved your point.  In that like you said Shane is where you’re running people to your podcast.  I’ve been listening to your podcast.  For in fact, I could tell you when you guys switched from kind of the launch model to the paid membership model.  I heard it.  It was around just about this time last year, I think.

Shane:  That’s right.  September, October or something.

Jocelyn:  That’s right.

Scott:  And so, even just kind of hear you guys evolved into where your offer is today, I feel like there’s a crystal clarity today for you.  And so, I see what you’re saying it makes tons of sense.

Shane:  Yeah, and that’s the thing is if we had never switched, or if we had done this – we follow up these launch models, and really pushy ads and closing the doors and all that stuff – that’s not how we’ve chosen to grow this.  We get messages all the time that say, “I’ve been listening for four to five months.  Go look in the start here forum when you get off the call with us, Scott.”  There’s like three people in there that joined like this week.  And, every single one of them are like, “I’ve been listening to this podcast for months.  I’ve got it together.  I’m ready to do this.”  Because we try to force people into our time with all this scarcity and stuff like that.  And those tactics, you need them.  But, in reality, if the offer is good and the person needs it, they’re going to buy it.  And so what’s the number one problem there is create the offer.  Get the offer out there and get some feedback on it from anybody and start evolving the offer.  And, once people start latching on to it, then you start the marketing.  Everybody wants to run Facebook ads they want – and that is not the right way to do it.

Scott:  May I ask you a question quick about podcast and that is I’ve got the business, the podcast that I run is – does that podcast – like you guys, it’s the same name as your member forum.  Does that podcast need to be the same name as the forum that I create?  Or is that…

Shane:  Not necessarily.

Scott:  Does that really matter…

Shane:  Not necessarily.  It’s just the product name, no…

Jocelyn:  No, people get hung up on naming.  It’s really not the thing.

Shane:  But, we here – here’s our philosophy on naming.  Like, here’s our logic for our naming.  We’ve lived the Flipped Lifestyle.  We have already quit our job.  We have already been successful on online business.  We are already on the other side of all that which was a two-year, very difficult process to get stable, right?  But we call our community Flip Your Life because the people coming in are trying to get to that Flipped Lifestyle.  Does that make sense?  So, that’s just our fun little way to – and Flip Your House.  That’s kind of a play off that.  You know what I mean?  But, like it doesn’t matter what you call anything.  Like, you can call a car a rutabaga or a potato – but if it gets me from point A to B, I’m getting in the potato.  You know what I’m saying?

 

Scott:  You’re going to drive the potato.

Shane:  I’m going to drive the potato.  It don’t matter what you call it.  So, everybody out there, get your potato ready so people will jump in the potato and get to where they want to go, OK?  Jocelyn is shaking her head at me right now.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, I got nothing.

Shane:  I got nothing, yeah, alright.

Jocelyn:  Alright, Scott.  It’s been a great conversation.  I mean, I think I think that you have so many awesome things going on.  And, it’s going to be really good for you, I think.  I see a lot of good things in your future.  So, we always end our calls with asking our guest what is the one action step that you will be taking action on, say in the next 24 to 48 hours, based on what we talked about today?

Scott:  Good grief guys, I mean I’m the business.  I’m the one who’s supposed to be asking that question…

Shane:  No, no, no, no, no, no – not on the Flipped Lifestyle podcast today my friend.

Scott:  Man, I didn’t know I was going to have to put on the beat…

Shane:  That’s what you get for saying hi to me at Podcast Movement brother.

Scott:  That’s true.

Shane:  You’re right.

Scott:  It’s my own fault.  So, alright.  So, let me think through this.  If I look back after everything that you’ve guys have said, you’ve kind of minimized the urgency for marketing.  I didn’t say minimize marketing.  But, just minimize the urgency for this kind of over Facebook marketing.  You’ve minimized the urgency for having to create more content.  I’ve got it there.  So, the big thing that sticks out to me guys is what you said is opening the door.  And, we’ve even got the tool in place.  I’ve got the person who can do it.

Shane:  Yeah.

Scott:  When we open that door, what are they going the door to?  Is it just a forum, am I going to load that with anything?

Shane:  Here’s what you’re going to do and go put this in your action plan in the forum then start a general discussion thread called, “Opening the Door to My Membership”, OK?  And then, just start that conversation and we will flesh this out more in detail.  The only thing you need to do right now is your WordPress person needs to get the forums installed and protected.  You need to figure out your five key forums that’s like what we call our success story action plan, general forum, our social lounge and our can’t miss moments.  Those are our five core forums, OK?  Don’t worry about content right now.  Get it protected and then I want an email written within the next week to all of the people who are your current coaching clients and tell them you’re opening a community for everyone to interact together.  And then we’re just going to open the door where I’m going to sell it right now.  You’ve got people paying you already for your time, let’s just get them in there, get some conversations flowing, we’ll break the ice and then we’ll take the next step.

Scott:  Sounds great.  That’s perfect.  Thank you.

Jocelyn:  Alright, Scott.  Again, this was a great conversation.  I think that our listeners are going to take a lot away from this.  So, thank you so much for being on the Flipped Lifestyle podcast today.

Scott:  Guys, thanks.  Thanks, really.  Thanks for having me and for everything that you guys are doing for all of us.

Shane:  Alright guys, that wraps up another call to one of our Flip Your Life community members.  If you’d like to become a member of our Flip Your Life community, head over to flippedlifestyle.com/flipyourlife and we could help you with your online business as well.

Jocelyn:  Alright, next we’re going to move into our Can’t Miss Moment segment.  And these are things that we were able to experience recently that we might have missed if we were still working at a normal 9 to 5 job.  Today’s Can’t Miss Moment is hanging out with some of our friends.  We have several different friends in town.  A lot of mommies and kids because a sort of following to that stay-at-home/working mom category.  So, a lot of my friends either stay at home or they have days off.  Well, just the other day, my friend Amy, she has Wednesdays off and we decided to get together and let our kids play.  And, her kids, Preston and Harper, they are some of my kids’ best friends.  And, they came up and we blew up the big inflatable water slide and they played on the playground and just ran around the backyard and had a great time.  And Amy and I were able to try and get a little bit of sun and keep them from killing each other.

Shane:  And, it’s a cool Can’t Miss Moment because we can kind of work around our friends’ schedules.  Like when Amy has time off, we can kind of bend our work schedule around that to make sure that our kids can get together with their friends, can get that playtime in, that we can socialize with people.  And, it’s a lot easier to coordinate stuff like that when you don’t have the nine-to-five work grind, kind of hanging over you.  And that somebody else may have more flexibility.  Before we sign off, I’d like to close every show with a verse from the Bible.  Today’s verse comes from verse Peter 4:10, the Bible says, “Each of you should use whatever gift you have received to serve others.”  So, make sure you are using whatever gifts and talents you have in your online business.  Get out there, serve other people.  People need you and what you know.  That’s all the time we have for this week.  As always guys, thanks for listening to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast and until next time, get out there, take action do whatever it takes to Flip Your Life.  We’ll see you then.

Jocelyn:  Bye.

Filed Under: Podcast

FL 105 – We help Rebecca focus her ideas to create a valuable performance coaching membership

August 23, 2016 by Shane Sams Leave a Comment

http://traffic.libsyn.com/flippedlifestyle/FL105_Rebecca_Smith.mp3

Podcast: Play in new window | Download

Subscribe: iTunes | Android | RSS

Rebecca Smith picIn this week’s episode of the Flipped Lifestyle podcast, we have Flip Your Life community member and the Director of Complete Performance Coaching, Rebecca Smith.

Rebecca has a Masters in Sports Psychology and used to do gymnastics, she puts these components to good use as a High Performance Coach at her website, completeperformancecoaching.com. There she helps high achievers — athletes, musicians, leaders and professionals to name a few — overcome mental roadblocks so that they can unlock even greater potentials and reach new levels.

She just had a baby and is brimming with tons of ideas, and isn’t sure which one she should go with. Recurring income and time flexibility are the main goals, so we’ll be talking about how to focus on getting those ideas to work to her advantage.

Don’t try to create a course for every single problem. Pick a problem, the most common problem…

Click To Tweet

You got to become the teacher for the teacher. – Shane Sams

Click To Tweet

You Will Learn:

  • How to pick which idea to start with.
  • How to pitch your ideas.
  • What kind of things do I need to have for a membership to be valuable.
  • How much content should be there.
  • How beta members help improve the quality of your content.
  • Plus a lot more!

Links and resources mentioned in today’s show:

  • Flipped Lifestyle
  • Flip Your Life
  • Rebecca’s Website

 

Enjoy the podcast; we hope it inspires you to explore what’s possible for your family!

Click here to leave us an iTunes review and subscribe to the show! We may read yours on the air!

 

Can’t Miss Moments

Each week Jocelyn and I share moments that we might have missed if we had not started our online business. We hope these moments inspire you to see the possibilities and freedom online business could provide for your family.

“We got to go and meet my new nephew.  My brother and his wife just had a baby.  And they had a little boy and it was awesome because we took the kids and just took them out of school.  Took off, went up there for the weekend.  And said, “Hey, let’s go meet our new nephew.”  Let’s be there.  And, meet this little guy as he’s coming into the world.  And, just have the freedom to be able to experience those amazing moments with your family.”

Meeting New Nephew

Thank you for listening!

 

Thanks again for listening to the show! If you liked it, make sure you share it with your friends and family! Our goal is to help as many families as possible change their lives through online business. Help us by sharing the show!

If you have comments or questions, please be sure to leave them below in the comment section of this post. See y’all next week!

 

Can’t listen right now? Read the transcript below!

Jocelyn:  Hey, y’all! On today’s podcast we help Rebecca take her performance coaching business to the next level.

Shane:  Welcome to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast, where life always become work.  We’re your hosts, Shane and Jocelyn Sams.  We’re a real family who figured out how to make our entire living online.  And now, we help other families do the same.  Are you ready to flip your life?  Alright.  Let’s get started. What’s going on everybody?  Welcome back to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast.  As always, it is great to be back with you again this week.  For those of you who may be new to the show, the Flipped Lifestyle podcast is a little different than other online business shows.  We don’t bring on gurus or people promoting their latest products.  No, we bring on actual clients from our Flip Your Life community – members of our community who need help to get to the next level in their online business.

We treat this just like a full-on coaching call where we help them with their biggest challenges that they’re experiencing right now and we help them solve that problem and take it to the next level.  We are super excited for our Flip Your Life community member guest today, it is Rebecca Smith.  Rebecca, welcome to the show.

Rebecca:  Thank you, so pleased to be here.

Jocelyn:  Yes, it is awesome to have you today.  We are looking forward to talking to you because our children are involved in a variety of sports and activities.  And, so it would be interesting to hear what you have to say about how you coach and work with your clients.  So, with that in mind, tell us a little bit about you, and your background and your online business.

Rebecca:  So, I currently have a private practice working with athletes aged 11 to 17 on average and they are typically swimmers, gymnasts, golfers, tennis players – a lot of those individual sports that have a major mental component.  But, of course, every sport and every performance arena has a big mental piece.  So, I have a master’s in sports psychology, I was a gymnast.  I was a gymnastics coach and I realized that those mental blocks were what really could help kids get to the next level with their sport.  So, back to school and then started this private practice.  And then, I had a baby.  And now, I’m starting to look at what you guys talk about, the trading time for dollars thing.

Shane:  Yes.

Rebecca:  And wanting to broaden my scope and be able to make some residual income so that I can have more babies and more time.

Shane:  I think you’re the first person to ever say that on the show.  That you like, “I want more babies and stuff.”  That’s awesome, but it is cool because the online business does give you the opportunity to have more flexibility in your time, in your schedule.  And, to be able to make those life decisions.  And that’s really what it’s all about.  We get so wrapped up in America, especially in our careers and things like that, that we put those life things to the side.  And, I think it’s just absolutely awesome that you’re making that like a priority in your life, OK?  Let me ask you a little bit more about your business.  So, it sounds like you work a lot with individual sports people more like the golfers, the swimmers.  Do you work with big teams and team settings or is it more like you would go to a team and you would find the kids on that team that need your help.  Like this isn’t like a – more of a group motivational thing.  It’s more of a, “Which of the individuals need my help and I’ll work one-on-one on them.”  Is that what you do?

Rebecca:  Sure.  Yeah, I am trained to work with teams, I enjoy working with teams.  So, an example, a gymnastics team I go and work with every other week.

Shane:  OK.

Rebecca:  And, I’ll go in and do a parent workshop for a swim team or I’ll do a series of six or 10 workshops for a swim team or a golf team.  But, that typically spins out into individuals who want a little bit more help.  So it’s a little bit of both, really.

Shane:  So, it’s kind of like you get clients from these group meetings.  So, there’s a big benefit from working with the groups because you will get those individual people.
Rebecca:  Yes.

Shane:  But, it’s mostly like the individual sports teams.  Like these are swim teams but they swim kind of on their own.  There’re gymnastics teams but…

Rebecca:  Yes.

Shane:  They’re kind of, like on the apparatus by themselves kind of thing.

Rebecca:  Exactly.  Yeah, that’s kind of become my niche because I was a gymnast and I intimately understand the individual sport athlete.

Shane:  OK, cool.

Jocelyn:  OK, Rebecca, well that tells us a lot of information about you and your business.  So, let’s go ahead and jump into your questions today.  What’s the one thing that’s really holding you back the most right now?

Rebecca:  I am not sure which direction to take.  I have 100,000 ideas and I’m getting really excited about taking this idea to the parents.  Essentially, teaching parents how to teach their kids.

Shane:  Yeah.

Rebecca:  The things that I teach them.  Because that’s a lot of what I do in group meetings.  I’ll meet with parents and they’ll make a, “What do I do, how do I support my kid, where do I back off, where do I step in?”  And so I’ve got a lot of great content that I can roll out to parents.  Do I focus on something small like a mini course or do I go into a more big, involved course?  I guess, since all my knowledge is one-on-one how do I best start the momentum online with this stuff?

Shane:  Like to scale that out basically.

Rebecca:  Exactly, yes.

Jocelyn:  Yes, depending on your content that you’re considering creating, I actually see this as more of a membership product honestly.  I’m assuming that a lot of the psychology components of what you do are similar.  Depending on they’re not as dependent on the sport.  Would that be correct?

Rebecca:  Yeah, yes.  Definitely it carries across.

Jocelyn:  Yeah.  So, I’m thinking that maybe you would have a type of membership product for individuals who are athletes and maybe – I’m just sort of thinking out loud here but as you were talking about what you do, it sort of popped in my head that challenges might be a good thing for you.

So, maybe you could have a 10-day challenge, a 30-day challenge to get past certain mental blocks or I don’t know your terminology, obviously.

Shane:  For sure.

Jocelyn:  But, yeah, I was just thinking that that might be a good solution for you and then you could market those to different sports at different times of the year.

Shane:  Yes, and I think like we had a good discussion with you on the forums the other day about this and our son Isaac, he’s a swimmer, OK, we talked about that on the show before.  But, our son Isaac also has anxiety.  When things change, or when something new happens, he doesn’t really respond to that well.  He usually can get past it but he’s not going to do it right in that instance.  For example, we had a swim meet the other day – Isaac has always been a freestyle swimmer and a backstroke swimmer.  Well, all of a sudden, the coach signed him up for butterfly.  Now, he knows how to do butterfly.  But, he had never done it in a competition.  And the anxiety just overwhelmed him and he freaked out.  He almost won the race and it was hilarious.  You know?  So, like point to that, and say, “Look dude, you could do it,” but he was literally in tears.  But, I’m willing to bet that that common problem of anxiety is something that you could create content around like how to overcome performance anxiety, like how to get off the starting block whether it’s athlete or whatever.

Rebecca:  Yeah.

Shane:  That’s probably a common thing that you could generalize, create so now when a parent comes to you whatever the sport and they say, “You know, I don’t know how to help my kid through his anxiety.”  “Oh, well that’s cool, if you join my membership, we’ll help you get through his anxiety and then I have lots of other trainings for whatever aspects come up or you can just ask me questions through the forums in my community.”  So, I think you’re on point here talking to the parents.  There’s no way you’re going to be able to every team and every player.  That’s not how this is going to scale.  You know?  What you got to do is you got to become the teacher for the teacher.  You’ve got to provide the resources and the direction and the pathway for the parent to overcome these challenges as they come along.

Some of those resources might be for the kid.  But, I think most of them are like you said earlier, “What do I do?”  I would have paid at that moment a $100 to figure out how to help my kid not cry on the pool deck.  You know what I mean?  So, like there is a need for this, there is a value to it.  You just got to figure out a way to generalize it.

Jocelyn:  So, I think that the thing that we have to go to next is what you’re saying at the beginning is that that you do have all these ideas.  So, which one should you start with?

Shane:  Yeah.

Jocelyn:  So, I feel what you’re saying there.  So, that’s the need…

Shane:  What are the common problems?  If I said right now, the three things you deal with the most in psychology, that you’re coaching these athletes – what are the three biggest mindset hurdles?  What are they?

Rebecca:  Number one, anxiety.

Shane:  OK.

Rebecca:  Number two is confidence which kind of leads into control.  It’s all related to anxiety, they feel they don’t have control, they lose confidence, they get anxious.

Shane:  OK.

Rebecca:  And then the other one is motivation.  So, it’s the kids who – their parents see potential, their coaches see potential, but they don’t put in enough work to really get where they could go.

Shane:  So, what I would do, I would start small.  It’s easy to set up a membership community.  We’ve got a training that will do that in a day or two.  You know what I mean?

Rebecca:  OK.

Shane:  But, like what I would do from a content perspective is start small, start with the anxiety.  Don’t focus on the sport or the individual or whatever and say, “I have a thing that helps you, the parent, deal with your kid’s sports anxiety.”  Once you’ve got that content that you can see that they can go in and consume it, then you’ll be able to work with them, you’ll be able to talk to them, and they might ask you questions.  And then, you can say, “Oh by the way, there’s also my next course is going to be about motivation.  Stick around.”  You see what I’m saying?  And, you can just build this brick by brick as you go.  Don’t try to create a course for every single problem.  Pick a problem, the most common problem that all of your athletes usually deal with and that’s where it will start at targeting the parent as the avatar.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, so I think…

Rebecca:  Sounds good…

Jocelyn:  You could do that one or two ways.  You can either create courses or you could do it in more of a challenge type model which I think would be good for marketing as far as like parents go.  So, it might be like 10 days to less…

Shane:  Anxiety.  Yeah.

Jocelyn:  Anxiety.  Less sports-related anxiety.

Shane:  So, you teach them the course material while they’re participating in this challenge where they have an activity each day with their kids.  They talk and whatever you would do…

Jocelyn:  They come back and report on it…

Shane:  You’re helping them do it basically.  Pick anxiety and do it.  And just…

Rebecca:  OK…

Jocelyn:  And see what happens.

Shane:  And see what happens.  And then, if it does work, or it doesn’t work, “OK, pick motivation and do that next.”  It doesn’t matter how long the list is.  You got to do the next thing.

Rebecca:  OK.

Shane:  I used to work with this football coach, I won’t name him.  But, I used to work for this football coach in college – when I was in college football coaching.  I can’t say this whole story on air because there’s lots of swear words…

Jocelyn:  We got to give the PG rating here…

Shane:  I’m going to give the PG version of the story.  I got really overwhelmed one time because he gave me so much stuff to do.  Because I was like a coach plus director of football operations and I had to plan all of our trips.  And, I was overwhelmed.  And, he brought me in and he basically threw a yellow pad, like a legal pad in my lap, right?  And I had just this massive list on it.  And he goes, “That’s your life, Shane.  And, all you can do is the next thing on the list.” So, what I’ve been doing for 40 years?  I write down everything I got on this yellow pad and I do the next one.  Now, he had a lot more F-words and other stuff in that since – but like…

Jocelyn:  And a lot more colorful language in the original story…

Shane:  But like – but the point was it doesn’t matter what’s in the notebook, it doesn’t matter what – just do one of them and see what happens.  So, pick anxiety, do it and then let’s – the good thing is you’ve got people you can market it to right now.  Why can’t we turn some of your offline clients into your first online clients?  I bet if you go to a team and they have 20 kids.  Maybe a few of them hire you, but there’s probably 18 other ones that don’t.  But, there might be two to four of those that would do it in this kind of setting if they could do it on their own through a membership community.

Jocelyn:  Although it would be nice to have something for right now to offer next to your in-person or Skype consultations.  So, maybe your in-person sessions are really expensive, I’m sure that they are, as they should be because that’s time with you.  But, maybe alongside that you could say, “OK, well, you can pay me this to work with one-on-one.”  Or, “You can pay this for the membership community which includes these different training scenarios for X dollars a month.”

Shane:  Right.  And, “I’ll be there to answer your questions, it just won’t be in real time.  You can leave a question on the video.  I’ll come back in and answer it later.  And, I’ll help you personally with your kids thing,” but it’s going to be more in a asynchronous way back and forth.  You see what I’m saying?

Rebecca:  Yeah, that sounds great.

Shane:  Yeah, there’s no reason that you can’t turn a percentage of the people you interact with right now.  Like everyone gets freaked out about online business because they’re like, “Oh, how am I going to find by beta members?  How am I going to get people on my Facebook group?  How am I going to do that?”  But a lot of people that come to us have a real world business clientele.  They work with real people in real life and they could probably convert some of those into this online continuous income stream that’s not trading so many time for dollars.

Jocelyn:  So, again, you’re going to probably listen exactly where you thought you were heading based upon what I saw for your question here.  But, like how do you feel about that?  Do you think that that’s something that could possibly work?

Shane:  Does that make sense in your space?

Rebecca:  Yeah, absolutely.  Yeah.  I mean it’s actually along the lines of what I was thinking was create some kind of anxiety product.

Shane:  Yeah.

Rebecca:  That is something I can get out to parents now.

Shane:  Yeah.

Rebecca:  I guess it’s just kind of now knowing enough about how to set up a membership site which I will go in and watch that training.  And then, the next question that you just kind of touched on is that how do I propose this then to a group of people, say on my email list who haven’t hired me but have expressed interest from my group talks.

Shane:  Yeah.

Jocelyn:  Yes…

Rebecca:  So, how do I pitch that to them?

Jocelyn:  Yeah, that’s a great question.  And I think what you do is you just go to them very excitedly and you just say, “Hey, I have a great new offering.  Some of you guys have expressed interest in working with me but maybe you couldn’t do it at that time.  Or…”

Shane:  “Maybe it was too expensive, whatever…”

Jocelyn:  “Maybe the price was too high.  And so, now I have a more budget-friendly option where you can get my training and access for me to help you and your child for the low monthly price of X dollars a month.”

Shane:  Yeah and I think some of your clients, too – I think everyone always wants more clients but sometimes like – one of the things we did when we started at coaching on Flipped Lifestyle, when we started our membership, we eliminated one-on-one coaching.  We took it out.  We got rid of it.  And, I’m not saying you should do that…

Jocelyn:  Well, but we did that after a while.

Shane:  After a while…

Jocelyn:  Like, yeah…

Shane:  But, what I’m saying that you could do, I bet there’s some of your clients that might only grab one session with you or two sessions.  This might turn them into a forever customer where they’re going to pay you monthly for good because they don’t have to come up with the big fee, they don’t have to sit down at a certain time on a calendar.  They can just get what they need to help their kid and they get access to you and it’s a little bit more convenient to them.  But, I’m sure you’ve had clients that are like maybe one session, maybe two then they quit.  When really their kid needs continuous support.  You know?  So, you could…

Rebecca:  They do.

Shane:  So, you could get this, provides like an upsell after that.  You could say, “We did one-on-one.  Maybe you don’t want any more one-on-one.  We’ll just come in here and you can have access to me whenever you need it.”

Rebecca:  Yes, that’s great.  That’s actually a great way to keep being of service to the people who have done the major work list.

Shane:  And what you’ll find, too – it’s the most fascinating thing.  We find this with live events or we do group masterminds.  When you get people continuously a part of your thing.  Like you get on one-on-one a couple of times.  Maybe, it’s all a small problem.  But, then they join your community later, those people are the ones that will later on when you say, “OK, a new problem comes up.  You never left our site, you never left our mind.”  They’re going to turn immediately on you, to hire you for that one-on-one call to make more money on the back end of that too.  So, it’s going to keep your client and your income more consistent by getting them involved in this like continuous relationship with you.

Rebecca:  Yeah, sounds great.

Jocelyn:  All right.  Well, with that in mind, what additional questions do you have for us?

Rebecca:  OK, so now moving into kind of a – the more specific stuff, let’s say I want to roll with anxiety.  Do I put together a series of videos?  You know, what kind of things do I need to have in order to really get a membership say that’s valuable?  You know, how much content?  How much – what do I need in there?

Shane:  OK, imagine this.  Imagine I’ve come to you.  Same thing. Jocelyn show up at your door, OK?  And, imagine I tell you the exact story that I told you earlier about Isaac on the pool deck, OK?  So, let’s say that within X sessions – maybe it’s two to three sessions, we can help Isaac at least get through this and give him some tools to deal with it, right?

Rebecca:  OK.

Shane:  Whatever that might take, I’m just picking numbers.  Whatever we would do, one-on-one – and that was exact sessions, whatever you would tell us generally, whatever you would show us generally, whatever tips or tactics or tools that you have that we would go through or that you would take a student through.  You need to lay all that out and say, “What can actually be put into these training videos?”  That’s what you would create.  You want to create an experience that’s as similar to that one-on-one call as possible.  Some of it won’t be in there.  But, that’s what the forum’s for, that’s what the access is for.  You’ll look at it exactly whatever you would tell me in those two to three hours we actually spend together, that’s your first course.

Rebecca:  OK…

Shane:  And you want to try to mimic that experience as close as possible.  You’ll have to add some things.  Like you’re going to have add things like, “Do you understand this?  Do you have a question?  Ask in the forum”, some calls to action…

Jocelyn:  And maybe have some worksheets that go along with the activity that they could write things down to help them remember.

Shane:  Whatever you would do in those sessions is what’s going to become your course content, basically.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, and as far as like how much to have – this is a question that we get all the time, and the answers that you really don’t have that much.  The main goal of your community is going to be the actual community and that means where people could come in, they can talk to each other, they can talk to you.  They can get that attention that you can give them in a forum type environment that maybe they can’t get one-on-one because maybe they don’t have that upfront cost to pay to you.

Shane:  Like another thing that we have Jocelyn like one of our children has a medical problem.  And, we are in a community of other parents who have this problem.  Like I would love to be in a community of sports parents that their kid has anxiety.  Because not only am I going to get your expertise and you’ve got the jobs, I mean you’ve got the degrees, you’ve got everything, you got the experience.  But, now I’m also with other people that can – “We can talk through this and figure out.”   And it’s not even figuring out the answers, it’s just, “I’m not alone.  I’m not the guy standing there on the pool deck with my crying son, and I have no idea how to handle to it.  That’s not just me anymore.”  So, like that’s another thing you’re surviving here is that tightened network of people who are going though these issues at the same time.

Jocelyn:  But, you’re in a great position right now because you already have a client base.  You have people who have said that they’re interested in your product.  And, you have a place to start, which is by making this anxiety product.  So, what I would do is what we’ve always done.  I would go ahead and start making the anxiety product and I would send something out to my current list, to my current people who said they were interested and I would say like, “I have this great thing coming up.  I’m in the process of making it right now.  Here’s the first part and here’s what I had in mind for the rest of the content.” So, “I’m going to make this product about anxiety, it’s already here.  I’m also going to make this one about motivation…”

Shane:  Motivation and whatever…

Jocelyn:  And whatever else you said earlier and that’s what I have in mind.  “Here’s an opportunity for you to become what’s called a beta member.”  And that means just the first people who are coming into your community.  “You’re going to get it a discount and that price will stay with you as long as you remain a member and you’re going to help me to be able to mold my future content.”

Shane:  Yeah.

Jocelyn:  This is how we sell pretty much everything.

Shane:  It’s actually a great way to harness your shiny object syndrome, where you’re like, “I have a thousand ideas.”  Well, the great thing is when you presell something, you can list all the ideas.  “Here’s my plan.  I plan on doing all these things but this one’s made.”  Like the anxiety product realistically should probably be three to six, 15 to 20-minute videos.  That’s it.  That’s all you have to make.  And, then try to mimic two – imagine you’re only going to – “If you were going to go through two calls, it’s all I could afford, how would you help me with my son’s anxiety in two calls?”  The general tips and tools of the trade.  That’s what the first thing does with a lot of calls to actions to come back to your forum and ask you the follow up questions, which are going to produce more content, right? So, all you have to do is these three to six, 15 to 20-minute videos, that’s it.  And then, you sell it like Jocelyn said on, “Here’s all my ideas, whatever you need next, I’ll do it for you.”

Jocelyn:  And so, I’m going to get you to help me as beta members to develop the rest of this content.  I’m going to answer your questions.  They will have questions that you possibly didn’t anticipate.  And, you can work all that in to your future products and the best part is, when you have people in that community paying, that’s incentive for you to get that stuff done.

Shane:  Right.

Jocelyn:  Because you’re not going to move on to something else because you’ve already told these people who are paying you that you’re going to do A, B and C.  You can’t move on to the E and F or X, Y and Z.

Shane:  Does that make sense?

Rebecca:  Yup.  So, rather than creating the anxiety product and then just putting it out for sale, you’re saying create the anxiety product and then offer it as part of the membership.

Shane:  Yes.

Rebecca:  Start the membership price low and then as I build, I can up the price?

Shane:  Yes.

Jocelyn:  Yes.

Shane:  Because here’s what’s going to happen.  You’re going to say, “Hey guys, I sell access to me and I sell information on how to overcome mindset and psychological problems for sports athletes.”
Jocelyn:  But…

Shane:  “But, right now I’m focusing on helping you and your child with your child’s anxiety.”  So, what happens is, a month or two later, you create the motivation product.  “Hi, I’m Rebecca.  I help people with anxiety and motivation.”  And then, two or three months later you create a new one, “Hi, I’m Rebecca.  I help people with anxiety, motivation, this, that and the other.”  And then, eventually you just say, “I’m the mindset and sports coach.  I can help you with a host of things.  Here’s the list, join or all of the above.” Eventually, you will sell it as a process to take your child from 11 to 17, through their sports career and make sure they have the greatest experience, and become the best they can be.  But, right now, it’s just, “I want all the parents whose kids have anxiety in my supports membership.  And the membership is access to me and the community and content to overcome this problem.”  And then, you’ll just grow it from there.  You got to start somewhere and grow it.  Don’t try to grow it and then provide everything.  That takes too much time.

Rebecca:  I guess my biggest fear is that, “What do I do with a community of one or a community of three?”

Shane:  You treat them – oh, yeah, right now, do you have one-on-one meetings with people?

Rebecca:  I do.

Shane:  OK, then you just do it like that.  You just do it like…

Rebecca:  OK.

Shane:  It’s all you do.  It’s the same thing.

Jocelyn:  Yes, you treat these initial people like they are your family.  Like you really cater to them, you keep them involved, you get their input.  Their input is going to be like gold to you moving forward.

Shane:  Like, let’s say you get five people, right?  That’s fantastic.  Because now those five people are your partners in building this.  You can provide things now.  You can do what doesn’t scale.  You can get on Skype calls with your first few members, you can talk to them.  You can ask them where they’re confused in the membership or what they need more training on.  Create those things, flush this out.  Then the second round, maybe you sell it, you get 20 to 30 people.

Jocelyn:  And, the best part is with those first people, you’re going to get really, really vitally important testimonials from them because you’re going to be offering them that much value.

Shane:  And, I think this will be an easy thing for you to sell.  Because people who come from offline to online, like you already have testimonials.  You’ve already got kids that have overcome problems.  You’ve already got parents that are happy with the results.  So, you right away have testimonials.  It doesn’t matter if it’s online or off.  You deliver the result, you got testimonials. Testimonials sell products online.  So, you’re going to have a much easier time marketing this early than someone who’s 100 percent starting from scratch.  And that’s another reason we always tell everybody that comes in, start with where you’re expert enough because you’ve probably delivered results in the real world and that can be translated to online.

Rebecca:  OK.  Let’s do it.

Shane:  That’s what I’m talking about.

Jocelyn:  So, I know that was an overwhelming amount of information but I think that you have something that’s really cool here.  And, you can make this into a really awesome membership site.  So, with all this stuff in mind I know that was a lot that we throw at you, tell us something that you’re going to take action on, say in the next 24 to 48 hours based on what we talked about today?

Rebecca:  I am going to get on the membership site and learn how to create a membership site.  That will be first.  And then also get my ideas formulated into an outline for the anxiety course.

Shane:  Awesome.  And, throw that in the forums and we’ll be happy to help you with any of that that we can to help you kind of dumb down and figure out exactly what to create and what to save for later, OK?

Rebecca:  OK.

Shane:  Rebecca, you’ve got a great idea.  You’ve done a great job building that offline business and I have a funny feeling that you’re going to do a very good job in the future and you’re going to get this online business thing out there as well.  So, thank you so much for coming on the show today.  And, for allowing us to share this with the Flipped Lifestyle audience so that everybody could learn from our discussion.

Rebecca:  Thank you so much.

Shane:  That was another information-packed call with one of our Flipped Your Life community members.  Hope that you got a lot of benefit out of our answers to our guest’s questions as well.  If you’d like to become a member of our Flipped Your Life community, head over to flippedlifestyle.com/flipyourlife and we can help you with your online business.

Jocelyn:  Alright.  It’s time to move into our Can’t Miss Moments segment of the show and these are moments that we were able to experience that we might have missed if we were still working at a normal nine-to-five job.

Shane:  Today’s Can’t Miss Moment is a good one.  We got to go and meet my new nephew.  My brother and his wife just had a baby.  And they had a little boy and it was awesome because we took the kids and just took them out of school.  Took off, went up there for the weekend.  And said, “Hey, let’s go meet our new nephew.”  Let’s be there.  And, meet this little guy as he’s coming into the world.  And, just have the freedom to be able to experience those amazing moments with your family.  My brother does live about three and a half hours away from here – up near in Southern Ohio and it was great to be able to go and do that without having to worry about calling in for work, or missing a day of work or anything like that.  We just took off and took the kids to meet their new baby cousin.

Jocelyn:  They had a really good time holding him.  They love babies, especially Anna so she was really excited to see the new baby and Isaac was, too.  And, we took him out of school a little bit early on a Friday and just headed on up there just to have a little bit of fun.

Shane:  And it was cool because I have a really big family.  Jocelyn has a good-sized family.  And, like sometimes, it’s kind of weird because we’re the only people that can just go do that.  Like everyone else might have to wait a couple of weeks.  A couple of my brothers, they couldn’t go up there to see the new baby.  But, my brother was coming down here in a couple of weeks.  So, they were just going to wait until the baby came down here.  But, we had the freedom to just be able to take off and go experience that with him.  And that was just one of my favorite Can’t Miss Moments ever because it was awesome to meet our new little family member.  Alright, guys, that’s all the time we have for today.  Before we sign off, I’d like to close every one of our shows with a verse from the Bible. Today’s Bible verse comes from Colossians 3:23.  And, the Bible says, “Whatever you do work hard as if working for the Lord and not for men.”  Remember guys, everything in your life there’s a bigger picture at stake.  You don’t have to please anyone.  Just go out there and use the talents and use the abilities that God has given you.  Get out there and use it to change the world and make something happen in your own life.  That’s all the time we have for this week.  As always, guys, thanks for listening to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast and until next time, get out there, take action.  Do whatever it takes to flip your life.  We’ll see you then.

Jocelyn:  Bye.

 

 

Filed Under: Podcast

FL 104 – We celebrate Jeff making over $30,000 in his online business, and his wife quitting her 9 to 5

August 16, 2016 by Shane Sams Leave a Comment

http://traffic.libsyn.com/flippedlifestyle/FL104_Jeff_Twiddy.mp3

Podcast: Play in new window | Download

Subscribe: iTunes | Android | RSS

jeff_twiddy

What’s going on everybody? Gear up for this month’s success story, on call with us today is Flip Your Life community member, Jeff Twiddy.

Coach Twiddy wanted to be able to teach and coach children, as well as have the financial freedom in order to let his wife quit her nine-to-five job.

He started with Geometry Coach, a website devoted to providing lessons for Geometry teachers that are aligned with the most recent Common Core State Standards as well as possible future advancements. Then, later created iCoach.football as an outlet for his coaching passion.

We’ll be talking about how the Flip Your Life community helped in getting things started, the struggles that went along the pursuit of the lifestyle and advice from someone who has actually been there and had done that.

We’re going to have a great time talking about his success online, run through neat tried and tested tips to get your own online business a boost.

It all comes down to what you want to do and do you have the power in your life to do that without…

Click To Tweet

If someone can do it 90% as good as we could, that’s 110% better than us doing it ourselves. -…

Click To Tweet

If you can’t “Get Traffic,” you have to go and “Buy Traffic.” – Shane Sams

Click To Tweet

You Will Learn:

  • Why you shouldn’t do everything yourself
  • How benchmarks help your online business
  • Advice for people who aren’t seeing the results they expect
  • The recurring revenue mindset
  • Plus a lot more!

Links and resources mentioned in today’s show:

  • Flipped Lifestyle
  • Glacier Clinics
  • iCoach
  • Geometry Coach
  • Elementary Librarian
  • Flipped Lifestyle 100th Episode

Enjoy the podcast; we hope it inspires you to explore what’s possible for your family!

Click here to leave us an iTunes review and subscribe to the show! We may read yours on the air!

 

Can’t Miss Moments

Each week Jocelyn and I share moments that we might have missed if we had not started our online business. We hope these moments inspire you to see the possibilities and freedom online business could provide for your family.

“Taking our kids up to the Lexington Opera House to see the production of the Little Mermaid ballet. Well, Isaac will tell you he didn’t like it because it was for girls, you know?  But he really secretly did.  And it was a good time.  We just enjoyed – just watching the ballet. I’ve never been to like an actual ballet aside from like Anna’s little girl recital type stuff.  So it was really cool to see these people. This is what they spend their life doing and they were really talented and the costumes were just beautiful.  And it was just something just fun to do that none of us had ever experienced before.”

Little_Mermaid_Ballet

Thank you for listening!

Thanks again for listening to the show! If you liked it, make sure you share it with your friends and family! Our goal is to help as many families as possible change their lives through online business. Help us by sharing the show!

If you have comments or questions, please be sure to leave them below in the comment section of this post. See y’all next week!

Can’t listen right now? Read the transcript below!

 

Jocelyn:  Hey y’all!  On today’s podcast we celebrate Jeff’s online business success.

Shane:  Welcome to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast where life always become work.  We’re your hosts, Shane and Jocelyn Sams.  We’re a real family who figured out how to make our entire living online.  And now, we help other families do the same.  Are you ready to flip your life?  Alright.  Let’s get started.  What’s going on everybody?  Welcome back to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast.  Great to be back to you again this week especially for this week because we have another Flip Your Life community success story on today’s show.  We’re going to bring on someone who has been on the show before and celebrate all the great things that have happened in their online business since that episode and help them get to the next level as well.

Jocelyn:  This is my favorite kind of show because I just love talking to people and finding out what they’ve been up to in their business and just people we talked to before, just so cool to see where they’ve been and where they’re going.

Shane:  And today’s guest is Jeff Twiddy.  Jeff, welcome to the show, man.

Jeff:  How are you guys doing today?

Shane:  Or Coach Twiddy.

Jeff:  Yes.

Shane:  As I like to call him because he likes to throw the football around a little bit.  You know what I mean?

Jeff:  Little bit.

Shane:  What are you doing today coach?  Tell me about what you’re doing right now when we called you and disrupted your busy afternoon?

Jeff:  I was lying by the pool, drinking a Corona.

Shane:  It’s a tough life sometimes – this online business gig.

Jeff:  Right.

Shane:  You know what I mean?  So tell us a little bit, Jeff, about where you’re at right now in your online business.  We last talked to you about, I believe, in 2015, toward the end of the year.  So quite a few months have passed since then.  Just to catch everybody up, tell all of our listeners like about your online business – what you do online, kind of where you were when we spoke back in 2015 and let us know what’s happened in your online business since then.

Jeff:  Sure.  The first time I talked I had created my football site which was just on playbooks online, the football coaches, and then when actually playbooks is like a full course.  So I was charging $197 for the youth version and $297 for the high school version or above and then I had like an upsell for the retraining program or whatever.  So it was like a decent farm on all net.  It was fairly consistent every month to be honest with you.  And that business got to the point where – I know you heard of the Glazier Clinics website but most people will probably haven’t, but it’s a website for football coaches because they could go on and like just get any information they want basically on football, watch web clinics.  They have live clinics and things like that.

Shane:  Sure.

Jeff:  But one thing that it wasn’t was very organized.  So I went and got some other coaches and together we’ve created the site called iCoach! where we transferred all our other stuff over to.  And basically what it is it’s like a Netflix for football.  But by Netflix I mean everything’s video oriented and it’s really just sort of kind of like Netflix is.  But what it is it’s actually courses, so it’s like a University.  So like there’s a course for spread off.  There’s a course for different defenses and specialty and all that stuff.

Shane:  Right.

Jeff:  So instead of piece mailing things together, everything’s on the same place.  And we launched that in June 1st, I believe, of this year.  And that’s done really well, so that’s actually the reason why my wife got to quit her job.
Shane:  Cool.  And this is more of a subscription model too by getting into that recurring revenue like, do people came in and like join the membership or like they get access…

Jeff:  Yes.

Shane:  …to the University so it builds that recurring?

Jeff:  Yes.

Shane:  Right?

Jeff:  Yes.  We had two options.  There’s a monthly option for a single coach, which is currently $37 a month and then we have an annual staff pass, where you can sign up your whole coaching staff and, you know, that’s just a one-time thing.  Most of the coaches that are going through that have been through – with the purchase order but going for a whole year.

Shane:  Like the Booster Club, fun stuff.  Awesome.
Jeff:  Yes.  That changes every year.  So…

Shane:  Awesome.  So the football stuff is all recurring now instead of having to rely on those one-off sales.  You know what I mean?

Jeff:  Right.  But here’s the crazy part.  My goal was to not work at all while we were in Virginia Beach.  And I get these two sales right in the row.  Somebody had found and purchased my actual course from the original time on my spread course that I had that I was targeting at a long-time and probably got in for life.
Shane:  Right.

Jeff:  Well two people purchased it like literally, right back to back within five minutes of each other.  I’m like, “What in the world?  How did that happen?”  Like I thought like everything had already been transferred over and whatever.  Well they had done a Google search and there’s a keyword turn that apparently that course is ranking for.  Because I didn’t shut it down.  It’s still live.

Shane:  Right.

Jeff:  But two people on the same day, five minutes apart found it and purchased it and I had to email the coaches and go like, “Well, how did you find this thing?”  And they told me what they have searched for so I thought that was pretty cool.

Shane:  That’s pretty cool and you’re leaving bread crumbs behind and you just accidentally make money while at the beach.

Jeff:  Right.

Shane:  That’s always a good feeling.

Jeff:  That’s true.  And then as far as the other’s, I guess, my geometry coach website.  It’s been phenomenal.  You know we – I missed the back at the school last year because I didn’t launch the thing until like probably a week or so in the September.

Shane:  Sure.  I remember that.

Jeff:  It did really well.  Between both sites right now, it’s – like I said my wife has quit her job and I like to teach and coach.  I mean I could if I wanted to.

Shane:  Right.

Jeff:  So they both provided us with that option but, you know, I’m a head football coach so I like being in the building with the kids and whatnot.  So I keep doing it. But, yes, both sites are doing really well.  I mean I can’t thank you guys enough obviously.  It’s like there’s no way I can ever repay you guys for what you’ve done for me and my family, but it’s been an awesome ride.

Shane:  I love what you said there because, you know, we’ve talked a lot about this slightly.  You know everybody online sells, “Quit your nine to five.”  You know that’s great.  But like what you really are doing online is creating more control over your life.  Like you guys have the choices now.  Does your wife stay home?  Do you stay home?  Do you go coach football?  It all comes down to what you want to do and do you have the power in your life to do that without having to worry.  But one of the great things you said to me one time was that you posted – and I can’t remember if it was on Facebook or in the forums.  But you are like – one of the coolest things is, you know, besides normal parenting I don’t have to say no to my kids.  And I’ve totally relate to that like I can remember at times thinking then, “How am I going to provide certain things for my kids?”  But now it’s like, you know, other than teaching them that they don’t get anything they want, we can get those things and do those things and provide those opportunities for our kids that we would not have been able to do with online business.  So it’s just awesome to hear how much control you have over your life.

Jeff:  Right.  I mean when we were both teachers, there’s no way like – if she would have said, “OK.  Let’s take the kids for couple of hours before it was time to go.” There’s no way I could have pulled that off like before all of this when we we’re just both teachers.  It just wouldn’t have been impossible.  And then to go on the trip like that and, you know, be able to go dinner wherever we want and, you know, literally not have to worry about a thing the whole time because if the kids say, you know, “Let’s do this.”  And we agreed that it’s a good idea, we can just go do it.  And that’s like the freedom of it like it’s not that you don’t have to teach any more, you don’t have to coach any more, you don’t have to work your nine to five anymore.  I’d say you have the freedom to do what you want to do.  Like I enjoy coaching football, I enjoy being around kids so that’s what I want to do.  Could I stay at home and be playing on my computer all day and, you know, growing my online business faster?  Maybe, but I love being around football and the kids so that’s what I choose to do and that’s the best part of it is the freedom and make those decisions.

Jocelyn:  Yes.  For sure.  And, you know, one size doesn’t fit all.  There are people who do this online business thing in so many different ways.  And just because we do it one way doesn’t mean that it’s right for you and because you do it that way doesn’t mean that it’s right for somebody else.  So I think it’s really cool that you guys have it set up that way out.  I remember the last time that we talked to you that you just really wanted to bring your wife home and now you’ve been able to do that, so I’m really happy for you guys.

Shane:  We just came back from a conference recently.  And, you know, it kind of – there’s not an eloquent way to put this.  Everyone’s kind of just trying to brag about where they’re going.  Like when you go to these conferences and you walk out to people and you’re like, “Hey, well, what are you doing online?” “Well, I’m trying to get $1.6 million this year.”  Or, “I’m trying to be the richest person alive.”  And, “I’m trying to work 19 hours like Gary V, ra ra ra ra, you know all stuff.”  And we’re like, “Yes, we’re just trying to play with our kids in the backyard, more”.  So like it – and when you take that out of the equation, you know, this rat race people are just online.  A lot of times trading one rat race for another.  And when you get that clarity and perspective, “Hey, I have predictable income.  I know I’m going to get paid for the next three to six months because I can see it.  I know my numbers.  I know that I have enough money to do the things I want to do.”  It just empowers you to actually open your eyes and live life and not get caught up in all this nonsense that everybody else gets caught up in.

Jeff:  Absolutely.  And I mean the best part without question is, you know, you get to give your kids the life that I didn’t have growing up.  I know for sure I give them, you know, a lifestyle that, you know, I couldn’t even imagine when I was little.

Shane:  For sure.  Let me ask you a couple of questions just about the journey over the last little bit and kind of that movement from, “My goal is to do this,” like bring your wife home or have the choice to stay home if you want to or have the choice to go to football.  What do you think was the biggest challenge that you, maybe have overcome in the last six months to a year in your online business and how did we help you with that?

Jeff:  This question’s easy.   It was not trying to do everything myself 100%.  I thought I had to learn.  I didn’t think I had to. I’m a football coach, you know?  So I’m like really, I guess controlling when it comes to this stuff like I wanted to learn how to literally – every single detail of my online business.  But the cool part about that was through the process I learned that not only do they not have to like if I hire VAs and, you know, my friends if I wanted to work for me, provide extra income for them too.  That’s kind of cool.  But what I learned through that process was that I get to decide what I want to do.

Shane:  Nice.

Jeff:  So I guess, if the marketing piece is what I love doing the most or, you know, the creating content piece is what I like doing the most then I do it and I pay somebody else to do all the other stuff that I don’t want to do.  You know?  So once I figure out that part of the process, like that just completely changed the game for me.

Shane:  And it’s almost to like when we do some stuff like that, you need benchmarks like we learned that ahead of you because we learned it from somebody else.  And then we were able to use that ripple effect to say, “No man. We did the same thing you did.  You need to just let some of this go.  You’re plateauing because of it.  So like its cool when you get around other entrepreneurs.  You’re like, “Oh, I have permission to do that. They did it.  So why can’t I do it?” And you get in that situation where you’re like not trying to do everything because you saw – its like – and you see someone else doing it, it gives you permission to kind of let it go.  You know?

Jeff:  Right.  And I hired – like within the past two, three months, I’ve hired two VAs that are creating all the content on the geometry sites now.  You know I’ve created everything to begin with, but they’re doing all the answer documents, making things look prettier and add news, projects and things like that to it. So now I’m to the point where – because I have a VA that does that for me like if somebody in our geometry coach forum says, “Hey, have you ever thought about doing this?” Or, “You know this would be a cool idea or whatever.  I can just make it happen.”  And it’s there, you know, within a couple of days.  It’s awesome.

Shane:  And it’s probably – and like we always say, if someone can do it 90% as good as we could, that’s 110% better than us doing it ourselves because they’re doing it and I’m doing something else and you just have this exponential growth instead of pulling ourselves up the hill on our knuckles.

Jeff:  Right.  And then aside from VA’s like I also have hired one of my assistant football coaches who – you know, he’s young, he’s eager, he wants to be a head coach someday.  So like I get to pay him to do what he actually loves to do anyway, so he’s like creating content for iCoach, you know, in researching and interviewing coaches and doing whatever it needs to be done to grow this thing, he’s getting to learn the game of football, which is what he wants to do for the rest of his life is coach football and he’s making money to do it and you and I come from the same road.  GAs don’t get paid last time I checked.  You know what I mean?

Shane:  No, they do not.

Jeff:  He’s getting that education in football and he’s getting paid to do it.  And so, you know, it’s awesome to be able to do those things for your friends and things like that.

Jocelyn:  Yes, we have suffered relationships with our friends which can be sort of a gray area but, you know, overall it’s worked out really well.  We’ve been able to help them out.  They are able to help us out with some content creation and it just really is a nice relationship, if you can find that sweet spot with working with somebody else.  We have a lot of listeners out there who are probably thinking, “Oh, I can’t do this.  This person is just doing something extraordinary.”  Or, you know, maybe you’re an outlier of some kind.  And I think that that’s just lot of a negative talk that people tell themselves.  What do you think is, you know, just some of a good advice that you would give to those people out there who are working hard?  And maybe they’re not seeing the results that they would want to see. For instance if you could go back and tell yourself before you started what would you say to yourself or to these people who are working hard and not seeing much progress yet?

Jeff:  Sure.  You know, first we kind of already talked about this a little bit.  Definitely, you know, don’t do all the work yourself.  Reinvest.  Hire VAs that do those things that you don’t want to do.  And the other thing that kind of goes along with that is – I really wish like I would have documented everything that I did from the beginning.  I wish I would have – I didn’t have Screenflow or Camtasia in the beginning to be able to like record myself doing things for the first time and whatever but I really wish that I would have done those things like even if I wrote them down on paper, so that I could go back and look to those things and go, “I really didn’t like doing this.”  You know what I mean?  I really love doing this you know?  And it would have shorten the process to get to the point where I would hired my first VA so that I wouldn’t have been doing all those things that I didn’t need to even learn to begin with.

Shane:  And you would have had the training ready.  You would have had the instructions written down.

Jeff:  Right.  And I really wish I would have done it.  So I mean for a new person starting out, it would be a huge advice to record everything whether it be on paper or screen capture or just even a voice memo on your iPhone, record it, how to do it or what your thoughts are on it so that when it comes to decision time to  actually hire your first VA to do some of these things for you.  You can go, “This is what I want them to do because I don’t want to do that part of it”.  And then the other thing that’s obviously probably the golden egg right now is Facebook ads.  My advice would be learn everything and anything you can about Facebook ads because that can really change your business really fast, if you’re good at it.

Shane:  Yes.  That’s what we’ve been harping on for a while really both those things.  You know we’ve really learned that every time we hire someone, our business grows.  It just happens because you get 40 hours a week back or in addition to what you’re already spending.  So, you’re going to be more productive.  You’re going to be able to do things.  And also too, you know, we just helped someone on the podcast the other day, they’re like, “Well why don’t you guys focus on organic and all those concentration.”  And I’m like, “Why would I try to get 100,000 followers when I can just pay the target ads that someone else’s tomorrow?” Like it doesn’t make sense to not buy ads because when people come to us and they’re like, “I just can’t get any traffic.”  We’re like, “Buy traffic.”  That’s what the whole Internet is set up Now to do is to go out on Google.  Go out on Facebook, Twitter, Pinterest.  You pick.  They all have an ad platform to get eyeballs on your brand fast which will allow more organic growth on the backend of that.

Jeff:  Yes.  And I’ve been actually doing really well on Pinterest and with the geometry coach.  There’s a company called BoardBooster.  You know, it’s kind of like a Buffer or Meet Edgar but it’s specifically designed for…

Shane:  Pinterest.

Jeff:  Yes.  And as opposed to buying ads like I tried the buying ad thing too but I found that I could actually do better if I just, you know, reach out to different educational boards or group boards and then, you know, schedules everything on BoardBooster so that’s been working out really well too for me.

Shane:  How has recurring revenue as a mindset?  How has that kind of shifted the way you look at things like doing the monthly membership for this teacher websites, creating the iCoach! platform where people can come in and create that subscription plan.  Like how did that part of, you know, just the whole, you know, Flip Your Life philosophy of building stable growing predictable or recurring revenue?  How has that changed your outlook on online business and like just maybe the stress around your online business for  your finances?

Jeff:  It smoothes everything out.  To be honest with you, it makes your customers and your clients happier too, because like I’m probably one of the few people in your community who went from having $200 to $300 course…

Shane:  Yes.

Jeff …to putting into a community all within the last year or so and to see the expansion at both ends of it at a pretty big level.  So, like instead of making $10,000 in July for back to school, you know?

Shane:  Right.

Jeff:  And making then nothing two months later.

Shane:  Right.

Jeff:  Like everything is – you know what I mean?  Like there’s no stress of the launching all that stuff.  Everything is just constantly running, so it’s like it’s a smooth process where you know exactly what you’re going to make every month and the number doesn’t go down.  It only goes up if your product’s good.  I’m not going to lie.  I was extremely nervous when I shut down my spread course for football because this is…

Shane:  Oh I’ve been there, man.  Yup.

Jeff:  You know, I sold 10, 20 of those a month.  I mean it was doing really, really well and I was taking that and putting into a membership site where, you know, I was worried that I was going to take a dip.  But what I found was because all of my, you know, 200, 300 coaches that had purchased my spread course all transferred over…

Shane:  For sure.

Jeff:  …in iCoach immediately because they knew the products was so good, they’re like,” Whoa.  What’s the next thing going to look like?” You know what I mean?

Shane:  Yes.

Jeff:  This is the crazy part.  This is the point that I was getting to is I haven’t have one coach cancel yet.  Not one.

Shane:  That’s awesome.

Jeff:  So it’s like – you know what I mean?  It…

Shane:  Yes.  Couple months in for sure.

Jeff:  I don’t even have any churn to measure yet.  So it’s like – it’s just crazy and it’s just been mind blowing.  And…

Shane:  And that’s what’s great about six months in, you’ll – like there will be a little bit of churn.  But if it’s that high now, that’s a really good sign that you’re going to be what we always look for is, “Get it over 90.”  You know if you lose 10 , you only got to do is go find 11 and you grow.  You know what I’m saying?

Jeff:  Right.

Shane:  From a customer standpoint and that’s awesome that you’re getting that much traction.

Jeff:  Well I mean – and the bottom line is if you ask for tips for new people, don’t put out junk.  You know what I mean?  Like make sure that your product is – it’s phenomenal like it’s something people are going to want and want more of which is what I try to do with everything that I put out which is that greatly reduces your churn obviously as well.  But like you guys are in Forbes and all those other stuffs, is because your stuff is good.  You know what I mean?

Shane:  Right.

Jeff:  You stick around.  I don’t know how long I’ve been a member.  It’s been a long time with the…

Shane: Yes.

Jeff:  …you know Flip Your Life community. It’s been a long time but I don’t even think about it.  And, I wouldn’t – you know, I would never in a million years think about cancelling because everything that I know just came from that.  So even if I was never even logging in into your community anymore, I would stay a member just because of what you guys have done for my life.

Shane:  Man, that’s awesome that you say.  I appreciate that.  We did not pay Jeff to say that.  I promise.

Jeff:  No, no.  Never.

Jocelyn:  No, we did not.

Jeff:  But it’s like, you know, the better your product is, of course, people are going to stay longer, so it’s fun.  I don’t look any of this like it’s a job.

Shane:  Exactly.

Jeff:  Like my wife – like she’ll laugh at me and says I’m like a little kid playing a video game.  But no, like I enjoy what I do for a living which you can put a dollar sign on that.

Jocelyn:  Yes, that’s the truth.  That’s the way that we feel about what we do.  I mean it’s just so awesome every single day.  And we have bad days but I mean compared to, you know, working for somebody else or doing something different, we just love what we do.  So…

Shane:  A bad day in your back – living room or on your computer is not as bad as a bad day at work.  Ever.  You know what I mean?  Yes. Jocelyn, how did you feel like, he was talking about being like terrified when he switched over, you know, the products to the thing?  Tell him a little bit about when we switched Elementary Librarian in our other sites over from those single products to this what we viewed as a lower monthly price just from incomes.  Like how did you feel when we were doing that?

Jocelyn:  It was definitely a little scary.  I mean we have had some really big successes with several products and just knowing what that type of income was.  And I guess it was 2014 and then go into the recurring model in 2015, you know, when we don’t even really offer this higher price product anymore. I mean it was a big difference, but the good thing was that we stay pretty steady…

Shane:  Yup.

Jocelyn:  …which sounds kind of bad fromwhen you definitely want to grow but this year should be a lot better because we have that baseline of…

Shane:  Right.

Jocelyn:  …recurring revenue and now we’re going to have new sales on top of this.  So I’m really excited about this summer with the education products for sure.  So, yes, I mean I can definitely relate to what you’re saying.

Shane:  You don’t start from zero – is the best thing about memberships.  Like we did switch and there – and like Jocelyn said, you know, if we had x thousand dollars during this period then we have about the same the second year, so most people would be like, “You didn’t grow.” That’s what all these – those guys bragging about their $1.6 million…

Jeff:  But that’s recurring.

Shane:  Exactly.  You don’t understand, guys. We didn’t launch that.  It’s still there.  Most of those people are still paying and when the new people come in the next crop of people, it’s just going to add on top of it 10-fold.  OK?

Jocelyn:  All right Jeff.  It has been awesome talking to you today, hearing about your success story and all the things that you have been up to online.  We are super proud of you and really happy to have you as a part of our Flip Your Life community.

Jeff:  Thank you.  And thank you for everything you guys have done for us and, you know, congratulations.  I know it hasn’t happened yet but you’re 100 – or your 100th podcast at that point I’m excited to hear that one.  Because that’s how I found you guys to begin with is listening to Pat Flynn’s podcast online direct from the backyard.

Shane:  We’re bringing around full circle.  And for those of you who is listening to this to the future, that episode has already aired.

Shane:  We’re recording this a little bit before the 100th episode comes out so you can find that at flippedlifestyle.com/podcast100. Well, Jeff, man, we are going to get out of here.  Thank you so much.  Keep doing great things.  Keep impacting those lives on the football field and thank you for being on the show today.

Jeff:  Thanks, guys.

Shane:  Super call today with one of our Flip Your Life community members.  We’d love for you to be a member of our community as well.  If you would like to join our Flip Your Life community, head over to flippedlifestyle.com/flipyourlife and we can show you how to join today.

Jocelyn:  It’s now time to move into our “Can’t Miss Moment” segment.  These are moments that we were able to experience recently that we might have missed if we were still working at a normal nine to five job.

Shane:  This week’s “Can’t Miss Moment” is taking our kids up to the Lexington Opera House to see the production of the Little Mermaid ballet.  So this is a classy, really classy “Can’t Miss Moments” with the CCCMs – the classy can’t miss ones.  So we got all dressed up this weekend and took the kids up to this amazing production.  It was a packed house and it was in one of those like “old school” theaters and we had like our own little private box like it was just one of those old things that kind of – ovals outside of the wall up in the – like window that people sit in.

Jocelyn:  Most people probably know what a box is but if you look in the…

Shane:  When you live in the South, you got to explain these things to people.  You know what I’m saying?  People don’t understand that fancy stuff.  So we have our own little private box and I wore my tie and Isaac wore his little tie and Anna joked on this pretty little dress.  And it was a kind of – was it purple?  I’m color blind.  But…

Jocelyn:  No, it’s like green.

Shane:  It’s green. I thought it’s purple. I can’t see colors, whatever.  But it was just a very cool experience.  I’ve never been to anything like that before and I think the kids had an absolute blast and then Jocelyn was really pumped up about that taking us all to this event.

Jocelyn:  Well, Isaac will tell you he didn’t like it because it was for girls, you know?  But he really secretly did.  And it was a good time.  We just enjoyed – just watching the ballet. I’ve never been to like an actual ballet aside from like Anna’s little girl recital type stuff.  So it was really cool to see these people. This is what they spend their life doing and they were really talented and the costumes were just beautiful.  And it was just something just fun to do that none of us had ever experienced before.

Shane:  There was something different.  You know?  I think that’s what we learned more and more as we get that farther into this Flipped Lifestyle and down the online business path is that it just opens up so many doors and opens up so many opportunities just when you have the resources to be able to go do these things.  And when you get to expose your kids to these, you know, whole other world, this whole other culture, all of these neat stuff that they probably would never see if you were just grinding it out, you know, 50 hours a week staying at home on a weekend.  And we are blessed and fortunate to be able to give our kids that kind of opportunity and let them see things like this.  Before we go today guys, I want to share a Bible verse with you. Jocelyn and I draw a lot of inspiration and motivation from the Bible and we want to pass that along.  Today’s Bible verse is one of my favorites, and it comes from Ecclesiastes 11:4 and the Bible says, “He who observes the wind and waits for all conditions to be favorable will not so and he who regards the clouds will not reap.”  Now what this bible verse is saying guys it’s a very fancy way to say, “It ain’t got to be perfect.”  You can’t wait around in your online business for all conditions to be favorable.  You can’t wait for the right opportunity, for the clouds and the wind to blow by the perfect chance.  You just have to take action.  So go out there and sow the seeds and get ready to reap the harvest.  That’s all the time we have for this week.  As always guys, thanks for listening to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast.  And until next time, get out there.  Take action.  Do whatever it takes to flip your life.  We’ll see you then.

Jocelyn:  Bye.

 

Filed Under: Podcast

FL 103 – We help Kevin gain traction for his guitar tutorial website

August 9, 2016 by Shane Sams Leave a Comment

http://traffic.libsyn.com/flippedlifestyle/FL103_Kevin_Depew.mp3

Podcast: Play in new window | Download

Subscribe: iTunes | Android | RSS

Kevin Depew pic

In this week’s Flipped Lifestyle episode, we have returning guest, Flip Your Life community member and music enthusiast, Kevin DePew.

Kevin started playing the guitar when he was 15 years old. He had written and recorded songs, played in a rock band in his youth and had always loved the therapeutic effects of music.

His hobbies had to take the backseat though, when he and his wife, had to focus on their roles in raising their family.

Now with their children grown and their nest empty, Kevin is back and is thrilled to share his talent and passion to the world – this time as a teacher-writer hybrid.

Kevin has so much content on his website, relaxandlearnguitar.com, but it appears that it will take more than that to get the membership started. Join us as we discuss strategies that will help overcome Kevin’s current online business challenges.

So tune in and enjoy this information packed episode with us!

It doesn’t matter how good your lessons are if no one sees them. – Shane Sams

Click To Tweet

Do one thing really, really good at first. You can’t be everywhere until you’re somewhere -…

Click To Tweet

You Will Learn:

  • How to gain traction for your website.
  • How to maximize your effort using content from different places.
  • What does a Beta Membership look like and it’s advantages.
  • Plus a lot more!

Links and resources mentioned in today’s show:

  • Flipped Lifestyle
  • Relax and Learn Guitar
  • Kevin’s First FL On Air Call
  • Legoland Review

Enjoy the podcast; we hope it inspires you to explore what’s possible for your family!

Click here to leave us an iTunes review and subscribe to the show! We may read yours on the air!

Can’t Miss Moments

Each week Jocelyn and I share moments that we might have missed if we had not started our online business. We hope these moments inspire you to see the possibilities and freedom online business could provide for your family.

“Today’s Can’t Miss Moment is volunteering at Isaac’s school. Not too long ago, they had some testing and after their testing, depending on what scores they get, they have a wall of handprints where the children can put their handprint on if they receive distinguished scores. I was able to take some time off, go up to his school and I was able to see him actually put his handprint up on the wall for scoring those distinguished scores. It just means so much to him to have me there at his school, just to support him and be there when he’s there.  He thinks that’s really cool.  So, I’d love to be able to go there from time to time and volunteer.”

Isaac_Handprint_on_wall
Thank you for listening!

Thanks again for listening to the show! If you liked it, make sure you share it with your friends and family! Our goal is to help as many families as possible change their lives through online business. Help us by sharing the show!

If you have comments or questions, please be sure to leave them below in the comment section of this post. See y’all next week!

 

Can’t listen right now? Read the transcript below!

Jocelyn:  Hey y’all!  On today’s podcast, we help Kevin make a pivot to a new online business.

Shane:  Welcome to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast, where life always become work.  We’re your hosts, Shane and Jocelyn Sams.  We’re a real family who figured out how to make our entire living online.  And now, we help other families do the same.  Are you ready to flip your life?  Alright.  Let’s get started. What’s going on everybody? Welcome back to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast.  It is great to be back with you as always.  This week, we’ve got a beautiful sunny day out the window here in Kentucky at the podcast, and we are excited because we are welcoming back a former guest and friend of ours, Kevin Depew – a Flip Your Life member who has been on the podcast before, but we have something we’ve never done that’s happening here on the podcast today.  We are going to help someone pivot from one online business idea to another.  So, Kevin, welcome back to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast.

Kevin Depew:  Thank you.  Great to be here.

Shane:  And, it was very interesting watching the progression of Kevin’s online business since he was on the podcast.  What episode was that Jocelyn?

Jocelyn:  I think it was 79.

Shane:  Episode 79, so if you want to check out his first episode to kind of partner with this, go back to flippedlifestyle.com/podcast79.  Kevin had an online business that was totally different than where he is today and where he is making progress.  So, Kevin, tell everyone a little bit about, just quickly where you were when we last spoke.  And, maybe what your avatar was, what you were trying to do, maybe a couple of, you know, little problems that you had with that and then, tell us about your business and your avatar now.

Kevin Depew:  Sure.  So, that was back in late January – so, January, February when I had my first call with you guys.  I was really new.  I had turned a blog in November 2015, just kind of getting idea to want to do online business.  And, at that point I had come across you guys through I believe it was from Pat Flynn’s podcast, really felt like you guys were some real folks I could learn from.  So, I jumped right into the community and I think I did my phone call with you guys.  I was maybe in there a week and a half…

Shane:  All right.

Kevin Depew:  Yeah.  Got an email and said, “Yes.  I’m going to – I will talk to people in person about online business.  What the heck?”

Shane:  I probably will.

Kevin Depew:  At that point I was doing the blog with createsometime.com and it was a tag blog.  So, let’s just say that.  The avatar was everyone living in America, basically

Shane:  Right.  And literally you said that.  I’m pretty sure you’re like, “Yes, I just wanted to help everybody.”  And I’m like, “No.  That’s not how this works, man.”  You know?

Kevin Depew:  Yes.  I learned a lot.  So, at that point… I mean I have strengths in being creative and art, and music, that kind of thing.  And I’m also really good at time management.  I’ve worked my entire career, 25-plus years administration, children and families, multiple projects, you know, hiring and training and working with multiple people.

Shane:  Right.

Kevin Depew:  So, it was very broad.  That first phone call – we really narrowed down how to choose a more specific avatar, which I was kind of… what ended at that call was figuring out a more specific avatar and a more specific problem.

Shane:  And, we really niched down to you were trying to help older people who had parents that were caregivers for their older aging parents and you were going to help them control their time, basically.

Kevin Depew:  Exactly.  So, we narrow it down to that demographic and just kind of myself as the avatar and things I’ve learned from that.  And then, you know, step off from there with the blog post, the lead magnets, time management, — the stress and issues that caregivers have — did some Facebook ads, learned a lot of stuff.  And, you know, it wasn’t really gaining any traction.  So…

Shane:  Sure.

Kevin Depew:  …there was a lot of involvement with the help of you guys. Jocelyn was very, very patient and very helpful.  So, I will say that for sure.
Jocelyn:  Yes, Kevin, we definitely did a lot of soul searching on the old action plans forum.

Kevin Depew:  Yes.

Jocelyn:  We talked together a lot, I know.  And one of the suggestions that – I’m not sure if it was me or another community member had, was for you to actually sit down with a person and to see what they were willing to pay for and if there were people willing to pay for something.  So…

Shane:  Like this avatar, basically.

Jocelyn:  Yes, so I think you actually did that.  And, tell us a little bit about that and how that led to change in direction a little bit.

Kevin Depew:  Sure.  Yes, that was in May pretty much.  I did meet with about five different people, face to face and had asked them a couple of questions about how they would like to get content, whether it be a free blog or through a community or through a course.  And, just found on that topic, there’s a lot stress and a lot of time that people are trying to spend better in taking care of themselves.  But, it’s really something they felt like they weren’t really jazzed about paying a lot of money for.  So, you know, my wife and I are trying to figure the stuff out.  And she’s like, “You know what?  You’re creative.  You’re giving a guitar lessons to people.  You love music.  What about that?  That seems a little more concrete.”  So, that was two months ago.  So, since then that’s been the major shift to working on a website that’s teaching people how to play the guitar and then moving the direction of a membership site for that topic.

Shane:  That’s good, man.  And like this is so interesting.  Like when I was talking to you come back on the show, I was fascinated about this because nobody talks about pivoting.  Everybody is always just like, “Chase your dreams.  Get an idea and hammer it until it works.”  You know, it takes a lot of courage to pivot and you did that.  And I’ve seen how much easier the last couple of months was than the first six months, because it’s just flowed out of you because you’re finally kind of hitting your stride.  You may have been through it once before, you know you’ve created the blog, you’ve kind of done all the growing pains stuff, learning how all this fit together and it seems like it’s been a little bit easier for you to pivot into this new idea, where you do seem to be getting like more personal traction in it.  Does that make sense?

Kevin Depew:  Oh, absolutely.  I will say I totally agree with that.  And a part of me is like, “I’m just not doing this right.”  You know what I mean, I’m starting to self-doubt and kind of figure out… and I’m a person who kind of once I get my mind set to it, I’m going to figure it out.

Shane:  Sure, sure.

Kevin Depew:  I felt like I can’t be really wrong.  Let’s just try something else.

Shane:  Exactly.  And, that’s where most people I think really fail at online business.  You know, we tried different things before things worked.  Most successful people, anybody that you find, whatever they’re doing online now, they were not necessarily doing that in the beginning.  The beginning was where they had their first ideas, they tried and they learned and they made some mistakes.  And, eventually, you find your way to that idea that does stick and you know how to act on that better because you figured all the other stuff out.  So, it’s a lot easier, you know, the second or third time to try something, but most people just quit because they stopped their blog and two months later they’re not quitting their job and that’s just not how you do it.

Kevin Depew:  Yes, yes.  That’d be nice.

Jocelyn:  Yes, for sure.  Alright, Kevin.  Let’s jump into some questions for today.  Let’s fast forward a little bit to what you’re working on now and what is your biggest challenge right now?  I know that you’ve just started kind of recently.  So, you have your website up and I think that you have your opt in bonus going.  Have you had people opt in?

Shane:  Yes.  And also to tell everybody your domain name and then maybe narrow down the avatar a little bit..  It’s not just all people that want guitars.  Who are we speaking to here?

Kevin Depew:  Yes.  And so, the website is relaxandlearnguitar.com and my avatar is that – I’m going just say affectionately – the middle-aged person…

Shane:  Right.

Kevin Depew:  …like myself.  And recently, maybe the empty nester or those who have more time to themselves to learn to play for the first time or maybe they’ve done that in the past and life got in the way and they wanted to pick it back up and start again. Those looking for ways to enjoy, have less stress and just have better health – mental health-wise by learning an instrument, which I think is a very powerful thing for folks who do that.

Shane:  That is an awesome avatar, awesome avatar.  Where are you at right now like Jocelyn said?  then if you want to go ahead and tell us what your biggest challenge is with this new direction.

Kevin Depew:  Sure.  The website is one-week old.  So, I have revamped everything.  And you’re totally right, man in “the second time around.”  I’ve got these pieces like WordPress or AWeber or Leadpages.  I’ve got that under my belt.  So, it was just a matter of kind of redoing these things.  It didn’t take me as long as I thought it would.

Shane:  For sure.

Kevin Depew:  So, I have a website, I’ve got a blog.  There’s probably eight or nine posts on there, there’s a couple of free lessons, there’s an opt in. I did have to learn Vimeo because obviously with this avatar, that’s going to be huge of how that’s going to be delivered.

Shane:  Sure.

Kevin Depew:  So, you know, a little learning curve there.  But, I have a YouTube channel now, too. It’s one week old.  I’ve not have any new opt ins, but I have not done any kind of like paid promotion.  And that’s kind of first question like – I know I need to work on and I’ve started just beginning with video taping those first kind of core membership video series I’m working on.

Shane:  Sure.

Kevin Depew:  And, while I’m doing that I’m also kind of promoting the website too before there’s an actual paid piece to it.  What does that look like?

Shane:  Right, exactly…

Kevin Depew:  So, how do I gain traction, I guess?

Shane:  Well, I think that you do have those first few lessons done.  And the big selling point in any membership like this, we find this a lot – and a lot of our people who’d come through better in the arts or in like teaching music or teaching people how to draw, stuff like that – The powerful thing is going to be… not only the community that you build, but working directly with you like people want how-to videos but there’s how-to videos all over the place.  I would even argue in your space, what you’re doing here.  The stuff that goes in an organized fashion inside your community, like you’re going to have like lesson one, lesson two, “Start here.  Go there.”  That’s all going to be inside your membership in a nice, neat orderly fashion.  I think most of your videos you’re going to be able to just release on YouTube anyway.  And that’s going to get you a lot of traction.  Because just let the videos be free and let people come in, and start picking up the guitar and learning from you.  What you’re going to offer people is come into the community, record yourself playing, share it.  Let me come on as a teacher and record myself, telling you what you need to do or talking in the forums about what you need to undo to improve your video.  I think that’s what you’re going to find is more valuable here for the membership not just the content.  You want to get your content out there.  You want people to say, “Dang it.  Kevin taught me the guitar.”  You know what I mean?  and then, “But I want him to help me get better.  I want to be around a lot of other empty nesters.  I want to be a lot – around, you know, 50 to a 100 guys that are doing this with me and we’re all doing it together.  I can see where they messed up,  I can see what they do or I can write a song and go share it with them in a safe place.  And Kevin can come in and kind of help me a lot on that journey.”  So, I would actually argue if you’ll just set your forums up, you’re not going to need a ton of content in there.  As your content gets out into the world, people are going to start coming there for you.  There was even a coaching component to this.  You know, one of the fastest ways to make money is to just go one-on-one and do what doesn’t scale first.  As people discover you, let them just come in.  Do some Skype lessons.  Jump on Skype, see them play, help them out, talk about video one that they found and then move forward into that with them.  So, you’re really a lot closer than you think.  You do have a paid product, you’ve got you.

Kevin Depew:  OK, yes.  That’s shift the there.  It’s a lot of competition with a lot of talking in the forums, I operate under the premise that what folks are going to do is be there for the relationship and with myself, more so than the actual – because you can get free guitar lessons, you get free lessons on a lot of stuff online.

Shane:  Yes.

Kevin Depew:  So, yes, that makes sense so it’s kind of this recapping on.  I’ve done five or six lessons already that were going to be on the membership site.  Just go ahead and put those on YouTube now and have it lead back to the website.  Is that…

Jocelyn:  Yes, I think that’s what you should definitely do.  You need some free content out there.  You need to be bringing people back to your site so that they can opt in and hopefully join your membership off that.

Shane:  Like it doesn’t matter how good your lessons are if no one sees them.  So, like, yes you’re going to be able to offer things in your membership later.  Like when these people really get down the road with you and invest in you, they’re going to say, “Teach me something high-tech.  Teach me something awesome.  What can I play when I’m on the beach with my grandkids for this vacation this week that’s going to impress them?” Those are things you can offer in the membership but like basically right now, you can just say, “Let it all go, man.  Let it all free.”  Now, this is another trick to – no, it’s not a trick.  It’s like a way to leverage your content.  Like things you release for free can be out there.  But, then you can still use those in a paid area because you’re going to organize them and guide people through them in a certain order.  That’s how you monetize your content.  You know most of the information, when we give advice on here that we could get probably charge for, if we were doing like consulting calls.  But, we let it go out there because information wants to be free and we want people to see that they can come to our membership to get direct help.  So, that’s exactly what you’re doing here.  Be that guy for these people in public as much as possible.  Get a following and then draw them back into your membership where they can get actual one-on-one help.

Kevin Depew:  And that’s what they’re paying for is the direct one-on-one help.

Shane:  And the community and the relationship and, you know, stuff like that.

Jocelyn:  And you can have other pay content also like you don’t have to release every single thing that you make.

Shane:  Right.

Jocelyn:  But, you need enough there so that people can discover you.

Kevin Depew:  Sure and that’s kind of a traction thing and like, “Yes, it’s great.”  But until they – when no one’s looking at the website, there’s a whole lot of thing that’s going to be going on there.  So….

Shane:  Exactly.  That’s why initially when you start a membership website, no matter what you’re selling, it’s really coming from the point of, “Work with me.”  Now, as you get to a certain level of people, 200, 300 – that becomes harder and harder to scale.  So, you’ll have to come up with other kinds of strategies like more lessons, like more automation, like more group coaching instead of one-on-one coaching.  But, you’re at a phase right now where everything you create should be out on YouTube, everything.  Eventually, you’ll pull people in and say, “Let me do some one-on-one lessons.  I’ve got 10 guys coming through this month.”  You know, like we do our Masterminds in Flip Your Life.

Kevin Depew:  OK.

Shane:  If you get a 100 people following, 200 people following you over the next couple of months, you get 10 of those people to come in one-on-one. You learn from them, you help them and you go through a month or two with them and that helps you get more people down the road.

Kevin Depew:  OK, good.

Jocelyn:  Alright.  Let’s move on to the next question.

Kevin Depew:  So, kind of related to this, or an option to that first question.  That’s kind of maximizing effort.  I thought of I want to release a blog post every couple of weeks.  I want to have a free lesson on that blog every month.  And then, also the thought of recording these content for YouTube and getting out there.  So, it’s kind of how do I maximize my effort and use that same content in all those different places?

Shane:  Yes.

Kevin Depew:  Does that make sense?

Shane:  Well, I don’t know why you’re blogging.  You can’t read a guitar play.

Kevin Depew:  OK.

Shane:  Like why not just make videos and put that on your blog with the embed and write a description.

Kevin Depew:  OK, yes.

Shane:  Like, yes, don’t blog.  Do one thing really, really good at first.  You can’t be everywhere until you’re somewhere.  It’s impossible.  Jocelyn and I can be in as many as we want because we have six people that work for us, but you can’t and you don’t have a following yet.  You’ve got to be in one place, but you can use that one thing everywhere.  That’s the real trick to it.  So, if you make your YouTube videos and you release them on YouTube and you write a description, there’s nothing stopping you from embedding that in a blog post and writing the description on your site too to get more traffic.  There’s nothing wrong with you uploading that to your Facebook group or your Facebook page that you start and using that same video in 20 different places.  That’s how you’re going to leverage your time.  Just because somebody else blogs, podcasts and has YouTube, that does not mean that you have to.

Jocelyn:  Yes.

Kevin Depew:  So, one of those a-ha moments.  OK.

Jocelyn:  Yes, for sure.  And, you know, I think that there are places for blog posts on your site.  Like if you decide to do that later, maybe you like My Top Five Favorite Guitars or something like that, you know?

Shane:  That’s good.

Jocelyn:  You can write some of that content so that Google will find you more easily and that’s OK but don’t feel like you have to do that.  I mean if you’re already making the videos, let’s just use that as your main content.

Kevin Depew:  Yes.

Shane:  What’s the most important thing is that what you always have to ask yourself when it comes to content.  For us, like on Flipped Lifestyle, this podcast is the most important thing.  It is the only thing that we create.  Now, we drop that into a Dropbox folder and it gets turned into show notes.  It gets turned into a transcript, which can be a downloadable opt in.  It gets turned into a YouTube video.  We go have a team and add slides to it, and we put that on YouTube.  So, we can share stuff that we create, audio clips and things on our Facebook page. So, we use that one piece of content in a lot different places, but we don’t say to ourselves, “I’ve got to create a new YouTube video this week, I’ve got to create a new podcast this, and a new blog post this week.”  That would be impossible.  In fact, when we send our email out for our podcast, we actually use the show notes copy in the email so we don’t have to write a second email.  We just take the show notes and use that in the email that we send out to our followers to let them know there’s a new podcast.  So, leveraging your time is about picking that one thing that your people like and that you love to do or do well, and getting it out in multiple places.

Kevin Depew:  Yes, that makes sense.  No wonder I’m feeling like, “Oh, man.  How am I going to do all this?”  But if I’m saying, “The most important piece is that video.  I’ve done a video on how to tune your guitar.”  Let’s just use that as an example.  I’ve put that video on YouTube.  I have a link or have that piece of the website mentioned in that video, so that they would go from the YouTube channel to the website.

Shane:  Yup.

Kevin Depew:  That’s where they’re going to see the opt in and that’s the post.

Shane:  Yup, that’s right.  Everything drives you back like that.  It doesn’t have to be all new stuff to do that.

Kevin Depew:  Yeah, and that same video goes into membership and it’s kind of video number one.  And, if you’re in the membership I’d organize it for them because I know the thing that happens just with entrepreneurs too I think is that there’s so much information out there.  I think that happens with people learning how to play an instrument.  There’s so much free stuff like where do you even start?  Who do you listen to?

Shane:  That’s what you sell.  Right…

Kevin Depew:  I’ve done that.  OK, I’ve done that work for them because I’ve said, “You come here to get all of the very easy-to-follow package.”

Jocelyn:  Yes, I mean, I think that you’re starting to kind of understand the way that it has to work, especially if you’re working by yourself at the beginning.  There’s just no way that you can do all of those things.

Kevin Depew:  Oh, yes, yes.  It gets – it’s a lot.  I mean I’m kind of, you know, still working full time and my wife’s still working full time.  So, we want that to eventually change obviously.  But, right now, that’s what I have to do.

Shane:  Yes, you got to do what you got to do.  You just got to pick something and do it as best you can, get some traction and then you’re going to expand out later, OK?

Kevin Depew:  So, do I do like a Facebook ad or YouTube ad that kind of directs to that video on the blog?

Shane:  I think you can, but you’re right at the beginning.

Kevin Depew:  Oh, right.

Shane:  Your only mission right now is to get enough content out there to be found.

Kevin Depew:  OK…

Shane:  So, go ahead and setup the membership area.  Go ahead and get the first couple of videos in there.  It’s there.  It should be for sale.  That’s the first thing that should happen.  But, you need to be focused right now on building enough content to support that membership area.  And then, when that feels comfortable, maybe around the 10th to 20th piece of content, you can start really ramping up promotion of that.

Kevin Depew:  OK, that was my question.  Like my promotions now come of – sounds like a little early on the promotion piece because I have other stuff done first.

Jocelyn:  Yes, I would kind of get some stuff out there organically.  Let’s see what’s popular with people.  You can see that by your number of views.  And, I think that even YouTube has some analytics, things like that, that you can look at.  And then once you kind of establish that, then you can start to put some money on those pieces of content that are already coming up organically.

Shane:  Yes, we started a YouTube channel last week.  We did not promote it.  We didn’t tell anybody.  We uploaded one video and like in 48 hours it already had almost a hundred views.  That’s because I keyword researched what the title of the video was, it was called Lego Land Hotel review.  We went to Lego Land, we did a travel review.  So, I really researched what the top 10, 15, 20 searches were for the Lego Land Hotel in Winter Park Florida or was it in Winter Haven, Florida?

Jocelyn:  Yes, we always get that…

Shane:  Yes, Winter Haven, Florida.  But, we basically put it in position to be found and it got found organically.  Now, I’m going to send it out to our email list.  And, everybody that’s listening here or get the email discovered eventually.  Things will get traction if they’re researched properly.  Like if we look up how to tune a guitar and we do the research on it, I’m sure there’s a keyword phrase or a way that people are typing that in.  It might just be “How to tune a guitar.”  They might be typing in “Tune a guitar” or “Tune my guitar” “How do I tune my guitar?”  We can find something and really work on those titles and stuff and we can get you some organic traffic on YouTube which will then lead – fixed to your site, a couple of emails, get a little feedback.  And then, we’ll know exactly what to draw traffic to.

Kevin Depew:  OK, that makes sense.  I do the keyword research right.  I think my next step is like I kind of choose those words that have a lot of hits or people are searching for.

Shane:  Yes…

Kevin Depew:  I haven’t gone back in like the next step or actually looked in what Google started and what that page looks like for those phrases.  So I know I could do much better there.

Shane:  Yes.  We just had a post last night.  Someone was asking about that and I explained in my example in the forums why a 500-key word search per month was 10 times better than a thousand keyword search in this specific example.  And, we’ve redone the keyword videos in the training area.  Those will be rolled out pretty soon where you can go in and really get deep into that, how to do that work research right to make sure you’re targeting words not only that are popular.  That’s what the first thing is, but can you be on the first page of YouTube or Google?  That’s what really matters.

Kevin Depew:  Awesome.  OK.  Yes, good.

Jocelyn:  Alright.  I that we have time for one more quick question.  What do you have for us?

Kevin Depew:  OK, so this will be kind of down the road.  So, I’ve had producings in place to kind of gain traction and interest and, you know, eventually have that form and that membership side open.  I’ve heard a lot of folks talking about a beta membership on either your podcast or in the forums.  I mean, is that – I have some people come in for free to help me figure out the bugs or like what does a beta membership look like, I guess, is the question.

Jocelyn:  OK, that’s a good question.  As far as letting people in for free, I don’t recommend that you do that.  Maybe for a limited time they could come in for free.  I would prefer to see you sell it at a very discounted cost.  And that’s what we’ve always said in the past.  So, basically when you start getting your list up, when you start getting people to opt in and they’re reading your emails, things like that… you can ask them if they would like to be a part of what’s called a Beta Launch.  And, basically that just means that you’re going to open up your forums or your membership community to people on your list and they’re going to join at an discounted rate which you will continue for the lifetime of their membership as long as they never quit.  And basically, the purpose of doing that is so that these people can guide your content.  They can come in.  They can make sure everything’s working OK.  They get the benefit of getting a lower rate and then you get the benefit of having early adopters come into your membership community to test everything out to guide your content and let you know what it is that they’re looking for.  And so, it’s just a really beneficial relationship for both parties.

Shane:  And, basically, you’re really upfront with them when you do a beta launch.  You say, “I haven’t made everything.  I’ve only made these three videos but I’m planning these 10 over the next three months.”  So, they know that everything’s not going to be there.  But, they’re getting in for the discount.  You tell them, “Hey.  Come help me get in the forums, talks, start, you know, my community.”  They now that there’s not going to be a lot of chatter in the forums right away.  They know that they’re going to be a part of seeding all the conversation in your community.  But, like Jocelyn said, it’s really beneficial to them because if you were eventually going to charge $50 a month for something and they can get in for $20, that’s a no brainer.  The best thing about a beta launch is let’s say, you get 20 people for your beta launch, OK?  You’re going to give them a low rate but when you go live with your public pricing, they’re never going to quit because they don’t want to quit and have to come back later for double the costs.  So, the beta group is basically, “Come break my stuff and tell me what to do next for a while.  In return, I’ll give you massive value and more of a one-on-one relationship than I will be able to give to people down the road.”

Kevin Depew:  And, you will give me some testimonials out of it.

Shane:  Oh, yes.  That’s a huge benefit of it.  You know, you only need two to three really good testimonials to take a business pretty far.

Kevin Depew:  Yes.

Shane:  And, you can totally get that out of a 10-person beta group.

Kevin Depew:  OK.

Shane:  Awesome.

Jocelyn:  Alright.  Well, we hope that that was helpful for you today, some great questions and I think that the decision that you made to pivot was a good one.  Time will tell as you start to build this new business and we look forward to helping you in our forums.  We always ask everyone at the end of our calls, what’s something that you plan to take action on, say in the next 24 to 48 hours, based on what we talked about here today.

Kevin Depew:  I think I would say it’s kind of a shift of putting the videos I’m taping that I thought would just going to be in a locked membership.  But, no one has seen those so how would they know to come buy them.  So I think it’s putting those lessons onto the YouTube channel.  So, the next thing would be actually uploading.  That’s what takes the most of of my time.
Shane:  Yes, for sure.  And I think if you get that done today, you’re going to see great benefit immediately.  Your YouTube channel’s going to tick up and there’s going to be people that show up.  OK?  Well, Kevin, listen man, I am really proud of you, dude! because you’ve take a lot of action and that you’re going about this in the exact right way.  You’re looking at it.  You’re testing.  If something works, you keep doing it.  If something doesn’t work, you change something.  And, usually that’s the people we see that eventually get there.  And, I love this new – the avenue for you.  I love this new angle.  You seem happier.  You seem more energetic.

Kevin Depew:  Yes.

Shane:  You’re moving forward now, man and it’s just absolutely awesome to see.

Kevin Depew:  Great, thanks. Couldn’t do without the help from you guys and the community.  It’s been awesome.

Shane:  Another awesome call – one of our Flip Your Life community members.  To learn more about our Flip Your Life community, head over to flippedlifestyle.com/flipyourlife and we can help you with your online business today.

Jocelyn:  Alright.  Next we are going the end to our Can’t Miss Moment segment of the show and these are moments that we were able to experience recently that we might have missed if we were still working at our regular nine-to-five jobs.  Today’s Can’t Miss Moment is volunteering at Isaac’s school.  Not too long ago, they had some testing and after their testing, depending on what scores they get, they have a wall of handprints where the children can put their handprint on if they receive distinguished scores.  Well, I happen to be at the school one day and there was a lady there volunteering and she was trying to get all these kids rounded up and she had no help.  She was dealing with paint cans and lots of primary aged students, like kindergarten through second grade – usually those few things together don’t mix very well.

Shane:  Paint and kindergarteners.  Not a good combination.

Jocelyn:  Yes.  So, I asked her does she need some help.  And she says she would love  to have some help.  So, I was able to take some time off, go up to his school and I was able to see him actually put his handprint up on the wall for scoring those distinguished scores.  It just means so much to him to have me there at his school, just to support him and be there when he’s there.  He thinks that’s really cool.  So, I’d love to be able to go there from time to time and volunteer.

Shane:  And, it’s cool just because this was a friend of ours, she actually was a former neighbor that we used to live beside.  It was nice to know that people can count on us to help and that we have the time to be able to go invest into the kids.  Not just Isaac but his friends and at the school that he’s a part of.  So, it’s really cool to be able to just volunteer in the community and do those things, we would never be able to do that in the past because we would have been at work ourselves.  We would have been in school.  So, outside of that we would not have been able to do anything like that.  Before we go, we’d like to close every single one of our shows with a verse from the bible.  Today’s bible verse comes from Proverbs 11:3.  And the bible says, “Honesty guides good people.  Dishonesty destroys treacherous people.”  So, make sure you’re always building an honest online business that’s full of integrity and you treat people the way you would want to be treated.  That’s all the time we have for this week.  As always, guys, thanks for listening to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast and until next time, get out there.  Take action.  Do whatever it takes to flip your life.  We’ll see you then.

Jocelyn:  Bye.

 

Filed Under: Podcast

FL 102 – We teach Ed how to launch and grow a successful podcast

August 2, 2016 by Shane Sams Leave a Comment

http://traffic.libsyn.com/flippedlifestyle/FL102_Ed_Auzenbergs.mp3

Podcast: Play in new window | Download

Subscribe: iTunes | Android | RSS

Auzenbergs Family Grand Canyon helo tour 2013

What’s going on everybody? This week’s episode, we present retired US Coast Guard and Flip Your Life community member, Ed Auzenbergs.

Ed has been in the service for 29 years before retiring in 2013. He has 2 children who are in college, one is a junior at the US Coast Guard Academy, and the other is an incoming freshman at the US Naval Academy. He and his wife, Susan, now have an empty nest at the ripe age of 50. They figured it’s about time to go traveling and still have the freedom to bug their kids.

After ample research, he took a calculated risk and founded “CommutaVie,” a website that aims to provide structure and support for people suffering Type 2 Diabetes. He also has a podcast called, “TransformationCast,” and he will be on air with us to discuss how to invite influencers onto his show. We will also be talking about our take in building your own team to back you up in your online business journey.

You’re going to be in for a whole lot of great advice, so tune in and take note of what today’s episode can do for your online business.

 

 You will learn:

  • How to get influencers onto your podcast/show.
  • How small influencers lead you to bigger influencers.
  • Strategies on how to build your own team.
  • Tips on how to hire the right contractor.
  • And a whole lot more!
Don’t over think it. Start with small influencers, and eventually you’ll get the bigger…

Click To Tweet

The biggest point is, all you’ve got to do is ASK… find everybody and don’t turn anyone down.

Click To Tweet

Trust people without micromanaging them. There’s no reason to build a team if you spend all your…

Click To Tweet

 

Links and resources mentioned in today’s show:

  • Flipped Lifestyle
  • CommutaVie
  • Flip Your Life
  • John Welbourn
  • Shane’s football podcast
  • Hal Mumme

Enjoy the podcast; we hope it inspires you to explore what’s possible for your family!

Click here to leave us an iTunes review and subscribe to the show! We may read yours on the air!

Can’t Miss Moments

Each week Jocelyn and I share moments that we might have missed if we had not started our online business. We hope these moments inspire you to see the possibilities and freedom online business could provide for your family.

“Our can’t miss moment this week is a trip down memory lane. We were stumbling across this and thought it was absolutely hilarious what I wrote to her on Valentine’s day in 2001. I wanted to read it to you on air just so you guys can get a laugh with us. So, I’ve drawn a picture of a bee on the front and it said, “Will you bee my Valentine?” This is straight up handwritten – hand drawn kind of old school card and the inside of it said, “Someday I will have lots of money to buy you really neat gifts and even a real card. But right now, I am so poor that I have to be creative. I hope you like your Valentine’s day card. I love you, Shane.” So, we thought it was so funny, looking back. We were so broke back in the day.”

Be Mine Love Letter(2)

Be Mine Love Letter

Thank you for listening!

Thanks again for listening to the show! If you liked it, make sure you share it with your friends and family! Our goal is to help as many families as possible change their lives through online business. Help us by sharing the show!

If you have comments or questions, please be sure to leave them below in the comment section of this post. See y’all next week!


Can’t listen right now? Read the transcript below!

Jocelyn:   Hey y’all on today’s podcast, we help Ed take his health care community to the next level.

Shane:   Welcome to the Flipped Lifestyle Podcast, where life always comes before work. We’re your hosts, Shane and Jocelyn Sams. Join us each week as we teach you how to flip your lifestyle upside-down by selling stuff online. Are you ready for something different? Alright, let’s get started. What’s going on everybody? Welcome back to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast. It is great to be back with you again this week. If you’re new to the show welcome, we’re so glad that you tuned in. Our podcast, you will notice immediately, it’s a little bit different… we don’t bring on gurus or people promoting their latest book or product. No, we bring on real members of our Flip Your Life coaching community. Real people out there, in the real world trying to start a business online or trying to take it to the next level. We answer their questions on air to help them get to the next level and then we let everybody listen in so that everyone can benefit from the discussion. We’re super excited to have our guest today. Flip Your Life community member, Ed Auzenbergs, I’ve been practicing that one. Ed, welcome to the show man!

Ed:   Thanks Shane, thanks Jocelyn. Really excited to be here!

Jocelyn:   Alright. Awesome! We’re happy to have you here today. When we talk to our guests, we’d like to know first of all, a little bit about you. Your background and what are you doing online?

Ed:   So, I’m married for 27 years to my wife, Susan. We have 2 phenomenal kids. Gabrielle is a junior in college, she’s attending the US Coast Guard Academy, which is where I went to school. Nathaniel is entering as a freshman or a plebe at the US Naval Academy next week. So, we got an empty nest coming up in July here and another busy full time job at a medical device company near Boston. Also, Susan and I turned 50 this year, so I call it half time.

Shane:   That is an awesome perspective on that!

Jocelyn:   Alright, Ed, another thing we’d like to ask at the beginning of our show is, “WHY?” We’d like to start with why in everything that we do. So, tell us why do you want to flip your life with online business?

Ed:   Yeah. I’ve been thinking about that, especially since 2013 it’s almost 3 years ago I retired from the Coast Guard after 29 years. In the last 14 of those years, I was a part time reservist and I’ve always had the entrepreneurial kind of bug but I was waiting for the right opportunity. So, I feel like with this online business, online education and support, we’ve definitely found it and especially nowadays with mentors like the both of you, the risk profile is right, because I definitely didn’t want to put our mortgage at risk in things like that. Bottomline, I wanna work and travel with my wife, and keep bugging our kids by visiting them wherever their adventures take them.

Shane:   That is awesome! That is a great why. It’s so funny, we have so many different people in the Flip Your Life community, you said you’ve got your kids are kinda going off and you wanna follow them. We’ve got people come on the show with a newborn baby and they’re wanting to spend more time with them. It’s just amazing how in the world we live in today, online business can make all that stuff possible.

Ed:   Exactly.

Shane:   Ed, you’ve mentioned something about a medical device company, let’s get back to your online business now and talk about what you’re doing online. What you’re gonna try to build online to give you that lifestyle where you can go bug your kids and you and your wife can travel and things like that. What are you doing online now? Where are you at in your journey? Do you have anything for sale or are you just starting out? Let our listeners know what’s going on with your online business.

Ed:   Yeah. Sure! I chose Type 2 Diabetes as a niche to focus on because I work in a company where we take care of people who have kidney failure and need kidney dialysis. So, half of our patients came through the diabetes disease pain, believe it or not there’s 39 million people today with type 2 diabetes and a thousand per week in the US start kidney dialysis because their kidneys fail, and a thousand per week get lower limb amputations.

Shane:   Wow.

Ed:   To be able to have an impact would have us a lot of feeling of doing something meaningful. We’re at the start of this business. We’re pretty much in the first month of traffic building, but have put together the foundation of getting the website and getting the podcast ready. Our first products would be a 7 day road map to get on the right track and then a 21 day program with bonus content. We’ve got a blog and a homepage, at commutavie.com which translates to transformation and life. It’s spelled C O M M U T A V I E.

Shane:   Okay.

Ed:   And I recently started a podcast called, “TransformationCast” and we’ve got 3 episodes and of course, we’d be growing that up in the next couple of months. In the Summer, we’ll invite new members into our membership site with a Zen For All Forum. So, as I’ve mentioned before, we’re in the first month of traffic building and outreach. I do not have type 2 diabetes but some of our family members do.

Shane:   Right and you have chops because you’ve worked in this industry. You’re an expert enough in this, because you’ve worked in a company that you’ve seen this from the inside-out. This Transformation Cast, all of this revolved around the type 2 diabetes, right?

Ed:   Correct and the way I see it, we’re not doctors, so we can’t prescribe. We will make sure that we make that clear in all of our content and context and audio, etc. But I believe that we can help people to structure their day to create time to thrive and prioritize some things. We want to reduce the stress while following a management plan that is prescribed and approved by their doctor.

Shane:   So, this is more about dealing with the fact that you’ve got diabetes. This is like a support community for these people like, “Hey! You’re on medicine.” or “Hey! You’re starting dialysis.” “Come together with a bunch of people who know what they’re talking about, who’ve been there, who’ve done that, who’ve seen it from the medical side, who’ve seen it from those who’ve actually got type 2 diabetes.” This is more of transforming your life to where you aren’t, “Oh my gosh! I’ve got diabetes.” It’s more of I’ve got this and I’m going to deal with this, and still have a go at life. Basically.

Ed:   Exactly. We’ve found a number of folks who are thriving despite having type 2 (diabetes), so we’re helping folks who are overwhelmed or confused with all the information out there, simplify it for them, get them in touch with folks who are thriving and get them in touch with a certified diabetes educator and dieticians and doctors who are online.

Shane:   A lot of times in any medical problem, that is lacking, that is the part that lacks. You can go to an expert. You can get medicine. You can get the surgery. You can get whatever you need, but then you still have to go home by yourself. You know? And it’s awesome that you’ll be, not only providing expertise and something where you’ve been in the industry, but you’re gonna create that community. That’s kinda like what Flip Your Life is in a lot of ways.

Ed:   Exactly.

Shane:   Everybody’s in a different spot. Jocelyn and I are always in there, telling people what to do next, but really it’s just, “Man! I am not alone! I’ve got somewhere to go and there’s people there for me, and if I need something I can at least ask, or vent or figure out what to do next.” I think you’re doing something like that with this niche.

Ed:   Yeah, the parallel is we’ve got a goal, we’ve got a result that we’re after and it’s not exactly like Flipped Lifestyle, but it’s a big goal and it requires transformation and mindset.

Shane:   Cool. Awesome stuff!

Jocelyn:   Definitely. Alright, let’s jump in to your question. What are you struggling with right now? What is the biggest obstacle that you’re trying to overcome to move this thing forward?

Ed:   Yes, I mentioned I’m just starting with outreach and pretty much in terms of my career, I’m just starting to sell something for the first time after being in the safe corporation or safe military empire. I’ve been trying to individually promote and sell, it’s a challenge that I relish because I know it’s gonna take us to the next level in terms of our own individual lives. One of my first question is, I’d like to hear your thoughts about the perspective of an Influencer, when I contact him or her and ask them to join me at a new podcast or whatever. I’m eager to help the community by procreating some valuable content, but I’m wondering how I’m going to say that in cold email. I mean, sometimes, I want to join them in a list but not every time.

Shane:   Yeah. I think that the main things is you’ve just have to ask. Don’t over think it, because in a lot of ways it will be a numbers game. You’re going to build smaller influencers to get the bigger influencers, you know what I mean? So, put yourselves in situations where you can meet people publicly. That’s how Jocelyn and I got to be with so many influencers and on their podcasts, do all these different shows, Forbs articles and things like that. Because we leave the comfort of our house, we go to where the influencers are and we hang out with them. We put ourselves in conferences, we try to find small private gatherings where we know that we can even buy our way in — these high end masterminds — people would be like, I can’t believe anyone would spend 3,000 to 4,000 dollars to go to a live event. We’ve done that, over and over again, because it puts you in with other people. Speaking engagements, if you can go speak somewhere, the biggest advantage of speaking about this topic in a conference or anything else, would be you’re backstage with the other speakers. Guess where the influencers are? A lot of times they’re on stage. I think it’s a numbers game and you’ve got to just say, “I’m just gonna go out and ask and not overthink this first.” and then those things will come in. How do you think that he should approach this Jocelyn?

Jocelyn:   I think with the cold email strategy, certainly you can do that. It’s not gonna be as effective as if you go and meet these people in person, but if you’re going that route I think that it’s important that you look to know what’s in it for them. How you’re going to benefit them? What benefit the relationship has to them, because these people probably get a lot of requests. We certainly get a lot of requests to do this or to do that. Having a lot of people so far, it’s gonna be a little bit hard to do that. So, I would recommend maybe try to find someone that you do have a personal relationship with. Try to get them involved and then you can go to other people and say, “Hey! Look these people were on my podcast. Would you be interested?” I know that that works for us, we’ve had somebody email us and say we had this influencer recently on our show, would you also like to be on our show?

Shane:   Yeah.

Jocelyn:   I gave it a second thought because of that.

Shane:   It’s kind of like a domino effect whenever you’re trying to grow a brand. Listen, that is part of the game. You’ve got to run with the big dogs. You’ve got to figure out how to get into the right circles. The biggest point is just start asking, don’t turn anybody down, find everybody. There’s other people that are just ahead of you that would love the opportunity to be on a new podcast, just to get their name out there and then that will put you up with the other people as well.

Ed:   So, I’ve got 3 episodes now. Just keep doing what I’m doing, because the first 3 were Gabriel from Australia, and Aly from Houston and Kevin from my town where he and I coached together, that kinda blended good.

Shane:   Listen. When I started my first podcast, we first started doing this… I started a podcast for football coaches, because there was only one or two out there and it took off really well — this is no lie — my first episode was me by myself, the second episode was with a buddy of mine who coached 8 year olds in football down the street in the Youth League, and then I got a high school coach. Then all of a sudden I got a guy named, John Welbourn, — I think is his name — he’s one of the biggest NFL guys / Crossfit guys on the planet, and then I got Hal Mumme, and I started getting all these famous coaches on my podcast and it just spiraled out of control. It went from the Youth guy that I sat in church with at Sunday School to Hal Mumme, a legend of the game, within 3 months. So, just keep building it brick by brick and don’t be in a hurry. Eventually, you’re going to hit one domino that’s going to topple everybody else, that will get you into the influencer circle.

Jocelyn:   And when you do start getting those bigger names onto your podcast, ask them who might you recommend to them on podcasts of the future and they might be able to help you to get to know other people in that space. So, there are definitely a lot of different strategies that you can use, but the one I think is the most impactful, is if you can meet people in person.

Shane:   Okay?

Ed:   Alright.

Shane:   That’s was a great question, I think that’s the first time we really address how to contact influencers on the show, so I’m really glad you asked that. I think a lot of people are gonna get a lot of benefit out of that question. Let’s go on, we’ve got some time here, let’s jump into your second question, Ed.

Ed:   Sure. So, this one is about building a team. I’m a good planner and I’m not afraid to invest in scaling for growth, I’d like to build a team of 2 or 3 content creators and virtual assistants. What should I keep in mind so I do that effectively and efficiently? I don’t want to burn through cash without a good return.

Shane:   Yeah. The biggest thing we do when we hire people, and we’ve had a couple of different goes at this. We’ve been building teams now for quite a while.

Jocelyn:   Some more successful.

Shane:   Some more successful than others. We definitely hired the wrong people at times, we’ve failed this miserably, so we’re gonna pass it on to you and we’ve also succeeded. Recently, our team is just on all cylinders clicking. It’s because of all the lessons we’ve learned. I think the biggest thing is you’ve got to hire — especially virtual assistants — you wanna get people on ability and add it to, not necessarily to the exact skill set. You want people to have the skills for the job, but we’ve learned more and more, that as you hire people it’s more you’re giving them multiple tasks than you’re creating a job description. We all get lost in the corporate world and the real world. I have a secretary that answers the phone, this person does this and does this. I have a marketing guy who is our marketing coordinator. Well, we have people on our content team… one person does the audiovisuals and edits things, and the other person is the writer or the transcriber, right? But then they go back and they check each other. So, they’re taking on editing roles. We were going to hire one person for social media, but then we learned that, “Wait a minute! The video person is already dealing with YouTube, let’s just get that person go and share videos on Facebook and do that kind of sharing, and then this other person can do our text sharing and tweets like that for our podcast.” We’re starting to figure out that if you start hiring good people first, then you can give them the tasks as you go. The second thing I learned the hard way about hiring, is there’s a really bad thing about building a team with single point sensitivity. You’ve gotta have redundancy in case somebody goes down, someone’s sick, you’ve got to have multiple people who can do the same job or at least train somebody up real quick if you need to replace somebody. We’ve had an employee and she left to go to another job, and it left us in a horrific bind, because she was basically doing everything for us and at that point we we’re like, never again. So, now we hire and create redundancy. We have 2 or 3 people, who knows the basics to do each job. So they can jump in if somebody fails. If you hire people, hire a back up as fast as possible and always be training… doubling up your training so you’re not in that single point sensitivity situation.

Ed:   Yeah, that makes a lot of sense. Thank you.

Jocelyn:   Also, the most important thing for me is system and procedures. You’ve got to have 100% rock solid systems and procedures in place. When you hire someone, get them to make a procedure for everything. We, basically, have a procedure manual for every business and our household stuff. So, if somebody quits or if something happens, we have a way to train someone easily and quickly. The way that I do this most of the time, is with videos, so I do a lot of screen capture videos, showing my assistants what to do. With that video they create a document to go into the procedures manual.

Shane:   Which is basically a bulleted list or a checklist.

Jocelyn:   and that’s there forever. So, if there’s ever a question we have a library of videos that they can go back and watch so I don’t have to constantly answer the same questions over and over.

Shane:   We treat every task in our life now, Ed, like an airplane. The pilot when he lands and do a take off, he does a checklist every time. He knows how to fly a plane, but he has to do his checklist down — we have that for everything. We have a personal assistant at home now, who does all our housekeeping, grocery shopping, takes care of the cars and makes our appointments – stuff like that. We have this huge book, I’m looking at it right now, everything inside our house and the drawers we labeled it while training this person, God forbid and something happened, and that person left… our single point sensitivity is protected because we could bring someone in and within 24 hours they would know how to do everything, because it’s in a book, it’s a daily task list. If they can’t figure out they can check the drawer and it would say, “Underwear goes here.” We have everything in place to protect us and just retrain, if you hire good people and you hand them good checklists you can just roll forward in your business.

Ed:   That makes a ton of sense.

Shane:   So going to your team building, #1 it’s always about good people — not necessarily the most qualified — and then hardcore procedures to get things done. Another thing that we’ve learned lately is, you’ve got to trust people when you’re building a team for online business. Half of our team is in Manila, Philippines; we’re not able to watch them and go check on them and do those things. So a lot of times I just tell them the result that I want and I say, “You guys figure out how to do it, but make a video and make me a checklist so that we know how it’s done.” I don’t create all the checklists for our people, we put that responsibility on them. We trust them to do it. If they get 80-90% what I would have done myself, I’m cool with that, we can improve as we go. Trust people without micromanaging them. There’s no reason to build a team, if you spend all your time managing the team.

Ed:  Yeah, trusting them and helping them build their own SOPs, that helps you and them.

Shane:   For sure.

Ed:   Because feeling trusted just increases loyalty and everything.

Shane:   And motivation. It’s a much better way to do it. The biggest mistake at first was we told them what to do in everything and they’ll go at it like robots, that was wrong. The best way to do it is, “This is the result I want, let’s work together to figure out the best way to get there.” The best way to get there maybe, “Shane and Jocelyn, get out of the way and let us do it.” The kids are starting a YouTube channel, Isaac and Anna, I’ve literally done nothing on it. I just said, “Guys, this is what I want it to look like, figure it out.” It’s been awesome!

Ed:   It’s so cool.

Shane:   Alright Ed, we have time for one more quick question to get in the end of the show.

Ed:   Alright, sounds good. So, my last question is reliable contract help. You talked about your actual team of assistant, but I made a couple bad choices with contractors. I tried to use forums and membership sites to get referrals, the work is sometimes better and other times are not. What do I keep in mind to be able to find great help?

Jocelyn:  First of all, I would recommend if you were looking for a helper or something like that, just have a budget in mind. Don’t try to choose the cheapest person, we’ve done that before and it doesn’t really even work that well. I would say rather than putting up a job listing and have people respond to it, look into their profile instead. Look for specific key roles. Like if you have a forum software and you’re using BB press, well search for BB press. Get people who are experts in that particular thing that you’re looking for. Look for people who do specific things. Go over with them at the beginning what your expectations are. I had one recently where we were redesigning a page on the website and the person redesigned it for us but then they wanted to come back and charge us extra because we asked for 2 or 3 changes. They were very minor changes, I thought that it should have been included in the original price, and then the person did the changes and then they were asking for more money. So, make sure to go over all your expectations with them, what is included and what is not included. Make sure that everyone’s on the same page on that, that’s my best advice for you.

Shane:   Also, do some of the jobs first before you hire anybody for a big job. That’s something that I see a lot of people make a mistake of. They’ll go out and say, “I want a completely new website.” and then hire someone and they’ll pay them upfront for everything to get the results, what should have happened was maybe, “Hey! Could you create a sales page? And do a mock up for me in PDF and pay you 100 bucks for that.” You’d rather see the $100 dollar for that mock up than pay $500 for terrible work.

Ed:   Like a pilot version to make sure they get it.

Shane:   One time I was gonna make a plugin for Buddypress, so I got 3 developers to make me a very simple stripped down version of what I wanted and just let me install it and see if it worked, right? Before I went in and say, “I want this, this and this.” I let them all do it. I paid them what their fees were. It was a very minor job, it was like a day of coding, but then I looked at the best one and I said, “This is the guy I want.” Analyze and get a feel for it before you put down all the money. Also, never ever pay in full. There’s a big difference between contractors and other people. There are some who want to be paid upfront because they deserve it, well no, they deserve to be paid half because I also deserve the right to be able to get out of this if I don’t want it.

Jocelyn:   It depends on what kind of job it is. If it’s for a $100 or less then you can pay upfront. But if you’re doing a really large job, I had been burned with this before, do NOT pay it in full and upfront. If someone insists in that, find a different contractor, because there’s no reason to pay for a full amount if it’s more than $500 or more.

Shane:   Milestones are important, because it keeps everybody go forward. They lose the urgency if they get all your money.

Ed:   You also lose the balance in commitment. It’s being set up for more long term revenue down the road.

Shane:   Exactly.

Jocelyn:   For sure, it’s really a win-win. Like I said, people who want to do business with you will be willing to do that. So, we got to wrap this up, we’re about out of time for today, but before we go we always ask our guests what is the one thing that you will work on, say in the next 24-48 hours based on what we talked about today?

Ed:   I will look for and sign up for 2 live events to help with the influencers side of things. So, thanks for that advice.

Shane:   Awesome and make sure to put that in the action forum, I will get in there and help you take action on that and hold you accountable, okay brother?

Ed:  Will do, thank you.

Shane:   Alright, Ed. Thanks for being on the show today.

Ed:   Thanks guys, really appreciate your time and support. I look forward to some no sugar guidance going forward.

Shane:   You will get it brother! I’ll see you in the forums.

Ed:   Okay. Thanks!

Shane:   What a great call from one of our Flip Your Life community members, we’d love to have you in our Flip Your Life community as well. If you want to be a member of our Flip Your Life community, head over to flippedlifestyle.com/flipyourlife and we can help you with your online business too.

Jocelyn:   Alright. Next we are going to move into the can’t miss moment segment of our show and these are moments that we were able to experience that we might have missed if we were working at nine-to-five jobs still.

Shane:   This week’s can’t miss moments is actually a little trip down memory lane for us. One of the things that we have a lot more of now that we have because of online business is time. We have time to do things that we never did before one of those things is just kinda reminisce. We’ve got time to kinda just stop and smell the roses. Maybe look back at old pictures, just old videos, anything from the past when life was such a rush working in our normal jobs, we never had time to just sit and do that. We just threw all of our keepsakes in a box, now we have the time to do that. So, Jocelyn got a new filing cabinet for our office. Like all of our things that were lying around in piles, we’ve been going through that and we stumbled across a love letter. Is this what you would call it, Jocelyn?

Jocelyn:   Oh, yeah. If you know us very well, if you’re listening in for very long, we’re not the very romantic sorts.

Shane:   We’ve got a lot of NO-mance instead of lots of romance.

Jocelyn:   But back in ‘99 when you wrote this, maybe things were different.

Shane:   Back in our college days when I was trying to woo Jocelyn off of her feet, I read her love letters. Probably out of necessity because I couldn’t even afford getting a greeting card. So, I actually… we were stumbling across this and thought it was absolutely hilarious what I wrote to her on Valentine’s day in 2001. I wanted to read it to you on air just so you guys can get a laugh with us. So, I’ve drawn a picture of a bee on the front and it said, “Will you bee my Valentine?” This is straight up handwritten – handdrawn kind of old school card and the inside of it said, “Someday I will have lots of money to buy you really neat gifts and even a real card. But right now, I am so poor that I have to be creative. I hope you like your Valentine’s day card. I love you, Shane.” So, we thought it was so funny, looking back. We were so broke back in the day.

Jocelyn:   This was in 2001.

Shane:   This was 2001 and we were handwriting. We had romance all the way up to 2001.

Jocelyn:   That’s pretty impressive actually.

Shane:   It is pretty impressive actually and then we got married. Now, NO-mance… meh, romance, who needs it. But this card reminded us kind of where we had been and where we are now, puts these things in perspective where we had gotten to.

Jocelyn:   I don’t know if we buy a lot of gifts and cards now, but for those of you who know about the Love Languages, there’s a book out there. It’s called the “5 Love Languages,” and one of them is gifts. Gifts is the lowest on our love languages, both of us.

Shane:   So, we don’t but a lot of gifts but we could if we wanted to. That’s kinda the difference now is. We’ve been talking a lot about lately when Jocelyn and I got married, we bought the cheapest rings we could find and it was just like something to put on our fingers basically for a few hundred dollars. Jocelyn actually has been talking about upgrading our rings, so I’m not walking around with a $30 silver ring I got off Ebay and she’s not going out with her couple hundred dollar engagement ring that we picked up in the day. It’s just cool now when we see we were hand drawn cards, and now talking about upgrading to the actual diamond rings instead of… not.

Jocelyn:   Well, we have diamonds, it’s just some of them are missing.

Shane:   They’ve fallen off or broken. So, that’s our can’t miss moment this week. Just a trip down memory lane. Being able to stop and smell the roses a little bit and thought you guys would get a kick out of the love letter I wrote for Jocelyn. Before we go, we like to close every one of our shows with a verse from the Bible. Today’s verse comes from Proverbs 10:2, and the Bible says, “Tainted wealth has no lasting value.” Keep that in mind while you’re building online business guys, always treat every customer with honesty and fairness. That’s all the time we have for this week, as always guys, thanks for listening to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast. Until next time, get out there. Take action. Do whatever it takes to flip your life. We’ll see you then.

Jocelyn:  Bye!

Filed Under: Podcast

FL 101 – We help Sam set up his membership for his life coaching business

July 26, 2016 by Shane Sams Leave a Comment

http://traffic.libsyn.com/flippedlifestyle/FL101_Sam_Feeney.mp3

Podcast: Play in new window | Download

Subscribe: iTunes | Android | RSS

Sam Feeney

Sam Feeney and his family.

Joining us today for a round of Q&A is Flip Your Life community member, Sam Feeney.

Initially an English teacher, Sam got his degree to become a high school student counselor.

Sam Feeney is a dedicated father of 3 kids, who wants a lifestyle that allows him to be hands-on with his children and still be able to help guide students through their college selection process, thus creating his own online life coaching program.

He does one-on-one counseling online to provide peace of mind for parents who have children applying for college, or those already in college and are undecided with what major to take, and those who need guidance in their career selection process.

Today, we’ll discuss how to set up his membership, turn his seasonal one-off product into a recurring demand and so much more. You don’t want to miss this episode!

It’s not about bragging, it’s about building a legacy.

Click To Tweet

Do it for free, until it’s good enough for people to pay you for it.

Click To Tweet

It’s your job to figure out how to make your products valuable year round.

Click To Tweet

You will learn:

  • How the daily grind is a part of the grand scheme.
  • The membership model and why we call it a recurring revenue model.
  • Automation and its role in your business.
  • What is Drip Content.
  • Plus a lot more!

 

Links and resources mentioned in today’s show:

  • Flipped Lifestyle
  • Elementary Librarian
  • My College Life Coach

Enjoy the podcast; we hope it inspires you to explore what’s possible for your family!

Click here to leave us an iTunes review and subscribe to the show! We may read yours on the air!

 

Can’t Miss Moments

Each week Jocelyn and I share moments that we might have missed if we had not started our online business. We hope these moments inspire you to see the possibilities and freedom online business could provide for your family.

“Today’s can’t miss moment is going to Frozen on Ice. We are a big Disney-loving family, I’ve been looking forward to going to Frozen on Ice for a long time but it really wasn’t anywhere near us. We were able to find it at Cincinnati, so we decided to get some tickets and head on out.”

frozen_on_ice_in_seats
Frozen on Ice The Snow Monster
Frozen on Ice Princess Anna Jo

Frozen on Ice Isaac and Anna Jo with their couseins

Thank you for listening!

Thanks again for listening to the show! If you liked it, make sure you share it with your friends and family! Our goal is to help as many families as possible change their lives through online business. Help us by sharing the show!

If you have comments or questions, please be sure to leave them below in the comment section of this post. See y’all next week!

Can’t listen right now? Read the transcript below!

Jocelyn:   Hey y’all on today’s podcast we help Sam take his niche life coaching business to the next level.

Shane:   Welcome to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast, where life always comes before work. We’re your hosts Shane and Jocelyn Sams. Join us each week as we teach you how to flip your lifestyle upside down by selling stuff online. Are you ready for something different? Alright, let’s get started. What’s going on everybody? Welcome back to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast! It is great to be back with you again this week. For those of you who may be new to our show, maybe you’ve just found us on iTunes or Stitcher or maybe even stumbled across our website on the internet, our podcast is a little bit different than other entrepreneurship and online business podcasts you may be familiar with; we do not bring guests or experts on to our show to promote their latest book or to talk about their specific area of “expertise.” No, we bring real people, real entrepreneurs from our Flip Your Life community on to the show. We give them a free consulting call and then we share that call with you so that you can kind of get that information and apply it to your own online business. We’re really excited for our guest today, it is Flip Your Life member, Sam Feeney. Sam, welcome to the show.

Sam:   Thanks guys! I’m excited to be here.

Shane:   I am very excited that your name was easy to pronounce. That’s what I’m excited about because we’ve had some doozies lately and that’s hard for a kid from Kentucky, you know what I mean?

Sam:   That’s how I knew to join your community. Your name and my name match up.

Shane:   Shane Sam and Sam Feeney, it’s a match made in heaven.

Sam:   That’s right.

Jocelyn:   It was meant to be. So, Sam we always start out by telling a little bit about you. Tell our listeners about your background and a little bit about your online business.

Sam:   Sure! I am a father of 3 and in about 2 weeks, the husband of 10 years — which is exciting —

Shane:   Wow! Congratulations! That’s awesome.

Sam:   Thank you! Yeah, it is. A lot of credit to my wife, she’s pretty awesome.

Shane:   Patient lady. She’s a patient woman.

Sam:   She is. I’m kinda catching up to her, so I’m starting to contribute to the relationship a little bit. I have 3 little ones: 6, 3 and 2. My career background was initially as an English teacher and then I got my degree to be a school counselor, so I’ve been in the education space for I think about 15 years now. My online business kind of came out of that, which was wanting to be able to take a segment of what I thought I would be doing more of when I became a school counselor which is guiding and coaching students through the college selection process – career process. I thought I wasn’t really doing that as much as I wanted to in my day job and decided to create something outside of that.

Shane:   So, you’re kind of like niching down but then that guidance counselor spot, they do wear a lot of hats. They do a thousand different things from scheduling… the hardest working people in the school usually are the guidance counselors, when we were teaching. But you wanna focus in and say, “I gotta make sure this kid gets to the right school for them, for their financial situation, for their life situation, their ability.” You’re trying to make sure kids get into a situation where they can be successful and move forward instead of getting in and failing out, or quitting school or doing something else. Is that correct?

Sam:   It is and it’s kinda all those things. I don’t have a financial background, but I know that it’s a big part of it. I think the expectation, more or less, is you’re using high school to move on to college.

Shane:   Right.

Sam:   But a little bit of a niche for me has been the idea that nationally the graduation rate from college is about 59%, that counts up to 6 years.

Shane:   Right.

Sam:  And then, of those people who graduate with a degree, I think only 27% actually use their degree.

Shane:   Yeah. That’s kind of the problem. Somebody’s not telling these kids what to do. They’re getting in the wrong place. They went to campus because it had beautiful trees out in the courtyard instead of is this going to take me where I need to go.

Sam:   Exactly. That’s why I got my life coaching certification, because I wanted to speak to the person and then say we’re gonna start the path to that person you wanna become by choosing the proper vehicle, which would be college, or trade school… anything like that.

Shane:   So, let me ask you this. Are you still a guidance counselor or are you doing pretty much coaching right now but just in the real world and you’re looking to scale that?

Sam:   No, I am still fully employed at a high school.

Shane:   Ok. Cool.

Sam:   This is definitely where I am now and one of the biggest reasons for joining the Flip Your Life community is because I haven’t yet. It’s not as much a lateral shift from I do everything on a one-on-one delivery on a membership site, but it really is the idea that I am really limited in my impact. I can only, at most, help 300 kids a year — which is awesome — that’s a lot more than people who are outside of education typically can, but there’s over a million kids a year who are starting college. That’s a lot of people I’m not helping.

Jocelyn:   Yeah. Exactly. Well, Sam we always start with why in everything that we do, so tell the listeners why you want to flip your life with online business.

Shane:   Why did you think that online business is the right way to this?

Sam:   I want to hang out with my kids.

Shane:   I got it.

Sam:   It’s the lifestyle part of it, where you guys’ can’t miss moments are just fuel for the fire for me because, in terms of a lifestyle creation, I want to be my kids’ teacher and I want to teach by doing. I remember when my son was born, realizing that the thing that he was going to remember most in his life was never going to be the things that I got him, but the things we got to do together. It’s a time peace, it’s an income peace, but it’s really the idea of being able to choose how I’m living my life and at the end of the day. I want to be able to have that peace and example for my kids when they’ll be able say, “You did this, I’m doing this too.”

Shane:   Yeah. That’s awesome. That’s a great why because I bet a lot of gurus lately seems like they’re really pushing the hustle 19 hours and build the biggest that you can and you got to be the biggest and the baddest, and what if you sell… you’re always eternally striving for more. What really kills me about people in online business is you’re not trying to build a legacy that your kids can brag about, you’re trying to live a legacy with your kids for them. If you’re not with them then what does it matter what you accomplish, if you’re not doing it with them as a family and then inspire them to do what they want to do and not, “Hey, look what my dad did,” that was cool and I’ll do something cool, I guess.

Jocelyn:   That might be the goal of some people, but that’s not our goal.

Shane:   No.

Jocelyn:   Could we build this business into a multimillion dollar business? Probably.

Shane:   Yeah, for sure but at what cost.

Jocelyn:   But we prefer to spend time with the kids and do the things that really matter. This is just more of a passion that we love to do.

Shane:   I can hear it in your voice, because I can hear where we were. I always felt limited to in school, my reach and my time, because everybody says I want to quit my nine-to-five but schools are even more restricting because you’re in a bell schedule. I can feel the constriction there and it is freer on the online business side because when you create that location independence, when you create that systematic way to communicate with people like you’ve seen us do in our forums and on these podcasts, then it does create much more flexibility to do those things with your family and be there for them to give them those moments like, “Hey! You can do this with your life, you don’t have to do this.” So, that’s awesome, man. Let’s shift gears a little bit, let’s jump into the online business. Before we get to your first question, where exactly are you right now. I know you’ve got a website created, talk to us a little bit about that, systems and monetization. Where do you feel you’re at right now in your online business journey?

Jocelyn:   And are you doing something locally right now?

Sam:   I am doing some one-on-one coaching now in the individual coaching space and also planning this fall to be doing college application bootcamps. Basically, peace of mind for the parents and equipping students to do is to figure out a life plan, what I call “True North,” and then attach that to a specific college which is the perfect college for you and then walk through my Stress Free College Applications program. So, I’m doing components of that in areas locally. This fall, I’ll be doing weekend college application boot camps, just even doing that in these past 6 months or so, and working with one-on-one clients I already hate the hours per dollar model.

Shane:   Sometimes we have to do that first, because that allows us to figure out how it will scale. You know what I mean?

Jocelyn:  Also what is selling and what people want. Like what are their problems, how you are solving them, that can be beneficial. Don’t completely ignore it because all these things you’re doing is part of the grand scheme of things.

Shane:   They’re going to help you make something online that will appeal to mass audience.

Sam:   That’s been something my good friend who’s into the speaking and writing space, he talks about do it for free until it’s good enough for people to pay you for it. I’ve at least advanced beyond that. I feel good about that part, I’m not doubting as much but I do like the fact that even as you spoke true earlier, it’s a system I’ve created at least. So, it’s more palatable than being in somebody else’s system. I have those 3 courses: True North, Choose The College For You and Stress Free College Applications, I have those as courses all ready to roll. They’re recorded, they’re in my membership sites, in forums. Just something real quick about the Flip Your Life community, you see people come for the content but they stay for the community… I’m the kind who wants the content and then I realized your community IS so much content. Just to be able to hop into the forums and search, just see you back and forth coaching with the members in there, it’s awesome. There’s been so many breakthroughs for the past 3 months, having a problem that isn’t adjusting in the courses, hopping into the forums and searching and jumping right into a conversation that happened 6 months ago.

Shane:   That’s awesome, we appreciate that, man! The goal is to help the person solve their problem, whatever their problem is right now and help them get to the next step. But I’d rather have someone say I need help with this right now, well go do this next and then like you said somebody else is gonna have that question eventually. That content will create and grow overtime. We’re going down the rabbit hole here, so let’s go back that I love that the product is done. It sounds like that we got the website created, it looks good, there’s a lot of good stuff on there. I think there are things we can tweak and improve, we can talk about that with your questions. We’re right in the verge in your online business of being able to unveil this to the world and really start promoting it, try to get people to purchase these things that you created and are selling online and offline. It’s a really good sign that the online business is gonna work. Let’s jump into that first question and address that right now.

Sam:   My first question is, is the membership model right for my business? And I ask that question because my product is somewhat seasonal in the idea that people think about life planning or needing to get to a point at very specific times in their lives, typically looking for a career… maybe something around midlife crisis time or retirement. What I’ve identified in the college area is I’m trying to address a need that’s…

Shane:   A time sensitive need.

Sam:   I’d like them to stick around longer because I want to really engage and so on and so forth. But I’m wondering if the membership model even works if they are perceiving a need that’s for a longer term but they may just want that short term.

Shane:   Number 1, people have to remember when they talk about membership models… We call it that but that’s really recurring revenue model, and what that means is how can I create a system where I sell them the first thing and they keep buying over and over. We sell the membership so they keep paying monthly, you might sell the courses publicly but then you might have a community off the bat for the 20% to 30% of students, or maybe it’s their parents that find the courses first. They get the courses and they hire you to help their kid make this decision, right? Over an (x) month period. So, maybe the Pick The Perfect College is the front part of this business, but then when they pick their college now you’ve delivered amazing results, you can say I helped (x) number of students pick their perfect college… by the way, I also have this program where for (x) dollars a month I’ll coach you throughout your entire college process. Maybe that can be something separate that you can sell them.

Jocelyn:   Honestly, I think this can be the perfect candidate for the side-by-side one-off product membership, and let people decide. We don’t always recommend that for people, but I think in this case it could possibly make sense. So, what we’ve seen people do is you offer your flagship product or one of your products for (x) dollars and then beside it for the same amount (x) dollars per month, you have the monthly membership. So, let people decide if they want to just purchase the one-off product, that’s fine and then you can try to sell them later or they can make that decision to pay the same amount per month and get all of these bonus features.

Shane:   What I would do Sam in this exact instance… I would make sure that the product, like $500 I’ll help you pick the perfect college because I think people will pay something like that for this, but this needs to be completely automated. Videos, talking about whatever you do, motivational stuff, inspirational stuff… like all the downloads, worksheets to help them figure out what they want, I’ll keep access held back into my membership area. You don’t want to get into $500 and you can talk to me for 6 months, you know what I’m saying? With no recurring off the back, because what happens is it becomes very unstable, it’s hard to predict how many people will sign up for it. It’s almost impossible to predict how much work you’re gonna put into it, you know? Because that’s where we start, how many hours will this take and how much per hour can I make off of that? So, that has to be differentiated in some way and then you’ve got this other model over here that’s like, where it’s a membership that you get access to all of this for (x) dollars a month but I’m also here to guide you through the process.

Sam:   That makes sense.

Shane:   Alright. We’ve got plenty of time here, let’s get another question in. Don’t make a decision right now Sam, we can help you with this in the forum, but as the school year approaches people will be thinking about it. We’ll have to figure out if we’ll offer it publicly or offer it off the bat kind. So, what is your next question?

Sam:   My question will be… so looking at the membership itself, since you guys sometimes offer a yearly discount as part of the community, so because it’s time sensitive if someone finds my services in September… they likely think they don’t really need it until December. They’ll only need it as long as December, so why will they pay for the discounted yearly membership when they don’t think they’re really gonna get past that wall. I’m wondering about the pricing. Do I get a yearly discount or a package deal and just give them some access until a certain point?

Shane:   It’s like my football products used to be. People need playbooks for June and July and then they’re set until the end of the year, but it’s my job as the business owner how to make things worth it for the rest of the year. That’s one of the mistakes we made early on, we had this great back to school product, a great January product but the rest of the year we had to figure out a way to make it more valuable at other times of the year.

Jocelyn:   This was pre-membership.

Shane:   Pre-membership site. Basically, you’re doing the same thing here. You know you have something really valuable in this time sensitive place in the calendar, you’re gonna have to figure out what makes it valuable in January, what makes it valuable in February and March. You market it that way, you’re like, “Not only will I do this but then X, Y and Z.”

Jocelyn:   Yeah, maybe you’re adding on layers, like “How to improve your ACT or SAT score,” in these others months which is something on a different timeframe to what you’re originally thinking.

Shane:   This is not just a seasonal issue, unless you frame it that way. How can you frame it in a way where it is a full year issue?

Sam:   Yeah, absolutely, because in the Springtime it’s financial aid, it’s scholarships, and then I have a whole series of programs come May 1st when you essentially decide which school you’re going to. On the college maximizer program, I got it there. It’s just positioning it in terms of advertising to people and say, “I’ve got you covered from this point all the way through.”

Jocelyn:   Exactly and that was what I was saying before, let people decide if they think that the things that you’re offering are valuable enough to keep paying you for throughout the year, It’s your job to convince them that it is.

Shane:   You’ve got to sell it. You’re so deep in this space, that you’re not able to remove yourself. You’ve gotta step out of the forest and see the trees, and see how is the parent looking at this. You’re fragmenting this in a way you deal with stuff the most. Right?

Sam:   Right.

Shane:   So, it feels like an issue there for you, but remember that I’m one parent with a kid who’s gone to college who has never done this before… we’ve got a friend here who doesn’t have parents to help her, she doesn’t know anything about getting ready for college. This is a stressful issue that they’re thinking for months, you’ve got to be able to frame it in a way that sells, “I can help you in all of these stages, not just one.”

Jocelyn:   So you don’t say, “You may need help in these other areas too, maybe if you want to keep paying me for the rest of the year.” No, you say, “I have this awesome program I’m going to help you the entire year, we’re gonna start with this. We’re gonna move on to these things and then I’m gonna help you with this, because you need help the entire calendar year. I can’t wait to bring these programs to you. I’m so excited about this.”

Shane:   Your lead magnet in this case is to create a 12 month calendar that sells what they’re supposed to be doing every single month of the year. You’ve got all these major things like, ACTs have to be in for schools on this date, you’ve got all these things year round and you’ve got a nice calendar then they’re seeing it everyday, “I better talk to Sam.” The moral of the story on the podcast today is, it is your job to get people to keep paying you. It is not throw stuff on the wall and hope that they pay their monthly subscription or hope that they buy the next product that you create. You gotta show them why it makes a difference in their life at every point of the journey, and then they will keep taking. That’s the big take away.

Sam:   I like it. I have a related question real quick about Dripping Content.

Shane:   We’re very against Dripping Content, I can just sum that up. We don’t drip content because unless it’s something, like we have some clients in the community who do like professional development, some jobs require continuing education you have to get it. They have to drip it because they have agreements with universities or like laws. For something like this, especially because it’s so calender sensitive, there’s no reason to drip it, because they’re gonna use it when they need it or just because it’s all there.

Jocelyn:   That being said, with something like what you’re doing it’s important to highlight specific things at specific times of the year. So, you send out monthly member newsletter to remind people, “Hey! I have this and I know that a lot of people are applying for financial aid right now. So, let me just remind you that we have this financial aid training package in the community. You can find it here.”

Shane:   Yeah, you can even automate that because the same thing’s pretty much happen every year in that same months.

Jocelyn:   That’s the same at Elementary Librarian. I automate it and get the whole calendar planned out. I call their attention to specific training modules or courses, and then I also will highlight discussion topics. So, for instance if you have a discussion forum in your community and somebody asked a really good question about something that’s relevant to that time of year, go ahead and include that in your member newsletter and that’s gonna bring people back into remind them why they’re paying for this service.

Shane:   I know that there are reasons to drip content, some people do drip content, that’s fine. The reason we don’t is because we always want to remove complexity and I also understand humans, humans cannot consume everything you have all at once. They can’t do it. There’s only so many hours in the day to consume content, so it doesn’t matter if it’s all available or if none of it’s available and we drip it. They can only consume so much at any one time. The only argument for that is really if you have to throttle something because they need the prior knowledge before they can move on. In this case, I don’t think they do because they won’t need it until they do the other stuff.

Jocelyn:   There will be people out there that will say well what if someone comes in and downloads all your stuff, we get this question all the time. In our sites, we found that less than 5% of members are coming in, joining and leaving in one night. That tells me that yes, it probably does happen, but is it enough to worry about and to develop all the complex systems to keep it from happening?

Shane:   Jocelyn always says let’s focus on the 95% of people that don’t people. Only 5% of people leave in their first month, there’s 95% of people joining any of our communities who keep paying. So, why don’t we just focus on them and deliver it as much value as we can, give them what they need, instead of worrying of dripping stuff out and protecting a little content.

Sam:   Sure. It’s sort of hypothetical to my philosophy anyway, which is I want to equip and empower kids to drive their own education. So, the design is to be instructive and do this part first, but at the same time it does engage them as active learners in their own stuff. It’s the same junk which is, “I have to wait for somebody to give me permission until I access this information.”

Jocelyn:   We totally agree. I mean that’s our philosophy with Flipped Lifestyle, we have a lot of people come in and say where is the step by step roadmap that shows me what to do. Well, there is no roadmap because everybody’s in a different place. So, that’s impossible to do and it’s the same thing for you.

Shane:   That’s why the first thing when you joined is introduce yourself and the second thing is ask your first question, because that’s the most important thing. You got to figure out where they are and all that has to be available, so they can go get what they need off to shift when they need it. Instead of hiding it behind some kind of drip wall. Okay?

Sam:   That’s great. Yup, that makes sense.

Jocelyn:   Alright, Sam, this has been a great discussion today. Hate to see it come to an end because these were really good questions and I think you’ve gotten some really good clarity about moving forward with the membership site. So, we always ask people at the end of our calls, what is something that you plan to take action on based on what we talked about today, say in the next 24 to 48 hours?

Sam:   Well, one thing that I had done recently was to start the sales funnel training that you guys provide — which is awesome — and I think I’m ready to go with where you have a product and start to really get it out and advertising. So, my next step is to get into the autoresponder emails training that you guys have to be able to start continuing our process checking things off the list for my sales funnel, so that I can start letting people know that I have an online product.

Shane:   That is an awesome place to start. Once you get the product and the site, it’s time. It’s time to get it promoted and then have systems in place to sell it within 24 hours. That’s a great spot, go ahead and head off to the forums as soon as we end the call. Before you even watch the video, just throw up the ideas of what it’s gonna look like and as you watch the training I’ll help you tweak that in the forums. Okay?

Sam:   You prefer that under action plans?

Shane:   No, put that in the general forum. You’re doing great. Make your action plan what you’re going to do, like you’re gonna watch the video… you’re gonna do this. Then go ahead and as soon as you’re ready and fill the bulleted list on what your final’s gonna look like, and Jocelyn and I will help you tweak it. Okay?

Sam:   Love it. Yeah, definitely!

Shane:   Alright guys! We have a special treat, this is usually where we close up the show and thank our guests for being on. Sam, you’ve been a great guest, but Sam had an awesome request that I could not turn down. As many of you know who’ve listened to our show regularly, we like to close every single episode of the Flipped Lifestyle podcast with a Bible verse, Jocelyn and I draw a lot of our inspiration from the Word. It really helps us, not only in our life but in our business as well. Sam wanted to read the Bible verse this week and I thought, “Man! That is an awesome request.” So, Sam I’m going to give you a format, tell us the verse and read it to us. Go ahead.

Sam:   Alright. Absolutely! Today’s verse is Galatians 6:4-5, “Each one should test their own actions, then they can take pride in themselves alone, without comparing themselves to someone else. For each one should carry their own load.”

Shane:   Awww!!! That was epic, that is a great verse. I don’t remember the last time I’ve read that, I’m sure I’ve read it before but I love the picture of taking action and responsibility there. Man, thanks for sharing that and thanks for being on the show today.

Sam:   Absolutely. Thank you guys too! Looking forward to interacting in the forums this afternoon.

Shane:   Alright guys that wraps up another call from one of our Flip Your Life community members, if you’d like to become a member of our Flip Your Life community, head over to flippedlifestyle.com/flipyourlife and we can help you with your online business as well.

Jocelyn:   Alright, next we’ll go into our can’t miss moment segment. These are things that we were able to experience recently that we might have missed if we were still working at a normal nine-to-five job. Today’s can’t miss moment is going to Frozen on Ice and we are a big Disney-loving family, I’ve been looking forward to going to Frozen on Ice for a long time but it really wasn’t anywhere near us. We were able to find it at Cincinnati so we decided to get some tickets and head on out.

Shane:   And it’s cool because we just left, went out there and the tickets were fairly expensive. Boy! Once you get in there, you’re talk about a lot of marketing experts –Disney’s got you good. It was almost $20 for an icy, $15 for popcorn and stuff like that, but it was awesome because we also took my nephew and my niece. We just bought them tickets and we got to take off with four of the kids to Disney on Ice, we had a great time and great seats, got some pictures over on the podcast shownotes so check that out. It was a really awesome experience and it’s something we probably would have missed if we did not have the freedom to take off and drive off to Cincinnati and be able to afford those tickets.

Jocelyn:  And we talked about before, even though it wasn’t a weekend it’s still a can’t miss moment for us because back when we still had nine-to-five jobs we were tired all the time during the weekends. We had to take care of household things and stuff like that on weekends, but now since we started our online business we’re able to do some of those things and then just the energy to do things.

Shane: That experience of going into an arena, there’s 10,000 people there! They get to see a huge production and we’ve done a couple of these things lately and I’m just glad that they’re getting to experience some things that we might have not been able to let them do if we were still working in our regular jobs. That’s all the time we have for this week, as always guys, thanks for listening to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast. Until next time, get out there, take action, do whatever it takes to flip your life. See you then!

Jocelyn:   Bye!

Filed Under: Podcast

FL 100 – Pat Flynn joins us to celebrate our 100th episode!

July 19, 2016 by Shane Sams 4 Comments

http://traffic.libsyn.com/flippedlifestyle/FL100_Pat_Flynn.mp3

Podcast: Play in new window | Download

Subscribe: iTunes | Android | RSS

Pat Flynn SnJ Chicago

Shane, Jocelyn, and Pat Flynn in Chicago

We’ve officially reached the 100th episode for the Flipped Lifestyle podcast!

Before we get started, we would like to take this opportunity to thank everyone for their dedication to take action. We’ve been around for almost 2 years now and it’s such an honor how we’ve all grown as a community. Thank you for all the support and most especially the iTunes reviews. The reviews help secure our rankings and in turn help us reach more aspiring online entrepreneurs. So, if we have impacted your life in anyway and you haven’t written us a review yet, please do so because we would absolutely love to receive one from you!

We have a special episode for all of our avid listeners this week. As some of you know, we usually get a member on air for a free consulting call to help them take their business to the next level and then let you guys listen in, but this time it’s going to be a bit different. Our guest this week is our very good friend and mentor, the crash test dummy of online business, Pat Flynn.

Pat has been in the online business scene since 2008. He used to be an architect, until the industry took an economic downturn. Always the optimist, Pat took charge, launched himself in a catapult and began a new life-changing journey.

His website smartpassiveincome.com and the Smart Passive Income podcast has touched the lives of thousands of people in an international level. His mindset along with the choices he made has created an amazing ripple effect.

Despite all that fame and fortune, Pat firmly believes that the best part about his job is the amount of quality time he gets to spend with his wife and kids — now, that’s a true family man.

We have so many things in common with him and we are just thrilled to share our backstory with y’all, like how Shane came across a random podcast one day (while mowing the lawn!) and was just struck with immediate certainty that this is what we needed to flip our lives upside-down. Also, we’re gonna talk about family, life and lessons we’ve learned along the way.

So, hold onto your seats and let’s get this show on the road.

The moment you feel comfortable with something, something can change.

Click To Tweet

We don’t have 24 hours, there’s transition time and non-negotiables. You have to be vigilant,…

Click To Tweet

My kids are my motivation to be productive. When I waste time on irrelevant things, I take away the…

Click To Tweet

You will learn:

  • What it is like to raise a family while doing online business
  • How to manage your kids while doing online business
  • Insights on education for your children as an online entrepreneur parent
  • Inspiring ripple effect stories of doing online business
  • The importance of taking roles in the family and setting expectations.
A business is successful when it solves problems.

Click To Tweet

When I drop him off to school I ask him, “Hey Bud! How do you change the world?” and he goes,…

Click To Tweet

Don’t tell me the problem, tell me the solution.

Click To Tweet

Links and resources mentioned in today’s show:

Flipped Lifestyle

Flip Your Life Community

Smart Passive Income

Internet Business Mastery

We wanna teach kids about presenting their ideas to people they don’t know and get comfortable…

Click To Tweet

Go out there and make friends, it’s gonna become a part of your life, so it never becomes…

Click To Tweet

Have clear expectations, communicate it, and then do it. That’s how you make it online.

Click To Tweet

Enjoy the podcast; we hope it inspires you to explore what’s possible for your family!

Click here to leave us an iTunes review and subscribe to the show! We may read yours on the air!

Can’t Miss Moments

Each week Jocelyn and I share moments that we might have missed if we had not started our online business. We hope these moments inspire you to see the possibilities and freedom online business could provide for your family.

“Just being here in Chicago at Podcast Movement, speaking to Pat Flynn who’s been just an awesome mentor to us and just a great friend. Hanging out here and doing what we do, that’s an amazing can’t miss moment. Something I couldn’t imagine doing 10 years ago.”

IMG_0679

From our dinner cruise in Chicago

IMG_0665

Shane and Jocelyn with the Flip Your Life LIVE Indies.

IMG_0619

Shane and Jocelyn looking down the Chicago river at Trump Tower.

IMG_0596

Shane and Jocelyn on top of the Willis Tower looking down from the 103rd floor.

IMG_0487

Deep dish pizza dinner in Chicago with Jocelyn looking at the horizon.

IMG_0572

Shane and Jocelyn with Farnoosh Torabi from So Money.

IMG_0532

Shane and Jocelyn at the balcony with Kate Erickson of EOfire.

IMG_0565

Shane, Jocelyn, Pat Flynn and Flip Your Life member Cheryl Tan.

We have the ability to change lives and we don’t even know who’s lives were changing right now.

Click To Tweet

They only see the good, they don’t see that there was usually something negative that made us…

Click To Tweet

When we tell those kind of stories, it’s not to say, “Oh, look at what we get to do.” it’s…

Click To Tweet

Thank you for listening!

Thanks again for listening to the show! If you liked it, make sure you share it with your friends and family! Our goal is to help as many families as possible change their lives through online business. Help us by sharing the show!

If you have comments or questions, please be sure to leave them below in the comment section of this post. See y’all next week!


Can’t listen right now? Read the transcript below!

 

Jocelyn:   Hey y’all! On today’s podcast, we celebrate our 100th episode with our special guest, Pat Flynn.

Shane:   Welcome to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast, where life always comes before work. We’re your hosts Shane and Jocelyn Sams. Join us each week as we teach you how to flip your lifestyle upside down by selling stuff online. Are you ready for something different? Alright, let’s get started. What’s going on guys? Welcome to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast. We’re super excited that you are here listening today, because we are celebrating our 100th episode of the Flipped Lifestyle podcast.

Jocelyn:   That’s right. We have been coming to you for almost 2 years now, which is pretty awesome.

Shane:   And we’re just so thankful for our audience. It’s amazing every week as we watch it grow. We’re just thankful that you have stuck it out with us and that you’re here listening week after week. We can’t wait to bring you more great content going forward. We’re not done at 100, we’re going to keep this thing going for as long as we can, until we can accomplish our goal of helping as many families as possible flip their life with online business. Now, normally our show is all about bringing members of our Flip Your Life community on, giving them a live consulting call right on air, helping them take their online business to the next level and sharing that with you guys — the listeners — so that you can pick up tips and then you can take your online business to the next level as well. But for the 100th episode, and just the 100th episode, we’re gonna change things up a little bit. We normally don’t bring on experts or gurus or any kind of guest on to our show, but today we’re gonna make an exception. We discovered online business by listening to podcasts just like you’re doing right now. And one guy was very influential in our early days getting started online, so to bring everything full circle we wanted to bring on a good friend of ours, the guy that kind of introduced us to online business on to the show and just talk about the journey so far, talk a little bit about life and a little bit about business… Today’s guest on the show is none other than Pat Flynn.

Jocelyn:   And for those of you who don’t know Pat — and there are some people out there — one of the reasons that I knew that we had sort of made it, is because one time somebody said that they had discovered Pat Flynn through our podcast.

Shane:   Introduce me to that Pat Flynn guy! He’s pretty good!

Jocelyn:   You’re welcome Pat. So, you can find Pat over at smartpassiveincome.com and he also has the Smart Passive Income podcast, so definitely check that out! You can also listen to our episode on Pat’s podcast by clicking on the link in today’s shownotes and you can find that over at flippedlifestyle.com/episode100. We first met Pat in person in 2013 at a live event, and that live event lead to our SPI episode that I just mentioned, and also to the launch of this website and this podcast.

Shane:   Also, we maintained that relationship with Pat over the years. We’ve got a lot in common with Pat, our family make is very the same, we got young kids — a little boy and a little girl — We just got a lot in common with Pat. He’s a great guy to hang out with, one of the most real people that you’ll ever meet in the online space, he’s exactly what like you would think he is in person as he is on his podcast. We get to see and hang out with Pat whenever we go to live event around the country, we’re actually at Podcast Movement right now in Chicago and that’s how we were able to get out with Pat and get this interview done. Pat even makes a special appearance sometimes, he actually showed up at one of our live events. He was at a Flip Your Life live event out in San Diego, so you never know who’s going to show up at Flip Your Life live if you go out there and want to hang out with us in person. He’s just a super great guy, gracious guy, really genuine and we’re really appreciative of him for coming on the show and talking with you guys on what it’s like to really live the Flipped Lifestyle. What does it look like when your online business makes it? Kinda keep that out there… what is it you’re working for as you’re trying to flip your life? We’re gonna talk about that today, we’re gonna stay away from the online business stuff, this isn’t going to be anything about Pat’s story… you can find that in a lot of other places. We’re gonna get real with Pat today and talk about raising kids, how to have an online business with kids in the house, how to work from home and we’re gonna get into some things you may not have heard from him on other shows.

Jocelyn:   Before we jump into today’s interview with Pat, we just wanted to say thank you to all of our awesome listeners and our members who have sent us these amazing stories, how you changed your lives based on something we talked about in the podcast, something that we’ve helped you with in our community… those stories are just so impactful for us and maybe you’re just somebody who’s listened, maybe you’ve never reached to us before, we don’t really answer our own emails anymore but we do get those stories passed on to us. One thing that we do read regularly are our iTunes reviews, so if you have not left an iTunes review for us in the past and we’ve provided some type of value for you over the last 100 episodes, we would genuinely appreciate you doing that. Just take the opportunity to let us know about that and help us to make you serve better by just knowing a little bit more about you. What kind of help you need with online business?

Shane:   iTunes reviews are really important, for the rankings and helping us grow our podcast, helping us reach more people, reach more families to help them flip their lives. We would just love it if you guys would go leave us a word, what does the Flipped Lifestyle podcast mean to you? What has the last 100 episodes done for you in your online journey? And just tell others about our podcast, so that we can grow this thing and in the next 100 episodes we can help more families flip their lives through online business. Alright guys, without further ado, let’s jump right into our interview with Pat Flynn.

———–

Shane: What’s going on everybody? Welcome back to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast, great to be back with you again this week. Got a little bit something different for you this week. We’re celebrating our 100th episode of the Flipped Lifestyle podcast. Jocelyn, how crazy is it that we’ve been doing this for 2 years? I didn’t even realize it until 2 weeks ago.

Jocelyn:   It’s kinda awesome! I love it. We’re here in Chicago, hanging out at Podcast Movement and it’s awesome.

Shane:   We’ve got a spectacular view on the 27th floor of this hotel too. For those of you who are regular listeners to our show, you know that we usually bring on a member of our Flip Your Life community and we give them a free consulting call live on air, but today we have something a little bit different. We have a special treat for you guys, normally we don’t bring on experts or guests, but today is an exception to the rule. Our guest today is our good friend, the one and only, Pat Flynn. Pat, welcome to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast.

Pat:   What’s up everybody? Happy to be here, I don’t know what floor we’re on but we’re on a tower overlooking the Chicago river.

Shane:   It’s unbelievable. I think it’s a canal or something. That’s some body of water with boats!

Pat:   I’m just so happy to be here, and congrats on episode 100 you guys. I know how big of a deal that actually is.

Shane:   Yeah, man! It was awesome when we… I didn’t even notice. Jocelyn goes, “I think we’re almost to episode 100.” And we started looking around like… “Oh man! We gotta blow this!”

Pat:   Really?! You didn’t even know how many of these you’ve done.

Shane:   It’s easier said and kinda runs around together a little bit. You remember everything but then it just becomes a part of your life.

Pat:   Right. Do you guys know your previous episodes by heart? Like the number or the guest…

Jocelyn:   Uh… No.

Shane:   No. I’m always mesmerized by your magical ability to be able to do that. Someone will be like, “I was on your show this episode… “ or “I heard someone was on this episode, what number was that?” and I’d be like… “Just google it? That would be great.” We actually do that because we bring on our members, so sometimes 6 months… 8 months on the road we’d be like, has this person been on the show before? And we will google it ourselves to make sure we haven’t already did.

Jocelyn:   As soon as we realized that our 100th show was coming up we knew that we wanted to have you on, and for those of you who may not know, we actually discovered online business when Shane randomly stumbled across Pat’s Smart Passive Income podcast in 2012. So, Pat was kind of the spark that started us down this online business path and today we’re sorta bringing everything full circle on this special 100th episode. Once we quit our teaching jobs, was it 2013?

Shane:   I think it was 2013, yeah.

Jocelyn:   We knew that we had to go up to San Diego to meet you in person and a lot of people know about the story, Shane jumping up the lawnmower to come in here and tell me that he had discovered you and your podcast. If you don’t know about that we can link you to Pat’s episode, it’s 122 of your Smart Passive Income podcast.

Shane:   Wait a minute. We actually sold that lawnmower last summer.

Pat:   I would totally buy it.

Shane:   I know right? I’m like you would have put that on your front lawn or something. We do have a picture to remember it by.

Pat:  That’s such a great story.

Shane:   I remember when we sold it and they were putting on the truck and I was like… there was a little tear in my eye, goodbye lawnmower.

Jocelyn:   Well, the good news is we don’t have to mow our lawn anymore.

Shane:   Yeah… we don’t use it so we had to get rid of it. You know what I mean?

Jocelyn:   Yeah, so it was like a happy and sad type thing, but can you tell us a little bit about the first time that you’ve met us?

Pat:   Well, just obviously anybody who listens to this show knows the passion behind what you guys do and the excitement and the energy, I think it’s just the one thing I noticed and it still continues to be there since I first met you. It’s almost like you walking into a room and then, “SURPRISE!” and you’re just… all this energy when you get surprised in a birthday party or something, that’s how I feel whenever I’m in a room with you guys. High energy, fun, exciting… it never changes. You guys were always the same, and super honest. Then we went out to get barbecue one time…

Shane:   That was awesome. What was that place called? It was in Maine.

Pat:   It was in Maine, kinda random but we were there for an event and we just had such a great time talking about family. I mean, that’s one other thing I love about you guys, you guys were all about the lifestyle.

Shane:   For sure.

Pat:   And not just building businesses but what that actually means and what it can do for you and your life and your kids and stuff. So, immediate connections! We’ve been friends ever since. Just very blessed to be part of you guys’ journey.

Shane:   Yeah man. That was an awesome experience for us to. The first time we ever met was at that event you had with that ducker, and it was cool because we had quit our jobs already and we had figured out this digital product thing and how to make our income online, but then I told you guys a story at that event about a friend of ours that we helped.

Pat:   Mm-hmm.

Shane:  They sold stuff online and they got enough money to pay their mortgage, and I’ll never forget that guy. My friend came up to me at church going, “Man! That really changed our life. That impacted us.” When we were getting ready to go one day to  talk about our education stuff, we were confident we had that part under control, and then we came up with this crazy idea to start Flipped Lifestyle and that’s what we actually talked about. So, this whole thing was actually born there. When we talked with you about how to do this and how to scale that, you know what I mean? Great, great stuff. Pat, let’s move into other stuff. Family, friends and the stuff that we do online business for, I think a lot of people here — many experts, I’m gonna use that quote unquote — that talk about this lifestyle about being rich or famous or the beach thing…

Pat:   Right, right.

Shane:   And it kinda gives this weird impression to people. Especially families who are like, “I’ve got kids, how do I… how could I possibly do that? How can all of that jive together?” so, tell the families and the people out there with kids that listen to our show, what is it like being an online entrepreneur, raising kids and tell us a little bit about your family and how that kinda flows in and out of your podcast and your business.

Pat:   Sure. You know, I love talking about integrating my business and family and vice versa. That’s what it is, it’s one thing. A lot of people try to separate work with their personal life, and when you’re working nine-to-five, that’s how it is and you go home and you’re away from your office and stuff… but you’re an entrepreneur, especially when you work at home, it has to be both integrated but also separate, so that you can get things done. That’s been one of the most hardest things, especially when the kids were younger, I felt like there was no time.

Shane:   Yeah.

Pat:   Because I had to be a father and a husband, but I also have my business to run. So, how do I do all that? It took a lot of just being conscious of my input and output of everything. It actually took a lot of heated… not a lot… but a few heated conversations with my wife to just really understand what was important for both of us, because even though I was the one doing the business, April was the one running the house and taking care of the kids. Communication became very important and setting up the boundaries between working and not working, so that I can be fully at 100% in whatever I was supposed to be doing at that time.

Shane:   How are your kids?

Pat:   My kids… my son is 6 now, entering 1st grade after the summer and then my daughter is 3, and she’ll be going to preschool. That’s what I’ve learned, growing up with kids, is things happen so fast for them. New milestone, new experiences for them that just have a completed effect on what you’re doing. Like the moment you feel comfortable with something, something can change. Right? It’s like… “Okay! They’re finally sleeping… and nooooow there’s a tooth coming in, so it’s just!” from that to, “Wow! He’s at school.” Everyday I have to wake up to do these things to take him to school and pick him up, that has been interesting. It has opened up more time, but also decreases the amount of flexibility we have on going out for trip and all that stuff. It’s just, again, all about communication. Every family is different, but as long as you’re conscious about the work that you do and why you’re doing it and also those around you who are affected by it, you can make things work by adapting, conversations and just adjusting over time. It’s really important. The top 2 things that have helped me with increasing my productivity in my business even though I’m working at home with a family, is setting boundaries in terms of time and schedule. I now wake up at 5AM everyday to do a lot of work before the kids get up.

Shane:   Yeah.

Pat:   Because when the kids are up, it’s very difficult to get work done and I can get a lot more done in 2 hours in the morning and 3 hours at night than 8 hours during the day when they’re awake, because that transition time between getting interrupted and trying to get back into your zone… I don’t know where I read this, but I heard that people spend 3 hours of their day in transition time. Trying to get into the zone of work where it’s kinda half work and you’re just trying to get back into where you’re going and then all of a sudden you have a kid who’s interrupting you and you have to start from scratch in getting back. We waste so much time doing that, so I don’t even fight it anymore.

Shane:  Yeah, you can’t.

Pat:  I work with it, around it.

Shane:   It’s funny… in our space there are a lot of successful people that we get to interact with, but a lot of them don’t have kids and a lot of them think the things they use for productivity — the tips, tricks and tactics — don’t work for us because with kids, I always say my day starts at about 19 hours. We don’t have 24 hours, because we do have that transition time, we do have those non-negotiables. Our kids are going to take that amount of time just to make their lunch, just to make their breakfast and you really have to be vigilant and work around that, or you’re gonna get way behind.

Pat:   Right.

Jocelyn:   But you know, it can be beneficial that we do have children that are this age, because we’re sort of forced into making the schedule and sticking to it. You don’t really have a choice because they’re going to be awake from these hours to these hours, and you have to help them. The age that our kids are 7 and 5, they don’t do a lot of things for themselves so we have to be there taking care of them, which is awesome… but can be challenging too.

Pat:   Right, this is a huge job because of a lot of things that go along with this. I use my kids as motivation for being productive, because I feel like if I’m working and I find myself in the wormhole when I’ve done 7 videos down the line… even if I’m doing stuff that on the surface might seem productive but it’s not relevant to my next task, I’m wasting time and I feel like when I’m wasting time in my business, I’m taking time away from my kids. That has helped me so much in terms of, “Okay, how do I streamline this? How do I get rid of all the extra steps that I don’t need? How do I outsource this so that I don’t take time away from the kids?” and that has been a completely life changing trip for me as well.

Shane:   Our big challenge at the beginning was that we didn’t have that straight division. Like you said earlier, you run your business in your family and decided April’s gonna run the household. You know what I’m saying? For us, it was weird because we were like, “Oh crap! We’re both doing this.” So, we had to do some other kind of compromise like we do use childcare in the day, even in the summertime when the kids are home from school. They don’t stay there forever, but from 9:30AM to 2:30PM, they’ve got to be somewhere else so that we can get that really productive time in and we both can divide and conquer, and then we have multiple businesses too… I mean, I might have to get up at 5 and she might have to wake up at 6. You have to make a way to solve the time crunch problem when you have kids.

Pat:   It’s so important that you guys are talking about figuring it out. I know a lot of people in the same position who are trying to force things, and when you try to force something it never works out. Somebody always gets upset or just not everybody’s happy in that situation, so it’s really good that you guys talked about that. Another thing that I talked about integration in terms of business and personal life, it’s not completely separate, I actually get my kids involved now. They’re at the age where they understand things, especially my son, he’s 6. I don’t know if you know this, but we record a podcast every week together.

Shane:   Cool!

Pat:   It’s not public or anything, but we just save those in the archive and maybe they’ll be public one day. I get them on my microphone like what we’re doing right now, I’d interview them and chat, I’d tell him to ask me questions too. I’m getting him used to the idea of just using your voice and putting yourself out there, and being in this world. I want to get him involved and show him what daddy does, so when somebody asks him he knows instead of just like, “He works in his office,” but instead he can say, “He has a podcast.” I remember he was 4 and we were at a playground one time, and he would just go up to a random parent and say, “My daddy has a podcast!” Like, just randomly! And they would come over and be like, “That’s cool, what’s your podcast about?” and I’m like… I swear I didn’t pay him to do that or anything, he is just really proud that he knows that this is what I do. Now, he is at the age where he’s starting to think and solve problems, I’m always teaching him every single day that a business is successful when it solves problems, what problems have you seen today? We always talk about that in our “show” and he comes up with these crazy ideas, sometimes they’re super wacky but really creative. Sometimes he has come up with ideas that already exists, and I’m like there is a product that does that and he’s like I wish I had invented that. And I’m like, “You can make it better.”

Shane:   It’s funny you said that too, because Isaac and Anna, people would ask them, “What do you guys do?” and Isaac would look at them and go, “Yeah, they live the Flipped Lifestyle.” That’s what he would say to them and he’s like, “They flip lives or something.” Isaac actually came to us a couple of months ago and he basically said, “Can we do what you guys do? Can we have a YouTube channel?” I’ll never forget the first time he ever said it, because I’m sure he heard us say, “Expert enough.” You know something that someone else doesn’t and you can teach them, and he said, “You know I’m in first grade, I could teach the kindergarten kids how to play minecraft.” And I’m like, “Oh you’re on to something here boy!”

Pat:   My son is also involved in minecraft now.

Shane:   I think I told you about minecraft the last time we talked. I’ve planted that seed in your head.

Pat:   Maybe you did, but my son came home from school and he’s like, “Daddy, can I play minecraft?” I remember our conversation and started to do research and I was like it’s a little scary, because you can have these kids and these games and there are zombies and stuff, where you can have other kids in the same server. I don’t know if he’s ready for that, but then I started to see minecraft being used for education.

Shane:   Oh yeah.

Pat:   Problem-solving and creativity. They’re actually putting it into curriculums in certain countries.

Shane:   There are camps… summer camps!

Pat:   My son’s going to minecraft camp next week and they’re going to teach programming.

Shane:   That’s amazing.

Pat:   So, I’m going to download this game to see what it’s like and I can speak the same language.

Shane:   You’ll get addicted.

Pat:   Yeah, I got addicted. I would play and look at the time and it’s already 4AM.

Jocelyn:   I’ve got to finish this castle!

Shane:   It’s cool when Isaac asked us to do that and we just launched their YouTube channel, Flipped Lifestyle Kids, where Anna and Isaac they wanted to do toys and then boxing and things like that.

Pat:   That’s cool.

Shane:   But then we also wanted to do travel reviews, because Isaac thinks a lot of kids don’t get to go to places they get to go so he wants to show them what it’s like. So, we started these YouTube with reviews and things like that.

Jocelyn:   Okay, so we were talking about sort of how we’re raising our kids and how they’re sort of aware of what we’re doing. I know that your kids don’t remember the time when you worked a different job, our kids don’t. We were teachers when they were really young, with all that in mind, how are you deliberately raising them to continue to be different, continue on this legacy you don’t have to be stuck behind a desk from nine-to-five? What are you guys doing? How are you intentional about that?

Pat:   We’re getting involved with what I do. Now they’re conscious of the fact that we’re different than other parents out there. My son has come back from school and he’s like, “Daddy! Someone’s father is gone everyday,” and we talked to them about it, how awesome it is to be an entrepreneur and the fact that we have flexible hours and opportunities in front of us, I do try to inject an entrepreneurial strategy or mindsets into him. For example, every day when I drop him off at school I ask him, “Hey Bud! How do you change the world?” and he goes, “By helping!” That’s what it’s all about. The funny thing is, the other day another thing we talk about is complaining, because it’s something a lot of kids do. April and I were getting frustrated with it, “Stop complaining.” It’s hard because complaining doesn’t help to solve the problem. Okay, you’re complaining, you’re frustrated, that’s fine… but how are you going to solve this problem?

Shane:   Will my kids do that? Oh yeah. If they were here right now, I could look at them and go, “Anna Jo, whiners and cryers get nothing.” That’s exactly what I say to them every time. It is like that when we were teachers, man. I actually stopped going out in the hall between classes, because you would stand with the other teaches and the kids are all going to talk… just total complaining and negativity.

Pat:   You don’t wanna be around that. We have a thing we call the complain jar, where every time they complain, they take a quarter and put it in the complain jar. If we see them in a tough situation and they try to solve the problem first, then we take one of the quarters back out and put it back into their wallet which is really cool. That alone has really helped out. The other day, my daughter who’s 3 she was complaining about something. I forgot what she was doing but she was building something and it’s just wasn’t fitting the right way and she was just about to cry, and then Keoni… he goes, “Kai, are you trying to solve the problem? How are you trying to solve the problem? Stop complaining.” It’s really cool to see him teach her.

Shane:   I actually heard Isaac say to Anna, “Don’t tell me the problem, tell me the solution.” because I say that all the time, like any time something goes wrong. It’s so funny, because he said the exact same thing. Anna was like, “This won’t work!” and he was like, “Don’t tell me the problem, tell me the solution.” and it’s so funny that they do pick up those things.

Pat:   Yeah, they do! And you know, he knows how to go out and speak with people. That’s one thing I wanna get him comfortable with doing too, presenting your ideas and being comfortable with that. He is in a school that promotes that. He’s in a school where we work on a single project and have the parents come in and they’ll do a showcase where they share their ideas. We were at a showcase at the end of the year here and he had been working on this thing, a renewable energy solar power stuff which is really cool because he asked all these questions about it. He created his presentation which was really cool, but then all the other kids were there ready to present. They had their poster boards up and the parents were gathered outside, all ready to go in and the teachers say, “We’re going in, but please do not go to your own kid’s station first. Go to other kid’s stations, ask them questions… we wanna teach these kids about presenting their ideas to people they don’t know and getting comfortable with that because that’s a real life skill.”

Shane: That’s awesome!

Pat:   I was like crying… because YEEES!

Shane:  Like why hasn’t someone did this for me.

Pat:   It took me my entire college to figure out how to put myself out there, being vulnerable… that was through my architecture work, where we had to work on a large project for a long time and get up with real architects and get feedback. It was so hard for me to do that! Like I just want to throw up before doing that.

Shane:   But getting your kids used to that I think consciously about that too. Jocelyn loves dance, and I’m kinda like, “I’ve got to go to this 8 hour recital for my kid’s 2 minutes,” but it is so good because you put your kids in front of people. Isaac is really anxious about that, getting in front of people, but we have him in swimming and he’s like, “I don’t wanna do this! I don’t wanna do this!” and I’m like we’re gonna get you over this now. You’re going to go out there, make some friends with people and it’s gonna become a part of your life so it never becomes something you’re scared of in your life.

Pat:   And the big thing for me is even though I would love for my son to become an entrepreneur, I’m not telling him straight up that he should be an entrepreneur. I want to have him earn the skills and know the skills to understand that he has the ability to do whatever he wants. Maybe he will be an employee, but he’s gonna be the best employee there is who’s gonna solve problems, who understands these principles on how to be relevant for whatever he chooses to do.

Shane:   Yeah. What do you think about college for your kids? Besides the fact that we want our kids to choose their own path. Jocelyn and I talk about this and we’ll tell you what we think after you tell us what you think. We’ve got differing opinions a little bit about this, but we’ve all been through college. We’ve been through the experience, through the journey, the nine-to-five, to online business… so what do you think about that path?

Pat:   Yeah, I get asked about this a lot. I’m very thankful with the path that I took even though I’m not in architecture anymore. Obviously, that lead to everything that happened here or getting me to where I’m at today. A lot of people are like, “Hey! Are you gonna put your kid through college?” I always say it’s going to be their decision but we will set it up in a way where if they want to, they can. There are different parts of it. The getting into the green part is not the important part, I feel and think that if you’re going to go to certain fields then it’s very important. If they have a passion for that, great! Go do it. I think that the experience that goes along with the college life, time management, networking… that sort of thing. Finding the right people, that I think is worth going to college.

Jocelyn:   Yeah. I totally agree. That’s the way I feel. I feel like college is sort of like your adult trial period. You still got a safety net of mom and dad, but then you’re still learning to do your own laundry.

Shane:   It’s the lead magnet to life.

Pat:   You did NOT… (laughing) I wouldn’t pay $40,000 a year for a lead magnet like this.

Shane:   That’s an expensive introductory offer.

Jocelyn:   I think it’s a good transitional period to becoming an adult and just learn about what the world is really like outside of mom and dad’s little safe cocoon.

Shane:   Yeah. For sure. Let’s fall back into the now and touch a little bit about those boundaries with the kids at home. The thing that always hurts for me here is, just pains my soul, when we are working here and Anna Jo… it’s worse with my daughter, I’m hardcore with Isaac, “Go back in there!” you know what I mean. But when Anna comes up, she’ll blink her little eyes on me and ask, “Can I sit on your lap?” and I’m like… “I’m doing something, but yes you can!” How do you even… do you do that? Or are you hardcore and go boundary time shut and lock the door?

Pat:   It’s not hardcore. I think my wife plays a big role in this. She understands when I’m doing certain things. I try to not work when the kids are awake.

Shane:   That’s great.

Pat:   That’s the easy answer, right? But it’s not always possible.

Shane:   No, it’s not possible.

Pat:   Especially when I’m doing interviews, I can’t force someone to stay up until midnight to do an interview with me… unless they’re in Australia, then it works pretty well. But if I’m doing something in the middle of the day and there’s a big launch or something and I have to be there for a webinar and whatnot, I communicate with my wife, “Hey, I’m doing this webinar. I have to be 100% there, do you mind just making sure that the kids don’t interrupt?” and she’ll be good and take them to the park which is gorgeous. It’s a gorgeous, not a gorgeous park, but a gorgeous situation is what I’m trying to say. She is a part of the team too, and I just wanna give her a ton of credit because she’s the most underrated player of Team Flynn. She sees me go to these conferences and I’ve learned to not share too many pictures with her, because…

Shane:   Don’t show her the steak! Don’t show her the steak. You told me the story.

Pat:   It was one of my first conferences, I was so excited to be a featured speaker. April was very supportive of me going, but she was at home watching the kids and they were just getting on her nerves which they often do.

Jocelyn:   We have no idea what that would be like.

Pat:  Yeah, right? And I’m in this amazing dinner. $150 steak dinner. I snap a photo and I send it to her, I’m like… “Look at this amazing steak dinner, wish you were here!” and then she sends back almost immediately a picture of her dinner which was a half eaten bowl of mac and cheese.

Shane:   Oh no.

Pat:   After that no text, no nothing. I was like… “Crap! I shouldn’t have done that.” So, I’m very aware… point of the story is she works so hard and she doesn’t get a lot of credit for it. Being the mom, stay at home mom, choosing to be a stay at home mom even though she wants to have her kids. I respect and love her so much for that. She sees me go out and people want to take pictures with me, I’m starting to get recognized in public now which is pretty cool and at the same time I’m like, “This is my wife guys!” Anyway, it’s hard.

Shane:   Yeah.

Jocelyn:   Yeah, it’s definitely hard, but I like how you guys get your expectations out there We heard somewhere, I can’t remember where it was, that the source of most fights between people is the difference in expectations. So, if both of you have your expectations out there, she knows what you expect you know what she expects and that just helps the conversation and just everyday life. It makes it go smoothly. We started doing this since we heard that. I would tell Shane, “My expectation is this…”

Shane:   We start with that phrase now, because it’s so cool for anybody listening to the show, we want them to hear that there’s more than one path. Anyone can figure it out, we do it at the same time and balance the kids with other tools, you guys do it by dividing your household and your business. We’ve got a member of our community who has 6 kids and did this on her own while her husband had a full time job, and we were like, “PROPS!”

Jocelyn:   Well, she had a full time job also at that time.

Shane:   It just shows that it doesn’t matter, necessarily, what the solution is in your family situation, it just matters that you get a solution. You have clear expectations, you communicate it, and you do it. That’s how you make it online, really.

Pat:  Yeah, for sure.

Jocelyn:   Alright, Pat. Let’s shift gears a little bit. One of our favorite things about Flipped Lifestyle is the ripple effect and the worldwide impact that we’re having on people. Just recently we’ve had people from Israel and Singapore.

Shane:   Someone from Kuala Lumpur member this morning join the Flip Your Life community.

Pat:   Nice.

Jocelyn:   That just blows my mind. We never imagined that a couple of former teachers from Kentucky could impact people all over the world. Can you share with us an unexpected or maybe like a particularly impactful ripple effect moment since you’ve started Smart Passive Income?

Pat:   Yeah. This goes back to 2011, I think. When the podcast was up and running for a year and a half, I was starting to lose momentum, all the numbers were the same and I was just like, “Why am I doing this?” every time I hit publish, I’ve got to do another episode next week. You get that sometimes. So, I was actually considering stopping the podcast because even back then I was initially a blogger and I loved blogging. I was seeing much more growth with it. As this was happening, as I was having these feelings, I got this email from a guy in Poland. His name is, I thought his name was Michael but it’s pronounced ME-HOWL, M I C H A L. It was an incredibly long email, like an essay’s worth of text. Typically when I get an essay’s worth of text, I save it for later, but the subject line was what made me read it. It said, “Pat, you changed my life… Here’s how.” So, I went out and he was in this tough situation where he was doing extreme sports and he had gotten through a crazy injury. He had jumped off with a snowboard and he landed on his feet wrong, and crashed with both of his ankles. So, he couldn’t walk, or do anything. His wife had to support him, he had to get work from home, which was terrible. Everything was a terrible situation, he showed me the x rays in the bottom and there were these bolts to hold him up. That’s when he said he had discovered my podcast, because he had all this time, he was sitting in bed and just completely depressed. He found my podcast and there’s one particular episode he had listened to that was talking about goal setting and how you should set goals that are almost impossible. Not just what you know you can do, but nearly impossible. He said that with 2 broken feet, that he was going to run a marathon. That was his goal. So, he set out everyday to train and get rehabilitated, and started doing his physical therapy. He’s been listening to me every single day, he even called me his physical therapy coach. After a year, he was training for his marathon and listening to me everyday, at the bottom of the email he showed me an image of him crossing the finish line at the Warsaw Marathon in Poland. You can see on his feet these plates that are holding his feet together, and he’s holding up this sign. It’s in Polish so I didn’t know what it said, but he had translated, it said thank you God, thank you to his family and thank you Pat Flynn.

Shane:   So, it didn’t even have anything to with online business. It was the motivational stuff!

Pat:   It was so crazy. The crazy thing is I’ve been keeping up with what he’s doing, and because he had all the time to listen to me and learn about online business, he since created his own online business in Poland.

Shane:   That’s awesome.

Pat:   And he is the #1 personal finance blogger in Poland now.

Jocelyn:   That’s incredible.

Pat:   The crazy thing about this ripple effect, is that he is now making a huge impact in other people’s lives. He has told this story before, and he tells his story about how I tell the story, it’s kinda funny. Now, he has people… he showed me an image of someone else crossing the marathon pulling his name up.

Shane:   That’s awesome!!!

Pat:   And it’s just… it blows my mind. The impact that we have, the crazy thing about it is that I was about to give up on my podcast, but if he hadn’t emailed me… this was happening a year and a half.

Shane:   He had a ripple effect on you, to keep you going.

Pat:   Who else is out there who just hasn’t emailed me yet? Or you guys… or those of you listening. We have, using the tools in front of us right now, the ability to change lives and we don’t even know who’s lives were changing right now.

Shane:   Yeah, we had a crazy email the other day, it was from a member from our community and she said… this isn’t something I can imagine. We knew her story because we’ve brought her on the show, we helped her with her business and she had 5 businesses in 6 months. That’s not even the impactful thing. She sent us a message and it said, “I just wanted you guys to know that you helped me with my business, that’s great but we have decided to donate a portion of every sale to the Ronald Mcdonald house.” The Ronald Mcdonald house was a big thing in her life and she went to give back to the community. I look over at Jocelyn and it’s like we aren’t even donating to the Ronald Mcdonald house, but because we helped someone with their online business, they’re able to donate hundreds of dollars a month to that cause. That would not have happened if she had not come through our community, and if we had not decided to do Flipped Lifestyle.

Jocelyn:   If we had not discovered your podcast, you know.

Shane:   You just keep going and going back.

Pat:   I wouldn’t have kept going back if I hadn’t discovered the Internet Business Mastery, which was the first podcast I listened to. If I didn’t buy an iPod that day, you know? It’s like all these crazy things that lead… we now have these opportunities.

Shane:   The funny thing about the ripple effect is we can all point back to a negative catalyst that drove us this way like you lost your job. We’ve told this story here and on other podcasts where we had a really bad situation at a daycare. The children were being mistreated there. My job where my boss was threatening to fire me when we wanted to take care of the kids. That was the catalyst that made me start looking for online business or some kind of alternative. I think if you go far enough in everyone’s success story, they only see the good but they don’t ever see that there was usually something negative that we rose to the occasion and went that way to start the ripple. The pebbles gather to break the water, before the ripple starts.

Pat:   Have you ever heard of the book called, “The Depth?”

Shane:  Yeah.

Pat:   It’s the same deal. Right before that inflection point is always a dip in your life.

Shane:   For sure

Pat:   So, the whole thing encouraging those of you out there with some struggles with your life…

Shane:   Something positive will come out of it.

Jocelyn:   There is no more powerful word in the English language than, “You’ve changed my life.” We see that from time to time.

Shane:   Jocelyn gets tears in her eyes. I always know when it happens, because I look over and Jocelyn is crying. I don’t know, but we got an email didn’t we?

Jocelyn:   It’s incredible. It’s my favorite part of what we do. Okay, so we are now going on five years in online business.

Pat:   Congrats!

Jocelyn:  And you’re going on how long?

Pat:   uh… 8 years!

Shane:   Wow!

Pat:  Crazy.

Shane:   How does time fly by that fast?

Jocelyn:  Yeah, and since this is our 100th podcast episode and we always put life over work. What is your favorite thing that you’ve got the opportunity to experience because of online business.

Pat:  My whole life I’ve feel like could represent that. There are so many things, from being able to take my son to school with my wife everyday, and be there. We’ve got teachers and other parents come up to us and be like, “How are you both able to come everyday?”

Jocelyn & Shane:   Oh! We get that often.

Pat:   Like did you win the lottery? I’m like, better… I have my online business.

Shane:   Are you always the only dad in school functions?

Pat:   Yeah.

Shane:   There are maybe one or two others, but I’m the only guy making tacos on Taco Day or something like that.

Pat:   I am, but there are some other dads there. It’s funny they’re all entrepreneurs too.

Shane:   Cool.

Pat:   We just have that flexible lifestyle.

Jocelyn:   You’ll probably find that more in California than Kentucky.

Pat:   Yeah, and more recently my daughter is 3. She’s doing hula dancing. It’s like a big thing in the Filipino community in San Diego — hula dancing. We were a little worried because this was a huge performance, the biggest one in her life. The other two she’s done were for friends and family. She’s freaked out, she’s kinda overwhelmed and just cried on stage, you had to drag her on the stage and just didn’t want to force it. It was tough because hours of prep, getting the hair done, it’s very much like a pageant type thing.

Shane:   For sure.

Jocelyn:   Yeah, we did pretty much, every Saturday.

Pat:   Yeah. This one was at San Diego Fair, I was just super blessed, it was a Tuesday. The performance was at night and we wanted to treat the kids and make her happy, and so we spent all day at the fair which was really cool. We just played games, no worries, don’t even worry about your performance tonight we’re just going to have fun. She had a blast and I was able to be there with family, in the middle of Tuesday, not many people considering it was a fair. They all start pouring in at night, so we were able to enjoy all the games and all the rides that we wanted to. Then at night, the performance came and we were like, “Ok, well, if she doesn’t do it… it’s fine. This is an overwhelming situation.” She rocked it.

Shane:   That’s awesome.

Pat:   She went out there with a smile on her face, she stayed up the whole time and I was just crying. “My God! My little girl, she’s performing now.” I think it was because we just had a great day together.

Shane:   And you were both very active and the support was there.

Pat:   I feel like if I had a nine-to-five and had to rush from work, and see her all scrambled and we’d be sitting in traffic, then we wouldn’t be able to be there together.

Jocelyn:   Kids feeds off that too. They know if you’re nervous and they feel that energy. That’s going to make them restless, so because everything was relaxed and chill all day, like you probably felt more comfortable.

Pat:   I’m amazed because we thought they were like 5 year old kids.

Jocelyn:   Do you always cry when your kids do activities? Because it always makes me cry.

Pat:   Not always, but my daughter I think I’ve more of a sensitive heart. Whenever it comes to her.

Shane:   The daughters wrap you around their little fingers.

Pat:   But the other day my son was shooting some basketball, and last year when he did basketball I was the assistant coach also. He just didn’t have the muscle to get the ball up above the rim, because he’s tiny, the rhythm for 5 year old kids, it’s tough. Half of the team couldn’t even shoot. This year, at his first practice, his first shot went in. I was able to film it actually. I put it on Instagram and he was just like, “Oh! So proud!” and I was just crying then because I knew he could do it and it just took him one time to realize that, yeah he can. Now, he’s confident.

Shane:   That’s awesome.

Jocelyn:   Your kids are like ours. The second that happens Isaac be like, “Put it in Facebook!”

Shane:   Right. “Share that! We’ve got to share them with our followers.”

Pat:   Our region uses Snapchat, my son doesn’t have his own Snapchat, so I do it for 10 seconds a day. Here and there. So, he’s like, “Are you gonna Snapchat that?” and I’m like, “that’s not how it works, but I will put it on Instagram.”

Shane:   Jocelyn, what’s your favorite thing that you got to do or experience because of online business?

Jocelyn:   Oh, wow. I mean. There are honestly just so MANY things that I can think of right here. I mean, just being there for my kids all the time where we couldn’t do that as teachers. People think that teachers see their kids all the time, they go to your school but you really don’t see them that often even if they are in your school. Just being able to experience school with them, that would be sort of like an everyday thing. As far as other things, we had the opportunity to do… we’ve got to visit a temple or something in Korea.

Shane:   Yes, when we were in Korea. We ended up in Seoul, Korea. It was so amazing.

Jocelyn:   Yeah. I was the only blonde person there, that was interesting.

Shane:   Yeah.

Pat:   Oh! Britney Spears!!!

Jocelyn:   So, that was incredible and being on the beach in the Philippines. I can think of so many things that this lifestyle has enabled us to do that I never could have even dreamed up in ten years.

Shane:   We were sitting out, it was our anniversary last Sunday. We saved our anniversary dinner til we got to Chicago and it was a nice restaurant. The food looked good, we found it online, we were sitting in just together. I was like, “Jocelyn, would we be sitting here if we were still teachers 4 years ago?” You know? Just all the little steps you take along the way and then going back to the kids, for me… We’ve not only made it to all their games but at least one of us has always been in every practice. My dad was great, my dad was always in our stuff and always got us there, and he went to every game that we had. But practice was different, those were extra bonus stuff that you get to do and you get to see your kids make those first shots at practice. You’re gonna see your kid win his first little race against his teammate. I think that’s what’s given me a lot of perspective online, is we’re seeing behind the scenes of what really happens during life. Dropping your kid off everyday to school, and that’s just mesmerizing to me that we get to do stuff like that.

Pat:   Just imagine the impact that this is gonna have when they become parents. They’re gonna want to have that same thing too, so they’re gonna take that action and make it happen.

Shane:   It’s awesome, man! One thing I do, touch on here, people listening to this… there are two things that make me really mad, when people say this: 1) Well you guys are just so lucky. I’m like NO. I’m not saying that being in the right place at the right time has not helped us, but we’ve put ourselves in the places at the time. We chose to be there. Another thing that drives me crazy, 2) Did you hear the story…? And I don’t wanna sound like we’re rubbing it in, because people will say, “Oh you got it made!” and I look right back at them and I say, “No! We made it happen.” and I think that’s what I want everybody to do. When we tell those kind of stories, it’s not to say, “Oh look what we get to do.” it’s to say, “Look at what YOU could do.” Well, Pat man, we really appreciate you taking a time out of your day. You’re a busy guy, you’ve got a lot going on and we’re just thankful that we’re friends and that you’re out there doing your work and we’re out here doing our work. We keep throwing those pebbles in the pond everyday. Thanks so much for coming on the 100th episode of our Flipped Lifestyle podcast!

Pat:  Woohoo!

Jocelyn:   Thank you so much.

Pat:   Here’s to another hundred.

Shane:   Here’s to another thousand! Let’s keep it going.

Pat:   Ten thousand.

Shane:   Forever. Twenty thousand! Thanks for coming to our show and everything you do for everybody online.

Pat:   Thank you guys for what you do too!

Shane:   Alright guys. That wraps up our interview with Pat Flynn. Hope you enjoyed that, so much information in there about a lot of topics we don’t get to talk about in online business like, how to work around kids, how to get your spouse on board with your online business… just all the things that really go on in your life when you’re an online entrepreneur. Just a super awesome conversation with Pat. You know, Pat gave us a great can’t miss moment there at the end of the interview when he was talking about being able to take his little girl and give her that opportunity to do the hula dancing and see her succeed and to be there for that event. I think for our can’t miss moment this week, we’re just gonna say it’s Podcast Movement. Being here, being able to interview Pat and just being able to have the opportunity to hang out with so many amazing people out there changing the world.

Jocelyn:   And for those who may be new to our show, can’t miss moments are things that we might not have been able to experience without starting our online business and doing what we do every single day. Just being here in Chicago at Podcast Movement, speaking to Pat Flynn who’s been just an awesome mentor to us and just a great friend. Hanging out here and doing what we do, that’s an amazing can’t miss moment. Something I couldn’t imagine doing 10 years ago.

Shane:   Yeah. I woke up this morning and opened our window. We’re on the 27th floor of The Hyatt, looking over the great lake out here and the sun was coming up, I was just so thankful and blessed for that. It’s just amazing the difference online business really makes in your life. If you’re on the fence thinking about starting an online business or maybe you’re knee deep pulling the weeds and can’t quite figure out how to get over the hump, we would love to help you take your online business to the next level. All you have to do is go to flippedlifestyle.com/flipyourlife and we would love to help you make it happen in your life, because we don’t want this just for us. We want it for everybody that’s willing to put in the work and get out there and do it, make it happen for themselves.

Jocelyn:   As we close the show, we would just want to re-emphasize something. We spoke to Pat earlier and that’s just letting people know how their content is affecting you. How it is changing your life or just making you think about things in a different way, so if we have impacted you in any way over our last 100 episodes, and you have never left an iTunes review for us before we would just encourage you to do that. We’ve read every single one as they come in. They just mean so much to us and so we would really, really appreciate your support in doing that and helping us celebrate our 100 episodes.
Shane:   Alright guys, that wraps up the 100th episode of the Flipped Lifestyle podcast. Make sure you come back next week for episode 101 as we continue our mission to get out there and help people flip their lives. Thank you so much for listening! Until next time, get out there and do whatever it takes to take action and flip your life. We’ll see you then.

Jocelyn:   Bye!

Filed Under: Podcast

FL 99 – We help Carolyn overcome perfectionism and create her first online course

July 12, 2016 by Shane Sams Leave a Comment

http://traffic.libsyn.com/flippedlifestyle/FL_98_Carolyn_Lincon.mp3

Podcast: Play in new window | Download

Subscribe: iTunes | Android | RSS

Carolyn Lincoln

We help Carolyn take her dog training business to the next level.

Our guest at the Flipped Lifestyle podcast this week is the very passionate, veterinarian extraordinaire, Carolyn Lincoln, DVM.

Carolyn and her husband, have 4 awesome children –with their youngest almost ready for college — 2 Australian Shepherds, and two wonderful cats. Dr. Lincoln had practiced in the Cleveland area since 1990 and always had a special interest in Behavior Medicine. She became more and more involved with the American Veterinary Society for Animal Behavior (AVSAB) and now proudly holds the title of Corresponding Secretary, top that with her passion for the sport of dog agility with almost 10 years of experience, her credentials just goes on and on and on.

Caring for pets with behavior issues part-time throughout her career, seeing the tremendous need their owners have first-hand, her mission was clear… she followed her heart and it led her to create “Play To Behave,” a website that provides a more realistic, hands-on approach to addressing pet behavioral issues without the restraints of clinic hours, etc.

Carolyn has identified herself as a perfectionist and this has been holding her back from sharing her content online. Join us as we help Carolyn overcome this hurdle by giving her tips and tricks to get her started in the right direction based from our personal experiences in online business. No gurus, no perfect speeches, just real people reaching out to other real people.

If you want to make serious money, you have to solve a serious problem.

Click To Tweet

Get something done. Get it out there. Something that’s finished is always better than something…

Click To Tweet

Don’t just set arbitrary deadlines on your calendar, you need deadlines with consequences.

Click To Tweet

People would want to KNOW you, LIKE you, and TRUST you before they decide to purchase something…

Click To Tweet

Any content you charge for MUST deliver a result. People will come back to you for the next step.

Click To Tweet

You will learn:

  • Why passion and expertise are key ingredients to your online business’ success.
  • How to be get people to buy from you more than once.
  • Spotlight Syndrome and why you are your biggest critic.
  • The magic of taking the leap and making it work anyway.
  • Bulk is better: How to use your membership to get the income flowing.
  • Get your leads through that funnel and build that membership. Now.

Links and resources mentioned in today’s show:

  • Flipped Lifestyle
  • Flip Your Life Community
  • Play To Behave
  • Elementary Librarian

 

Enjoy the podcast; we hope it inspires you to explore what’s possible for your family!

Click here to leave us an iTunes review and subscribe to the show! We may read yours on the air!

 

Can’t Miss Moments

Each week Jocelyn and I share moments that we might have missed if we had not started our online business. We hope these moments inspire you to see the possibilities and freedom online business could provide for your family.

“We took off to Dollywood, down in Pigeon Forge, Tennessee. We all just kind of shut everything down on a Wednesday to have some fun with the kids, our executive assistant and her son.”

DollyWood With Our Executive Assistant and her son

 

Thank you for listening!

Thanks again for listening to the show! If you liked it, make sure you share it with your friends and family! Our goal is to help as many families as possible change their lives through online business. Help us by sharing the show!

If you have comments or questions, please be sure to leave them below in the comment section of this post. See y’all next week!

Can’t listen right now? Read the transcript below!

 

Jocelyn:   Hey y’all like hey all on today’s podcast we help Carolyn take her dog training business to the next level.

Shane:   Welcome to the Flipped Lifestyle Podcast, where life always comes before work. We’re your hosts, Shane and Jocelyn Sams. Join us each week as we teach you how to flip your lifestyle upside-down by selling stuff online. Are you ready for something different? Alright, let’s get started. What’s going on everybody? Welcome back to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast. It is great to be back with you again this week. Jocelyn and I are supercharged up, we are just returning from a week in Florida with our kids. We had a great time, but we’re ready to hit the ground running and get back into podcast mode, so that we can help you take your online business to the next level. If you’re new to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast, this is probably a little different than some of the other shows you may have listen to on your phone or device. We do not bring on experts or gurus on to the flipped lifestyle podcast, we bring on real people real members of our Flipped Your Life community, we record a live consulting call with them to help them take their business to the next level, and then we broadcast that so everyone can listen in and take those tips and apply it to their specific situation. We are super excited about our guest today. She is a good friend, she is just coming off our Flip Your Life private mastermind and she is also a very valuable member to our Flip Your Life community. Our guest today is Carolyn Lincoln, Carolyn welcome to the show.

Carolyn:   Oh! Thank you! You have such energy, it’s so exciting. This is one reason I love the community.

Shane:   This is how I am every minute of every day Carolyn. This is how it rolls around here.

Jocelyn:   That’s pretty much a true story. Carolyn, we are very excited to talk to you today and we’re going to start out by quickly telling a little bit about you, what you do online, and just a little bit about your background.

Carolyn:   Okay, well I am a veterinarian. I’ve been practicing for 26 years, and three years ago I opened up my own behavioral practice called “Play to Behave” and I really love it. It’s always been my passion to work with behavior and training. I take care of a lot of serious cases and then I also do some puppy training. I actually have a puppy class and teach some agility as well, which is another passion — dog agility — so I compete in that. And then at home, I have been married for 33 years, we have four children and our last one just finished her freshman year in college.

Shane:   Awesome! You’ve been a busy bee for the last few years I guarantee it.

Carolyn:   Yeah! They’re great kids, but I don’t know it’s… always thought that, you know, once they go off to school we’d have this empty nest. Well, let me tell you, it’s not really an empty nest. They text every day-

Shane:   That’s right.

Carolyn:   They call.

Shane:   That’s right.

Carolyn:   They still need you.

Shane:   So basically, like teaching people how to potty train (puppy) and get them to behave better — that’s what your online business is going to be — an extension of this “Play to Behave” class, where you can like teach people all over who might be getting a new puppy and how to bring it home, how to get it housebroken, how to train it to do whatever. That’s what we’re going to be trying to do with your online business, correct?

Carolyn:   Yes, and 30% of dog owners to give up their dog for behavior problems. They can be incredibly serious. You know, people can’t go to a dinner, can’t go to a movie, can’t even go to work because some of these dogs will completely destroy their home.

Shane:   Yeah.

Carolyn:   So, it affects people emotionally and financially. And actually, truly 50% because 20% more would just say that’s because they don’t have enough time or that they have too much work, and half of them are puppies, you know, that end up in these shelters. I think puppy classes should be changed the way that they’re taught and prevention is one of the best things that I can do to help people with behavior. But yes, once they have a big issue it can mean anything from changing the environment to training to behavior modification-

Shane:   Sure.

Carolyn:   – and sometimes medication.

Jocelyn:   I really love that business side you have Carolyn. It’s something different than we typically see in this space, but it’s really interesting that you’re trying to help these dog owners to just be able to deal with their puppies better and just to have a better experience themselves and a better experience for the dog. So, I think that’s awesome. So, we always start out with “why” in everything that we do, so just tell us really quick why do you want to flip your life with online business.

Shane:   Like, why do you want to go to online business instead of just doing these classes locally live.

Carolyn:   Well, that’s an interesting question, and usually somebody comes in to the hospital or clinic and they need something. We do it within the office visit or if they stay, you know, and get hospitalized and so forth, but with behavior a lot of my work is education. So, I might have to spend, you know, a couple of hours with them, just so that they understand what their dog is doing, you know?

Shane:   Right.

Carolyn:   How to communicate with them and how to get the behavior that they want. Well, there’s a lot of distractions during an appointment and-

Shane:   Yeah.

Carolyn:   If I can record a lot of that and they can watch it at their own pace-

Shane:   Sure.

Carolyn:   – then they would absorb a lot more and I think they’d have better outcomes. So, that was one main reason that I went into that. The second is because there is a ton of dog training classes out there. I can’t teach every puppy. It isn’t high quality teaching, sometimes it’s difficult to find a class, but a lot of them are based on old traditional methods that we know now can cause some of these behavior problems. Not just myself, but there is a whole group of us, of behavior professionals, trying to change the way that people are. Training we want to do it in a more positive way.

Shane:   I love this “why”, because we all have reasons why we want online business. Sometimes it’s to scale an existing business, sometimes it’s just to get out of a 9 to 5, to free up, but this is touching on something that you are clearly passionate about. This is like a change-the-world type of business because there are millions and millions of people in this situation and you have seen the help they are getting is not good enough. It’s not right and you know you’ve got a big solution to their problem. What was it that you were saying to me earlier about solving problems?

Jocelyn:   I said if you want to make serious money, you have to solve a serious problem.

Shane:   And this is a serious problem. A lot of people are going to have this, so there’s a huge market for it, and also you are very passionate about it. I think sometimes we don’t talk about that a lot on the Flip Lifestyle podcast because we want people to go out and do what they can do to make money online, to flip their life and have the freedom, but a lot of times you can really center that around something that not only are you clearly an expert in, but you are just truly passionate about. That is absolutely awesome. Carolyn, tell us exactly where you are right now in your business. We are going to focus a lot on the now, and the next during this next few minutes together. Let’s figure out where you are today and then figure out what we are going to do next. Tell us where you are in your business — are you about to launch a new product? Are you finishing up something?  Where are you in this “Play to Behave” business, only when it talks about online.

Carolyn:   Well… I am currently recording, and almost done with my first instructional video series, and that will be on Crate Training.

Shane:   What is Crate Training? What is that, I don’t know what that is?

Carolyn:   Crate training is getting your dog to accept being in a cage.

Shane:   Okay.

Carolyn:   Basically, a lot of us think of that as jail when you first hear about it, but it’s not. It’s actually giving them something akin to a bedroom for us. It’s a place where your puppy feels safe and secure. It gives you the opportunity to train them without punishment.

Shane:   Right.

Carolyn:   It’s really a great thing when they’re happy. I don’t want people to just have a dog that loves the crate either.

Shane:   Right.

Carolyn:   I want them to race to that crate when they give the command.

Shane:   This is a video training?

Carolyn:   Yes.

Shane:   Okay.

Carolyn:   This particular one was going to have five modules so they know what to buy when they go out to get a crate and where they are going to put it. We have to think about the size, the weight, the materials made out of and that kind of thing, and how to train the puppy to love it.

Shane:   And this is going to lead to something else you said?

Carolyn:   From there, that’s the easiest and fastest way to potty train a puppy, by using a crate, but if you can’t get a crate it doesn’t help you very much. Once they can get the crate then I am going to help people with potty training. I also have some things I am going to put out there, about bringing the puppy home and what you need to have set up already at your house, and what you need to bring with you.

Shane:   So really what I’m saying is you’ve got the basic videos for your first E-course and we’re going to be releasing this and this is going to be the springboard for the next part of your online business, which were going to into next, Jocelyn?

Jocelyn:   So let’s get into your first question first today. What is the big problem and that you’re facing right now in your online business and how can we help you move forward?

Carolyn:   As you know me now from the masterminds and such you know I’m a perfectionist, so part of my issue is making sure that the videos are ready. I don’t want to feel plastic or rehearsed I want to be myself. I’ve gotten a lot of advice from that, so I just want to know how you know when they are ready, what makes you feel like you’re finished?

Jocelyn:   I don’t know honestly, as someone who also identifies as a perfectionist. I don’t know if you will ever feel that way, to be honest. I think what you have to do is to outline it, recorded and move on. Don’t keep watching it, don’t dwell on what else you could add or what else you could have said instead of this. I often say that if I listen to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast before it was aired, then it would probably never air. You have to just record things and get them out there for the world. Get something done. Get it out there. Something that’s finished is always better than something that’s perfect.

Shane:   The thing about perfectionism is that perfection to you is different for other people. You don’t know what they need or what they want to see. If you sit and dwell on it all the time you could have just released it and it would have been perfect for half your audience. There’s a thing I learned last year called a “spotlight syndrome.” We think everyone sees and hears everything we do and notices every mistake we make, when in reality nobody really cares. They’re just looking for that one piece of nugget of information that they need to move forward. If you give them that, they are okay. I’ve noticed a couple of things that can really help people in this situation. Number one is deadlines with consequences. That’s why we recommend pre-selling things because if you pre-sell something and you’ve already gotten someone’s money and tell them that you’ll send them the rest on a certain date, you have no choice but to finish it whether it’s the best you’ve ever done or the worst you’ve ever done. You have to get it done because you’ve already taken money and made a promise. Don’t just set arbitrary deadlines on your calendar, you need deadlines with consequences. For example, you’re going to be on this podcast on a couple of months. You will want to have your stuff done before people start clicking the link and the shownotes. That gives you a deadline with consequences.  The second thing that Jocelyn touched on is that perfectionists love checklists. They love to check those boxes. You’ve got to create systems that allow you to do it, not just “I want all this in my video.” but it’s I get one piece of paper, I make a checklist on that piece of paper. I don’t get to go to the next piece of paper, and I do what the next bullet is until they are all gone, and I never go back to look at the old bullets. I have to release it once I get to that point. If you can give yourself some deadlines with consequences and you can systematize your checklist, it holds you accountable. You got a thing that you can finish now. The checklist can be perfect. “I checked every box” takes the perfectionism away from the big project. You don’t have to say every word right or film everything right. This thing gets to absorb all the perfectionism and you’ve removed it from the thing that you’re trying to release into the world. I would recommend doing a little bit of that.

Carolyn:   Yeah! That really helps. One of the challenges that I had and I didn’t mention this before, but I got a puppy last year and that’s one of the reasons that also propelled me into doing this now — to start with more of the puppy stuff — is because I got one. I figured I can use her to be the star of the show so that I can help communicate everything using her as a demo. Well, you can only imagine that that’s not easy to film.

Shane:   Right. For sure.

Carolyn:   I don’t have a film crew so I’m just doing it myself — to have your clothes just right, and everything else just right, my head’s cut off from the photo — that’s the stuff that’s holding me back.

Jocelyn:   But you know I think that that’s also what will draw people to you. There is a big part of selling called “know, like, and trust.” People want to know you, to like you, and trust you before they will decide to purchase something from you. I think that just being yourself and having your puppy have an accident when you’re trying to teach people how to potty train them — that’s real life. That’s what they are going through, and to know that someone else is dealing with it but can overcome it, that’s what they need to see. Don’t shy away from that. I think a lot of times we try to do that. I know I try to do that. I try to show my polished exterior and I’m just human like everyone else. That’s what we all just have to move past. I would also recommend finding an accountability partner who is a jump-off-the-cliff-with-no-parachute kind of person because you need that. That’s how I get past all my things. If I didn’t have a Shane here, I would still be sitting here going “I wonder if I should start Elementary Librarian?” Shane’s the one who pushes me off the cliff, and I have to make it work. That’s what you need also, you need that other opposite personality type.

Carolyn:   I have to say that forum has really helped me. You guys have really helped me with that and I moved much faster than I ever would have without you. The accountability partners, I’ve tried to find some. I haven’t been so successful, but recently I met with two other people from the Flip Your Life community.

Shane:   That’s awesome. Those pictures were amazing.

Carolyn:   I can’t tell you how helpful it’s been. They are just two of the greatest women and great ideas. Finally, I have people who understand what I’m really doing and that helps a lot.

Shane:   I also think that this goes back to huge problem with online marketing gurus. Gurus just irk me sometimes. All of these gurus want to look so polished and so perfect. You watch their videos, they’ve brought in their film crew. They’re teaching this course and all you have to do is this; seven easy steps and everything will work out perfect. And then what happens is 90% of the people that take their stupid course get no results. Absolutely no results. Well then you come into like what we’re saying, you’ve gotten our course, we got a freaking WordPress blog, we just throw stuff up and half of it is broken sometimes, we fix it as it go. We make mistakes and we are just talking to people, but then people get big results. It’s the same thing here — all these polished videos that you’re saying where there are people are teaching how to train these puppies really wrong. When that person watches and sees your dog poop on air, basically, while you’re training it, then you go back and you show it again and say “yesterday we had an accident, but today we did this” and then the puppy goes to the bathroom correctly, they see process that they are actually going through instead of this “here is my well-trained military dog that actually will poop in the toilet and flush”  Process is way more important than perfection.

Carolyn:   Thanks. You know I really want to get it out there. The class that I teach right now is called “Performance Puppy” and is geared towards puppies that are going into agility, herding, search and rescue, or dancing, all types of things, but honestly it’s the best way to teach any puppy. By the time were done in six weeks of these, puppies are riding on skateboards, they go through tunnels, they’re just having a blast. I want to get that out there so I have to stop worrying about every little thing. I just have to make it the way it is and let it go.

Jocelyn:   You can do it!  You’re halfway there. I know that you’ve already started so let’s just get it done. I think that probably hopefully helped with that issue so I think we have time for one more question about something that’s slowing you down right now.

Carolyn:   I want to use your membership model, which I think is fabulous, because there is so much information. Everybody is going to be at a different point with their puppy and they are going to have different issues. Some would have issues with biting or whatever, so I am not completely sure if this Crate Training course that I would put out would be one product, like an introductory product, and then I have a couple of videos or things that I can use also to give away, but I don’t know how much to put in. I’m always struggling with the amount of material because I know too much, right?

Shane:   Yeah! The curse of knowledge is what that’s called.

Carolyn:   And then the other things too… when I met with the other women from the community, they suggested that maybe I do some live segments, like on Facebook, and those may just be 30 seconds talking about something I do with my puppy that day.

Shane:   So the question here basically is the age old “what do I give away, what do I charge for, and what do I put in the membership.” That’s the crux of online business when it comes to pricing and content.

Jocelyn:   Oh, I wish this had an easy answer.

Shane:   Every business is really different, so we’re just going to talk about some generalities. Here’s what everyone needs to do with their online business. Any content that you charge for, better deliver a result. It has to deliver a result. You can’t hold back parts of things that will make people fail or get stuck. A lot of the stuff that we give away for free, we really wanted to help people, like making their avatar, or helping them on what they could do online, because that’s a result. Once you decide that, you can start researching it and moving forward. Even an opt-in, if you’re charging for a piece of content, you got it hidden behind the e-mail box. You’re charging them the cost of the e-mail. If they give you something of value, you’ve got to give them a result back. So this Crate Training course is great because it’s very quick, it’s very easy, even though it’s a subset of your overall niche on puppy owners. It’s going to attract a lot of people because they are going to get a result. After X amount of days, theoretically, you are going to help them get that puppy going in and out of the crate. Once you deliver a result for someone, they need the next step. That was then, now and they need the next. They are going to come back to you because you delivered a result. When people don’t come back to you, that means you’re not delivering result.

Jocelyn:   So we heard at a conference once that can give away the condiments, but you want to sell the hamburger. Give them something. Give them a result, but then lead them into the real thing that they want to know, which is “I really want to know how to potty train my puppy.”

Shane:   You go tell them. Your user doesn’t always know what they really want or even need. It’s like when you go to the doctor, you say “I’m sick, I’m coughing, I have a fever, I know my symptoms but do not know what’s causing that.” It could be the flu, it could be a cold, it could be allergy, it could be anything. So the doctor takes my symptoms and tells me what I need to do next. “Here is your prescription, go buy this and take it for three days. Come back and see me.” Same thing here. “Here’s how you get your puppy in the crate”, “okay, my puppy’s in the crate, what do I do next?” Then you teach them how to potty train.

Jocelyn:   And I think, honestly, we could even back up a little bit beyond that. I think one of your funnels could even go to people who are looking for how to prepare for a new puppy.  That’s the lead magnet for you.

Shane:   That gives them a result because they go buy the things you tell them to buy.

Jocelyn:   And then we go down the street of, okay, once you’ve done that, in my autoresponder I’m going to respond with this free webinar. It could be an automated log webinar, or a video you’ve already recorded about how to Crate Train your puppy, and at the end of that we are going to sell you our course about how to potty train your puppy.

Shane:   And this leads into the membership too because this content grows over time, but the membership lets you go ahead and open without having all the content. If they have a question beyond that, they can go ahead and ask you, and you can respond to them in your forums as the expert that they have access to. You can’t just walk in a vets office, that costs money, but if they could pay monthly a small fee and talk to Carolyn, the Pro-vet-dog-training-agility-ninja master… Bam! Know what I mean? That’s your official title. You need to have that somewhere on your sales page. That access is what’s gonna make people join monthly and sticking around, because puppies are like kids… every month they’re going to do something new that you didn’t even think a puppy could get itself into, and they’re gonna need somebody to go ask, “What do I do next?” , “Oh! Well, first you pay your monthly membership and then I’ll tell you what to do next.”

Carolyn:   Okay. So, I have… “This is how you’re gonna get your puppy home and so forth. This is what you need, I have a checklist, etc. Now, you might wanna take this Crate Training course, because people don’t wanna hear their puppy whining and crying at night and so on.” Now, can I just go directly into the membership? That would be my core product and put the potty training in there and give them access to me.

Shane:   Yup!

Carolyn:   I don’t have to keep make courses like that and solve them separately right?

Jocelyn:   You do not.

Shane:   No, you wanna put everything in the membership because the thing about this, let’s say you make 5 more courses that are all the next things after potty training… well, a year from now, when you’ve made all of this content and you got all these members and people are talking, now you create a sales funnel to each component. Maybe create a sales page about how to stop your dog from biting but will still leads to the membership, but when they get in there, they’re like… “Whoa! My dog’s biting but it’s also scratching my furniture. My dog is also doing this…” All these things you created overtime build-up into this library, and they can’t train their puppy all in one day to do everything. So, they’re going to have to stay in the membership to get help, to ask what’s going on; there’s going to be variables where the course doesn’t work perfectly but they get a result, so they’ll need you to tweak it for them, you can do it right in the forums. You can create sales funnels for each course, but all the courses exists in one product. Just like Flipped Lifestyle, we have trainings on everything… WordPress, membership, anything you can think of in there. They’re just all in one place and when you need them, you go get them basically.

Carolyn:   You wouldn’t have it possible to buy it separately, right?

Jocelyn:   No, a lot of times in a membership it’s all or nothing. Most of the time, we don’t sell products or courses aside from our membership… some people do.

Shane:   But, a lot of times, those are leads into the membership.

Jocelyn:   Yeah! You might even put them on like Unomy or one of the other video training courses.

Shane:   To be discovered, basically.

Jocelyn:   And that’s for people to find you.

Shane:  The reason you don’t always release everything you got individually into the membership is because it cannibalizes your predictable income. If someone comes in to buy the “Biting Course” and then never buy anything from me again and forget about me, they watch it, they get busy and forget where they found it, they’ll go somewhere else to get the next thing – I’ll only make one sale. But if they’re in my membership, it’s recurring, it’s automated and they know that there’s a big library of what they need next, and they’ve got a real person and a real community of people there to help them, they’re going to pay month after month after month, until my numbers become consistent that I know how much I make in a month. I know exactly what my revenue is going to be, I can actually have no stress about launching a new video every 6 months. When I launch a new video, I just drop it in my community of 500 people and I don’t have to tell everybody, they know it’s there so they pay the next month to use that course and it just takes all the stress out of my online business. Now, you can use them in sales funnels. The courses make great introductory offers within your email membership, like say, “Here’s a free thing, a video for 20 bucks or you can just join the membership for 20 bucks a month to get them all,” that’s a great tactic to get people into your membership. But you just don’t do one thing, or people can buy one off courses all the time, because then you’re completely left to the wind wherever the wind blows you. Did somebody buy my course today? I don’t know, but I know I’ve got a thousand members next month on this one website.

Carolyn:   I wish, it would be great to have a thousand members.

Shane:   It’s coming. This is the big thing about memberships, how many millions of upon millions of people own a puppy? How many millions of people buy a puppy every year for their kid? Right? And then think about this, think how small of a percentage of thousand of people is of that number, you only need about 500 people paying you 50 bucks a month to make $25,000 a month. Think about that. So you need one little sliver of that market to make a really, really solid online income. Okay?

Carolyn:   Yeah.

Jocelyn:   Alright. Well, I’m glad that you’re leaning this way. I think that a membership site makes a lot of sense for you. So, moving forward, we’re running out of time here. We always ask people at the end of our calls, what is something that you plan to do, say in the next 24 to 48 hours, based on what we talked about during today’s call.

Carolyn:   Well, I’m going to do the one thing that you suggested, just put everything on one sheet and that’s what I’m going to record, and don’t worry about what comes out or what, just use it.

Shane:   Get it done.

Jocelyn:   Yup! Be your real person. Get it done. You can do this.

Shane:   Well, Carolyn we’re really proud of you. We’ve been working with you for a couple of months now.

Carolyn:  Thank you!

Shane:   You’ve been in our mastermind, you’ve been doing a great job, and you’re right on the verge of releasing this product and we know you’re gonna have great success because you are an action taker and you do it and you don’t mess around with it. Whenever we tell Carolyn to do something, she’s like, “That’s it! I’m just gonna do it.” So, I know you’re gonna jump off here and get after that, really thank you for sharing your story with all of our listeners today.

Carolyn:   Oh, thank you so much for having me. I really appreciate it.

Shane:   That was another information packed call with one of our Flip Your Life community members. Hope that you got a lot of benefit out of our answers to our guest’s questions as well. If you’d like to become a member of our Flip Your Life community head over to fliplifestyle.com/flipyourlife and we can help you with your online business.

Jocelyn:   Alright. It’s time to move into our Can’t-Miss Moment Segment of our show and these are moments that we were able to experience, that we might have missed if we were still working at a normal nine-to-five job.

Shane:   This week’s Can’t-Miss Moment was taking a Wednesday off. But that’s kinda one of our goals right now is to not work at all on Wednesdays, not sure when you’re listening to this. We do these in advance, but we’re on summer vacation right now and one of the things that we really wanted to do this summer was take little excursions on Wednesdays during the week. Just short trips, places we can drive to, to have some fun with the kids. This week, we took off to Dollywood, down in Pigeon Forge, Tennessee. We do have season passes that we bought this year for the amusement park, for the waterpark and things like that. So, we run down there, ride a few rides and then come home. We tooks the kids and we also took our executive assistant, Tiffany and her son. We all just kind of shut everything down on a Wednesday.

Jocelyn:   I messaged her on Tuesday. I’m like, “Hey! You guys wanna go to Dollywood tomorrow?” and she’s like, “Sure!”

Shane:   Sure, why not? So, we all just kinda turned off the business for a day, drove down a couple hours south and had a great time riding rides, ate some good pizza, had a lot of great fun. It was just an awesome time, it’s awesome to be able to have those season passes and the freedom to just take off on a daytrip.

Jocelyn:   Yeah. It was a lot of fun. We just went around to all the different rides. The lines were pretty much non-existing because it was a Wednesday and we just had a great time.

Shane:   Flipped Lifestyle amusement park-ing is the best, because if you go on a Tuesday or a Wednesday, there’s nobody ever there. So, once you get your online business going, make sure you leave Tuesday and Wednesdays open for travel, ‘cause you’re gonna get short lines and have a blast. Before we sign off I’d like to close every show with a verse from the Bible. Jocelyn and I draw a lot of our inspiration from the Bible. We love to share that with our listeners. Today’s verse comes from Colossians 3:17 and the Bible says, “In whatever you do, in word or deed, do everything in the name of the Lord Jesus. Giving thanks to God the Father through Him.” In every success you have in your online business, remember where that blessing comes from give thanks and you keep moving forward into the plan God has for you. That’s all the time we have for this week, as always guys, thank you for listening in to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast and until next time. Get out there, take action, do whatever it takes to flip your life.

 

Filed Under: Podcast

FL 98 – We help Christina scale her brand by starting a membership website

July 5, 2016 by Shane Sams 1 Comment

http://traffic.libsyn.com/flippedlifestyle/FL098_Christina_Tondevold.mp3

Podcast: Play in new window | Download

Subscribe: iTunes | Android | RSS

Christina Tondevold

We help Christina take her education website to the next level.

Today’s guest on the Flipped Lifestyle podcast is Flip Your Life community member, Christina Tondevold.

Christina is a math wizard and mother to four brilliant kiddos. She offers student-centered courses that nurtures children’s appreciation for mathematics. As a professional speaker, her powerful and innovative approach guides her listeners into becoming enthusiastic learners, she is often invited to other school districts to spread her engaging teaching style with fellow teachers.

She created Mathematically Minded, The Recovering Traditionalist, and K-5 Math Academy – all of which aim to revolutionize the current learning system in mathematics.

Having multiple sites and product launches brings in either feast or famine. Tune in as we discuss the best course of action to scale her brand, share our know-how in building and maintaining an interactive membership and a lot more.

Focus on your product that scales the biggest and makes money.

Click To Tweet

You should be what your market wants you to be, especially when what they want is clear.

Click To Tweet

Create aspirational products, something your members could work toward. That’s what keeps members.

Click To Tweet

For business to business sales, have a starting point, but it is better to be flexible.

Click To Tweet

You will learn:

  • The importance of building your brand.
  • Why you should focus on the product that makes you the most money.
  • Launching new products.
  • Transitioning from the launch model to a membership site.
  • Creating aspirational products for members.
  • How to build an interactive membership community.

Links and resources mentioned in today’s show:

  • Flipped Lifestyle 
  • Jeff Walker’s Website
  • Patt Flynn’s Website
  • Mathematically Minded
  • The Recovering Traditionalist
  • K-5 Math Academy

Enjoy the podcast; we hope it inspires you to explore what’s possible for your family!

Click here to leave us an iTunes review and subscribe to the show! We may read yours on the air!

Can’t Miss Moments

Each week Jocelyn and I share moments that we might have missed if we had not started our online business. We hope these moments inspire you to see the possibilities and freedom online business could provide for your family.

“We just took off for one day, put everything else off to one side and had a great day trip with the kids over at Monkey Joe’s.”

Monkey Joes

A trip up to Monkey Joe’s with the kids

Thank you for listening!

Thanks again for listening to the show! If you liked it, make sure you share it with your friends and family! Our goal is to help as many families as possible change their lives through online business. Help us by sharing the show!

If you have comments or questions, please be sure to leave them below in the comment section of this post. See y’all next week!

Can’t listen right now? Read the transcript below!

Jocelyn:   Hey y’all! On today’s podcast we help Christina take her education website to the next level.

Shane:   Welcome to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast, where life always comes before work. We’re your hosts Shane and Jocelyn Sams. Join us each week as we teach you how to flip your lifestyle upside down by selling stuff online. Are you ready for something different? Alright, let’s get started. What’s going on everybody? Welcome back to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast, great to be back with you again this week. We’ve got a great guest from our Flip Your Life community, it’s gonna be a great discussion today. We’re gonna talk a little bit about product launches, about memberships and all kinds of things in between. Today’s guest on the Flipped Lifestyle podcast is Christina Tondevold –I’ve been practicing that one — Christina, welcome to the show.

Christina:   Thanks you two! I’m really excited to get to talk with you guys today.

Jocelyn:   Yes, it’s gonna be a great talk about education today. Something that we know quite a lot about. So, before we get started talking about your website, we want you to tell us a little bit about you and your background.

Christina:   Personally, I have 4 kiddos. We have an 8 y/o, 7 y/o, almost 5 y/o and almost 3 y/o. I am an the elementary education certified teacher and happen to go into teaching middle school math. From there, long series of events, ended up becoming a professional development provider. I go around to do trainings for teachers in elementary schools — mainly elementary schools — I worked with middle school and high school teachers as well. In person training is what I’ve been doing for 10 years, traveling around doing those trainings, and that has become harder and harder to do with every child that I have.

Shane:   Oh, for sure! You have to leave them behind and then drive for a while, then drive back home at night. That kind of grind just sounds like it will wear you out a little bit.

Christina:   Yeah! And the last — I don’t know how many years — but I’ve been asked to go out to states outside of my area, so I will leave and be gone for 3 to 4 days to go do trainings, and that gets really hard on the kids as well as my husband.

Shane:   So, do you work for a company or is this a freelance thing that lets you travel around and do this.

Christina:   It started when I was employed by the State Department of Education to do trainings for teachers in their state, and then I started doing it part-time and I would do some freelance consulting work through my company.

Shane:   So, tell us a little bit about the online business that you started out. What are you trying to do online? What are you selling?

Christina:   When I started doing the consulting stuff, teachers would ask me for certain things, so I have physical products. I’ve been selling on one website and then this year I have started trying to put my in-person trainings into an online format. I guess I’m more known for building kid’s number sense in pre-K to 7th grade. So, I decided to do just a course on how to build number sense for that age range.

Shane:   Okay, when you say number sense is that math? Are you talking about math?

Christina:   Yes, just math.

Shane:   So, are you training teachers to teach math better or are you giving lesson plans for teachers to use in their classroom?

Christina:   I train the teachers to teach math better. I help them understand how kids learn math, so then they have a better understanding of how to use the lessons and stuff they get online and things like that.

Shane:   Gotcha! So, basically, what are the physical products that you’re selling? How many websites do you have too?

Christina:   I’ve written a couple of books for teachers that have lessons and activities in them. But also have the theory and background behind it, like why this is important to do.

Shane:   So, there are more examples from the book is why they’re interested.

Christina:   Yes, I also have these cards and stuff that go along how to build kids’ number sense. Playing cards that help kids visualize numbers and things like that.

Shane:   And in the other site is selling video versions of you showing up live.

Christina:   Yes. Exactly.

Jocelyn:   Christina, we always start with why in everything that we do. So, we wanna know why do you want to flip your life with online business?

Shane:   Why do you wanna quit the job that you already have to pursue this online lifestyle?

Christina:   Along with what I already said about being home for my kids and being able to be here and not have to leave, I also feel like online gives me the opportunity to help so many more other teachers that I can’t reach.

Shane:   Right.

Christina:   Because their school district can’t afford to let me come in or it’s just them who wants to learn this stuff and their school district won’t bring me in for just them. It helps me to be able to stay home with the kids but to reach more people.

Shane:   And you can only be in so many physical locations in one time. If you go to one school, you can’t go to another school, and maybe there’s a school that would love for you to come but they’re 700 miles away and they can’t afford to get you there. This would allow you to come right into their school and do training even virtually instead of just having to show up physically.

Christina:   Yeah. I just got an email this week from a school district in New Brunswick, Canada. They have 180 teachers and to get there it’s so difficult travel-wise. It’s just a big event to have to go somewhere and if I can do that virtually it helps them and it helps me.

Shane:   For sure. We actually have a friend that does something very similar to what you’re trying to do, his name is Jarrod Robinson at thepegeek.com, he goes and speaks in places to help them do P.E. better and he is also scaled this in a way to allow him to be in more places at once. Alright, Christina, let’s tell them about your online journey. So far, where are you right now? Tell us a little bit about your monetization. Have you sold anything online? What has been your strategy so far? Are you launching? Are you charging a membership? Let us know exactly what you’re trying to do to monetize this content that you’re creating online.

Christina:   So, before I found you two, I had found Jeff Walker’s launch stuff. I started doing that in January 2016, it was the first launch for the online course. I’ve been doing products before that, but the really big online thing happened this winter.

Shane:   Okay.

Christina:   It went really well, like… better than I expected. I was just hoping for just about 20 people sign up and we ended up having over 250 sign up on our first course.

Shane:   Wow! How much was the course?

Christina:   I started out at $197.

Shane:   Wow! That’s awesome. Actually, that’s amazing.

Christina:   It was very surprising that it went that well. So, I was really pumped! It’s a big thrill that you have that many people at once, but then it’s like… now I’ve gotta do that again.

Shane:   Exactly… and then the money’s there, but then you have to spend that on your next launch, and it just kinda runs out. You know what I mean?

Christina:   Yeah.

Shane:  So you run into that problem, an endless cycle of feast or famine, and who’s to say that the next launch will be as good as this launch. It gets very unpredictable at that point.

Christina:   Yes, it does. I started listening to you guys via Patt Flynn a few months ago. It didn’t take a while of listening to your podcast to realize I wanted to join the site.

Shane:   Right.

Christina:   So, I got into you guys’ membership and started listening to all of your podcasts and the more I heard you talk about memberships and seeing your own membership, how you guys had it set up… I loved it! I love the community feel and that’s something that I got for feedback on my first round of people in the course. We had a private Facebook group for those participants and the comments was in the course, they loved all of that. I want to keep the comments and we love the Facebook bit but I hated being in Facebook.

Shane:   Yes, it’s so disjointed. Facebook has a lot of distractions. The comments are great, even in the courses, but we don’t really use our comments. We rely on the forums to organize the conversation better, because somebody comments on a random video within a course and a lot of people don’t even see that. It’s not really good for conversation.

Christina:   Yeah.

Jocelyn:   and I find it that a lot of school districts block Facebook, so people can’t even use the materials in school if you do it that way.

Shane:   A lot of businesses do that, so they can’t even access it at their point of when they need it.

Christina:   I was really struggling on whether I should keep that Facebook group when I do the next course, and then I got into you guys’ membership and I said this is awesome. So, I hired a web person to help me out to build the membership site using my WordPress site and the Buddypress thing and all of that kind of stuff. I have the plug-in but I don’t even know ‘cause she’s doing that for me.

Jocelyn:   So, we’ve talked about a little bit about where you are now, let’s help you take your online business to the next level. What is the biggest challenge that you’re facing right now in your online business?

Christina:   I kinda mentioned this earlier that I have a lot of different sites. I have my main site with all the physical products, I advertise my consulting, and then I also run a blog about the things that I’m doing and that’s a totally different site, and then I have this new site for the courses and what I call the “Math Academy.” So, should I start condensing those to one brand? And I don’t know how to even start that if I were to do that.

Shane:   Yes, you should. It’s very hard to run a lot of multiple things, like it all comes down to, “Should I have one website?” But I love the way you said it, “Should I have one brand?” Yes, that’s the answer to that question. When we have our membership communities, we will put the actual memberships in a subdomain, or maybe even in another domain, but it’s still one brand underneath everything. The problem with having 3 or 4 different websites is you have to manage all of them, and you’re focusing on one thing one day and one thing the next day and one thing the other, if you would just strip it all away to the one thing that’s the most important… we know 250 people gave you $200, okay? There are already probably 2,050 more out there that we can find to be in your membership. If you can sell that many on your first launch, there’s a ton of people that are really interested in this in the marketplace. So, why not just focus on the one thing that lets you scale the biggest and makes the most money and let the other things — for now — move to the side. When you consolidate your brand you gotta have one focal point or it’s gonna get completely disjointed.

Jocelyn:   Yeah and with yours, they’re all related anyway. Right?

Christina:   Yes. They are.

Jocelyn:   Then there’s no reason to upkeep 3 different sites about all this. You can do what’s called a redirect. You basically redirect your other websites to the one that you’re going to use.

Shane:   Yeah, you can pick one of the 3 or you could grab a new domain. This could be like a personal brand, because you’re positioning yourself as the expert for teachers on how to teach to do this. This can be a named brand, you can pick one of the existing websites and make that the homebase and do that 301 redirect to bring everything under one umbrella. But you need to start that process of let’s funnel everything to one place and do it here. That way I’ve got one WordPress installation to deal with, I’ve got one membership to deal with and I don’t have to have all this other stuff distracting me from the thing that’s gonna make the most money.

Christina:   That makes sense.

Shane:   Your relief scale will go to a hundred when you start doing this, because we did this and it just… all the stress went away, of dealing with all the moving parts, because they were all in one place. I think you’re gonna find that it will happen too.

Christina:   Yeah, the only thing that I kind of strained in figuring out is which one to go with. Should it be with what I’m known as the most or what I want to be known as moving forward?

Shane:   I think it should be what the market wants you to do, and the market clearly spoke when you sold that launch. 250 people gave you $200 and that was very scalable, and probably a very easy thing to use inside of a membership area. They’ve already told you what they want. They’ve already told you what value you’re bringing to them and what they will pay you for it. That’s the thing — once you get something online it doesn’t have to be perfectly your passion like everybody says. If you get something, start swinging the hammer, that nail down in the wood, you know what I mean? So when you do, you’ve got to take advantage of it. That thing is going to become the seed going forward for what ever you are going to scale into.

Jocelyn:   I don’t have a problem with you having different brand names, like from your consulting and your membership. That’s fine if you want to have two different brand names, but let’s bring them under one roof.

Shane:   Yeah, exactly. You can still offer consulting you, can still offer the other things. They become more like product lines, like Pepsi has Mountain Dew — it’s still Pepsi. They don’t have like separate factories making them. It’s just all under one roof. Some people like the yellow ones, some people like the dark colored one. That’s what you’re going to do now, you’re going to become the brand with different product lines in one place.

Jocelyn:   So basically, you’re just going to consolidate everything, like your list from each side. You’re just going to send them a message and say “Hey, XYZ is becoming ABC. We will continue to send you messages as ABC.”

Shane:   We’ll help you do this. We’ll go into the forums and we’ll just spell everything out. We’ll pick the best domain, or a new domain, whatever we decide to do. We will look into your traffic and see maybe one is getting more traffic than the others, and we will just push everything there. We will help you figure out how to align it and how to organize it on your website, where this transition happens smoothly and people who come to your website don’t even notice. They just think “Wow, this is awesome and it looks better!”  We’ve got a game plan there. We are going to move forward with consolidating everything and focusing on this awesome product that we already know the market wants. What’s the next step for that you need help with?

Christina:   My next step is moving from launch to membership. I did my second launch here in May and we built the membership community and put the course inside of it, but I am struggling because the way that my courses have to run — I offer them university credit because teachers need credit to keep their certification, so I have to have an official start and end date. It’s not like they can just come in anytime and start it, but I still see it as I have to launch the course, but I want the membership to be able to be there all the time so people can come in and become a member of what I’m calling the “Build Math Minds” community. They can also take courses at certain times, so I plan on launching the course. When people take the course, they will have access to the membership community for the three months that they’re in the course, but I don’t know if that’s a good idea. I also heard when you guys had a couple from Screw the 9-to-5, they did something similar and they said it wasn’t that great for their community to have that big influx of people to come in through the course.

Shane:   This is a content driven community. it’s content then discussion. Some communities are more discussion based, kind of like Flip Your Life. The key point there is, can you handle it and does it fit the product. Your product is fit because it’s a course you have to do from April 1 to April 31st, let’s just say. If you have to do it during that time, that’s just the way it is. Get as many people into it as you can, but you’re going to it have a draw to keep them paying in between those courses to get their credit. Also, is there a way to do it where — there’s a lot of course software out there that you can install alongside your forum where the person signs up, clicks a button near course, starts, and at the end when they do all the content, they get completion. I used to do that all the time for my medical professional development for coaching. Is it government by a University that says you must do it from September to October or do they just have to do it over an eight week period?  How does that work?

Christina:   I do have something called a Learning Management System. We have that plug in where they go through and once everything is complete, they get a certification of completion; but some people don’t want just a certificate, they need a university transcript of credit and so those options have to be during certain times because for universities, you have to have all the paperwork and you have to sign up in time, and they have to pay the university as separate fee.

Shane:   What you’re talking about is easy. The first thing you have is the membership area. It’s there for people who want to get the PD, it’s there for people who want to take your content and do better, and have these discussions, and all those things, and then you do it just like we do the Mastermind in our community. We have a certain point, like every three months, where we take 10 people in and say “it’s time to get credit,” then you charge extra on top of that. So basically, what happens is people join your membership and they’re in it, and then you can use the university credit as what’s called an “aspirational product” so that people have something else. Maybe they want to go get the credit later, but right now they just need the PD, then they’re just in that. You can open that up when it’s time to do the aspirational product–to be in the mastermind.

Jocelyn:   So, do you think that something like that would work for your market?

Christina:   Yes.

Jocelyn:   I don’t think that you have to worry too much about the large influx of people because in our Flipped Lifestyle community, people talk a lot. In our education communities, not so much. Yours might be different, but we really have to pull a lot to get them to come in and to interact.

Shane:   With this, I think you will see a burst of interaction when people are using your content. They’re going to talk a lot, but about 20% of them are going to be talking at any given time because everybody else might just be listening in, but when it’s time for their PD or they’re learning, they’ll come in and talk a lot more so you’ll have more of a cycle built in your system.

Christina:   That makes sense.

Shane:   One key point I want to point out for all the listeners is, you only offer your membership. We say put all your content in one place, but you do need aspirational products. You want your members to not only have what you’re selling them, but have something to work toward and that’s what keeps members in your community. Like we have the mastermind, and we limit the spots not only because we can only take so many at a time but because we want people to look forward to when it’s their turn to be in the mastermind. We have live events where we have 15 spots, that’s it, that’s all you get. We might be coming to your area, we might not be. People look forward to “Hey, when we roll around, I can go to the last mastermind in the area,” so those aspirational products are really important to keep people paying their membership and they give you further ways to monetize your brand later like in those bursts and university credits.

Jocelyn:   You could also consider offering them these packages, like for school districts or something. Maybe they wanted to a pay higher price to get access to everything. You could also consider packaging them in that way.

Shane:   You could have like a $29 a month price for just a general membership, and then when they have the university credit they can pay up or up sell it; or you can just say $50 a month and when these open, you get access to them so people kind of pay in advance.

Jocelyn:   It’s $700 a year or whatever for everything, like everything was included, that would be more for like a school district not paying individually.

Shane:   It’s like a tiered program, basically.

Christina:   Yeah and that is one thing I’m struggling with, figuring out what next tier should be for school districts who wanna pay for multiple teachers to be in there.

Shane:   Yeah.

Jocelyn:   Yeah, we can help you with that in the forums. I’ve done this for many years, offering school district discounts, so I’ll be happy to help you with that.

Shane:   Jocelyn, does it like a business to business question, basically. For anybody out there that might be having an online business to sell to schools or to businesses, things like that, we found that it’s better to be flexible. We have a starting point but every business that comes to you is gonna be different, every school that’s gonna come to you is gonna be different. So, when you get into that… if you put in 25 teachers or 25 employees, I’ll give you a 20% discount per seat or whatever. That might be a $10,000 order, if they don’t want that, we can do it for $9,000, because it’s still $9,000.

Jocelyn:   Yeah. We negotiate. Let’s say it’s for $11,000 and they have a $10,000 budget then yeah, I will let you in for $10,000.

Shane:   Yeah, you’re going to want to negotiate on those big orders. Do you have a school? We discount. Do you have a business? We discount, and then you start the sales process with them to figure out where you’ll both can come into an agreement.

Christina:   Awesome.

Jocelyn:   Alright, Christina, we like to close the podcast interviews with asking what are you going to take action in the next 24 to 48 hours based on what we talked about during today’s call?

Christina:   So, I think my biggest thing is going to be determining what brand I want to put everything under, and then I’ll start talking with my web person about making all that transition of the other websites under one umbrella.

Shane:   I think that is a great place to start, because that’s going to give clarity to everything else that you do and I also want to say that you’ve done a great job already, there’s a lot of people saying, “Man! I need 250 people to give me $200.” You know, we have a product that’s desired in the marketplace, now let’s just turn it into a stable, growing, recurring, online business that will give you a predictable income going forward. You’re doing a great job and we can’t wait to get in the forums and help you take it to the next level.

Christina:   Thank you both so much for giving me time today and answering my questions.

Jocelyn:   Thanks Christina.

Shane:   Super call today with one of our Flip Your Life community members. We would love for you to be a member of our community as well. If you would like to join our Flip Your Life community, head over to flippedlifestyle.com/flipyourlife and we can show you how to join today.

Jocelyn:   It’s now time to move into our can’t miss moment segment. These are moments that we were able to experience recently that we might have missed if we were still working at a normal nine-to-five job. Today’s can’t miss moment is a trip up to Monkey Joe’s, and Monkey Joe’s is an inflatable place, I guess you would call it. They have lots of large bounce inflatable and things you can come into, climb up and slide down. The kids love things like that so we wanted to take them up there.

Shane:   Yeah, I think the kids saw a commercial for it and they asked. So, we just took off one day, put everything else to one side and went out to spend a day at Monkey Joe’s. It was crazy packed in there, there were kids everywhere. We had a great day with the kids, went out to eat and spent some time with them. It was good to just shut everything down and take off for a little day trip at Monkey Joe’s. Before we sign off, we’d like to close every show with a verse from the Bible. Today’s Bible verse is Proverbs 3:5-6, the Bible says, “Trust in the Lord with all your heart. Lean not unto your own understanding and always acknowledge Him and He will direct your life.” That’s all the time we have for this week. As always guys thanks for listening to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast and until next time, get out there, take action, do whatever it takes to flip your life. We’ll see you then.

Jocelyn:   Bye!

Filed Under: Podcast

FL 97 – How to establish your online brand using organic traffic and Facebook ads

June 28, 2016 by Shane Sams Leave a Comment

http://traffic.libsyn.com/flippedlifestyle/FL097_Karim_Morato.mp3

Podcast: Play in new window | Download

Subscribe: iTunes | Android | RSS

Morato Family

Karim (wearing blue) in her Can’t Miss Moment — a lunch cruise with her family.

 

Our guest on today’s podcast is Karim Morato, one of our Flip Your Life community members. This dynamic homeschool mom and certified Spanish teacher, aiming to have more time to focus on her children, created an online Spanish curriculum membership for homeschoolers – primarily those between 7th to 12th grade.

Señora Morato has been teaching Spanish for over 16 years. Her passion in teaching students a second language, along with the fulfillment she gets from seeing them appreciate a new culture, has driven her to explore the online arena even further. Through her online curriculum she enables these curious minds to learn and understand Spanish right from the comfort of their home.

Building a solid membership is a labor of love. There is no instant way to do it, but there are limitless ways to get to it – we help Karim find the one most suited for her and her audience. We share our marketing strategies with her to get things flipping to the next level.

 

Reach out to your target market locally. Go to people and make them a good offer.

Click To Tweet

Don’t do it for free. People assign value to your product when they pay for it.

Click To Tweet

You will learn:

  • How your WHYs help you stay focused to your goal.
  • The advantage of getting information from more experienced sources.
  • How progress follows those who take the leap of faith.
  • Refine your target audience by investigating where the profitable traffic is.
  • Ramp up your network by reaching out the similar sites/blogs.
  • Investing on organic traffic.
Don’t be afraid of reaching out to your ‘competition’, just make sure you make it beneficial for…

Click To Tweet

Every niche is so individually unique. Figure out what is unique about yours.

Click To Tweet

Links and resources mentioned in today’s show:

  •  Flipped Lifestyle Community
  •  ElementaryLibrarian.com
  • Bilingual Avenue
  • HomeSchoolSpanishCurriculum.com

Enjoy the podcast; we hope it inspires you to explore what’s possible for your family!

Click here to leave us an iTunes review and subscribe to the show! We may read yours on the air!

 

Can’t Miss Moments

Each week Jocelyn and I share moments that we might have missed if we had not started our online business. We hope these moments inspire you to see the possibilities and freedom online business could provide for your family.

Anna_Dress_Rehearsal

Anna all dolled up for her dress rehearsal

Thank you for listening!

Thanks again for listening to the show! If you liked it, make sure you share it with your friends and family! Our goal is to help as many families as possible change their lives through online business. Help us by sharing the show!

If you have comments or questions, please be sure to leave them below in the comment section of this post. See y’all next week!

Can’t listen right now? Read the transcript below!

Jocelyn:  Hey y’all! On today’s podcast, we help Karim take her homeschool Spanish website to the next level.

Shane:  Welcome to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast, where life always comes before work. We’re your hosts Shane and Jocelyn Sams. Join us each week as we teach you how to flip your lifestyle upside down by selling stuff online. Are you ready for something different? Alright, let’s get started. What’s going on everybody? Welcome back to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast! Great to be back with you again this week. For those of you who may be new to our show, this is a little bit different than the other podcasts about online business, instead of bringing on guests to promote their latest book or talk about their latest website, we bring on our members from the Flip Your Life community and we help them with a live consultant call on the air to take their business to the next level, and we let you guys listen in so that you can apply the lessons learned to your own online business. We are super excited for our guest today, she is a Flip Your Life member and she actually was just a participant in our monthly mastermind. Once a quarter we take about 10 of our members into a private mastermind and really dive deep into their business with them. Our guest today is Karim Morato. I hope I said that right. Karim?

Karim:  Perfect.

Shane:  Say it with your Spanish accent because…

Karim:  Karim Morato.

Shane:  Oh, that is so beautiful.

Jocelyn:  Yes, it’s so much prettier that way.

Shane:  My Kentucky can’t speak accent was awful and I just butchered it, but that was beautiful the way you said it. Awesome.

Jocelyn:  Alright. Karim, we know quite a lot about you because we’ve been working with you for a while, but quickly tell the audience a little bit about you, your background, and your online business.

Karim:  Hey everyone! Well, I created an online Spanish curriculum membership for homeschoolers – especially 7th to 12th grade to be more specific. And basically, I’m trying to help students and parents to complete their language requirement, in this case, will be Spanish.

Shane:  So basically, everyone can take Spanish in high school and then get that credit for college or whatever they have to do to graduate. So basically, you become the child’s Spanish teacher at home.

Karim:  Yes.

Shane:  And they get to do all the lessons on your membership site.

Karim:  Yes. Well, homeschoolers, they get a curriculum. They study their subject most of the time in an independent way. So, I am basically gonna be the tutor or the teacher, not just of the student, but also for the parents if they need help.

Shane: So basically, you help provide support for the student to learn the language and then also for the parents to get them through all of the curriculum.

Karim:  Yes and that’s my challenge. I’m creating video tutorials for every single concept for level 1, 2 and 3. So students can have a teacher and somebody to interact.

Jocelyn:  Alright. Awesome. That sounds like a great product.

Shane:  That’s an awesome product. Yeah, there’s a lot of kids out there homeschooling that need this product.

Jocelyn:  So, Karim we always start with why in everything that we do in the Flipped Lifestyle. So, tell us a little bit about why you want to flip your life with online business. Are there any can’t miss moments that maybe you’re currently missing? And are you currently unhappy in your career? Or you know, what you do in your day-to-day life… Basically, what is your why?

Karim:  That’s a very interesting question because I’m a little bit complicated.

Shane:  It’s always complicated. Right?

Karim:  I am a homeschool mom, but at the same time, I also teach in the public school. I have been teaching for 16 years, two classes every year, I take two classes or three classes. So, I have kept myself at home, homeschooling, but also in the workplace.

Shane:  Okay.

Karim:  So, last year I went back to school for a masters in curriculum and design. And I realized, “Wow! I need a change.” I am ready for a change. I want to change the way I do things – to teach – so I can be more at home. My kids are reaching an age that is going to be teenager years and I realized I need more time. I thought I was going to have more time for the world, but no, I realized I need more time at home. So, that was an inspiration for me to change, but then, when I started looking for opportunities, I realized I needed a business background and this is where you guys came into place.

Shane:  Yeah.

Karim:  I have a strong educational background, but my business background was not really well. So, this is how I found you guys.

Shane:  That is an awesome way. I love it when people focus on time. I find that people who come to us and say, “Man, I just need more time to live a life with my kids. I need to be there for them,” they’re the ones that really are motivated and passionate enough to take it to the next level. A lot of times we’ll see people come to us and say, “Well, I just want to make $5000 in 3 months,” those are the people who usually back out and don’t succeed. So, you’ve got some great whys there that you’re grabbing hold of. Also, it is true that you need experience and help when you’re setting up an online business, because a lot of us are so focused on our specialty in our career –

Jocelyn:  Yeah.

Shane:  – that we don’t realize there’s a lot of other moving parts built around that, and I think you’ve seen that during the mastermind last month of how many moving parts there actually are in the business.

Karim:  Yes and that’s true, and it’s hard to find someone that you want to partner with that share the same values that you have, and In this case, when I found you guys I was like, “Wait a minute! These guys are the real deal.”

Shane:  Thank you.

Karim:  I don’t usually pay for anything. I try to save money and try to read and educate myself, that after two months of just listening to everybody flipping their life, I’m like… No, I can’t do this anymore, I’m just going to join and I even joined the mastermind not even knowing what is this mastermind about.

Shane:  I know. When you signed up I was like, “Who’s that?!” like she just jumped in feet first, that’s awesome.

Jocelyn:  You know, we love people who are action takers. So, we love working with you. So, that’s awesome.

Shane:  But isn’t it amazing though, when you invest in yourself and you do take that huge leap of faith.

Karim:  Yeah.

 

Shane:  Look at the progress you’ve made just in the last few weeks, it’s unreal because you put yourself out there and did that.

Karim:  Yes and that’s true, I think, belonging to the membership… for me… also was something that I even had to fight for because when I wanted to join you guys were not accepting any more members. So, I was like, I’m gonna keep emailing until they say yes and I think that’s why finally one day you’ve gone, “Okay Karim, just follow this link.”

Shane:  Yeah. I remember we had it closed ‘cause sometimes, you know, we try to control the influx so we can serve as many people as best as we can.

Karim:  Yeah.

Shane:  And I got that email and I was like I think she’s serious, I’m gonna send her an email. So –

Karim:  Yes.

Shane:  – I was like, I like opened the backdoor so you can sneak in, but I closed it again real quick.

Karim:  Yes and then once I was there it was a tremendous eye opening experience, but then I had realized, I felt like the mastermind, I was moving like maybe 30 miles per hour –

Shane:  Yeah

Karim:  – afterwards it has been like 80 miles per hour.

Shane:  Oh, that’s not right. Exactly, it gets intense when we get down to the nitty gritty.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, I love yours because you came in with pretty much –

Shane:  Nothing.

Jocelyn:  –  just an the idea.

Shane:  You had nothing. You didn’t even have a website.

Karim:  Uh huh.

Jocelyn:  No, she had an idea.

Shane: Yeah, that’s right.

Jocelyn:  And you’ve just really thrown your inkling out there –

Shane:  And it’s incredible.

Jocelyn:  – and got your site up now.

Shane:  I think your website’s prettier than ours. I swear it is.

Jocelyn:  Yeah. That’s probably true. So, alright… Well, Karim let’s help you to take your online business to the next level. What is the biggest challenge that you’re facing in your online business right now?

Karim:  What I need from you guys is an idea of how you will handle the marketing strategy for my business. So, I’m brand new, nobody knows me. So, what will be your marketing strategy if you were on my shoes?

Shane:  I think, the first thing that I tell everybody to do usually is we have a well defined avatar here, we know who we’re looking for. We’re looking for the homeschool parent of the high school aged child who needs help with their Spanish curriculum. So, we’ve got a really good idea. What we have to do now is investigate, where are those people already hanging out online. You don’t just start an ad to every person in the United States with a high school kid, maybe we’d go on Facebook and we look for groups of homeschool parents who are in co-ops, maybe we’d look for those different organizations – just support groups for homeschoolers or homeschool Spanish, things like that. We look for similar podcasts, we look… similar pages and websites about your topic and maybe, we’d look online and we see what searches people are making. There’s probably people searching for Spanish homeschool curriculum, and once we get the grouping, we have an idea where that traffic is already flowing, that’s traffic that we need to jump in front of.

Jocelyn:  And also, you’d like to take advantage of free opportunities. I think that there is a twofold way to do this: you do it both organically and also paid. If you’re going organic, the good thing about education is that there are a lot of free things out there, that you can offer your services as well. So, look for opportunities to give somebody something for free that would get them interested in your paid offer. So… For instance, I have a lot of things for Elementary Librarian on Teachers Pay Teachers. I don’t actually sell anything on there, I just put them on there for free, basically just to get awareness for my product. So, you might want to consider doing something like that. Also, I found a lot of wikis, that’s W-I-K-I, and there are a lot of those in education and also other areas too that you can get on there, sorta like wikipedia. You can edit the wiki and you can add in some of your free resources there. Again, just to help gain awareness of your brand and your site. So, that’s definitely some good free ways to do that.

Shane:  People think it all has to be online and we’ve talked to you a little bit about this in the mastermind, I think that major traffic strategy might just be reaching out locally where you are for people to actually come in to your membership. We talked about finding all the homeschool co-ops that are physically within 30 minutes of where you live, and go to them and say, “Would you like to be a beta member? Would you like to present this to all of your homeschool parents?” and say, “Hey! This is an awesome resource, I’ll give you a 50% discount.” Anything you can do to see those first members into your membership. Let them get in there, start the conversation, start breaking things and finding all the holes. Reach out locally and go physically to people, I’m sure as a homeschool mom, you know homeschoolers –

Karim:  Okay.

Shane:  – go to those people and say, “I want you to be in on the first person in my membership.” Now, don’t do it for free, that’s a huge mistake is to say, “I’m gonna let the first 20 members into my membership for free.” I know it’s a huge mistake because we did that, and it was disastrous for us and for them. Most of the free people never followed through. They didn’t take advantage of the resources, but when people paid for… they assigned value to it and they really used it to do whatever they were needing to do. So, tell these people you’ll give them a great discount because we have to have some sale. You gotta say, “This is going to be $50 a month, but I’ll let all the parents in your co-op in for 25.”

Jocelyn:  And I was also going to suggest that you look into local conferences for homeschoolers, that maybe within say like a hundred miles of you. This is a really good opportunity, you might get even get a booth, you could offer to speak at that –

Shane:  Oh, that’s a great idea.

Jocelyn:  – and that’s something that I’ve done in the past for Elementary Librarian that works really well. It’s a good way to get your brand in front of a lot of different people, and then you can offer those people a special incentive as well.

Shane:  And also to reach out to partner with people in your space. I think that people are kind of afraid to this sometimes, because in the offline world it’s very competitive and if the guy across the street is selling similar stuff to you it’s kind of a rivalry or competition. We’ve talk about Marianna Du Bosq who runs the Bilingual Avenue podcast, she would be someone you could maybe talk to and you all could share ideas, maybe come on each other’s podcasts, write blog posts about each other. See if you can go into other places where there are already Spanish speaking people or Spanish speaking homeschoolers and get yourself in front of these other audiences and reciprocate that by, you know, bringing that person into yours and create like a symbiotic relationship. We do that all the time, we go on a lot of people’s podcasts because they need content, they need guests and we want to get in front of people who maybe have never heard our message. So, don’t be afraid to reach out to your competition, because that will let you build your audience faster, just make sure you’re making it beneficial for both parties. There’s more than enough abundance out there for everyone online to succeed and also, to help each other and collaborate.

Karim:  That’s how I find you guys. I listened to two or more other podcasts.

Shane:  See, if we had never went out into that person and went there then you wouldn’t have heard us, and also too, that person reached out to us and come on their podcast, so it just works both ways.

Jocelyn:  I just wanted to say we’ve thrown out probably like 20 ideas in the last 5 minutes.

Shane:  That’s true.

Jocelyn:  To everybody out there, you can’t do all of the things.

Shane:  Right.

Jocelyn:  We’re not trying to say, “Okay, you start this today and in 14 days you need to have all these things in, okay?” That’s not the way that it works. You have to take all of the things that we just said, think about which one is really going to move you ahead in your business and you need to concentrate in maybe like two or three.

Karim:  Yeah. So, in this case, are we concentrate on finding the Facebook groups? I think that’s something that I could do. I could also go to the local co-ops, and also I repay to homeschoolers association of Virginia for the newsletter, I pay already space to be in the newsletter.

Shane:  That’s awesome. Yup.

Jocelyn:  That’s good.

Shane:  Paid advertising is a great way to reach people, because there’s no barrier to entry, ‘cause they’re going to accept your money. That’s why we love paid advertising, because it’s faster than trying to do everything organically, you know.

Jocelyn:  And honestly, if that’s within driving distance, I would recommend going.

Shane:  Yeah.

Jocelyn:  Being somewhere out and live, there’s just no substitute for that. I mean, it’s amazing to get out there actually in front of people. Maybe do a session or something, give them some strategies of how they can incorporate homeschool Spanish and then, “Oh by the way, I have an entire product to help you with this.”

Shane:  Yeah. I’m thinking what we’ve really discovered is every niche is so individually unique. You need to kinda step out your business a little bit and look at it from a 10,000ft view and say, “What’s something unique about my space that I can get into?” Maybe I could go to a co-op and do a lesson and then, everyone posts Facebook pictures and shares it, maybe that’s a thing you could do. There’s all kinds of little things about your niche that no one else will understand and if you could make yourself step outside of that, and think outside the box a little bit you’ll discover a strategy that will work for you, but will totally 2X your business that nobody could ever even think about besides you because you’re in it.

Karim:  Yeah. That sounds good. I like the way you say about going into the co-op and say I can do like at the beginning of the year, like a free session to hands orientation, how to help the kids succeed in their language class.

Shane:  Sure.

Karim:  I think that’s a good deal.

Shane:  That’s also a great opportunity, a righter way. People always ask us like, “How  do I get testimonials? I don’t have anybody.” ‘Cause we always tell people, you know, testimonials sell things more than anything does. Well, okay, go volunteer to teach at a co-op and then ask people at the end and say, “Hey! Could I record you? Could you just tell me what you thought about my lesson?” And then they’ll say nice things about you, BAM! You got testimonials, you don’t have to sell anything, because they’ll say, “Oh! This was a great lesson. Karim did an amazing job working with the kids and she’s just awesome.” That’s a testimonial about how you teach, you teaching on video, you got a testimonial for your product. So, there’s all kinds of outside the box things that I think you’re gonna be able to do to be able to take it to the next level pretty fast ‘cause you’re a hustler, you’re gonna go work and I know it’s gonna happen.

Karim:  Thank you.

Shane:  Alright. Well, let’s… I think we’ve got time for another question here. So, do you have any follow up questions that you need to ask about your online business?

Karim:  Yes. They say you eat an elephant one piece at a time. So, have to do so much mileage… at the same time, create videos, facilitate forum, monthly blog… what will be a  workflow model or idea based on your experience that you can give me, in order for me to open a membership… to maintain a successful membership?

Shane:  The good thing about yours is your product is not complete, but it’s rolling out.

Karim:  Yes.

Shane:  You got some of it done, you got plenty to sell, it’s… you know, you have the first steps and you can make that over time. What I usually tell people to do is batch your content first. So, the reason we do that is because you have to spend some time to save time later and prevent stress. So, if you’ll go ahead and say, “Hey! I’m gonna post every week.”    I’m gonna just take one full week and I’m gonna write 6 blog posts, they’re gonna be about 500 words maybe less, maybe 300, they’re all gonna have one picture and I’m just gonna get these scheduled right now. If you’ll do that, it will take all the pressure off of you in the next 5 weeks from relying about if your blog is gonna come out, you’re not freaking out. So, we always batch content. Jocelyn and I, yesterday, batched parts of our podcast for 12 weeks, because we know that the next 12 weeks we have a lot of travel coming up. So, we said, “Let’s spend time to save time,” and then after we get all that batched and it’s ready to go, we can focus on the things that really matter – the marketing – making new videos for your new membership area, serving the customers that are going to be coming in to your community. So, I think that’s the next step I would do, for you is just to batch that content.

Jocelyn:  I think that you need to figure out what you really want and break that down into small steps to getting there, and basically, you just put the blinders on. It’s all about focus. You have to focus on the things that you want and the steps that is going to take to get there.

Shane:  Once you create a plan, don’t doubt yourself. Just put it in the action plan from and say, “This is what I’m going to do. I’m going to batch content this week,” and then like Jocelyn said, “I’m going to do A, B, C after that.”

Karim:  So… will be making my schedule and deciding what is it that I want to do.

Shane:  Yes.

Karim:  And then make a list.

Jocelyn:  It’s really that simple. If more people would do that simple thing they –

Shane:  What do you want? And then do it.

Jocelyn:  – Yes. They would really just make things happen. Well, I think that some people just get bogged down and a lot of unnecessary things. So, we need to be wrapping this up ‘cause we’re about out of time for today, but before we go we want to know what are you going to take action on, based on what we talked about today in the next 24 to 48 hours?

Karim:  I’m gonna start listing the Facebook groups organizations and contacting the group person, and then I’ll also going to look into the local co-ops and contact their main person.

Shane:  That is an awesome thing to do and I know that Karim is gonna be successful, because man I just watched her work for the last 4 to 6 weeks, and she is taking huge strides and as we get closer to school starting back and people start thinking about homeschool and curriculum, I think they will be definitely knocking on your door. So, Karim, thank you so much for being on the show today and make sure you take action and put that in the action forum today, so we can hold you accountable. Okay?

Karim:  Gracias. Thank you so much!

Shane:  Another awesome call from one of our Flip Your Life community members. To learn more about our Flip Your Life community, head over to flippedlifestyle.com/flipyourlife and we can help you with your online business today.

Jocelyn:  Alright. Next, we are going to move into our Can’t-miss Moment segment of the show and these are moments that we were able to experience recently that we might have missed if we were still working at our regular nine-to-five jobs. Today’s Can’t-miss moment is Anna’s dress rehearsal. She takes a ballet class each week and also it’s called, Tumblebugs. It’s like a little girl gymnastic class, and they are getting ready to have their annual recital this week and we had a dress rehearsal for that. We had a really good time. We got her dressed up and we bought her a lot of little fancy hair bun maker type things to get her all fixed up. She got to wear makeup that’s one of her favorite things, so she was very excited about that. She wouldn’t show me anything up to this point because she said it was a surprise for the recital, so I finally got to see what she’s been working on all this time. Recital time really just reminds me of where our family is now compared to where we were before, because before we started doing online business I wouldn’t even think as teachers we would have been able to easily afford this. Dance is not an inexpensive thing to do, especially when you consider that a lot of the kids were in multiple songs and they had to have multiple costumes, and all of those things really strike to add up. So, it is pretty difficult to do when you’re working just a regular job, especially us two teachers because we didn’t make the most money to begin with, and we’re just truly blessed to be able to have these types of experiences with the kids, and just to know that we don’t have to worry about will we be able to afford this or that anymore thanks to our online business.

Shane:  Before we go today guys, we wanna share a bible verse with you. Jocelyn and I close every single one of our shows with a bible verse. We get a lot of inspiration and motivation from the bible, and we want to share some of that with you. Today’s bible verse comes from I Corinthians 9:24 and the bible says, “Do you not know that in a race all the runners run, but only one gets the prize?” Run in such a way as to get the prize. Make sure that you are giving every ounce of effort, that you are dedicated to making your online business work and run that race in such a way that you will get the prize and everything will work fine in your online business.

 

After credits:

 

Shane:  You should do that for your membership too, Karim. Make sure that when you set up your the monthly payments, that you got it where they agree to auto renew in your terms and conditions. You wanna put the responsibility on them to cancel, not to remind them to pay every month.

Karim:  Yes.

Shane:  Does that make sense?

Karim:  Yes.

Shane:  Awesome.

Filed Under: Podcast

FL 96 – How to get more customers for your membership site with Facebook Ads

June 21, 2016 by Shane Sams Leave a Comment

http://traffic.libsyn.com/flippedlifestyle/FL096_Jessica_Stafford.mp3

Podcast: Play in new window | Download

Subscribe: iTunes | Android | RSS

Jessic pic

The Bottom Line has been around for more than 15 years and has partnered with local clients to provide done-for-you financial plans and processes.

In this episode of the Flipped Lifestyle, we have Jessica Stafford and Marilyn Parham ask us key questions on how to scale their accounting firm and transition online.

With Marilyn having over two decades of CPA experience and Jessica manning operations and a ton of content on their website, they aim to diversify their audience in order to share their passion and commitment to helping online entrepreneurs manage their finances better.

Join us, as we share tried and tested strategies in order to build and promote their membership site, learn how to invest in paid ads to grow the business, and know the importance of pricing their products according to its true value.

We wanna catch people more ‘just in time’, than ‘just in the nick of price’ kind of deal.

Click To Tweet

The power of the retargeting pixels lets you turn cold traffic into cool traffic, and cool traffic…

Click To Tweet

The first money on the first month of an ad campaign is like buying a course. You learn first.

Click To Tweet

The only metric that matters is the conversion.

Click To Tweet

 

You will learn:

  • The best way to use paid advertisements to promote your business.
  • How to capitalize on your content and organic traffic.
  • The power of retargeting pixels.
  • How much should you spend on your business.
  • Why you should test and invest.
  • The importance of drawing the right people into your membership.
  • Staying true to the value of what you’re offering.

Links and resources mentioned in today’s show

  •        Flippedlifestyle.com
  •        The Bottom Line
  •        USHistoryTeachers.com
  •        ElementaryLibrarian.com

 

Enjoy the podcast; we hope it inspires you to explore what’s possible for your family!

Click here to leave us an iTunes review and subscribe to the show! We may read yours on the air!

 

Can’t Miss Moments

Each week Jocelyn and I share moments that we might have missed if we had not started our online business. We hope these moments inspire you to see the possibilities and freedom online business could provide for your family.

after_school_trip_to_Cumberland_falls

Enjoying a Beautiful, Random Afternoon at Cumberland Falls

 

Thank you for listening!

Thanks again for listening to the show! If you liked it, make sure you share it with your friends and family! Our goal is to help as many families as possible change their lives through online business. Help us by sharing the show!

If you have comments or questions, please be sure to leave them below in the comment section of this post. See y’all next week!

Can’t listen right now? Read the transcript below!

 

Shane:  What’s going on everybody welcome back to the Flipped Lifestyle Podcast. It’s great to be back with you again this week. For those of you who may be new to the show, our podcast may be a little different than other shows you may listen to. We don’t bring on experts and gurus, we bring on real people growing real online businesses and we help them take their online business to the next level. We are super excited to bring on our guests today because these are two — not only friends of ours, but people we work with in our Flip Your Life community and on a daily basis – it is our Accounting Team, our bookkeepers, Jessica and Marilyn from The Bottom Line, and we are super excited to help them with their online business today. Jessica and Marilyn, welcome to the show.

Jessica:  Hey Guys! Happy to be here, so excited!

Marilyn:  Thank You.

Jocelyn:  We love these gals for so many reasons because, well, first of all they are our accountants and bookkeepers, they’re awesome.  Also because they are in our area, as in..

Shane:  The region. We’re in Tennessee.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, within a couple of hundred miles from us. It’s pretty amazing because there just are not a whole lot of online entrepreneurs in this area so we’re so thankful for their friendship and also to partner with them in business.

Shane:   And it’s also hilarious how we met. We were driving from Kentucky to Atlanta, and we were just on the road and bored so I said let’s just turn on their webinar and we’ll listen to it and see how they’re doing things. Jocelyn was driving and I got on the chat, and I started talking to some random person from Tennessee, and it ends up being Jessica. We were just having this chat, talking back and forth, that was pretty cool. Then, Jocelyn, a couple of weeks later was looking for a bookkeeping service.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, so I used Fresh Books and I had a really bad experience. We had hired this accountant in Kentucky, and like a week later she said she was shutting her business down.

Shane:  That’s awful, not good.

Jessica:  Oh no!

Jocelyn:  I’m like… I don’t know what to do. You know, if I could have somebody kind of local but then also…

Shane:  understands online business…

Jocelyn:  who knows about online business. I’m just trying to find somebody, so I started Freshbooks and I’m like okay I’m just gonna look and see who the recommended bookkeepers are in this area, and so I just happen to run across your site and the language on it was talking about online entrepreneurs, and I’m like wait a minute, this can’t be right because nobody around here knows about online business.

Shane:  So then, we reach out to Jessica, and Jessica of course lets us know.

Jessica:  Me? I was on the webinar!

Shane:  I was talking to you on the webinar last week or something like that.

Marilyn:  I know, you were so friendly Shane. You were like the mayor of the chat room. Nothing has changed.

Shane:  I tend to like go to the head of the class and groups, you know what I mean?

Jocelyn:  Nobody can imagine this at all, right?

Shane:  Exactly. So I found it so bizarre and ironic, because what are the chances in all the math, we could be driving down the interstate, in a random webinar and then Jocelyn just randomly found you guys two weeks later.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, I mean these things are no accident.

Shane:  The moral of the story is go to every webinar you can and try to talk to people and make contacts. You can even network on a random webinar chat room.

Jocelyn:  You never know who you’re going to meet.

Shane:  That’s right.

Jocelyn:  Just saying.

Jessica:   And I was equally excited because just as there are not anybody in your area to connect with, we have the same problem here in East Tennessee. So, we’re gonna lead the charge to turn the Southeast into the online entrepreneur’s central.

Shane:  That’s right. We’re the new Silicon Valley.

Jessica:  Yeah.

Shane:  That’s what I like to say. Alright. So, that’s the moral of the story of how we all got together here. And of course, not only are we clients of Marilyn and Jessica, they are clients of us. They come into our Flip Your Life Community and we talk about their business, and that’s what we’re gonna do today. They have some really exciting things, branching from the real world, I guess, into the online space. And we’re gonna try to help them take it to the next level. So… Let’s wait til the end and we’ll tell everybody like where they can find you and stuff like that, because if you are an online entrepreneur and you’re looking for accounting services from people who do understand what’s going on, we highly recommend The Bottom Line – they’re awesome… and they did not pay us to say that. But let’s focus on your questions first, and we’ll give all of our listeners some great value today, and then we’ll talk about that in a little bit.

Jocelyn:   Alright, so let’s just start out by giving people a little bit of background about your business. So, what have you been doing and basically, what are you trying to transition into?

Jessica:  Well, basically… The Bottom Line has been in existence for about 15 plus years. Marilyn’s been a CPA for more than 20, I typically handle operations, but in a nutshell we went from just a typical accounting firm, to local clients, to wanting to branch into the online space; and do done-for-you services for those clients in terms of processes and financial planning, and then we wanted to just transition and basically diversify our service-based business into an online business as well, which is what brought us into you all’s community, to kinda flip our business upside-down if you will, the same way you guys do with families.

Shane:  Basically, just to scale online instead of scaling in the physical world.

Jessica:  Absolutely.

Shane:  Really, one of the common problems we see with everyone that comes into our community is… we get into our businesses, we have these great ideas, we start selling things and we have no clue how to manage the money. You’re just trying to help online entrepreneurs in that way.

Jessica:  Yeah, exactly. And you know, just a quick funny story, almost like the chat room story is we were needing to upgrade a physical desktop accounting software and –

Marilyn:  Yeah, this is funny.

Jessica: – this little $400 decision launched into an online empire. So…

Shane:  That’s right. That usually works, you know what I mean. That’s exactly right.

Jessica:  Marilyn’s like… “What did we DO?!”

Shane:  It’s like you dropped in a pebble.

Marilyn:  All I wanted was a new accounting system.

Shane:  Right! And now you have this whole branch of your business.

Jessica:  Yeah, exactly!

Marilyn:  Beautiful.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, it’s super exciting though. I mean, I love what you guys have already done and I think that there’s so much possibility out there. Tell us about the bridge. So you started out like total local brick-and-mortar type stuff…

Shane:  Tell us, basically what your online product is right now.

Jocelyn:  So, now you’re doing what?

Jessica:  So, now we’re branching in from done-for-you services with online clients all over the country, into offering a membership site, ‘cause we support a lot of do-it-yourself online entrepreneurs and retailers, such as amazon sellers for example.

Shane:  For sure.

Jessica:  And so, that’s really the space that we operate in. And so… we’re just trying to come into that startup community or that community that’s wanting to stick with their own bookkeeping for now until they scale and grow, and educate them and train them and provide value, so that they can create financial systems and plans for their business so they’re pocketing their profits, because that’s typically the thing we’re trying to help people do the most as quickly as we can possibly work to do… to just pay ourselves more as business owners and have profitable businesses.

Shane:  So basically, it’s a membership community. People can come in, they can talk to you guys in the forums, they can come in and watch your training videos, and it just helps them get their financial house in order so that they can maximize the potential of their online business basically.

Jessica:  Right… and Marilyn can speak to the whole financial house. Just as you said Shane, it’s not just training you on bookkeeping and how to do your accounting. So, it’s just really the whole package and something we’re pretty passionate about.

Shane:  And I think we’ve got the foundations there. We know what’s working, what’s selling. So, I think we’re gonna focus today in mainly on promoting that, and growing that and getting more people into your community, which is a hot topic for anybody with a membership.

Jessica:  Exactly. I’ve worked with several partners, including you all through the mastermind mentorship that you guys hosted back last quarter. We were really able to get some movement with the membership sell out with The Bottom Line Profit Clubs. Now we kinda have the base, we’ve got the avatar in place and things like that. So now, it’s time to really promote and scale and grow this thing the way it needs to grow to get into more hands.

Shane:  We had just work on creating your core offer and really dialing in that avatar. That’s so important that you brought that up, because I think most people wanna skip to ads and promotion, and just content creation, and they forget, “Wait a minute! I’ve gotta sell something to someone,” and you’ve already kinda got that out of the way. So, let’s go ahead and jump in to your questions, and let’s talk about where we’re gonna go next to take this up a notch.

Jessica:  Well, one of the questions that we had was top ways to use paid advertising to promote the business. We’ve gotten a lot of growth through organic traffic and things like that, and really wanting to dive deeper into actual paid advertising. We’ve traditionally sold our services through our discovery sessions on a one-on-one fashion, and now we’re gonna try to take it into a more automated process with sales page and things like that. So, it’s kinda like a combination of the best opt-ins for the member trial and then the best ways to use paid advertising to promote the business.

Shane:  Okay. I think there’s a couple of things we can touch on here. The first one is to capitalize on your organic growth in a big way. You need to be having all of your retargeting pixels set up correctly, have you done that yet? Like, with facebook ads, do you have a retargeting pixel on your site?

Jessica:  Yeah. We do have one retargeting pixel but we haven’t gotten very fancy with that kind of stuff – at all.

Shane:  And you don’t have to. The big thing everyone has to remember is catch everyone that comes to your site, ‘cause not everyone is gonna give you an email. We just ran some tests with some ads over the last month, where we ran ads at our email list directly, and then we ran ads only at people who have been to our site in like the last 180 days or something, but the retargeting pixel ad converted. We got emails at a cheaper price and we made more conversions and sales off of the retargeting pixel than we even did with our email list. The reason I’m saying that is because going forward we’re gonna hammer that retargeting pixel because it’s the hottest traffic – it’s the most recent. Some people on your email list have been there for a long, long time and they need to be marketed to, but that list is not going to convert as good as the people who’ve been there the last couple of months and you’re at the top of their mind. So, I would say for sure, the first thing in your paid ads strategy is… how can we capitalize on our content and organic traffic? by getting our retargeting pixels correctly, going in to facebook or whatever we’re using for ads, setting up custom audiences around that retargeting pixel and then, using that traffic to make more sales.

Jocelyn:  Yeah, I think that that’s always a solid strategy. The retargeting traffic, it’s always probably gonna be a higher conversion than like cold traffic, which I think could be a good strategy for you guys as well, but I think for right now, we’ll concentrate on the retargeting traffic. If you wanna go the facebook route, I think that google is starting to do some of these as well, like for google ads. And I don’t know for sure as far as keyword research goes how much of this you’ve done, but I’m willing to bet there are a lot of people out there searching for like, online business accountants, things like that. So, you might even explore google ads and have a…

Shane:  to get clicks and then retarget them on facebook.

Jocelyn:  Yeah.

Marilyn:  Oh… I have to mention our other platforms ‘cause I traditionally only think of facebook at this point, you know…

Jocelyn:  It is so powerful. Right now, it’s just the golden child of advertising and you know, I read an article the other day that was talking about how these are the golden years basically.

Shane:  Retargeting and stuff like that.

Jocelyn:  Yeah. Because right now it’s all so new and this is like the best time to get in on this before changes start being made.

Shane:  Let me give you an example on how this actually looks now, from the sales perspective and why it’s so powerful… you’ve got all this content and yes, you’ve got organic stuff right, the analog to that is we have a LOT of podcast episodes, okay?

Jessica:  Mmm-hmm.

Shane:  Our goal right now with our ads – our cold ads – is not necessarily to sell anything and in fact, we’re probably gonna even stop asking for emails. We’re not gonna try to get people to like opt-in to webinars or opt-in for a lead magnet. We’re gonna try to advertise through our free content, and our goal with those ads is to get clicks. We just want people to go out there and say, “Hey! That sounds like an interesting podcast. I’ll click that.” So we can target other people who have podcasts and get the big audience to see our brand. Then when they hit our webpage to listen to the podcast, we retarget them. Now, those people are not directly cold leads. We’re not begging them for email or a sale. We’re just introducing them to our expertise and then, we can use that retargeting pixel to advertise further to them. The next thing they see from us, might be a second ad that’s come to our webinar or for an email. But we’ve got them to come to some of our free content, retarget them and even if they didn’t opt-in, we can still follow up on them later. And that’s kinda where I think you are. You’ve got tons of content, and some of it is just like, really popular and really good. You can look and say what’s the top 5% where we get our traffic in our old blog posts or whatever.

Jessica:  Mmm-hmm.

Shane:  Right? Ads to that retarget those people and then, the retargeting ad is, “Hey! Come to our Webinar.” where you tell them about your stuff or get them on your email list.

Jessica:  We do have a good library of content on the site that we could definitely pull that top content and draw our traffic to it.

Shane:  And also to… another test that we ran, we did a lookalike audience on the retargeting pixel and I did a lookalike audience on the email list and the same thing happened. That’s cold traffic basically, those lookalike audiences, but the lookalike audience based on the retargeting pixel seemed to be better converting than the one on our email list, because I guess that facebook’s algorithm realized just this is where people are, find the same people in that same place now and show them the free content basically. So, it’s just a really powerful tool and I think you guys could capitalize on it based on where you guys are big time.

Jessica:  Definitely and I think it’s kinda interesting to know we’re kinda shifting gears from grab the email, to you know how can we create the relationship without all that middle stuff…

Shane:  Oh yeah.

Jessica: to just to test it out.

Shane:  Instead of trying to turn cold traffic into warm traffic, the power of the retargeting pixels that should turn cold traffic into cool traffic…

Jessica:  Mmm-hmm.

Shane:  and then cool traffic into warm. So, it’s a little bit easier to coax people into giving you that email now, because you don’t have to blast them with give me something valuable right away.

Jessica:  Mmm-hmm. Yeah. Yeah, very cold. Definitely something we’re testing and trying out, so I look forward to doing that.

Jocelyn:  Alright. Let’s jump into your next question, friends.

Marilyn:  How much should we be spending and what kind of returns should we be seeing on this investment?

Shane:  This is a really tricky question, because I think we’re gonna be able to get more refined on what your answer is compared to some people just because we know so much about your business. It’s kind of variable. What you want to do is, you always want to make more than you spend. The goal is to liquidate the ads.

Jocelyn:  You’re talking to accountants.

Shane:  Exactly.

Marilyn:  Yes, that’s just it.

Jessica:  We understand.

Shane:  But I think some people get confused here, because they get into these programs where people teach them to just pay for emails, or pay for likes. They end up just paying a lot of money into ads and they think the ads don’t work, because the only metric that matters is the conversion. Did I spend X dollars and get XX dollars back? Okay? So, to start the process here’s how we usually do it in our business, and this can kinda just give you a guideline. The last ad that I ran, I ran a hundred dollars a day. Now, I’m not saying that you should go spend a hundred dollars a day, but the reason that I did that for Flipped Lifestyle’s products was because the current pricing has us at about a hundred dollars a month, right? So, I was gonna run at a hundred dollars a day, and I figured if I could sell one a day off that ad, then I’ve liquidated my conversion cost. I spend a hundred bucks, I reached X people, got X people to the webinar, got X people to buy whatever, and if that hundred dollars gets me one conversion it’s a zero and I know my numbers. I understand that the average person for Flipped Lifestyle stays 7-8 months, so even though I liquidated today, I know that most of those people will pay their second month and now I’ve made $200 off of that same ad.

Marilyn:  Yes.

Shane:  So that was my bottom line, in my mind, I just started at a hundred bucks a day and I said I’m just gonna test this. So, of course, it made more than that, we ended up making 9 conversions off of a $400 ad test. Okay? So that ended up being $900 dollars for a $400 ad spend plus…

Jocelyn:  Doesn’t sound great, but when you consider that it’s recurring then…

Shane:  It’s doubled money right upfront, and it triples when they get renewals, it quadruples on the 3rd month. That’s why memberships are so powerful, ‘cause you get compound return. Right?

Jessica:  Yeah.

Marilyn:  Right.

Jessica:  Absolutely.

Jocelyn:  But I think that the most important thing to consider when you’re first starting to run ads is that you do have to test. I mean…

Shane:  Yes.

Jocelyn:  It’s gonna take a while for you to get to where you really wanna be.

Shane:  And that’s what I was getting into. I had a hundred dollars a day that I was gonna spend, right? But I had 4 different ads running at $25 a day. I looked at them and we tested them against each other. In this test particularly, I was testing the same ad on 4 different audiences. After a couple days, I killed 2 of the ads because the other 2 were clearly dominating and converting better. It’s kind of an arbitrary number out of thin air. What do you want to spend at first? Spend that but run 2 ads against each other, test that. Pick a winner. Change one thing, then you do it again the next week. After about 4 to 6 weeks of this, you should have a winner that’s converting. You gotta be prepared to lose a little bit of money sometimes early in the first 4 to 6 weeks of testing.

Jocelyn:  From testing… because it’s just impossible to know for sure how your ad is going to convert.

Shane:  The moral of the story is there’s no exact answer for how much I’ll spend, that’s a budget issue more than it is anything else, but what you’re looking for or rely is, keep testing until you break even… especially on a membership. If you can spend a hundred and make a hundred on a membership, your money is going to explode, because they’re gonna keep paying month after month.

Jessica:  I see what you’re saying, Shane. Like, we have to invest in the business to grow it.

Shane:  Yeah.

Jessica:  And so… but we’re always coming from the standpoint of, “If we lost it all what would we be okay with losing?”

Shane:  Exactly.

Jessica:  So that we’re not… like, “A watched clock never moves.”

Shane:  Exactly.

Jessica:  Like, I know when I ran facebook ads before… I was like, “Oh my gosh! I spent a whole day of checking the stock market or something.” Like, “Oh! There’s a click,” and “Oh! It’s too much money,” and you kinda have to let it play out. So, that’s a good reminder as we get back into that process, that you gotta let the game play a little.

Jocelyn:  Yeah.

Shane:  I love the word investment, I hate the word ad-spend, like I spend this on ads, and also once you start taking action and then, let’s say you buy a facebook ad of course, you earn a little bit when you start doing it, I always consider the first money in the first month of an ad campaign to be like buying a course ‘cause I’m learning what is happening with this ad. I’m figuring out what’s working and what’s not, and that’s why now after a couple of years of Flipped Lifestyle, we’re able to start an ad and make our money back pretty much immediately. We can… ‘cause we kinda know what works already. Pick a number you’re comfortable with, start testing and don’t turn the ads off. The biggest thing I can say to anybody is test every week. Test every week, keep going, keep testing. If you turn an ad on and turn it off, and don’t come back again for a month, you’re not gonna learn anything. You’ve gotta keep rolling and keep testing a new ad to get it to work.

Jessica:  Well, there you go Marilyn, we’ve got a budget conversation we all like to have.

Shane:  Yeah.

Jocelyn:  Oh yeah. Well now, let me just say before we move on from this, I know we’ve been talking about this for a while, but I think sometimes people get no shape about the wrong metrics. You know, like people want to get emails for 10 cents… you know, it doesn’t matter, we don’t care how much the cost per conversion is as long as we’re making more than we spend.

Jessica:  And I think that is a good point too ‘cause when we did do paid advertising just for what we do, we didn’t ever hit anywhere where anybody’s benchmarks sat, like I think your industry and your audience has a lot to do with that too.

Shane:  Oh, everyone’s different. Like people who say they’re getting a dollar an email are throwing random crap up just to get an email to prove they can do it. There’s no conversion on the other side of that. The only thing we care about is did we buy an ad and did someone buy something from us because of the ad? Then once we get that happening, once people actually buy what we’re selling, then we work backwards and say, “Well, what was the price for the email on the clicks? Can we improve that?” But until you’re spending money to get someone to buy something from you, the other metrics… those are irrelevant until you get an offer that works and converts.

Jocelyn:  Alright. Let’s move on to our next question.

Jessica:  Well, my next question is what are you finding the best opt-ins are for membership products? ‘cause there’s just so many, it just seems like everything shifts so quickly. There’s free course opt-ins and there’s dollar for the first month… there’s all these options out there. So, what are you finding are the best opt-ins for member trial and getting them in the door?

Shane:  We don’t do a lot of member trial stuff because here’s what I find from that… for us, in most of our memberships, we really want people to pay close to full price because those are the people that are going to keep paying their membership month after month. A lot of times the dabblers will come in and pay the dollar, and then quit or they’ll pay the first month and then quit. So basically, our term becomes much higher. Kind of… with all of our businesses whether it’s Flipped Lifestyle or US history teachers or Elementary Librarian, any membership we’ve ever ran, the goal is to get them near the actual monthly price. So what we do is we focus more on the content, like what makes people want to come into my membership, that’s what I want to ask myself. So, I take history… I focus a lot on the different phases of US history, like World War II, Civil War… you know, people are teaching different things at different times. Someone searches on google for a Civil War lesson plan, they find my website. They sign in to get the opt-in, which is a Civil War opt-in, and then they’re marketed to with, “Hey! We’ve got another one. We’ve got a whole unit. Why don’t you join and get access to everything?” I’m more worried about where people are in a content perspective and get them into our membership that way than I am just for the price, same thing with our webinars in Flipped Lifestyle. We’ll do our webinars specifically targeted email marketing, we’ll teach you how to do that on the webinar and then say, “Hey! We’ve got a lot more about this in our thing.” They’re more likely to join not because of the price, it’s because they need help with that subject right at that time. That’s what we’ve had the most success with to keep our churn rate really low, we don’t want a lot of people quitting our membership. We wanna catch people more just in time, than just in the nick of price kind of deal.

Jessica:  Mmm-hmm.

Shane:  You know?

Jessica:  Yeah. I love that personally because our goal is to partner and empower people. So it’s hard to partner with somebody…

Shane:  Exactly.

Jessica:  if they’re just kinda trying it out and it’s hard to get traction with your finances and things if you’re not in partnership or committed to the process.

Shane:  It also pollutes your community with a lot of in and outs, which can really water things down and disrupt communication.

Jessica:  Yeah.

Jocelyn:  We have actually taken a lot of steps to stop those kinds of people from coming in and out.

Shane:  Yeah.

Jocelyn:  And I think that a lot of it is just using a type of language is going to discourage the wrong type of people from joining.

Jessica:  Mmm-hmm.

Jocelyn:  And we do that a lot. You know, we say, “This community is not right for you if…” and you know that’s fine with us. We also make our price point higher so that we discourage the dabblers from coming in. So, I think it just depends on what kind of business you have, but based on the type of business that I believe that you guys want to do…

Shane:  Right.

Jocelyn: which is actually making a long term difference in people’s lives, I think that you need to kinda concentrate on the same type of things.

Shane:  Someone taught me once that lowering your price point in any way is kind of an apology that your normal price is too high. So like when you say, “Hey! I’ve got this amazing premium service for $99 a month, try it now for a dollar!” Like you’re not going to walk in and be like, “Hey! That gold watch is a hundred dollars, could I put it on for a dollar and just go to the movies and show off?” It cheapens the value of it, it doesn’t make it valuable if you could just go rent it for a dollar for a day.

Jessica:  I have personally…  just in the service business I’ve had for 15 years, I found that when I tried to discount my services or give it away for whatever reason, I found that those clients don’t really value my service as much as they’ve actually paid for it.

Jocelyn:  Yes.

Jessica:  That is in line with what you’re saying. So…

Jocelyn:  Yes, we’ve found that time and time again. When we let people in for a lower price for whatever reason, they’re not as committed and they typically will cause more like customer service headaches too.

Shane:  Here’s the moral of the story basically on this, is we’re big believers in the tortoise and the hare, the turtle always wins, I’ve read it many times. If you wanna grow a real business, it is more important to catch people in their why than it is to target their budget. There’s no way to estimate what anyone’s budget might be to solve their problem. One person may not pay the hundred dollars, the next person may, but you know for sure that that problem exists. It’s up to them to decide on if they can afford it, if they’re willing to pay it, that’s what you can research.

Jessica:  Yeah… and I’m…

Shane:  So, don’t charge a dollar trial is what I’m saying.

Jessica:  Yeah, and I think that’s what’s been so great about this process working with you guys in this way, because you know the values that we hold in our business and the same values we hopefully hold for our partners and our clients, we can’t lessen that or cheapen that…

Shane:  No.

Jessica:  purpose or whatever just to market, and so a lot of times we tend to try to focus more on the money but also making sure we’re staying true to who you are is been really important. So, just growing and building it that way with you guys has been a big deal.

Shane:  I saw a quote just to wrap up this discussion, it said, “I may be able to solve your problem in a day or two, but it took me years or a lifetime to learn how to do it.”

Jessica:  Mmm-hmm.

Shane:  And that’s what you gotta think about when you’re doing pricing is just the true value of what you’re offering. You don’t ever want to race to the bottom. So, focus on…

Marilyn:  Yeah.

Shane: the why and not the how much, and then you might go a little slower that way but you’ll have less headaches, and over the long term you’ll be more stable.

Jessica:  Yeah. Absolutely.

Marilyn:  Thank you.

Jocelyn:  We appreciate you all coming on the show today. We are just big fans of yours and friends.

Shane:  Huge fans. Love you guys.

Jocelyn:  We appreciate what you guys do, you’ve helped us like immensely as we have been going through this whole online business thing together and we’re just really, really thankful for you guys.

Shane:  So, before we finish the show go ahead and tell everybody where they can find you guys online.

Jessica:  You can find us at www.thebottomline.accountant all spelled out.

Shane:  Awesome.

Jocelyn:  Yeah.

Shane:  I love your domain name ‘cause it’s like we’re dot accountants, that’s awesome! Alright, so everybody check them out if you’ve got an online business they’re a great help, but I’ve got one more thing before we close every show we like to challenge you to give us an action step that you’re gonna take in the next 24 to 48 hours.

Jocelyn:  Based on what we talked about.

Shane:  Based on what we talked about today, what are you going to do to move your business forward?

Jessica:  We are going to find our top blog post in our content, we’re gonna create some paid advertising and establish a spend budget to run ads to that with retargeting.

Shane:  Awesome. So, you’ve gotta go put that in the action forum now.

Jessica:  We do.

Shane:  And I’m giving you 48 hours when I check back in.

Jocelyn:  Alright guys, we appreciate…

Jessica:  Sounds good, thank you guys so much.

Jocelyn:  Thanks for being on today.

Marilyn:  It was a pleasure.

Shane:  What a great call from one of our Flip Your Life community members. We’d love to have you in our Flip Your Life community as well, if you’d like to become a member of the Flip Your Life community head over to flippedlifestyle.com/flipyourlife and we can help you with your online business too.

Jocelyn:  Alright. Next, we are going to move into the Can’t-Miss Moment segment of our show, and these are moments that we were able to experience that we might have missed if we were working at nine-to-five jobs still. Today’s Can’t-Miss Moment is heading out to a nearby waterfall after a long day of school and work. The kids got home and we decided it was a beautiful day, and we were going to head out to Cumberland Falls, and it’s not too far from where we live. So, we just loaded everybody up and we headed on out there, and just walked around and enjoyed the beauty of nature here in the Spring – early Summer.

Shane:  And we just took off right after we got the kids off the bus. It was about 2:30. I looked over at Jocelyn and said, “Man, I don’t wanna do anything else this afternoon. Let’s just grab the kids and go somewhere.” So, we drove down to the bus stop, put the kids in, turn down there and went on down to Cumberland Falls, and we got out and we hiked. We went down, we climbed up onto rocks and climbed trees, and got dirty and took some pictures of the falls. And there’s a little beach down at the bottom of the falls where the river kinda runs around the bend, so… we went out there and we like wrote our names in the sand, and the kids went in and touched the water, and got their toes and their feet wet. We just had a great time, two or three hours, got a lot of good exercise. And it was cool to just be able to shut it down at 3 o’clock, head out and enjoy some great family time during the week, and not having to defer that to the weekend. Before we sign off, we’d like to close every one of our shows with a verse from the bible. Today’s verse comes from Proverbs 4:25-27, “Look straight ahead and fix your eyes on what lies before you. Mark out a straight path for your feet. Stay on the path, don’t get sidetracked.”

Filed Under: Podcast

FL 95 – We help Keith turn one-off sales into consistent and predictable online income

June 14, 2016 by Shane Sams 1 Comment

http://traffic.libsyn.com/flippedlifestyle/FL095_Keith_Grabowski.mp3

Podcast: Play in new window | Download

Subscribe: iTunes | Android | RSS

JC416og-

FL 95 – We help Keith take his Sports Coaching Website to the next level.

At the Flipped Lifestyle, we host a podcast every week that features a member from our Flip Your Life online community, where we sit them down, go over the challenges they’re having with their online business and come up with a solution to take it to the next level.

In this episode, we have college football coach and self-published author, Keith Grabowski.

Known for his great offense and strategic trick plays, Keith has been sharing his 27 years of coaching expertise with the online community through his website: thecoachesedge.com. He has a lot of content, more than 10,000 twitter followers and bagged 4th best trick play in college football hosted by ESPN last year. Ideally, Keith wants to rely on his online business when he leaves the grind, so we lay out the strategies necessary to generate a stable, predictable and growing income.

We let Keith in on the advantages of using accessibility and convenience as his membership site’s greatest sales point. Targeting audiences with the highest interest level to build his email list and get his twitter followers transitioned into his community as well, getting his customers in the bandwagon first and then drawing the line.

 

Accessibility and Convenience will be one of the biggest selling points to your people

Click To Tweet

Segment your mailing list based on the kind people interested in specific parts of your content.

Click To Tweet

You will learn:

  • The importance of organizing your content.
  • Setting foundations and goals for the membership.
  • How to strategically place free content to guide the audience towards your paywall.
  • Compartmentalizing your audience to create a high success email list.
  • Targeting your existing core market through social media for better transition rates.

Links and resources mentioned in today’s show:

  • The Coach X O Show
  • Elementarylibrarian.com
  • Joedanielfootball.com
  • Ushistoryteachers.com
  • Teacherspayteacher.com

Enjoy the podcast; we hope it inspires you to explore what’s possible for your family!

Click here to leave us an iTunes review and subscribe to the show! We may read yours on the air!

 

Can’t Miss Moments

Each week Jocelyn and I share moments that we might have missed if we had not started our online business. We hope these moments inspire you to see the possibilities and freedom online business could provide for your family.

 

Photo Feb 07, 1 01 18 PM

Isaac and Anna at the Smokey’s Aquarium in Gatlinsburg, TN.

 

Photo Feb 07, 1 15 59 PM

The kids checking out this cool Magellanic Penguin!

 

Photo Feb 07, 12 29 45 PM

A scenic shot of the kids watching jellyfish.

Thank you for listening!

Thanks again for listening to the show! If you liked it, make sure you share it with your friends and family! Our goal is to help as many families as possible change their lives through online business. Help us by sharing the show!

If you have comments or questions, please be sure to leave them below in the comment section of this post. See y’all next week!

Can’t listen right now? Read the transcript below!

Jocelyn: Hey Y’all! On today’s podcast, we help Keith to take his sports coaching website to the next level.

 

Shane: Welcome to the Flipped Lifestyle Podcast, where life always comes before work. We’re your hosts, Shane and Jocelyn Sams. Join us each week as we teach you how to flip your lifestyle upside-down by selling stuff online. Are you ready for something different? Alright, let’s get started. What’s going on everybody? Welcome back to the Flipped Lifestyle Podcast it is great to be back with you again this week, for those of you who may be new to the show, the Flipped Lifestyle Podcast is a little different than other podcasts you may have listened to about online business. Each week we bring on a member of our flip your life community and we help them with the challenges that they’re having right now on their online business, and we help them figure out their next steps to grow a successful online business, and today we’re going to have a great guest on, a guy I’ve known for quite a while now. Our guest today on the Flipped Lifestyle Podcast is community member, Keith Grabowski. Keith, welcome to the show!

Keith: Well, thanks for having me.

Jocelyn: Yes, we’re so happy to have you here today, and you have talked to Shane before actually on a different podcast.

Shane: On “The Coach X O Show” back in the day, because Keith is a man after my own heart, he’s a coach of the pigskin.

Keith: That’s right.

Jocelyn: Yes, so you’ve been a member for quite a while as well and we’re happy to have you here today. Welcome! Let’s start out by telling all the listeners a little bit about you and your family, and what it is you do online.

Keith: Well, I’ve been coaching – I think it’s 27 years, and a while back I guess it’s 2012 I wrote a self-published a book on iBooks – iTunes’ iBooks Author; and you know it was the first coaching book out there that had video included in it, you know, it’s definitely taking root. I’ve done a couple of books on my own, I’ve been waiting for the coaching education market to pick up on it and no one did; and so basically I went out and signed some coaches on to produce materials with me and that’s kind of the way I’ve existed there. I still do some of my own writing. I have, you know, my own website but what I’ve realized is, like everything I do is very inconsistent in terms of the income-

Shane: Right.

Keith: -and, you know, what I’m trying to do and produce a consistent income. I am a college football coach and I enjoy doing that, but at some point, you know, I’d like to leave the grind and have something that I can rely on there.

Shane: For sure.

Keith: I know, you know, talking to a few guys – some community members, and other people who, you know, that I have everything set up here. To be able to do something really good, I’m just not focused the right way so that’s kind of what I’m looking to do.

Shane: Yes, sounds like – you know, I remember when you were doing the iBook thing when I was back doing coach checks and football coaching, and we have a close personal friend named Joe Daniel over at footballdefense.com – which i think is joedanielfootball.com now – and, you know, there are a lot of people that we interact with in our community that are doing sports related memberships, especially around coaching football, basketball, things like that. And I know you’ve got a ton of content, you’ve got a lot of things out there and as we’ve talked over the years I think that you kind of early adopted into some stuff, like you said – that didn’t catch on as much as you thought it would, and then you tried to go head-to-head with some of the big coaching publishing companies which is an uphill battle. So now the goal is to shift gears and say, “Wait a minute! I’ve got all this content, how can I turn this into a personal brand, get the coaches involved, you know, those thousand guys out there that want to be a part of my content, and how can we monetize that into a stable, predictable, growing income?” is that pretty much where we’re at right now?

Keith: That’s exactly it, yup.

Shane: Yeah, ok, alright. Well let’s jump in to your questions, Keith, I think we’ve got a good grasp on this. I’ve been looking forward to this call all week ’cause, you know, just talking balls is my thing; but I’ve been really looking forward to this and I think we can definitely help you get that next step going towards your goal. So, what’s your first question about your current iteration of your online business?

Keith: Well in looking at everything right now, I think my first question really is, what’s the setup here? I’ve been working on a membership site, you know, getting that together, but focusing that and turning what’s a lot of one-off sales into something that is a consistent, predictable income.

Shane: For sure. I know you’ve got a ton of content, so of course when people come to us and they have a lot of content, one of the first things we tell them is to do a membership site, because you know when you have so much stuff and it’s all kind of fragmented, and it’s spread apart one of the great advantages of a membership site is you can put it all in one place and sell one thing: access to the library. And that way it’s a lot easier to kind of wrap your head around, like what to do with your content, where to put it and how to sell it. You can just say, you know, “I have X amount of resources, I have X amount of things,” Jocelyn went through this when she was setting up elementarylibrarian.com, instead of selling all these one-off things she just put it all in one place.

Jocelyn: Yeah, I probably had about, oh gosh, I don’t know… I’d say like 40 to 50 products or something like that-

Shane: Oh my gosh, it was crazy!

Jocelyn: -and it was a little bit difficult, like starting out… because, you know, we had some people who have bought just one thing, some people who have bought a lot of things, and I guess the biggest problem or question that I had was, how am I going to transition these people from these one-off purchases to the membership? and I think, that’s sort of where you are right now, right?

Keith: That’s exactly it, yes.

Shane: I also think to – like, this is something that we’ve not touched on in memberships that can probably help a lot of people wrap their brain around it, it’s not just the content you’re selling, it’s the access to you, but it’s also making content more accessible to people. A lot of times people see, you know, all this content and at first they think this is great, but it’s kind of like walking into a library without a card catalog – you don’t know where to go to get the book you need.

Keith: Right.

Shane: So one of the great powers of a membership, and one of the great selling points is, “Hey! Look, I’ll tell you the answer you need, you come into the community, you ask me a question, and I’ll just take you by the hand and guide you to do exactly what you want.” You do that in a number of ways – the main way is organizing your forums, organizing your membership area, where it makes things really categorically accessible. Like, we don’t have 50 forums in Flipped Lifestyle; we have like an action plan forward forum, we have a general forum, a success story forum – a place where people can promote and share things, and then we have our training area; and then the training area is organized into big categories like sales funnels, webinars, email marketing, things like that. People can come in to the forum and say, “Hey! I can’t find this webinar training video, or I need help setting up my webinar slides, where is that?” Well then there’s someone actually in the forum that says, “Oh! That’s over here!” so that accessibility, and that convenience is probably going to be one of the biggest selling points to your people – is, “Hey! You’re interested in what I teach come here. What do you need? I’ll show you where that is.” So, basically that organization, and the categories, and things like that, is what you’re going to be selling inside your membership. That’s what I did in coaching. So, that’s what other sports guys I know do – is get all that stuff in one place and make it easy for people to get to it. Does that make sense?

Keith: Yeah it does, and that’s something actually Joe – he gave me, you know, the access to his membership site as a way to take a look at putting mine together, organizing it etcetera and obviously football kind of does have a certain-

Shane: Flow.

Keith: -way that it’s organized and how coaches think about it, so that part’s not difficult at all. And that’s, you know, it was just learning the technical side, setting those things up, and it’s just about done. It’s actually – what’s taking me the longest is uploading all my videos and content.

Shane: For sure.

Jocelyn: Yeah and you know, as far as like transitioning to the member area, that’s mostly just a communication thing and it’s gonna be a little bit of a transition for people who are used to buying one-off products from you, that you’re going to this new membership. Some people are gonna love it, they’re gonna be, “This is the greatest thing ever!” Other people are going to be like, “This is stupid I don’t wanna pay you every month.”

Shane: Right.

Jocelyn: And you know that’s okay.

Shane: That’s okay.

Jocelyn: So what you have to do basically is just set up a timeline, and what I did on elementarylibrarian is – I just said, “Okay, my current members, I’m going to allow them to continue to have access to the resources that they’ve purchased until this particular day.” I think it was like, september 30th and I made the decision to switch to a membership like, in May so-

Shane: Yeah, so she just warned them ahead of time and said, “Hey, if you’ve bought this before you’re welcome to download it, you’re welcome to keep it, but the door shuts on this day and the only way to get back to it, if you’ve not done that, is to join our membership.” and then just be really hard with those dates, be firm when you go forward and then what will happen is a lot of those people will come back and be like, “Well, I’ll go ahead and keep buying, paying the membership because I want access to that and all the other things.”

Jocelyn: -and you know anyone who have bought anything from me, whether it was a  $5 product or $500 product I let them in at my very best rates-

Shane: Right.

Jocelyn: -so I just basically did a launch, I said, “Look, I’m starting this membership. I know that you’ve purchased from me in the past, and because you’ve been such a good customer, I’m going to let you have access to basically my legacy rates.”-

Shane: For sure.

Jocelyn: -so if you’ve purchased something I’m giving you access to this very best rate, it will never be offered again in this month and you have until x date to say yes or no.

Shane: So basic, Keith – like, what you’re gonna do is because you have sold some digital products in the past, and then we’re gonna talk a little bit about your audience later in the show today because you’ve got a nice twitter following, you got a solid email list that we can start building on. You’re really gonna focus hard on all those people that have bought products from you, especially the ones that have bought more than one thing – like, repeat customers. We’re gonna kind of filter that sales funnel to be like, let’s get the repeat buyers in on a great rate, then let’s raise the price a little bit, and get the buyers in at a great rate. Let’s create some stable money in our first pass of our membership, even if it’s a much lower rate, just to get people in there and get the familiarity with it. Let them break your systems, you know, what I’m saying like, see where the wrinkles are-

Keith: Right.

Shane: -we’re gonna focus on them first and then expand out to the more casual people who follow you like, on your email list and then on to twitter and things like that, okay?

Keith: Right.

Shane: We’re trying to get it all in one place, we’re trying to keep it really organized, and then we’re gonna draw a line on the sand and say, “All or nothing. You’re either in or out, I’m trying to build a stable, growing, predictable online business, so this is going to be a membership going forward.”

Keith: You know, in terms of that – I guess one thing for clarification, does that mean I should be pulling my books off of iTunes or you know all the products, I guess, that I have out there – google play or iTunes –  should I be pulling those down eventually?

Shane: You know, we have actually developed some great strategies for using 3rd party marketplaces. We use 3rd party marketplaces like teacherspayteachers or Unomy or things like that for promotion, I don’t think that’s something you have to do right this second because it’s just gonna get in the way and it’s going to be one more task, you know?

Keith: Right.

Shane: But I think eventually what we will do is, once we get the foundation, the core offer ready and being sold, we need to take a 10,000 foot view and say let’s look at all this stuff out there. What strategically needs to be out there to be – to make us discoverable in these 3rd party markets, but with the ultimate goal to get people back to my membership because we’re not gonna make any money in the 3rd party markets that’s consistent.

Keith: Right.

Shane: We’ve got to get them back like, if you look up my US history teacher lesson plans on teacherspayteachers there’s a lot of the plans there, but they’re more expensive than on my website, and every page of every document has a strategic goal to get them to click back to ushistoryteachers.com because I eventually want them to discover me and then come buy my membership. So, that’ll be like phase 2 once we get the core offer off the ground and launched, okay?

Keith: Right, yup.

Shane: Alright, awesome.

Jocelyn: Alright, let’s jump in to your next question for us today.

Keith: In saying that in terms of the core offer and lead magnets and all the content I do have, you know, what do I do to start building that up obviously to draw people into the membership site?

Shane: Yeah-

Keith: What am I gonna put together?

Shane: I think sports really land themself to this well online, especially football, because football is such – it’s a very segmented brick-by-brick kind of thing, you know.

Keith: Yes.

Shane: So, like my strategy when I was doing the coaching stuff, was I wanted to give away like a playbook because then they understood the foundation of what I was trying to accomplish, but that doesn’t necessarily help you teach it to your players, it doesn’t necessarily help you know which play to use in what game situation.

Keith: Right.

Shane: So basically, I said, “Here’s what to do. This is the place, these are the things that you will need to do, but how do you teach it to your players? Oh, you buy my installation manual. How do you win games with these defense? well here’s a play calling guide or whatever.” So, your content is going to be very similar to that and you can say well this is the big thing on how to do it, what part of this can I give them to show them what to do. How can I put the seed in their mind, “Man! this is the path I need to take. What’s the next step? Join the membership.” So we’re gonna have to look at your content and say what are those first steps, what are the things that show people what to do, and then we can keep all the stuff on how to do it behind the paywall where the really valuable content is.

Keith: Well one of those things that I actually developed in setting up a lead magnet is, I put together a manual on trickplays and, you know, everything I do. I guess, I’ve become known for doing these interactive pieces and including video animation those kinds of things, so this has that type of stuff as well, and I guess what’s kinda neat is we bagged last year the #4 trickplay in college football on ESPN. So, you know, kinda built off what we did with that and then we worked a lot of trickplays and I think it’s a high interest thing-

Shane: For sure.

Keith: -but I don’t know if it’s gonna draw people in that’s like a lead magnet i think but-

Shane: for sure, so here’s…

Keith: -and you know, what’s the dovetail into my membership takes sake where i’m teaching strategies etcetera?

Shane: So here’s what you do in this situation, this is especially with anybody – any piece of content that gets a little press like that like, you know, your content might be breaking down the number 4 trickplay in the country last year in college football or whatever it is-

Keith: Yeah.

Shane: -so your piece of free content that’s out there it’s base is gonna be the video of that play you’re just gonna have a video, you’re not gonna have all your animations breaking it down and stuff like that, you’re just gonna have the highlight. Right?

Keith: Right.

Shane: Then the article is gonna say, well here’s how we ran this play. It’s not gonna have any animation again, it might have one diagram then you’re just gonna-

Keith: Right.

Shane: -describe what you did, okay. So the lead magnet there then is, “Hey, do you wanna see the entire breakdown of this video? everything else that we’ve got to do? all you have to do is drop your email in and I’m gonna send you this,” you know, and you just describe what it is – it’s you know, you drawing it up, things like that. Maybe you’ve got a 10 second sample that doesn’t show the whole thing but kinda teases it at the bottom of the post. So, now what happens is this becomes the start of a very specific sales funnel about people who are interested in trickplays, the emails that will follow up the delivery of that thing that one play is gonna be: “Hey! I’ve got this awesome section in my membership area, it’s all about trickplays, I detail over 20 trickplays that you can use to win more games next season, all you have to do is come here and join my membership,” and then you’ve pulled people in for the trickplays and when they get in there, they see everything else it’d be the same thing if you were doing offense, you would draw them in for offense and then they have everything else so-

Keith: Yeah.

Shane: -sales funnels exists parallel to each other but they all lead to the core offer, for us it’s stuff like, “Hey! We’ll teach you how to do a sales funnel… Oh! That’s in our membership area,” You get everything else we might have, another sales funnel set up on how to do email marketing. It’s just grabbing a different person who’s in our niche at a different time, but pulling them to that one same place into the core offer where they can get everything.

Keith: You know, one more follow up question on that… So, you know, the idea was trickplays because it’s a high interest thing; but there is a lot of the strategy behind it and how they fit into the particular offense that I’ve designed, and I guess, the strategy behind it too. I’m not just drawing somebody into a trickplay website.

Shane: and you’ll explain that in your marketing.

Keith: Yeah.

Shane: You’ll explain that later down the chain you don’t have to tell them everything at once.

Keith: So… it is okay to draw, you know, to use this to draw in, for example, my twitter followers?

Shane: For sure. Listen, if you bring in a hundred people to that funnel there might be 10 of them that care about the actual offense-

Keith: Right.

Shane: -that doesn’t matter ‘cause you may, eventually, later on those other hundred people may want to be there.

Keith: Yeah.

Shane: But, like, the goal is to get them on your list. Find the 10 now that will join, okay you can murder 10%, you got 10 people paying you $40 a month. That’s awesome! That’s 400 bucks. Let’s go get the next hundred people on the funnel-

Keith: Right.

Shane: -and then you’ll have multiple funnels that lead all to that same place.

Keith: Got it.

Jocelyn: Alright. Awesome! I think that you can really do well with all of the different content that you have here. So, hopefully that gives you some good ideas of how to be forward on that. Alright, what else can we help you with today?

Keith: Well I mentioned the 10,000 followers I have on twitter, and I do have – I’d say – kinda pretty good email list. I think it maybe needs to be refreshed, in terms of getting people’s interest and making sure – obviously – that they wanna be emailed on something like this. So, I think that goes back probably to the lead magnet, but conversion right now… converting 10,000 followers, most of who are highschool and youth football coaches, converting those guys to people who are gonna come to my membership site-

Jocelyn: Right. Yeah and when you do have a list like that, and you have a lot of different interest levels in it, it can be hard. It’s sort of like some of the list that we’ve had for various businesses, and you know, sometimes people will be on your list and they might not be your ideal customer. Sometimes they’ll be on your list and-

Shane: It’s an old email…

Jocelyn: -they’re not your targeted customer, but they still buy stuff from you, and that’s okay. So, what you have to do is you have to start like, getting your list warmed up and also try to segment them in some way. So, you need to start kinda communicating with them and not on a buy my stuff level, but more, “Hey! Here’s some value for you,” and one way you can sort of segment this list is to offer things that are only geared towards your target market.

Shane: Yeah.

Jocelyn: So, if your target market is shifting a little bit then you might say, “Hey, coach, here is some information on…”

Shane: Trickplays, whatever you do.

Jocelyn: Yeah and if someone is not interested in that, then probably they’re not gonna click it. So, you know that’s one way that you can do this.

Shane: Yeah, it’s very passive, I think. What you gotta do right before you warm the list up is see who is on it, and you can do this with a series of strategic emails like, you can say okay maybe there’s 5 different kinds of people on this list so I’m gonna send the email that will target person 1. See who clicks the link, see who opens it, I’m just gonna go ahead and tag them that I think they’re interested in that. Okay? So like, let’s say that this was like, I want these were all sports fans, so I might send an email that says, “Hey! Here’s a great thing about basketball.” I’d say that in the subject very clearly, very overtly. Right? Well, let’s say that 20% of the people opened that email, I’m gonna tag anyone that opens that email as the basketball segment; so then the next week I might send a thing that says, “Hey! Here’s a thing about baseball,” very clearly, very overtly. I’m gonna tag all those people, I’m gonna save them and do a segment about baseball. Continue on with soccer, with swimming, with running, whatever… So, basically, you take a few weeks and you learn about who’s actually on your list. You figure out who’s not opening any of the emails and you get them off. Right? You just go ahead and unsubscribe them, take them off the list because if they’re not opening emails, there’s no reason to pay for em. Right?

Keith: Right, right.

Shane: So, we’re gonna have about a 4 week period here of segmenting – like Jocelyn said – your list, and then follow that up with, okay now let’s warm these guys up. I’m gonna give them a free thing about basketball. I’m gonna give them a free thing about football, whatever… for you it would be stuff like, well, who are the offensive guys? Who are the defensive guys? Who wants trickplays? Whose special teams whatever and you’re kinda-

Jocelyn: Who’s completely unrelated to everything that I offer.

Shane: Yeah, who doesn’t even care anymore and they’re not even opening your email. Once we have the people who are not opening off, and once we get all those people segmented, now you can start stepping back Keith in saying, okay well 48% of the people on my list were offensive guys, I know that because I tested it. I’m gonna send them something free from my content archive, something great, something awesome; one of those great videos you’ve made or something like that. We’re gonna start warming them up again to realize this guy’s got some stuff that I want, so that when we turn around and say, “Now that you want more of it, it’s in the membership.” We know how to pitch it and then we’ll just create different paths. Those 48%, the guys that are offense… well, they get the offensive sales funnel, and I’m gonna segment them, and target them with a specific email autoresponder that’s designed to bring them into the fold. Those defensive guys, they’re gonna get something different that you offer, or whatever. The trickplay guys might get something different than the running down your throat guys, you know, so we’re gonna start looking at all these people and figuring out how we can get them on the right webinars, at the right time and convince them my membership is for them. Okay?

Keith: Got it. So, that’s how I would do the email list. How am I going to leverage my, you know, 10,000+ followers on twitter?

Shane: Alright. So, basically, what you got to do, you know… You have to remember a lot of people just like or follow something randomly on social media, you know what I mean?

Keith: Yes.

Shane: So, it’s kind of a different thing. I would suggest because you got so many followers: number one, I would automate posts that are sharing free content, like your blog and things like that. You’ve got to get a retargeting pixel on your website and try to bring those twitter people to your website as much as possible, so that you can catch them on the retargeting pixel to show them ads, and so you can start working on getting them converted over to your email list. You don’t wanna assume the twitter people are just rabid fans, they’re not; you gotta turn them into rabid fans.

Keith: Right.

Jocelyn: Well… and also when you do send them that free content they should go to a page on your website that has an advertisement like, your own advertisement for your own content.

Shane: Yup.

Jocelyn: So, that’s another way… and even if it’s just trying to get them on your email list, like it would be better if they were a twitter follower and they were on your email list. So, maybe instead of trying to convert them on a sale, you try to get them on your email list with some type of ad.

Shane: Our entire strategy with social media, which we don’t even really worry about our followers, we just buy ads. It’s faster, you know. Our only concern with social media is getting them to the free content. We don’t even try to get emails sometimes with our advertising, because we’ll just send them to a free piece of content, because if we can retarget them with a pixel and get them to opt in we already know that they’ve been to our site, and we already know we can show them ads later; so we just gotta make sure we know which of those 10,000 people just like your email list is actually going to come and be interested in your content. Maybe only 20% of them are ever gonna click through, but you’re gonna need some links out there that are going over and over and over again, trying to drive them back and then don’t even worry about the email just get them retargeted, so when you go into facebook to run an ad to your webinar or an ad to your, you know, product… you can say, “Well I know these people are interested. I’m not gonna waste money on my entire twitter list. I’m gonna focus on the people that clicked the link and landed on my site.” Then we’ll try to get them on your list and make them farther down the chain.

Keith: So from this strategic standpoint, obviously… Yeah. I understand. I’m gonna have to do some things there and learn a little bit or technically about those things, but with all of this… what kind of timeline do you think I’m looking at to be able to get something like this done? You know, assuming I have the time to put into it? We’re a couple of months away from the season starting.

Shane: Sure.

Keith: Am I still on a window here to be able to grab members and get this going-

Shane: For sure.

Keith: -before the season starts?

Jocelyn: Yeah. Definitely! I mean, you’re gonna have to start like, immediately… and you know-

Shane: Yeah.

Jocelyn: -I mean there’s no time to waste, but I think that you can definitely get this done. I mean, let’s plan on like getting everything set up in June, maybe trying to launch it like early July-

Shane: Yeah.

Jocelyn: -to your existing customers and then go to your full list like mid-July first of August type situation.

Shane: So, what’s basically have to figure out is… Number one, you’ve got your membership. Everything you’ve ever done doesn’t have to be in there, just get as much of it as you can or whatever. I think the most important here is to pick a linear path, pick railroad tracks, what is the path that you wanna start at to take people down – to get them into your membership? I don’t necessarily think it has to be this very niche trickplay thing, even though it’s kind of interesting. I think quality over quantity would be more important. I would look at your content, my guess is that the real meat of your membership is probably going to be this offense of yours.

Keith: Yes.

Shane: So, that’s… I would focus on the offensive coaches. I would send an email out as soon as we hang up right now, that sends them to some kind of free piece of content that says, “Hey, I’ve got this thing about my offense, come watch it – this one play,” and then see how many of those emails open and then I would focus all of my attention on converting 20 to 30 of those guys into a membership area by like August 1st

Keith: Okay.

Shane: Like, you’ve got to pick a path. I don’t care how much content you’ve got. You’ve got to decide to take them to one piece to get them to join, all that other stuff is gravy-

Keith: Right.

Shane: -but we’ve got to guide them to one thing or it’s not gonna work.

Jocelyn: and you can later splinter that out and offer different paths to get there, and that’s fine, but for right now, let’s concentrate on what’s going to apply to the most people on your list.

Shane: So, like, usually we ask people what to do next, but I’m gonna just tell you cause I know exactly what you should do. You like… you’ve got to segment that list, not for every segment, you need to know the people that will be interested in your offense – that’s the one core piece that you’re known for, you can guide people to and you need to email them and say,  “Who wants this thing?” and then be like “Something’s coming. Here’s a free thing, but something big is coming. P.S. Something big is coming about this offense.” You know, and let’s figure out who opens that email who clicks to the free content that’s the core group that we’re gonna target over the next 60 days or so to try to get this thing set up and moving. Okay?

Keith: Yup, got it.

Shane: Awesome.

Jocelyn: Alright. Keith, thanks for being here today. I hope that this was helpful for you and we can’t wait to help you out further in the forums.

Keith: I really appreciate it.

Shane: Alright guys, that wraps up another call for one of our Flip Your Life community members. If you’d like to become a member of our Flip Your Life community head over to flippedlifestyle.com/flipyourlife and we can help you with your online business as well.

Jocelyn: Alright, next we’re going to move into our Can’t-miss moment segment, and these are the things that we were able to experience recently that we might have missed if we were still working at a normal nine-to-five job.

Shane: Today’s Can’t-miss Moment is taking our kids to the aquarium of the smokey’s at Gatlinburg, Tennessee. We love taking our kids out to see the world and to see things that they might not get to do everyday, here in our little town in the mountains of Kentucky or even learn about at school, and the aquarium of the smokey’s is an awesome aquarium. Isaac was dying to go see some sharks. Ana wanted to pet the stingrays and the horseshoe crabs, and you know, we have been talking about it and watched a couple of videos on youtube about it, and it was just awesome to be able to take them down there and hang out with the fish for a day.

Jocelyn: Yeah, it was really fun. We got to ride on the little moving sidewalk, I guess you would call it and watch sharks, and that was really neat. I’ve never been to an aquarium. That was quite like, that one… it was a really good experience and it’s something that before we started online business, we probably would not have been able to afford to do.

Shane: The tickets were so expensive.

Jocelyn: Not as often anyway. So, now we’re able to do little things on the weekend and do more of those things because we just have more resources to be able to do that.

Shane: Before we sign off, we’d like to close every show with a verse from the bible. Today’s bible comes from Philippians 4:6 and the bible says “Do not be anxious about anything, but in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving present your request to God.” And we wanna point out on this episode – with this verse – you know, one thing we do do in our Flip Your Life community is we have prayer threads every week. So, if you need some prayer or you’d love for us to pray for you, let us know that… we would love to do that for you! Don’t be anxious, go to God and He will take care of anything that’s bothering you on that.

Filed Under: Podcast

FL 94 – We Help Careo Start Her Online Business

June 7, 2016 by Shane Sams Leave a Comment

http://traffic.libsyn.com/flippedlifestyle/FL094_Careo_Wells.mp3

Podcast: Play in new window | Download

Subscribe: iTunes | Android | RSS

FL 94 - We Help Careo Start Her Online Business

FL 94 – We Help Careo Start Her Online Business

This podcast is all about real people helping real people start their online businesses and today we have Careo who is a basketball coach is starting her own online business to help give youth basketball coaches resources that will make their jobs easier.

Starting out from the very beginning we go over some of Careo’s concerns with what kind of content to provide online and how to present it to novice and intermediate coaches. We discuss the importance of having a clear message to her target audience in understandable terms and whether or not to put disclaimers on adapted content she is selling.

We go over whether or not Careo should start a membership website rather than selling only one – off products. Creating predictable incomes doesn’t always mean a month to month subscription. Learn the tools in the beginning stages of your online business and as you keep moving forward you can adjust or evolve to what your audience is asking for.

The only thing online that will set you apart from others is YOU

Click To Tweet

You will learn

  • How to know what is your intellectual property.
  • It’s okay to not attract everyone to your content.
  • How to decide what content to give away and which content to sell.
  • Get started online and you can learn as you go.
  • Is a membership site right for your target audience.
Talk to me like I am a five year old when selling your content

Click To Tweet

Links and resources mentioned in today’s show

  • Flip Your Life Community

Enjoy the podcast; we hope it inspires you to explore what’s possible for your family!

Click here to leave us an iTunes review and subscribe to the show! We may read yours on the air!

Can’t Miss Moments

Each week Jocelyn and I share moments that we might have missed if we had not started our online business. We hope these moments inspire you to see the possibilities and freedom online business could provide for your family.

Going to the kid’s soccer games, we have both been able to take them to their practices and able to go to every single game.

Thank you for listening!

Thanks again for listening to the show! If you liked it, make sure you share it with your friends and family! Our goal is to help as many families as possible change their lives through online business. Help us by sharing the show!

If you have comments or questions, please be sure to leave them below in the comment section of this post. See y’all next week!

Can’t listen right now? Read the transcript below!

JOCELYN: Hey y’all! On today’s podcast, we help Careo start her online business.

Welcome to the Flipped Lifestyle Podcast, where life always comes before work. We’re your hosts, Shane and Jocelyn Sams. Join us, each week, as we teach you how to flip your lifestyle upside-down by selling stuff online. Are you ready for something different? All right, let’s get started.

SHANE: What’s going on everybody? Welcome back to the Flipped Lifestyle Podcast. It is great to be back with you again this week. For those of you who may be new to the show, the Flipped Lifestyle Podcast is probably different than the other online business podcasts that you listen to. Each week, we bring on a member of our Flip Your Life community and help them with the challenges that they are having in your online business. There’s no gurus or anybody promoting their latest book on the Flipped Lifestyle Podcast. It’s just real people helping real people start online business. We are really excited today to have our guest today show up for the show; it is Careo Wells, a Flip Your Life member. Careo, welcome to the show.

CAREO: Hey guys, thanks for having me.

SHANE: And I just want to stress here on how excited I am that I got your name right because when we did the pre-interview, I totally butchered it about five times.

JOCELYN: Yes, and we probably will mess it up.

SHANE: We are going to mess it up totally before this show is over.

CAREO: It’s quite all right.

JOCELYN: Well, we are excited that you are here today; thanks for joining us. Tell us a little bit about you, your family and what you are planning to do online.

CAREO: I am currently living in Atlanta, but I am originally from the Seattle area, and I get all the time, “Does it rain as much as everyone says it does?” No, we just tell that to keep people out of there. I mean, when it does rain, we kind of throw our webbed feet and we go on about our business when we are up there. If you have not been to that part of the country, it is absolutely stunning, especially during the summer months. It’s absolutely gorgeous, can’t beat it. About my family, I am just a single woman looking to have more free time. Currently, in my job, my time is not really my time, so I think with starting my website or my blog, Kiss Basketball, it will give me freedom to spend more time doing the things that I enjoy doing.

SHANE: And you mentioned there that you are going to start a website called Kiss Basketball; tell us a little bit about your online business and what you are going to do with that.

CAREO: With Kiss Basketball, what I really want to do is kind break down for youth to intermediate coaches, how they can teach their players the game. You see a lot of times that coaches get volunteered or they volunteer to coach their kid’s basketball team. They go online, they look at all these videos of coach k side anybody else’s site and they see – they have these big ideas and then they come in and try to teach their kids. You have to remember that these are fourth graders to sixth graders, so you have to break it all down and then kind of build up on getting to the bigger and better things.

SHANE: So basically Kiss Basketball is keep it simple basketball and you are trying to help youth coaches, intermediate coaches not get caught up. I have this problem when I was doing football websites. Everybody wants to run the offence for Bill Belichick and the Patriots in the NFL and you are trying to talk to a 12-year-old. That doesn’t work. So you want to provide an alternative basically?

CAREO: Yes, I want to do that, just kind of give them simple, basic things that will help make the game run a lot smoother for them, so that will help lessen their frustration when they are running the play. These coaches will give then like 25 plays and this is like, guys, you need to give the one or two, the basic behind those one or two and kind of go from there.

SHANE: So what we are talking here like not just playbooks, but just fundamentals and basically targeting the youth and intermediate market. Is this like the dad-mom coach or is this like a coach maybe that works at a middle school or something?

CAREO: I’m looking at both. What I have seen a lot here in Georgia is a lot of the middle schools, they tell the science teacher, the math teacher, hey you got to coach that basketball this season. They have never coached basketball in their life.

SHANE: Right, for sure, and then they are panicking basically.

CAREO: Yes, they are panicking.

SHANE: We actually have – our school district here, all the elementary schools have a league and it’s so funny you say that because that’s exactly what happens here. People are out there and they are like, I don’t even know how to dribble, or I don’t know what to do and they are just throwing the kids out there with a ball and trying to figure it out.

CAREO: Exactly.

SHANE: Well, there’s definitely a big market for this. I think this is fascinating because you are taking something you know about; there’s definitely a problem because people are getting too much information and they are not doing it right, and I think you got a great start here. I want to stress that we looked at your website and things like that and this is literally the beginning for you. You’ve right now got a free blog, just bought your domain, you are about to upgrade to the actually paid WordPress site, we’re literally at the beginning; right?

CAREO: Correct; day one.

JOCELYN: Awesome.

SHANE: Day one is a good place to start on the Flipped Lifestyle Podcast.

JOCELYN: This is really exciting; we are excited to help you get started. So let’s start out with your first question for us today.

CAREO: I’m trying to find the balance between what I have learnt from my current employer versus what I already knew coming into the current job that I have. Obviously, I don’t want to take away from you know, my boss’s ideas and techniques, but then on the flipped side, it’s kind of like I already knew a lot of that stuff from a player standpoint and now I’m learning it from a teaching standpoint. I hope that makes sense.

SHANE: For sure. You are a coach right now right? This is what you do for a living?

CAREO: Yes, I’m a coach right now.

SHANE: So what you are basically saying here is, as you go into this and you are going to create these things, how do you say this is my original idea or this is my content, my intellectual property compared to something you have picked up from someone else. This is a common problem that people who start the online business, especially people creating information products have is, what’s mine? You have to remember, there is really nothing new under the sun, especially in areas like sports coaching or education. Dribbling is dribbling, and the drills that are used for dribbling are dribbling drills. It’s just like football. The drills that I used for the quarterbacks, they were using them in the ’50s with Vince Lombardy. That is exactly what all of these things are. You don’t have to worry necessarily as much; if you are not copying someone’s trademarked copyrighted system or something like that, if it’s called ‘The Coach K Defense’ you can’t call it the ‘Coach W (for Wells) Defense’ or whatever. That is where you get into some problems when you start copying things, but knowledge is knowledge. In my history lesson plans, I teach that Abraham Lincoln was the 16th president; it doesn’t matter if a textbook company also teaches that it’s the 16th president. That’s just how they work. Does that make sense?

CAREO: Yes.

SHANE: So you can add some flair to it, you can add some information to it, but as long as you are not – I mean, ideas, plays things like that are so common amongst sports like this, it’s not like that person invented the game. So, I don’t think that I would actually worry too much about that as you roll forward.

JOCELYN: Yes, I agree. I think that there are some things that you may need to put some type of a disclaimer, like for instance, “Adapted from–” so-and-so’s playbook or whatever –

SHANE: Yes, something like that.

JOCELYN: – if you are borrowing some ideas and kind of making them your own, there’s really no problem with that. That is how the world has worked for ever.

SHANE: Yes, we do the same thing; a lot of times we’ll say, you know, went to a conference and so and so said this, but that might be something we incorporate into the way we teach things because we really believe it.

JOCELYN: And maybe we have changed some aspects of it, so we might say, we adapted this principle from what we learnt from this conference.

SHANE: And now we do it like this. Does that make sense?

CAREO: Okay, yes.

SHANE: So your property is your property, your ideas are your ideas, and also too remember, you are not just selling the idea, you are selling the delivery of it. People have lesson plans; we sell lesson plans, but we developed a one-year, single lesson plan every day of the year. That is our system, that is our spin on hey downloads and lesson plans. Does that make sense?

CAREO: Yes, okay – so I’m looking at something right now, I scribbled down a note real quick and you know in basketball, I don’t know Shane, did you play basketball?

SHANE: Not well.

JOCELYN: Hardly.

SHANE: There wasn’t enough contact in basketball. I need to run into things. That’s pretty much how I lived my life. So, football worked out better.

CAREO: Well, in basketball, ever since I was little, there was a concept called triple thread. In triple thread, you need to be in a position where you can dribble, pass or shoot since I was little. I came to my current employer, and we teach TNT stance which makes more sense, where you need to catch and square to the rim so that you can dribble or pass because lets be honest are you really going to shoot 84 feet away from the basket?

SHANE: Right, but that was adopted from something else that they learnt. So, like you can teach the same concept; everyone in America in football teaches heads-up tackling. That’s was invented by USA Football, but every tackling video in America, no matter who makes it teaches that concept, but then they say, “Here’s the drill that I have developed to teach this,” or “Here’s the little tweak that I made to make it even safer” and that is where you would go with this. That’s a big concept thing, it’s not really trademarked. That’s like lingo for what people in your space call it. It’s not necessarily like that is copyright protected or anything. Does that make sense?

CAREO: Yes. Another thing that I have been struggling with doing this website is should I hide my gender. I’ve run into an experience with my current employer, is there’s a couple of times people wanted to try the lesson but then after I arranged a lesson with them, they came back and said, “Oh no, we want it from a man. We would feel more comfortable getting a lesson from men.” I’m going to give you the same information as one of our male coaches. So I’m wondering, I think I have a lot of good information, should I be silent on my gender so the message doesn’t get lost?

JOCELYN: I’d say definitely no. I think that you need to bring your personality into this and I think this is going to be a different changing factor for you when people are looking at different systems to buy. Some people are going to be not liking that. Some people would be like well, this isn’t for men and I don’t want to do it, but there are other people that are going to be attracted to that. We heard this at somewhere we went to before, the best type of business or the best type of anything is something that is both magnetic and repellant. So, you are going to attract the people that are your people and you are going to repel the people who are not your people, and that’s a good thing.

SHANE: Yes, basically it’s like a magnet has two ends; one side drawn in and one side pushes. Every magnet has that, and that’s what you want to be online. We get messages sometimes where people are offended by us. They don’t like what we are doing, they don’t like the way we sound, they don’t like what we are doing, but they don’t matter to us, because that’s not our audience. They weren’t going to buy anything anyway. But the people that come into our community and come into our membership, they are there because they want what we have. In the end, no matter how unique you think your content is, anybody, everything you are going to teach is being taught somewhere else, it probably just has a different name or a different system, especially in sports.

CAREO: Right, okay.

SHANE: So, the only thing online that can ever set you apart in the marketplace is you, your gender, your personality, your face, your smile, the way you teach, the way you say things. We embrace our accents even though some people are like, “Y’all sound stupid.” We don’t care because if you don’t like the way we sound, that’s your fault because we probably could have helped you and you should have listened. So don’t worry about that as much; capitalize on it, think how you can really make it your brand, that you are a woman who can teach these things. Normally we would even say like niche down, maybe you could teach girls coaches how you can do that, but I don’t think that is what you need to do here. I just think you need to be you, present the best information possible the way you do it, and allow the people who are attracted to your personality come in, male or female. You’ll learn, overtime, exactly what kind of audience you are building and you’ll refine your message as you find your voice to talk to those people and find more of them. Does that make sense?

CAREO: Okay, yes.

JOCELYN: I think a lot of people think that you have to try to appeal to everyone. We say this all the time; if you are trying to appeal to everyone, you are really appealing to no one because your messaging is just all over the place. You really need to find just a really fine-tuned message, talk to the person that you want to attract and yes, you will attract some other people also, but you have to start somewhere, you have to get some type of cohesive messaging together before you go out there and start trying to market this.

SHANE: And the cool thing is, when you do do this, and we are going way down this rabbit hole, but it’s awesome discussion, the cool thing about this is, when you come into a business not being general, when you are trying to exclude people, when you are saying, “Hey, this is my gender, if you don’t like it, go away,” you create a filter where you prevent problems because you don’t have that and if people see it, then they are like, I don’t want this; the people who would have caused you problems or be like, you can’t do this because of – they don’t even buy anything in the first place, so you don’t have to deal with them, that’s awesome. Does that make sense?

CAREO: Okay.

SHANE: So I think you are totally cool, going with what you got. I think you got a great personality and you need to throw that into your brand.

CAREO: Well, I appreciate that; it’s hard to try to convey that through text and my sister is like, I read – I wrote this book a while ago and she’s like, “I can hear your voice as I’m reading this book” and she’s like, it’s awesome, and it’s hard to convey through text. So, my next question is, what should I give away and then what should people pay for?

SHANE: I think the basic question here is, you give away what to do, you sell how to do it. That’s one of Jocelyn’s favorite things. She says, “What are we doing, here is the list of what we are going to do. Oh by the way, you can pay to see how to do it.” So the same thing here is, what should you do? Well, you got a blog post that may say, “You can’t run 25 plays with your team. You need to run five basic plays that do this, this, this and this. Oh, by the way, for $29.99, here’s a playbook of those plays.” So you’ve told them what to do, you’ve told them why they should do it, but then you sell them how to do it; it can be drills, it can be playbooks, it can be anything like that.

JOCELYN: Is that sort of what you had in mind? What were you thinking that you were going to trying to sell first for instance?

CAREO: I was going to try and sell first the concept of getting your players become two-footed players. A lot of kids, when they go to shoot, they do this little bunny hop instead of stepping with their inside foot, the foot that is closest to the rim and doing a one-catch too into the shot. You have to be extremely athletic to jump off a two feet and go up off a two feet, taking your jump shot. So getting them to become a two-footed player where they can play on both sides of the rim.

SHANE: Let me jump in here; I’m going to teach you something that we learned over time as we were in our online business and this is a great lesson for anybody, especially people just starting out. Right now, like you said, I’m going to teach people how to be a two-footed player, that’s very lingo-driven. That’s very in-the-industry expert-enough driven. When you say something like that to the person who – like the science teacher that was thrown into the basketball coach, they have no clue what you are talking about. So, that’s not how you present free content. You present free content in the most caveman language ever. “Your kid can’t shoot, here’s why.”

JOCELYN: Yes, again, it depends on your audience; if you are going toward a more expert audience, then what you just said is perfect, but if you are going towards those beginners, then you are going to need to like – there’s a thing going around on Facebook right now, I’ve seen it in several Facebook groups that I’m in about online business, it says, “Talk to me like I’m five years old.” That is what you have to do.

SHANE: Yes, so when we are talking about what you are going to sell as opposed to what you are going to give away for free, you are going to give away the caveman, layman’s language of what you are trying to accomplish. A lot of times, what you should give away for free are like results-driven language like “Teach your kid how to dribble,” or “Show your team how to get the ball from one end of the court to another.” There’s all kinds of TPTs and whatever lingo you are using earlier to talk about how to do that –

JOCELYN: Pretty sure that isn’t what it was.

SHANE: I don’t even know what it was because once again, football, not basketball. That is how you differentiate between content you give away and content that you are selling. You are selling all of these things that you are going to have to educate your audience in. Giving away things like what do you want – what is the result that they want? Do they want their kid to hit a basket or run a play correctly?

JOCELYN: And then in your product, you can get into that more specific language once people say, “Yes, I want to know more.”

SHANE: Does that make sense?

CAREO: Okay.

SHANE: I would be willing to bet, I’ve actually helped a couple of our members who have looked into basketball coaching things, I’ve actually helped them do some keyword research. When we did the keyword research for that niche, people weren’t looking for how to – no one was going to search for “How to make my kid a two-footed player.” That’s probably very low search by the more expert coaches. The basketball coaches that you are talking about are looking for is “Basketball playbook” or “Basketball fundamental drills.” They are looking for the most basic level of stuff and that is what you should be giving away for free and you should be selling all this amazing knowledge you clearly have to help them what you want them to do. Does that make sense?

CAREO: Yes.

JOCELYN: That’s a lot of information.

CAREO: I know, I was just trying to write down as fast as I can.

SHANE: Well, don’t worry; this is being recorded.

JOCELYN: And you are in our community, so –

SHANE: We can help you work through that. We need to jump into the forums and what we need to look at especially now you are at the very beginning is, we need to really hammer this offer down and I’d like to talk about that a little bit because you probably have a question about membership versus products and things like that. We need to talk about the offer and figure out how we are going to make the content strategy to lead to that and then it will make a lot more sense on the back end of what to actually write and what to give away.

CAREO: I had another question, should I do a membership website with what I am doing? Do you have any thoughts on that?

SHANE: The only problem that I have with it, it’s the same problem that I had when I was selling youth football playbooks. When I got coaches in middle school or high school, it was easier to do membership or recurring type products with them because I think they were coaches a lot of times. They identified as the coach; I’m just wondering if this one is more course-driven because some of these people might be only coaching for a season, or maybe they are just jumping in when their kids play for a couple of years, and then when another coach takes over, they get out of it. I don’t know if people in this space, based on what I know about youth sports that I have been through are totally like “I’m in for 29 bucks a month for a year.” I’m wondering if they are more like “I need a 100-dollar package, I need to get in and learn this as fast as possible, the basics because I’m drowning and I need to learn it and get out.” What do you think Jocelyn?

JOCELYN: You know, it all goes back to what we say all the time: it depends on your market and what they want ultimately. I think that if you are going towards this youth market, there are a lot of parents and you know, just volunteers and things like that. They may be willing to pay for something like once, I don’t know for sure that they would be willing to pay for it over and over again, but again, that is something you would have to go to your audience with. I think for sure, you could probably do like a season type package for people, give them access to all of your content for a season. That could be something you could try instead of just the one-off product if you wanted to get more community into it, so you could work with them, sort of what we do in our Flip Your Life community; if you wanted to do something like that.

SHANE: I think another thing too, a lot of people get confused like, we use the word ‘membership’ a lot, but really it’s not just the subscription or the membership that we want people to do. We want people to create a predictable income. We are really not for people saying, “I’m just having a course and I’m just going to hope it just sells next month.” That is where people get in trouble online. Maybe they get a one hit wonder and then they run out of money. This is an industry where when you look at it, you can create a stable, recurring income because there’s always new people joining youth sports. There’s always that new science teacher every year that got thrown into this position. There’s always somebody picking up the whistle for the first time. So you can kind of predict that there is going to be a customer base that is kind of churning through this industry that you can target. So, it’s not like you have to have a membership to create predictable income, you could just be like, I am just going to target all these new coaches every year, there is always going to be somebody behind this product.

JOCELYN: I can even see something like a season pass and maybe like an off-season pass where you work on some off-season type skills. This is probably a very seasonal product I would imagine, but seasonal products can’t work online. I mean, sometimes people kind of shy away from that, but our education products, they are less seasonal now because we have gone to the membership model, but for a time, they were very seasonal.

SHANE: It worked.

JOCELYN: Yes, you just have to figure out how to make it work for you and what is going to work best for your customers.

SHANE: I also think too when you are first starting out, everybody is like, I’ve got to get the right idea first, I’ve got to hit the home run. Here’s what happens in online business: you get an idea, you draw the line in the sand and you start your online business right now. You start doing things and let it evolve; and I think that’s where most people fail is, maybe something doesn’t work right the first time, so instead of taking that next step and saying, “How can I shift this, how can I pivot, how can I evolve this into something that will work?” and learning from their mistakes, they just give up because they think that they failed. That is not how online business works. I failed for months and months before we actually hit something that worked.

JOCELYN: You heard it here first.

SHANE: But here’s what happened though; a lot of people – someone just asked in the forums the other night, “Jocelyn, I just can’t see how you did all these things in the beginning so fast.” That was easy; she watched me do it wrong for like four or five months. We talked about these things, we brainstormed, and I was like, “No, this is what I did and it didn’t work.” And she’s like, “Well then I just won’t do that, I’ll do this.” So all the things that you learn when you initially start out, the goal is to get the systems down, learn the tools that you are going to need to sell online, put some content out there, see how the market responds. If they don’t like it, you just pivot to something that they have asked for that they do like. So, get started and learn and you are going to be able to start getting more data and actually figure this out.

CAREO: So, I guess, the last question is, should I do an e-course? I already have a couple of ideas of what I wanted to do for an e-course, but, I’m asking you guys, should I do it or not?

JOCELYN: I’d say yes. I think this one sell to video really well.

SHANE: I would create something that is 30 minutes long, I would – forget the couple of ideas, I would pick one idea, get the video created, let’s get them on Udemy or something, let’s get it on your site, let’s figure out a way to take money and give it to somebody. Then let’s start writing a little content that leads people to that and work on the sales funnel, and let you start learning these how does WordPress work, how does a sales funnel work. We can get into the forums and look up our videos to see what your auto-responder needs to look like, how are you going to create a lead magnet for this product. I think something that is really doable would be good for you to just get it done. Then we can see if it works and either do more of that or do something different; but next time, you already know how to do everything, so it goes faster.

CAREO: Okay; right now, I already have something in terms of how to teach kids how to screen. I see again, coaches screaming at the kids to set a screen, set a screen well, the kids don’t know how to set a screen because you haven’t taught them, and then there’s different types of screens, there’s a pin-down screen, there is a flex screen, there’s a non-ball screen, there is a down-screen, there’s all these screens and you haven’t taught them how to do any of that.

SHANE: Yes, I would even go back even farther than that, like whatever you think is the thing you see that’s wrong, you need to go back one step. I would go back to how to get all five of your players to do down to one side of the court at the same time and get in the right place. Then, we’ll talk about all these screens. I’ll telling you right now, half your market probably don’t know what a screen is.

CAREO: Yes.

SHANE: So that’s where you got to look like, when we – we need to go start a thread, we can’t go into the whole product right here, but we can in the forums start a thread that says, “Here’s my three ideas for my first digital product” and then I’ll go in and we will look at each one of them, we’ll evaluate them together, we’ll do some keyword research to see what people are actually looking for, and we are going to pick the one product that we think, yes, there’s a few thousand people looking for this, we are going to make this over the next couple of weeks, we are going to get this for sale and we are going to get some eyeballs on it and see how they react. Then, they will tell us what we are going to make next. The goal is not the best product ever or the one that is going to solve everybody’s problem. It’s a finished product in front of your avatar that you can actually sell and learn how to do all of the things like the auto-responder, create sales copy, create a sales page, and get all that under your belt and then you grow from there.

JOCELYN: All right, Careo, this has been a lot of information.

SHANE: Oh yes, this is a good one.

JOCELYN: We always end all of these podcasts by asking our guest, what is the one thing that you are going to take action on based on what we talked about in the next 24-48 hours?

CAREO: I am going to start a thread in the Flipped Lifestyle community about using my ideas, which one should I start running with right now.

SHANE: That is perfect. Rewind this one and listen again because you are going to catch a few nuggets. We answered like five or six questions and it was just some awesome discussion on a great topic of getting started on your online business. So, Careo, once again, thank you so much for being on the show.

CAREO: Thanks guys for having me.

SHANE: What a great call with one of our Flip Your Life community members. We love to have you in our Flip Your Life community as well. If you’d like to become a member of the Flip Your Life community, head over to flippedlifestyle.com/flipyourlife and we can help you with your online business too.

JOCELYN: Next we are going to move into the Can’t-Miss Moments segment of our show. These are moments that we were able to experience that we might have missed if we were working at nine-to-five jobs still. This week’s can’t-miss moment is going to the kids’ soccer games. Both of our kids wanted to play soccer this year. This is our first ever team sports, I guess, unless you count the dance team. This is the first ever sport that they have done and it was really good because we have both been able to take them places. Not only are we able to go to their games, we are also available in the evenings when they need to go to practice because having a boy and girl, they do very different things. Sometimes one person has to be in one place and another person has to be in another place. I always say for those of you guys who have like three, four or more kids, I don’t know how you do it because we have a hard time getting two kids places.

SHANE: And it was really cool going to the soccer games because we got to go to every single game. Like Jocelyn said, sometimes Ana is over on one field and Isaac is over on the other because they are in different teams because of their age groupings, we can kind of divide and conquer and do that, and it’s really neat being – a lot of times, we are the only couple that are there. You might have a mom or a dad, and sometimes even the grandparents have to bring their kids to the soccer games because the parents were still at work or something like that and it’s just really thankful that because of our online business, we had the flexibility and the freedom to be at everything they do and be able to control our schedule enough to where we can choose, like Jocelyn said, make it easier for us to get them where they need to go. I think, one day, Ana had gymnastics, then ballet, then soccer, and then in the same day, Isaac went with me somewhere, had to swim and then had to go to soccer. So, it was cool to be able to both just say, let’s just divide and conquer and get it done and our online business and the flexibility it has, makes that possible. Before we go today guys, we want to share a Bible verse with you. Jocelyn and I draw a lot of our inspiration and motivation from the Bible and we want to pass that along. Today’s bible verse is one of my favorites. It comes from Ecclesiastes 11:4 and the Bible says, “He who observes the wind and waits for all conditions to be favorable will not sow and he who regards the clouds will not reap.” Now what this Bible verse is saying guys, it’s a very fancy way to say, it ain’t got to be perfect. You can’t wait around for your online business for all conditions to be favorable. You can’t wait for the right opportunities for the clouds and the wind to blow by the perfect chance. You just have to take action. So, go out there and sow the seeds and get ready to reap the harvest. That’s all the time we have for this week; as always guys, thanks for listening to the Flip Lifestyle Podcast and until next time, get out there, take action do whatever it takes to flip your life. We’ll see you then.

JOCELYN: Bye!

Filed Under: Podcast

FL 93 – We Celebrate Jeanette’s Successful Membership Site

May 31, 2016 by Shane Sams Leave a Comment

http://traffic.libsyn.com/flippedlifestyle/FL093_Jeanette_Stein.mp3

Podcast: Play in new window | Download

Subscribe: iTunes | Android | RSS

FL 93 - We Celebrate Jeanette’s Successful Membership Site

FL 93 – We Celebrate Jeanette’s Successful Membership Site

This week we are celebrating Jeanette Stein’s success story! She had been in the online world for 4-5 years selling one-off products along with a one-time course never being able to make more than a couple dollars a month she joined the Flip Your Life Community in June of 2015 in the hopes of being able to stay at home with 4 of her 6 children.

Jeanette learned to have ONE direct focus online after joining the Flip Your Life Community and within 4 weeks of starting a membership website she had 55 members and as the membership site continued to grow decided shortly after that to quit her full-time job.

We discuss why she decided to attend the Live Event in Tampa Bay, FL last October with other Flip Your Life Community Members and how it was extremely helpful for her even though she had only been in the community for a few months.

Jeanette shares with us the top three things she did to keep her membership site moving forward and how her life has changed on a daily basis after leaving her full-time teaching job. The transition it took from working 40+ hours to being grateful for the daily moments she wouldn’t be able to get with her kids if she was still teaching out of the home.

Celebrate Every Win. Little wins add up to big wins. Big wins add up to a great life!

Click To Tweet

You will learn

  • Importance of taking action.
  • Learn ways to be more successful online.
  • Why having other like minded people around you is important.
  • How staying focused will help grow your online business.
  • Do at least ONE thing every day to keep your business moving forward.

Links and resources mentioned in today’s show

  • Podcast 55 with Jeanette
  • Flip Your Life Community
  • Jeanette’s Website

Enjoy the podcast; we hope it inspires you to explore what’s possible for your family!

Click here to leave us an iTunes review and subscribe to the show! We may read yours on the air!

Can’t Miss Moments

Each week Jocelyn and I share moments that we might have missed if we had not started our online business. We hope these moments inspire you to see the possibilities and freedom online business could provide for your family.

Being able to walk down to the bus stop at 3pm when Isaac gets home from school whether it’s a good day or bad day being able to greet him when he gets off the bus makes it worth it.

Thank you for listening!

Thanks again for listening to the show! If you liked it, make sure you share it with your friends and family! Our goal is to help as many families as possible change their lives through online business. Help us by sharing the show!

If you have comments or questions, please be sure to leave them below in the comment section of this post. See y’all next week!

Can’t listen right now? Read the transcript below!

JOCELYN: Hey ya’ll! On today’s podcast, we celebrate Jeanette’s successful membership site and talk about how she quit her job.

SHANE: Welcome to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast where life always comes before work. We’re your hosts, Shane and Jocelyn Sams. Join us each week as we teach you how to flip your lifestyle upside-down by selling stuff online. Are you ready for something different? All right, let’s get started.

SHANE: What’s going on everybody? Welcome back to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast. Great to be back with you again this week and super excited because this week we are celebrating a success story from our Flip Your Life community. We have a member on today who successfully launched her membership site, got a ton of members and was able to quit her full-time job. We are welcoming back today from episode 55 Jeanette Stein. Jeanette welcome back to the show.

JEANETTE: Thank you so much. I am so excited to be here. What a fun podcast.

SHANE: I know right.

JOCELYN: This is my favorite kind of podcast for sure. I just love the success stories. I love bringing people back on and talking about where they have gone since the last time we talked to them so we are super excited to talk to you today.

JEANETTE: Thank you. I’m very excited. It’s always fun to talk about the fun stuff.

JOCELYN: Of course yes. Let’s start out by just reminding everyone about your background and where you were sort of then.

JEANETTE: Sure. I have a website that I have created about five years ago now. It’s about four years ago the last time that supplied lesson plans and helped for alternative teachers and I wasn’t getting very far before I joined the community last June. I also have six children, four still at home and so they are with me.

SHANE: That always blow my mind when you say that. I didn’t mean to interrupt you but every time you say that I am like, oh my god I have no excuse not to do anything every day.

JEANETTE: Well, that make sense but also totally motivated me because I wanted the freedom and you know like last night my little guy, my youngest got sick and it was no big deal. You know what so how about we just sleep in and we snuggled and I didn’t have to worry about calling in and write lesson plans. But, last year this time it would have been really hard. So I was teaching full time up ‘til last June and I really wanted to break free of that and be able to be around more for my kiddos. This has been fabulous.

SHANE: So before you started with, I know you discovered us around June and you joined the Flip Your Life community, you said you have been online for a long time what did it look like before that? You have been doing the blog for a long time trying to sell some things, were you making any money or were you selling one off products? Just remind the listeners what you were doing before Flip Your Life.

JEANETTE: Yes sure. I was selling one off products. I was mostly—I didn’t have any sort of pay on my site so I was using teachers pay teachers and then I have one course that I had put out there and I had made a little bit of money from that but it was just a one-time thing.

SHANE: What happened then like after? What was the biggest difference then after? You have been in it for a long time. We hear a lot of people come and in and they were like I have got this product, I have been doing this forever, there is probably a lot of people listening like they can really relate to that. You know you are doing what the experts say to do. You are writing these blogposts. You are selling something. What was the big change do you think like after you joined the community? What did you do differently that allowed you to create an income that you can quit your job with?

JEANETTE: Oh it was so easy. It was direct focus. Focusing in one direction. So that was the biggest change because I was reading about Twitter followers and Facebook likes and how to do this and I’d be swayed by I should work over here or I should do this. I was just so directed in so many places that nothing got done. So once I put on started using the action forums that changed everything and kind of cracks people up because I have got this huge thread of what I am doing every day. I want to print it off like with my book, my action plan. But, it keep me focus. It keeps me so focused and if I get off track, you and Jocelyn are always in there cheering me on and you both are just like this is the way got to go and this is what you should expect and keep moving. So if something didn’t work out exactly right, it’s not like I feel it is just a waste of time, it probably just needed a response tweak. But, by myself I didn’t know that. And so I would just be going and I will just completely switch directions and just lose all the momentum. So now, all the momentum is going in one direction and it is just fabulous.

JOCELYN: I usually don’t like a super long thread in a forum but I actually really like yours.

SHANE: Yours is hilarious. It’s awesome. It’s like a year of madness like it was–

JOCELYN: It’s such an awesome journey. The other day I was commenting on it and I went back through some of the older posts and I am like wow, she is really come a long way, this is awesome. It’s really inspiring.

SHANE: We can definitely point back in our journey as well and know that the biggest thing that probably made us successful was we would go and be with other people, they would help us determine that direction and we would just like you said we would get on the railroad tracks and go straight at full speed ahead because if you don’t do that, you can do a lot of things bad, or you can do one thing really, really good so it’s really important to have that direction and motivation. What was the direction though? You said you really latched in to something and you focused on it and you went forward and you just built your business around that, what allowed you to have that fan of success? What was the thing that you did grab on to and focused on attacking after joining the community?

JEANETTE: When I joined the community, I kept thinking, I am going to create this, I’m going to create this, I am going to sell this and then within like a week, you and Jocelyn pretty much just set me straight and said no, put it all in one spot that’s good, membership and let’s get everybody paying you monthly so you have a recurrent income and let’s move this forward. So within four weeks I had almost 50 member and the thing was rocking and rolling and so it was just overwhelming. It was so wonderful. So that is kind of where we were at the first time I get in the podcast.

JOCELYN: The first time we talked to you, you had about 55 members which to do that to create that membership site in four weeks and have 55 members I mean I can think of probably thousands of people out there who are listening to this that are like whoa.

SHANE: How did she do that?

JOCELYN: That is amazing.

SHANE: I will tell you exactly how she did it because she is an action taker. It was like the energizer bunny rolled up in the Flip Your Life community and just everything we said to you, you were like I did that. I am like, I thought that was going to take a week and you were like no I just stayed up all night. I got it about 4 AM, I knocked it out. I crushed it so what’s next. That was awesome.

JEANETTE: Yeah, I mean you can get up at 4 Am, three hours before any of your children move that is the best way to work.

SHANE: That is the best time?

JEANETTE: If you are trying to do this with a plethora of children. That I the best way to do it. Because by the end of the day your brain tried. I could get five times more done between four and seven that I can ever do in the evening. But that was huge for me and then just being able to take that momentum and go with it. It felt like once things started slowing down then the next big push came because we were headed to Tampa. The timing of all of these things been perfect for myself.

SHANE: What Jeanette is talking about is, Jeanette joined the community around June and we had a live event in Tampa in October. So had you quit your job before that? Before you came to Tampa?

JEANETTE: Yes.

SHANE: So let’s back up before we get to Tampa. This is fascinating. I remember you sending us messages going hey so how did you guys quit your job and I am like what?! What is she doing? We had a big discussion about it and I didn’t know if you are going to do it and I didn’t know if you are going to do it or not because you are kind of like on the fence.

JOCELYN: We never really gave an opinion yes or no. we just talked about our experiences.

SHANE: No because we didn’t know all the circumstances. What made you draw the line in the sand and quit your job? What made you think to do that? Because it was still a little early in your journey. You had a membership but it wasn’t total like thousands and thousands and thousands of dollars, what made you make that call to just go for it?

JEANETTE: Well the first time I did the podcast that was in the middle of July, by the end of July, I was I think less than 80 dollars, less than 10,000 in that July for my launch. In Michigan cost of living is not the same as a lot of the country, I think ours is pretty similar in Kentucky and Michigan, like I am not in the city. Our cost of living is pretty low and it was growing and it was growing quickly and then I did almost the same in August. So it was really overwhelming to just go from making I think $1.70 from teachers pay teachers to doubling my salary. My husband and I kind of thought, we got to take a hit and you may not make as much as you did last year but for the kids and for our sanity we got to do it. We kept sitting on the fence though for a while and then all summer just like, you just have to jump sometimes. You just have to have faith. You know we are Christians, we have faith and we prayed on it and jumped. We have landed on our feet, we are okay. We have been able to match our income this year. I think that’s a pretty darn good first year.

JOCELYN: For sure. That’s why I really love working with you so much though it’s because you actually remind me a lot of us because we did a lot of the same things. People looked at us and basically said we were crazy for wanting to do this but like when we decided to go all in, we went all in and like we were going to make it work but there were no two ways about it, like it was going to work.

SHANE: I can remember like talking about the thread where you were talking about quitting your job, we don’t ever tell anyone to quit because we don’t know all the As, you know A plus B equals C. but, I can remember I laid their cons and their pros and the risks and the rewards, I can remember like talking about how if you have done this with your part-time income, what can you do with your full-time if you are doing this all the time? Sometimes there is a time where you just got to say I got to edge, I got to jump and see what happens. It’s ever going to be as bad as you think like it’s scary but you can always go back. You can always do something else. It was amazing watching you to take that leap of faith and saying three months ago, I made a $1.70 on my online business but now I’m not so I am going to try to push this to the next level.

JEANETTE: It has been a fantastic ride. I loved every minute.

SHANE: Let’s go on to jump up to the live event in Tampa because that’s where to me like—well I can say you’re the energizer bunny. You’re always going. You’re always taking action, it’s just incredible to watch. You just inspire us but like what was the thing about the live event in Tampa that was like the next gasoline in the fire. We’ve got the spark, we’ve got the fire, what took you to the next level?

JOCELYN: What made you decide to do the live event? Because I know at that time, you just quit your job. It might have been a little questionable, because it’s not cheap to go to live events. But, what pushed you over the edge and made you decide to do that?

JEANETTE: There are a couple of things there, first you announced it at the end of July or early August. Because it was right around my husband and I ten-year anniversary so we were travelling when you announced I and he said you got to go. These people have helped you grow your business. He basically would ask me everyday what did Shane and Jocelyn tell you to do today.

SHANE: That’s hilarious.

JEANETTE: It is. He said you got to go. At the point we hadn’t really decided I was quitting yet. We were thinking about it and praying about it but it wasn’t decided. He said, either way even if you have to use all your personal days or call in sick or whatever you got to go. The other thing I wanted to be surrounded. I wanted to be in that environment. I wanted to be able to hug you and say thank you. All those things are super important to me. But just being around everybody. It helped me more than even thought. I remember calling my husband at lunch and I had a little cold and he was worried that I wouldn’t—I said my money has already bene made up. I think that was the last one to go or the second to the last to go during the mastermind that day. I am like this money has already been made.

SHANE: Because you are already so much from everybody else too.

JEANETTE: Just to be able to hang out and talk business with people who understand the fear and successes and celebrate with you, it’s just amazing. It was the perfect timing because all the summer sales for teachers are kind of slowing down and things are slowing down a little bit. I was getting a little bit of panic. At least I got this but I am human.

SHANE: The entrepreneurial keep we experience about three times a week.

JEANETTE: Yes I was really in that a little bit in October and so the timing was just perfect and so I came back and I was just on fire and it took off after that.

SHANE: That’s when you came back and took action on everything we talked about. I think you gave yourself a bulleted list, here is the other 19 people stains, I’m going to do those too and I’m going to do the thing they told me so by January you are just ready to just rock out the back to school after Christmas break and stuff.

JEANETTE: January was phenomenal too for me.

SHANE: that’s just an amazing story. I love live events because we do them for the same reason. Like we go to live events because number one, you have some pressure when you show up at a live event. Because you don’t want to be the one there that is like I have not done anything in six weeks and I am just floating here. You take massive action before the live event to get to a point where you can ask a question or figure out what to do next. But then, if you come out of a live event it really is like skydiving. That what it feels like, the high, the excitement, the energy that you have. I remember, we went to one in Asia and we literally sat on an airplane for 12 straight hours–

JOCELYN: Because there was no internet.

SHANE: Because there was no internet and we had a notebook and pencil and we just wrote plans, the whole 12 hours because we are so fired up and I’m sure you probably felt the same way because you are from Michigan. I mean you flew all the way to Tampa.

JOCELYN: You actually hit everything at a really good time. You’re talking about timing because on that plane ride home, we decided to change all of our businesses to memberships and that was like in May of ’15.

SHANE: If we had not went to our own hot level live event you wouldn’t have gotten what you’ve got at that hot level live. So it’s all worked full circle. That’s awesome.

JEANETTE: Yeah I’m very grateful. Thank you for going to Asia.

SHANE: So what are the most important steps that you think? That’s what people love. Success stories are awesome but people want their success story. They want their journey to end up like yours, like ours, like other people’s what do you think maybe three of the most important tips you have you can just throw out there? Things you did, steps along the way that can help people who are out there hustling and trying to make this work be more successful like online.

JEANETTE: Yeah I think definitely find a community, like your community. If I am not around, I’ve had people email me. You know email me, like Jen you haven’t been posting. Your Going for the Profit thing has been dead for a little bit—get on there. You know and call me out. I have had two or three different people do that which I love, I mean thank you. You need a community. You need to be around people you can celebrate with. I love your success forums, you need to celebrate and I would tell everybody no matter what community you’re in or you have or you find, celebrate your wins, especially when you are firs starting because you need the small wins to build up.

SHANE: The thing that gets me in that forum too is like I might not have a win. I have days where I am like man, nothing is going right but I go in there, I am like I see those other people having wins and I am like okay back on track. This is just a bad day and I know tomorrow is going to be my day to post in the forums and inspire somebody else. Awesome. So community. What would be another tip that you can give people of what to do?

JEANETTE: Consistent focus. I keep a list of what I am working on and I don’t go to the next thing to the top when it’s done because I find my split focus just keeps me from getting anywhere. I put the bullet sin my forum in the membership every day, every couple of days from top to the bottom. I don’t deviate from that because you have to have focus and you have time to concentrate on one thing at a time and have that success.

SHANE: That’s a big problem. Some people listen so many podcasts and so many things and so many webinars. It’s easy to get overwhelmed.

JEANETTE: I have stopped doing it because it is just too much. I mean they have all great ideas—a lot of them anyway since they are all are but there is a lot of great things you can do to grow your business but if you are doing them all you are not going anywhere. You’re just going in circles. So the focus is really then huge. Just one thing at a time.

SHANE: What would be the third thing that you think you did Jeanette? Just one more tip. Just something actionable that anyone can do to kind of move their business forward like on a daily basis.

JEANETTE: I did something every single day. So even if I sick, no matter what, I did something for my business every single day. I made a plan ahead of time and then on top of that I make sure I had fun every day. So it’s easy to get all work. I think when you’re all work, you’re not as productive. You need that down time because your brain will figure it out in that downtime so go for a walk, have fun with your kids, go to the park. Enjoy life and the moments too because that to me—actually when I started dipping a little bit, I always find myself just wanting to it in the computer all the time and work all the time. Well, I wasn’t as productive, I wasn’t happy, my kids weren’t happy. So I had to really learn that one in a hard way but enjoying life makes you—then when you do sit down, you have got two hours to get it done, you get it done in two hours, or you get it done in six hours.

SHANE: That’s why we always put the moments in our calendar first even when we were building our business, we made that non-negotiable time because if you work so much even in the beginning, when everybody is telling you to hustle and run and work 90 hours, if you do that you’re going to forget why you’re doing it. If you forget why you’re going to fail, so you can’t do that.

JEANETTE: If I can go back, I would tell anybody to do that, especially, lie everybody thinks, as soon as I quit I’m going to be so happy and I remember going to Tampa and you’re like how are you doing, are you adjusting? I am like, my head is spinning, no not yet. You are so used to work in that 40, 50, 60 hours a week that you almost feel guilty if you’re not sitting in front of the computer from that and I had to really break away and be really purposeful with that but then I was so much more productive.

SHANE: I remember sending you as message one time, I think it was right after Tampa. I remember telling you like, I don’t want to see you for three days. I remember saying something like, quit, stop, you’ve done great, go out of town, I’ll see you on Monday because you are just like, what’s next, what’s next seven days a week, and I am like you quit your job, there is a reason. Do you know what I mean? Start taking over your life.

JEANETTE: Yes, I am much better now and I don’t think I am less productive. I think I get just as much done in half the time and it’s wonderful.

JOCELYN: We always—we are getting close to our time being up here. Before we do that in like as we wind down a little bit, we want to talk to you about some of your can’t-miss-moments, like what are your favorite ones the last–?

SHANE: What is life like now? You don’t hear a lot of people say. Everybody is trying to say beach in Bali and all that stuff, but what is real life look like on the other side of quitting the 9 to 5 for you?

JEANETTE: It means that doctor’s appointments aren’t every evening and I am making dinner and we are healthier. It means that when my cousin has a wedding and my daughter is chosen to be the flower girl, I can leave on Thursday or Wednesday night even. I think I text you actually that day and said I am out of here.

SHANE: You did, I remember that. It was awesome.

JEANETTE: It was so fun just to spoil my daughter and we went out for pedicures. Before it would have been such a hassle to leave work and sub plans and I would have been worried. There was none of that going on. It was fabulous. We went and got pedicures. My daughter’s eight. You know she is at that fun age where I am just try and soak her all up. We went and got a hotel for a couple of days and just really enjoyed that time without any of the stress. So it was just fabulous. But that is just the biggest thing, I love being able to take off. I spent some time with my mom last week for Mother’s Day and took off on a Thursday and came back Friday. No big deal, took her out to dinner. We did the whole shopping thing. It’s the freedom. I am not locked in, I am not ripping my kids out of bed at 6:30 or 6:00 to be at daycare by 6:30. They sleep until 7:45 and then I get them up. That means we have quality time as a family in the evenings because they are not exhausted. And they are not as sick because they are not as exhausted.

SHANE: What do your kids thin know that mom’s at home and got her business? Are they commenting on that any? Have they noticed that? I know Isaac and Anna do, you know what I mean?

JEANETTE: Oh yeah they totally noticed. My 15-year old, loves to call me from school, “Mom, I forgot my flute today. Can you please–?”

SHANE: And you can take it if you have to, right?

JEANETTE: Yes, she knows has bent in first hour so she forgets it and she is out of luck and she gets a natural consequences and maybe I do enable them a little bit but I have not ever been able to do that for my children. So just to be able to do those little things for my kiddos even though when they are sick they call, even my 18-year old called not too long ago. “I’m not feeling well, can you can come and get me?” Absolutely. Where from school, that would have been such a hassle. My eight-year old think I stay home just so they can ride the bus in the morning. Remember when you had to go to work and we had to take the milestones bus but now you’re home so that—that’s what she said to me just this morning so that we can ride the bus in the morning.

SHANE: You’re there when they get home too. That’s amazing. That’s my favorite thing on earth is walking down to the bus stop at three. Like that’s just. Isaac gets so happy. Anna Jo gets out a little bit earlier from preschool but Isaac gets off the bus and he is just, I see him in the window, looking out as he is driving up to the bus stop and he just gets his big smile and I was like you know what, good day, bad day, I don’t care. This is totally worth it.

JEANETTE: It’s all good now. Conner gets off the bus and same age as—I think they will have so much fun.

SHANE: That’s awesome. We are going out to Michigan and let them play. That is just going to happen. Live event in Michigan and after party at Jeanette’s backyard. That’s’ what we are going to do.

JEANETTE: The farm, you got barn and the trampoline. The guitar.

SHANE: There you go, that’s all we need. Well listen we are totally proud of you so much. We are out of time. We got to wrap this up. I wish we can talk for hours but it’s just amazing. You are the example that we point to. We don’t like to point to ourselves, we don’t want to do that. it’s easy for people who teach online business to do that but when we see people like you and Evan Burst or like Brad Barrett—all these people in our community are doing just amazing things and have quit their jobs and lives are changed and kid’s future are changed. It just makes us really emotional because it’s just awesome really watching people listen and take action because that’s really what it is. It’s not even our plan. It’s not anyone else’s plan, it’s just pick a plan and do it until it works and that’s what you did and we are just really grateful that our paths crossed and that we met you and that you did this. You do inspire us so much every day. Like any day I don’t feel like working on something I am just like, I bet Jeanette’s working, I am going to get to work.

JOCELYN: Yeah I mean even today like we had not have the greatest day for a variety of reasons.

SHANE: And nothing has worked today, technology hassle so.

JOCELYN: This has really changed my outlook on the day. So thank you or just being here and taking action and making things happen and more importantly making your life better and your family’s life better. That’s why we are here.

JEANETTE: Well, thank you so much. It means the world to me. It changed our lives. It’s fabulous.

SHANE: Thanks Jeanette.

JEANETTE: Thank you so much.

SHANE: Alright guys, that wraps up another call with one of our Flip Your Life community member. If you’d like to become a member of our Flip Your Life community, head over to flippedlifestyle.com/flipyourlife and we can help you with your online business as well. Before we go today, we’d like to close every show with a verse from the bible. Today’s bible verse comes from First Thessalonians, Chapter five verse 16 – 19. The bible says, be joyful always, pray continually, give thanks in all circumstance. This is the will of God for your life. That’s all the time we have for this week. As always guys thanks for listening to the Flipped Lifestyle podcast and until next time, get out there, take action, do whatever it takes to flip your life. We’ll see you then.

JOCELYN: Bye.

Filed Under: Podcast

FL 92 – Today We Help Karina Take Her College Planning Business to the Next Level

May 24, 2016 by Shane Sams Leave a Comment

http://traffic.libsyn.com/flippedlifestyle/FL092_Karina_Dusenbury.mp3

Podcast: Play in new window | Download

Subscribe: iTunes | Android | RSS

FL 92 - Today We Help Karina Take Her College Planning Business to the Next Level

FL 92 – Today We Help Karina Take Her College Planning Business to the Next Level

This week’s Flip Your Life Community member, Karina Dusenbury, former college administrator for 15 years focusing on student recruitment, academic advisement, and career counseling.

Leaving her career intending on starting an online business she went into face to face consulting with high school families. With their first child arriving last August she is wanting to help those same families online yet is unsure of where to go first.

We discuss ways Karina can scale her expertise to reach more people, while balancing her at home lifestyle and starting a business online. We go over ideas that will make some revenue for Karina as she begins her membership website, developing her content, and refining her business plan.

Is the Membership Model Right For Your Niche?

Click To Tweet

95% of the people who consume your content are there for the right reasons and are getting benefit and the other 5% may be haters sometimes – but don’t let those stop you from moving forward.

You will learn

  • How to determine if the membership model is right for your target audience.
  • Importance of predictable income.
  • Defining your perfect avatar.
  • Why it’ll only take you 2 days to put together a membership site.
  • What an aspirational product is.
  • Ways to control your membership forum conversations.
You Do What You Have to Do Until You Can Do What You Want To Do

Click To Tweet

Links and resources mentioned in today’s show

  • Flip Your Life Community
  • Karina’s Website

Enjoy the podcast; we hope it inspires you to explore what’s possible for your family!

Click here to leave us an iTunes review and subscribe to the show! We may read yours on the air!

Thank you for listening!

Thanks again for listening to the show! If you liked it, make sure you share it with your friends and family! Our goal is to help as many families as possible change their lives through online business. Help us by sharing the show!

If you have comments or questions, please be sure to leave them below in the comment section of this post. See y’all next week!

Can’t listen right now? Read the transcript below!

(coming soon)

Filed Under: Podcast

FL 91 – Helping Vicki Take Her Retail Coaching Business to the Next Level

May 17, 2016 by Shane Sams 2 Comments

http://traffic.libsyn.com/flippedlifestyle/FL091_Vicki_Adrian.mp3

Podcast: Play in new window | Download

Subscribe: iTunes | Android | RSS

FL 91 - Helping Vicki Take Her Retail Coaching Business to the Next Level

FL 91 – Helping Vicki Take Her Retail Coaching Business to the Next Level


The Flipped Lifestyle Podcast is a show where we give free consulting calls to our community members. On-air we go over their questions and help strategize how they can take their online businesses to the next level no matter what stage they are at, this week we have Vicki Adrian who has been in the retail business for over 30 years in Kansas.

Vicki has starting coaching other small businesses online how to keep their customers and buyers as consumers for the long-term. Her goal is to help other local retailers, boutiques, main street type stores to build a group of loyal customers.

We discuss where Vicki can put more opt-ins on her website and why it is so important for them to always be leading to a product to sell. With many content outlets a previous podcast, now Vicki is using periscope to answer questions to retail shop owners we give her ideas of how to maximize that same content while saving herself time.

Content is important for your members to find you and yet they will stay and continue to engage because they want to hear from YOU – the expert in your niche. We go over steps Vicki can make to transition from giving away her expertise for free to charging people.

Everything Doesn’t Have to Be Perfect Before You Start Your Online Membership

Click To Tweet

You will learn

  • The right mentality for growing your membership.
  • Importance of Opt-ins.
  • Access to the expert (you) is a valuable thing online.
  • Have a system for everything in place that you do online live or recorded.
  • Maximizing your online content
  • How to get over the fear of charging for things online.
If you don’t systemize your online business it will never scale

Click To Tweet

Links and resources mentioned in today’s show

  • Adrian’s Boutique
  • Flip Your Life Community

Enjoy the podcast; we hope it inspires you to explore what’s possible for your family!

Click here to leave us an iTunes review and subscribe to the show! We may read yours on the air!

Can’t Miss Moments

Each week Jocelyn and I share moments that we might have missed if we had not started our online business. We hope these moments inspire you to see the possibilities and freedom online business could provide for your family.

This weeks Can’t Miss Moment is being able to eat lunch with my daughter right in the middle of the day. I could have never done that before quitting my job. I would have been at work and there’s no way you could leave the school in the middle of the day to go do something like that.

Thank you for listening!

Thanks again for listening to the show! If you liked it, make sure you share it with your friends and family! Our goal is to help as many families as possible change their lives through online business. Help us by sharing the show!

If you have comments or questions, please be sure to leave them below in the comment section of this post. See y’all next week!

Can’t listen right now? Read the transcript below!

JOCELYN: Hey y’all! On today’s podcast, we help Vicki take her retail coaching business to the next level.

Welcome to the Flipped Lifestyle Podcast, where life always comes before work. We’re your hosts, Shane and Jocelyn Sams. Join us, each week, as we teach you how to flip your lifestyle upside-down by selling stuff online. Are you ready for something different? All right, let’s get started.

SHANE: What’s going on everybody? Welcome back to the Flipped Lifestyle Podcast. As always, it is great to be back with you again this week. The Flipped Lifestyle Podcast, for those of you who are new to our program, is a little bit different. We do not bring on experts or gurus or anybody promoting anything. What we do is, we actually bring on our coaching clients, the members of our Flip Your Life community and we give them a free consulting call on air. We let you guys be a fly on the wall listening, so that you can learn from the discussion and to help that we provide for our Flip Your Life member. We are really excited today, to have Flip Your Life member, Vicki Adrian on the podcast. Vicki, welcome to the show.

VICKI: Good morning, so good to be with you guys today.

JOCELYN: Yes, it’s a beautiful day here in Kentucky and we are really excited to be talking to you today. Tell us a little bit about you and what you do online.

VICKI: Well, I am a 33-year veteran retailer, in a small little town of Buhler, Kansas. Our retail store is called Adrian’s Boutique. We have been there for a long, long time; we have really worked hard to build long-term relationships with our customers, which is the only way we have survived out in the middle of nowhere. Most of our customers have to drive 15 miles to 60 miles to come to see us. So, what I have done online is, I have started coaching other small businesses – retailers and other small businesses on how to build those relationships with their customers so that they have them for a long time because I find that that’s really where the value is.

SHANE: Awesome. Yes, that is a great point because this is actually an online business principle we have used and it’s why we have switched over to the membership model. Your best customers are your existing customers and it’s too high-energy and too risky to constantly be launching new products and going out and trying to find new people when you have already got people buying your stuff. You just need to sell them more of your stuff or more of your service or more of whatever you are doing. I think it’s amazing how that can translate between the offline, small, retail boutique and the online world of internet marketing.

VICKI: Absolutely. I am totally with you. I have listened for years to podcasts, but the reason that I really have followed you guys is because you just have that same innate philosophy that I do: we take care of our people and we do not fail. We take care of them day, after day, after day and I think that’s really why the membership model is perfect for what I am trying to do.

SHANE: Yes, so basically the goal here is, the result that you want to achieve with your online business is, you want to help other local boutique, retail-type small business stores, you know, the main street type stores, you want to help them grow and thrive in their local retail business by telling them and sharing all the things you have learnt on how to do that over you career.

VICKI: Absolutely. I have worked with people that have a single store, I have worked with people that have multiple locations, but the concept is the same. You build that group of loyal, local customers.

SHANE: The goal here is to scale your coaching to where you can reach and help more of these local type businesses, because of course, one on one, there is only so many times you can do that. There’s only so much time in a day. We are looking to scale this to where you can help as many of these local shop-owners as possible.

VICKI: That is absolutely why I am here. That is why I listen to every single episode that you guys do.

SHANE: Thank you, that’s awesome.

JOCELYN: Yes, and we are excited to have you in our community as well. So, let’s jump on into these questions. We want to help you maximize this time and get as much answers as we can. So let’s jump into your first one.

VICKI: Okay so right now, I think my most important task is to grow my list so that when it’s time to launch my membership site, I will have people to invite to join. The hard part for me is just knowing where to start. I hear you talk a lot about Facebook ads, I know you do a lot of Facebook ads, and I’m totally lost when it comes to that. The other thing I don’t know how to do is to create a look-alike list. I know you talk about that a lot. I have about 300 store-owners on my email list, but I need to find more people that are similar to them. Am I starting at the right place? Where do I need to go?

SHANE: There is a very underlying thing about our philosophy of online business here that is different than almost everybody else that is teaching online business. It’s really this word ‘launch.’ This word ‘launch’ we have kind of – we still say it because it’ so much a part of the vernacular of releasing a product into the marketplace. We kind of made it a dirty word around here because ‘launched’ just implies you know, perfection and finality and this thing is ready and I got to go. That’s not how memberships actually work. We actually tell everyone that comes into the Flipped Lifestyle community, the number one thing you have to think about is your product first. You have to have an end game. There’s no reason to run Facebook ads to grow an audience if there is no product already to sell them. There’s got to be a place where you can guide people to. A membership is an organic thing that grows over time. It’s definitely “the turtle wins the race, not the hare” kind of mentality. You should go ahead and open your membership, take those 300 people that you already have a coaching-client relationship with, and tell them you are going to expand that out and start talking to them and provide them a place to answer questions right now in your forum, whether there’s content there or not. You do have a lot of content, I know where the content is going to come from, we are going to that later on in this episode. That’s where your mentality is wrong here. You don’t grow your list and then hope that list buys something. You have something to buy and then you go find people that already want that thing. Then it sells. You could grow a list, but what if that list you built doesn’t want the thing you end up creating? So, you have to think product first here. I think you need to create your membership, you’ve got content to seed it, you’ve got a few people to seed it. We have seen people launch memberships with 50 people on their email list successfully, and they have picked up 20 members or so. You can do that first, and then when you run the Facebook ads, then when you create the look-alike audience, it’s not “Hey, come get on my email list,” it’s “Hey, come to my community and pay me X dollars a month.”

JOCELYN: I think that the key here really is just growing that list because I mean, you really can’t even do much even with a lookalike audience unless you have a lot of people to look alike. Of those 300 people, you know, probably Facebook is going to find about half of them. So, that is not really the best strategy here. The best strategy for you would be to grow that list and there’s different ways that you can do that. The first way would be your blog post that you already have. I’m on just kind of a random blog post on your site here, and I see that you are basically not really reminding them to join your email list.

SHANE: Yes, there is no opt-in strategy on your blog.

VICKI: Okay.

JOCELYN: That should be something on every post, and it also needs to be related to what they are looking at in that post, but not for everything. I mean, if you have 200 blog posts, you don’t have to have 200 different opt-ins; that’s not what I mean.

SHANE: Right, but you got to have one opt-in.

JOCELYN: Yes, she does have one, but it’s sort of very vague. It’s “Get your free e-book” but what kind of e-book? It’s not really related to anything. I think what you can do is take maybe your top ten best posts, and inside that post say “Hey, here’s a free resource” and I’m willing to bet that you probably have a lot of these already created that you could have related to that and get people on your email list that way. So, that’s one way that you can do it. Another way is to offer those same free opt-in bonuses or lead magnets in a Facebook ad like you were talking about.

SHANE: But they have to lead to something to buy. That’s the moral – when we say ‘product’ first, I think people get confused on that. We are talking about the thing that you sell; we are also talking about the things you produce. You don’t just buy Facebook ads, you use your content and your products to build your email list. You don’t build your email list and then create your content and your products. Does that make sense?

VICKI: It does.

SHANE: So I think it is thinking of it a little backwards here. I really think you should just go into the Flip Your Life community and go do the membership course. Install your forum, get it protected and just open it up to anyone you have ever coached before. We’ll talk about pricing when we get in there, but let’s just open it. You have coached real people in real life. My guess is, those people would love to have a little bit more access to you. Access is a valuable thing online that can be easily monetized and scaled. You need to do that. Then we can talk about seeding it with some content and then we can use that content to grow your email list. Once the email list starts growing, that is when you start saying, ‘Okay I have a hundred emails, I get five to buy, I’ll do a webinar and get ten’ that kind of thing.

VICKI: Okay.

JOCELYN: I mean, you already have a lot of these things in place I feel like. If you have a lot of videos, you have a lot of blog posts, you have a lot of content, you can use that or repurpose it to make these things that we are talking about. You are not having to start anything from scratch, that’s the good thing. Basically, you have all the pieces to the puzzle; we just need to get them to the right area. So that is what we’ll work on inside the community as you go along, get all those pieces in place. Also on your videos that you are doing each week, make sure that you are reminding people to join your email list too.

VICKI: And I have been doing better at that over the last few weeks.

SHANE: We are about to talk about like you do a lot of live video and stuff. You have to create a system. When I called you for the podcast today, I have a document in Google Docs that I open and it’s a 60-point bulleted list and it tells me the exact order to do everything so I never forget to do something. Even when you are doing live, organic strategies for content, like Facebook Live or Periscope or something like that, you have got to have a plan. If you don’t have a plan, it’s not going to work. Even on your Periscopes, right beside on your phone or somewhere, you need a bullet list of what you do every time. Greet people, say hi to three people, at the end ask to go to my website, ask to get on my email list. That way you don’t forget it. If you don’t systemize an online business, it will never scale, ever. Jocelyn is really good at really holding me accountable of ‘Did you create a plan for that? Did you create a bulleted list for that? Do we know what to do the next time we do this again?’ That is what is going to keep you from saying, “I’m getting better at that” to “I do it every time.” Just like a pilot on an airplane, I go through the checklist before we take off so we don’t crash.

VICKI: That’s a great idea. I really appreciate that because I do have some lists. I do have some things that I follow every day, but I don’t think it’s as detailed as what you are talking about. That’s definitely somewhere I can make a change.

SHANE: Everything has a list in our house. When we do a live event, we have a list. When we do a mastermind, our monthly masterminds, there is a list. When we do a podcast, there is definitely a list because this is confusing. Make a list for that and I want you to have this membership open in three weeks. I want three weeks from this call, your membership is open. Do I care if anybody is in it? No. I just want the door to be open because until we open it, you can’t get anybody in it. Once we get that membership area opened, then we’ll say, now how do we drive people there with Facebook ads? What is the strategy for our content? We will get you to the point where we get your first 10 members, your next 20 members, your first 100 members. It will grow over time, but we got to open it before we do that.

VICKI: Okay, absolutely. I will be on it. I’ve actually got quite a bit of it done. If you look at our website, the little ‘Sign in’ box is on there now. It’s just – not everything leads to anything yet.

SHANE: That’s what we are going to do. We are going to lead it to it and we are going to get this open, and we are going to get those ten members in there in the next month.

VICKI: Sounds good.

JOCELYN: Let’s move on to question two.

VICKI: Okay my second question is this; I started out Remarkable Retailer as wanting to do a podcast, but I haven’t recorded one since 2015 because I discovered Periscope. For me, Periscope has been such a natural fit. What I found that I did not enjoy with podcasting is, I loved talking to other retailers and doing the conversations, but I did not like the technology part of getting it all loaded. I find Periscope, I can do that so naturally on a five-day-a-week basis and then I store my videos over on my Vimeo account so I always have access to those. I have detailed notes from every one of these episodes. I’m on episode 168 or so, 170 maybe. I know these can be utilized elsewhere, but I’m not sure exactly what to do to maximize these episodes.

SHANE: Let’s go back to the podcasting first. I agree that the editing and the tech and – podcasting is a mess really when you think about it. It’s not as easy as they make it out to be, the experts, you know what I mean? You can outsource that. It doesn’t cost a ton of money. A lot of times, you can get – there are some companies that just do the editing for your podcast and they’ll do it – like, you record drop it into Dropbox and they put it on your blog and iTunes and the feeds and everything else. You can get that pretty inexpensively if you do have some resources to do that. So, don’t get away from podcasting just because of the tech, look at a way to go ahead and outsource that. I think the first time we outsourced it, we did four episodes for a couple of hundred bucks a month, but it was well worth it because it freed up probably 40 hours a month of editing and all that other nonsense where we could focus on promoting the podcast. The second thing I would say is, there is an audio file on your Periscope. I’m sure you are just reading questions out loud and answering questions to your Periscope people because you like that Q&A type environment; right?

VICKI: Sure.

SHANE: This is basically the same thing you are doing on Periscope what we are doing today. You are asking us questions and we are giving you answers. We used to do podcasts where we read the questions and gave the answers, probably very similar to what you are doing on Facebook Live and Periscope. You can take the Periscope that you love to make and do the exact same thing with the outsourcing. You save it to Vimeo and then you got someone that goes in and transcribes it, makes a picture and posts a blog post for you with the notes. Or they can take the audio file and on the same place – you need to be putting these Vimeos – when you record a Periscope, it needs to go on your website. You just need to take the embed, put it there, put the show notes, you got a blog post. But you can also hit the podcast feed and you can take the audio from those podcasts – from those Periscopes and use that as the podcast. So now you don’t have to do the thing you don’t want to do. You do the one thing you do want to do and you explode your content out into the iTunes feed, into the blog post, into the Periscopes. You upload them to YouTube, now you got a YouTube channel. You are creating one piece of content for all four of those places; does that make sense?

VICKI: Wow.

SHANE: That’s how we look at everything. How can we record a piece of audio and it becomes a blog post? It’s easy. You transcribe and you put show notes and hire someone to do the show notes. You put an image on it, it’s now a blog post. We actually are putting together a team now, we have talked about this a little bit on the podcast and what they are going to do is, they are going to take every podcast episode we have ever done and they are going to make a slide deck for it; what we are talking about in real time and we are going to make a YouTube video from our podcast. That’s all you got to ask yourself; how can I do one piece of content and explode it into all these other places? If it’s a blog post, I need text. If it’s a YouTube video, I need video. If it’s an audio, I need iTunes. Does that make sense?

VICKI: Absolutely makes sense. I don’t know why I hadn’t thought of that.

SHANE: We didn’t either; it’s all a process, right Jocelyn? I mean, you got to learn this stuff as you go.

JOCELYN: Yeah, surely, you don’t have to do things that you don’t like. I think this is a way to explode that out there and just get more people into your funnel, get more people into your email list, just get more eyeballs on what you are doing. It’s never a bad idea, but I mean, if somebody is out there listening, for Vicki, this probably is not that daunting because she’s already doing all these things. Don’t feel like you have to be in all places. I think that’s a mistake that a lot of people make and because they think they have to be everywhere, they actually are nowhere. Don’t do that, but because you are already doing these things, that’s probably a pretty seamless transition for you if you can get some outsourcing lined up.

SHANE: You are somewhere; you are on Periscope every day so now you just figure out systems where you can leverage that to put it in other places.

JOCELYN: You are not spending any more of your time, but your message is getting seen in multiple places.

SHANE: That’s why people do show notes. That’s so Google can have text to find. Nobody reads the show notes of a podcast. They might go grab a link, but nobody sits there, let me – some people might read the transcript, but most of the time it’s just to get keywords in to create a new piece of content off of something else and to move at it that way. You can totally do that. I can see that transition for you happening very easily and that’s another reason you got to open your membership. If you got 10 members paying 40 dollars a month, now you got 800 dollars a month that you could go outsource your podcast or your Periscopes to be able to turn it into these other content places. You’ll get more eyeballs, which means more members, which means more money to get in other places and run ads and things like that.

VICKI: Okay and would you have that behind the membership site or would you have that out like live on the blog website?

SHANE: I learnt a powerful lesson about content one time at an event. I don’t remember who said this but there was a speaker. He basically said, “It doesn’t matter how good your content is if no one gets to read it, if no one gets to hear it, if no one gets to see it.” You’ve got to release your content out into the world. Like for example – there’s way you can do this, like you can have the Periscope videos archived, but publically you release the audio. Publically, you have a blog post created about your Periscope with a transcript. Publically, Google is searching these things. People are hearing the feed on your podcast. But maybe on the video you are like, ‘Hey, I’m going to write this formula on the board’ or ‘I’m going to do this’ but your videos may exist inside your member area. So, people hear how amazing this content is, they read how awesome it is, and they know how great you are and how knowledgeable you are and how you can help them and that makes them go the next level. Always remember too, don’t get obsessed with content. Content is important to go find people to come to you; here’s why people will go join your membership: you are going to have trainings eventually, but they want to talk to Vicki. They want to talk to you. Vicki has got 33 years of experience. Vicki has been through what I am going through. I need to talk to Vicki. So they got to talk to you; does that make sense?

VICKI: Sure.

SHANE: That’s why they stay and pay. Don’t ever think you got to put all your content back in your member area. We have courses –

JOCELYN: And you can start to some member-exclusive content sometimes, there is nothing wrong with it at all, but I don’t feel like you have to make everything member-exclusive content.

SHANE: Yes, the more content you have out there in the more places, the more chances people can find you. You’ve got more targets to point your ads at. So yeah, let’s let that out and maybe hold that trickle back. I think that’s a great model for you. The videos exist in an area right now, you got 90 videos, your membership videos just got built. You hire someone to get the audio stripped, put into blog posts and have it transcribed. There you go, you got 90 blog posts that are about to roll out over the next 90 weeks, just schedule them, and then you’ve got all of the videos inside your member area organized neatly by topic. People join for the content, but they stay for Vicki and the community.

VICKI: Okay that makes a lot of sense. Thank you, that’s awesome.

SHANE: We try to make sense every once a while.

JOCELYN: Okay, let’s move on to question number three.

VICKI: So, I have been, as we say, giving it away for free for many years now and it just makes me so nervous to charge for my expertise. How do you transition or what would be some good solid steps to make that transition with my existing people that are listening, that call me regularly? How do I make that transition?

JOCELYN: This one can be tricky and I think that as women – and not all women are like this, but I think that sometimes we feel like we owe somebody something, or at least I feel that way. Really, we don’t – I mean, we know that we are giving away too much but yes, we still hard time asking for something in return. I think the reason for me is that I’m afraid somebody is going to be mad or that I’m going to hurt someone’s feelings. You know, I’m always worried about that. The fact of the matter is, you can’t worry about that. No matter what you do, no matter what field you are in, anywhere in the world, somebody is not going to like what you do. You could give everything away for free, you could do whatever, but somebody is not going to be happy with it. What you have to do is, you just have to start building excitement with your people. You have to sort of plant a seed; something is coming, I’m working on something I’m really excited about. Never be apologetic for asking for people to pay you for something. Always come at it with excitement, I can’t wait to bring this to you, this is going to be so much better than my free material because of reasons X, Y and Z. If you don’t want to buy it, that’s cool, feel free to continue to consume my free content. But I’m opening up this membership for people who want to do A, B and C.

SHANE: I’m a little different; I don’t care to charge people. I think guys are a little different. It is just a different [Crosstalk] it’s not all men and all women, we are not trying to stereotype, but it is kind of true in a sense.

JOCELYN: But I would say probably women are more concerned about this than most men.

SHANE: Sure, definitely. Look at in context of your business and your expertise; what was your retail store? What do you sell at your retail store?

VICKI: We are a boutique; everything from clothing and jewelry, to kitchenware and gourmet foods. Lots of things.

SHANE: So imagine this; imagine that another retailer who has another boutique, somebody you know, they walk in. They say to themselves, “That dress would look amazing at my boutique. That’s awesome that you found that beautiful dress and that you are selling that.” And then they walked over and took all the dresses off the hanger and left and put them in their store. That is the equivalent online of someone coming in and saying, you have all this knowledge that will make my business better, would you please give it all to me for free –

JOCELYN: How dare you charge me for it?

SHANE: – so I can take it and do it over here? When you look at it in that real-world to online terms, there’s no way you would allow someone to do that to your physical goods. In the same sense, there’s no way that you should ever let somebody do that with your expertise and your knowledge. You are the expert, you have the proof, you’ve paid the dues, you should be charging for it and they should be thrilled that you are allowing them access for that.

JOCELYN: In that same respect, you are also going to have people who come into your store, they are going to look at your stuff and say, “Ugh, this is way overpriced, there is no way I would ever pay for this” and they are going to walk out. Who cares? They are not your target customer.

SHANE: Yes, exactly. I think the big thing with a transition, let’s apply this now to the transition from free to forward, at the Flipped Lifestyle, you know what we say, “It ain’t got to be perfect, you just got to go do it.” So this is what you got to do and this goes back to product first. Three weeks, membership’s opens with a price tag, you start charging. You don’t have to charge a fortune. You don’t have to charge the final price, the biggest it’s ever going to be. If we want to get 50 bucks a month, which I actually think yours is way more valuable because you are selling to a business. If they spend a hundred bucks a month and you teach them a tactic that is going to earn them 2000 more dollars a month, that’s a no-brainer, they should buy that. But let’s say you want to say all your existing customers, “I’m going to open this up just for you guys for 39 dollars a month, but I’m cutting it off at the first 100 and then I’m going to raise the price to 59.” Then those 300 people you’ve worked with in the past, you know, that’s a small list, but what if a 100 of them buy at 39 dollars a month? Cool! So that’s how we get over the fear of charging for stuff. We create something and we charge for it and then we charge more for the next thing and the next iteration of that product. That’s how we get over that.

VICKI: Awesome. When you say ‘product,’ do you think my product is the membership site or –

SHANE: Oh, without question.

VICKI: – or a workshop or something like that?

SHANE: No.

JOCELYN: No. You don’t need that and in fact you have so much content –

SHANE: Oh gosh, you can have a membership in three weeks.

JOCELYN: You can start putting stuff in that member area, you know, like really good Periscopes you have done. Maybe you could certainly keyword those and put them in as training videos. What we have done in the past is, we have started a beta group so we let a small amount of people in. We let them offer feedback for what we can do, what kinds of trainings they would like to see; sometimes we’ll even record things for our members and even leave them there in the member area for other people to get to. So, what I’m trying to say is, don’t wait to start. You don’t have to have something there especially because you already have an audience, they already know, like and trust you, put something out there, see who buys it and –

SHANE: And it doesn’t take a huge audience. If you have a list of 100-300 people, there’s a very solid chance you can get 10-20 people in a beta group, very good chance. I think Jocelyn had a few hundred people when we sold our first real digital products and we sold them. It was very good, we had a couple of thousand dollars off that first product because we didn’t wait till we had 1000 people. We didn’t wait till we had a list.

JOCELYN: I didn’t wait until I had a whole year of lesson plans. I said, you know what, I got September, you want to buy them? Yes or no?

SHANE: Yes, it was like one-ninth of the whole product, but it didn’t matter, we just sold it. I think that’s where you are. They are not paying for your content, they are paying for you. You are the product. Now you just have to translate you into this community just like we laid ours. This is definitely a product built around you and your community. There will be knowledge and training that you’ll do automated because you don’t want to constantly be answering everything when you – if you could ask the same question three times, you record a video.

VICKI: Right, absolutely; that’s how I do my Periscopes.

SHANE: Exactly, that’s the same thing you are going to do here, and people are not going to be able to join – it would take you a couple of days to take all those embed codes and put them in your forums. You open the doors and you are like “90 Q&A videos with Vicki, plus access to me through the forums and I’m going to do a monthly member call. So you can come as me questions and those won’t be on Periscope. You get to ask me privately.”

JOCELYN: And I’m willing to bet, you have probably created a few like worksheets and things like that along the way, include some of that stuff too. People don’t have to know that it’s also on your blog if it is. It doesn’t matter. People aren’t going to go through every single page of your blog and be like, “Oh, I’ve been ripped off because this is all free on her blog.”

SHANE: In fact, it’s a service because you curated it and you put it where you can get to it easier in your membership area. So, that’s another thing that a membership area sells. It’s organization and curation of existing materials, or “Hey, Vicki how do I do this?” and you drop a link and tell them where to go read it. So that’s what we are going to sell here and I think it’s going to do really well.

VICKI: Awesome, okay.

SHANE: I think we have time for one more bonus question; so did you have anything else like where to start or anything like that?

VICKI: I think one of my questions is, I don’t even physically know how to take my Vimeo, that’s why they live on Vimeo. I don’t even know how to get them on to YouTube or any of those things. Do I need to have someone clean them up first because they start with “Welcome to Periscope” –

SHANE: No.

JOCELYN: No. People get all bent out of shape about that, it really doesn’t matter.

SHANE: I mean, you have seen our training videos, sometimes it will be like maybe it was a webinar that was really, really good, and we’re like, we need to put this in the member area, very easy to get to. It clearly is a webinar, but the content is perfect for what you need to solve that problem. The place you start is this; Vimeo is nothing but a storage facility. If you want to download it, you can do that on Vimeo and you can upload it to YouTube. Another thing about Vimeo, every video in the settings has an embed code just like you would on YouTube. You get the little embed and you can copy it somewhere in your blog. Vimeo has got the same exact thing. You just go get that and you can paste it at the top of your blog post and the video will appear there and stream from Vimeo. I think the next step for you is definitely forum fully operational, and then the step after that is get all of your old Periscope videos, organize neatly in your member forms just like we do.

VICKI: Okay.

SHANE: Once you have that done and you got the Paid Member Pro on it to protect it, then we go sell something. We are going to go sell this thing before this month is over.

VICKI: I’m in.

SHANE: Love it. We are in too.

JOCELYN: All right, awesome; so usually we ask people at the end of our calls, what is the very next thing that you intend to do like in the next 24-48 hours based on what we talked about today?

SHANE: Beside put your action plans in the forums.

VICKI: That’s right, I have to do that –

SHANE: You got to tell us what the first bullet on the action plan is.

VICKI: I think it is going to be to find someone to outsource actually doing some of that process because I’m also running a retail store at the same time. I think my next step probably would need to be to hire someone to help me.

SHANE: So go to the general forum in the Flip Your Life community, put that post, and Jocelyn and I will continue this discussion over there to help you find somebody.

VICKI: That sounds awesome.

SHANE: Vicki, this was a great conversation. I think people’s minds are going to be expanded and blown because they are going to relate to this. We really thank you for sharing with everyone today and letting us help you with your business.

VICKI: Absolutely. Thank you, I am so excited and I am so blessed to have been able to be on. I have learnt so much from the other guests that you have had that it is wonderful. I hope that someone else can learn from our conversation like I have over the years. I just want you to know that when I signed up to be a guest or when you reached out to me, I went back thinking, I need to listen to anything I have missed. I had not missed a single episode in all the time. I am a true fan and I just really appreciate the work you guys do.

JOCELYN: Awesome, thank you Vicki. Thanks for being a part of Flip Your Life.

VICKI: Thank you.

**

SHANE: That was another information-packed call with one of our Flip Your Life community members, hope that you got a lot of benefits out of our answers to our guest’s questions. If you would like to become a member of our Flip Your Life community, head over to flippedlifestyle.com/flipyourlife and we can help you with your online business.

JOCELYN: All right, it’s time to move into our ‘Can’t-miss Moments’ segment of the show. These are moments that we were able to experience that we might have missed, if we were still working at a normal, nine-to-five job.

SHANE: Today’s Can’t-miss Moment is a really cool one. I got to take Ana Joe to lunch the other day. I actually try to pick Ana up from preschool. She gets out a little bit early from preschool every day, so we usually have her babysitter pick her up and take her home because we actually work during that time. We usually work from about 10:00 to 2:00 every day. This Thursday, I actually picked her up and we went to a local pizza place where there’s games and she loves the spaghetti there. It was really cool to be able to eat lunch with my daughter right in the middle of the day. I could have never done that before quitting my job. I would have been at work and there’s no way you could leave the school in the middle of the day to go do something like that. We actually get to do that quite often. We get to go eat lunch sometimes at Isaac’s school and it’s just a real blessing to be able to spend time in that setting with your kids. So, online business makes all of that possible and it’s just a really cool thing to be able to do that. Before we close every show, we would like to read a verse from the bible. Today’s Bible verse comes from the book of Joshua 1:9. The Bible says: “Be strong and courageous. Do not be terrified, do not be discouraged.” This applies to online business because it’s a roller-coaster of ups and downs. But just keep working hard, be strong and courageous, don’t get discouraged and keep pushing until you make your online dreams a reality. That’s all the time we have for this week. As always guys, thanks for listening to the Flipped Lifestyle Podcast and until next time, get out there, take action and do whatever it takes to flip your life. We’ll see you then.

JOCELYN: Bye!

Filed Under: Podcast

FL 90 – We Help Elizabeth Take Her Caregiver Membership Site to the Next Level

May 10, 2016 by Shane Sams Leave a Comment

http://traffic.libsyn.com/flippedlifestyle/FL090.mp3

Podcast: Play in new window | Download

Subscribe: iTunes | Android | RSS

FL 90 - We Help Elizabeth Take Her Caregiver Membership Site to the Next Level

FL 90 – We Help Elizabeth Take Her Caregiver Membership Site to the Next Level

Real people, building real online businesses we have our Flip Your Life community members on the show. This week we are talking with Elizabeth who speaks about the ‘sandwich generation’ which today is 45% of 35-55 year olds who are caring for their own children and a parent that has chronic health issues.

Feeling overwhelmed and stressed with the load of taking care of her mother and children she went searching online for a community or books with resources of how to cope and find balance in her life.

Don’t be timid with your message – there are people that need your expertise.

She has created an 8 week action plan to help guide other caregivers in finding balance in their lives. We help her find ways to give her members ‘quick wins’ and automate that content so as soon as she gets a new subscriber they are receiving the next step.

Engagement in your membership is not dictated just by the forum as there will be members who will be satisfied with the content you are providing and being a part of your online community.

Be aware with incentives that with the more things you expect your audience to do for example share it on twitter, pinterest, instagram etc the better the prize/reward needs to be.

Put Your Oxygen Mask on First before Others

Click To Tweet

You will learn

  • Ways to give your members quick wins.
  • How to get involvement with your members.
  • Importance of automated emails.
  • The value of incentives to increase participation.
  • How to use Incentives as marketing tools.
  • Pros and Cons of Facebook Groups.
  • Growing Your Membership and Engagement.
No Matter How Much You Know About the Path or Product People Always Need to Be Told the Next Step

Click To Tweet

Links and resources mentioned in today’s show

  • Elizabeth’s Website
  • Flip Your Life Community
  • Rafflecopter

Enjoy the podcast; we hope it inspires you to explore what’s possible for your family!

Click here to leave us an iTunes review and subscribe to the show! We may read yours on the air!

Can’t Miss Moments

Each week Jocelyn and I share moments that we might have missed if we had not started our online business. We hope these moments inspire you to see the possibilities and freedom online business could provide for your family.

This week’s Can’t Miss Moment is we accidentally payed off the rest of Shane’s student loans! Yes, hard to believe we could do this on accident but the payment each month was automated and now that it didn’t determine our monthly finances it was easy to just pay it off completely without realizing it!

Thank you for listening!

Thanks again for listening to the show! If you liked it, make sure you share it with your friends and family! Our goal is to help as many families as possible change their lives through online business. Help us by sharing the show!

If you have comments or questions, please be sure to leave them below in the comment section of this post. See y’all next week!

Can’t listen right now? Read the transcript below!

JOCELYN: Hey y’all! On today’s podcast, we help Elizabeth take her caregiver membership site to the next level.

Welcome to the Flipped Lifestyle Podcast, where life always comes before work. We’re your hosts, Shane and Jocelyn Sams. Join us, each week, as we teach you how to flip your lifestyle upside-down by selling stuff online. Are you ready for something different? All right, let’s get started.

SHANE: What’s going on everybody? Welcome back to the Flipped Lifestyle Podcast. It is great to be back with you again this week. The Flipped Lifestyle Podcast is a little different than other shows you may have listened to. If you are new with the podcast and you are looking for some expert that is going to give you a lot of information or try to sell you his latest book, that’s not what you are going to find here. The Flip Your Life Podcast is reserved for our Flip Your Life community members. These are real people, building real online businesses. We bring then on to our show to help them take their business to the next level. We are super excited to have a great guest for you today, someone we have worked a lot with recently in our mastermind and also in our community. Our guest today is Elizabeth Miller. Elizabeth, welcome to the show.

ELIZABETH: Hey, I’m so excited to be here, thanks y’all.

JOCELYN: Yes, it’s great to have you today. We are going to start out by telling our listeners a little bit about you. Tell us about you, your family and what you do online.

ELIZABETH: Sure. My name is Elizabeth and for the past five years, things have gotten exceptionally hectic. My husband and I are squeezed in what’s called the ‘sandwich generation’ meaning we’re caring for at least one ageing parent while we are raising our children. My husband’s mom battled lung cancer for four years and she sadly passed away in 2014. My parents have also had chronic health issues over the years, and they have escalated. Unfortunately, we lost my dad also in the same year, so my kids have lost two grandparents within that four month span.

SHANE: That’s terrible, I hate that.

ELIZABETH: Yes, it was a lot and after my dad passed away, we moved my mom; she was in Florida, we moved her locally to Georgia so that she could be closer to family and get the care, the consistent care that she needed. So we have been juggling the needs and concerns of our folks along with raising our kids who are now 14 and 16. On top of that, I work fulltime, and I have my own personal health and happiness goals and I have seen firsthand what happens just through my mom. She is one of six kids, and so I’ve seen my mom as a caregiver and as a parent, give, give, give, and not put her oxygen mask on herself so to speak. So, I’m choosing a different path for me and for my kids so that I can life happy and healthy now and in my golden years. So when I was at the peak of feeling overwhelmed, stressed, isolated, I was looking frantically for resources in an online community and books, and really anything that could help me make sense out of this because I knew that I wasn’t the only person to go through it. I didn’t really find what I was looking for. I am a journalism major, I love to write and that’s not something that I currently do a lot in my day job. So, I created my own site and my site is called happyhealthycaregiver.com. The purpose of it is, I help overwhelmed caregivers create a balance that they are craving to become happier and healthier. The product that I have is my main product in my community, it’s an eight-week action plan that gives the caregiver really practical, step-by-step training and instructions on how to go from being overwhelmed to creating that balance that they crave. Each week of this eight-week plan has a different theme, it’s very spoon-fed so to speak, and then on top of that, the other purpose of this paid community is that you get personal coaching from me. It’s private because a lot of things are really sensitive that we want to say. Sometimes we don’t always – the people we care for drive us crazy, so 24-7 it’s available to vent. I do caregiver spotlight interviews and expert interviews and Q&A calls. That’s the gist of it.

SHANE: I love the analogy that you have there, right in the middle of that awesome description of your avatar, of your product, everything that you do, where you talked about putting the mask on first. It’s kind of like being on an airplane. So many people, especially like moms, people in that sandwich generation who are caring for older parents and caring for kids and have a spouse, it’s like if the airplane is going down, they say to put your own mask on first because if you pass out, you can’t help anyone around you. You are saying most people try to put their mask on everybody else and they end up suffering for it. You are trying to say, basically what you are teaching is, if you take care of yourself first and create balance, you’ll be more equipped to take care of all those people around you.

ELIZABETH: Absolutely. When you are happier and healthier, it’s contagious and you have more to give. You can’t give from an empty cup. You have to fill up your own bucket so that you can dispense it to all those people that you care about.

SHANE: I’ve seen that in my own life; my mom, she took care of my grandma for years and then finally she had to go into a nursing facility. I can remember, before she passed away a couple of years ago, my mom was just always there and really put all of her attention into that. Afterwards, it was tough because she had put so much energy into it. This would have been something great for someone like her, to be able to equip her better to balance all of that out. I think your product is awesome, I think your mission is fantastic and it’s very needed because our society is getting older and a lot of people are in this situation.

ELIZABETH: Yes, I think I had read that there’s like 45% of the adults within the age 35 to 55 will be in this situation. People are living longer and you know, we have medicines that are keeping people alive longer.

SHANE: Yes, I think what this goes to show too is everybody – someone asked in the forums the other day, before we jump into your questions, they said – they were kind of being wishy-washy with their message. I went in there and I said, “Dadgone it, stop being wishy-washy. People need this. People need you to get this right. They need what you are selling. They need the teaching that you are providing and it’s going to change their life. Why are you being so timid with this because you are actually holding people back? You need to get this out there.” I think that’s where you are with this because I think you could help a lot of people.

ELIZABETH: I love by the way, your no-sugar, so keep it coming, you guys are really good. You play off each other. Jocelyn softens things and you just tell it like this and that helps me so much. Keep doing what you are doing.

JOCELYN: All right, well, you’ve been in our Flip Your Life community for some time now and you’ve gone through a lot of different changes with your business. I think that you are on the verge of something just really awesome. With that in mind, let’s jump into your first question.

ELIZABETH: Okay, so I launched my paid membership community a few weeks ago to my current email subscribers and I currently have a handful of members that came in, that were offered an introductory price. The community is set up, like I mentioned, to encourage people who are in the trenches to follow this eight-week, practical action plan to guide them. I want to know though, how can I foster – what are your tips as far as getting more daily use of the community without feeling like I’m the only one talking to myself? Just because there’s a handful of people, I want them to get a lot out of it and get the value, but what are your tips there?

SHANE: I think this is one of the different challenges of a membership compared to just selling a product is that you got to really do a lot of leadership. I know you do that, so I’m not going to focus totally on that, but you have to go in and start discussions especially when your membership is small at the beginning. You got to do a lot of that and facilitate that discussion, but I also think that you have to give people, especially when they first join, immediate quick wins. The eight-week course is awesome, that’s what you want people to do, but I’m wondering if you could break it down in some way, to give them check points that are a little bit more fast and relevant, like, hey guys, we’ve got something to do this week. Jocelyn is really big on having weekly challenges like, hey guys, we are doing this, this week and breaking it down into more like spoon-fed things. Even when we drip content out, people still view it as an eight-week program. It goes like this basically: most people will wait till the end to do whatever they have to do. That’s just the way we kind of are as people. So, I wonder if there’s something that you could do more immediate or short term in your community that would get people like involved or onboard.

ELIZABETH: Yes, absolutely, there probably are many things. I mean, even little challenges like, let’s focus on drinking more water this week or you know, let’s focus on a meal plan. Everybody post their meal plan for this week or something like that to really hone in on some of those different categories. I can do that, I’ll think about different quick win in each of the topics, because each week has a theme. So, maybe there is a quick win for every week.

JOCELYN: Yes, I think you could even set this up as automation; so when people join, maybe the first day they get this email, the next day they get a next email; are you doing an indoctrination sequence right now like when people first join, they get a series of emails?

ELIZABETH: I am not. I have thought about that; one of the things that I have thought about is, I don’t even know if people know what’s going on. They are logging into the forum, do they even know how to subscribe to get –

JOCELYN: Probably not.

SHANE: No matter how much we know about our forums, no matter how simple we make things, people always need to be told the next step. That’s why, calls to action on everything you do are so important. You don’t have to throw all the calls to actions at them at once. The first email when people join our community is, ‘Click this link and introduce yourself.’ So that gets the ball rolling and then we have a thing that says, ‘Go watch this video to show you how to get the most out of your membership’ and it just kind of rolls from there. Once we get them down step one or step two, we have built enough momentum to where the general conversation will pull them in and take over. Does that make sense?

ELIZABETH: Yes.

SHANE: Then as people ask questions, you guide them to what you want them to do and you give them that call to action. Take our podcast; when we bring our members on to our podcast, the last thing we do is, ‘What are you going to do in the next 24 hours?’ We let our members tell us what they are going to do because it’s their business and we just helped them make a decision. The last thing I say to everybody is, “I’m going to get off this call, I’m going to go to the forum and I’m going to check if you posted an action plan so we can hold you accountable.” By you leading and guiding people exactly where you want them to go, they’ll do it. If you just unleash them into this eight-week program, they may be doing it, but they may not tell you about it. So you are going to have to just keep developing your leadership and get them into that conversation.

JOCELYN: There will still be people who don’t really participate that much, but they still see a benefit out of being there and that’s okay. You just need to concentrate on the ones who will participate in the discussion and you got to find ways to draw them in. Just remember that they don’t know as much about your membership and what you have to offer as you do. So you really have to go through those benefits even after they join, even after you have convinced them that this is something that they need. They still need a little bit of extra encouragement to get in there and actually take the steps.

SHANE: I’d say that on any given week, and this kind of rotates, you’ll usually have about 30%-50% of our people come in and talk, but what we see is, 60%-80% sometimes are logging in and they have recently logged in, and they are reading posts and watching a course video. Don’t always assume that engagement in your membership is totally dictated by your forum. Like Jocelyn said, some people might just be really happy and really into that eight-week plan. So they are doing it, and then as they come out of that plan, they can come and converse a little more. There’s a lot of different things you can do just to lead them and get more conversation going.

ELIZABETH: Those are great tips. Thank you.

SHANE: Awesome, let’s jump into your second question.

ELIZABETH: The second question kind of relates to that; I’m still looking for adoption, I want somebody to really embrace the whole eight-week product so that ultimately, I can get some testimonials out of it and some suggestions for improvement. I thought about, should I be offering some kind of incentive to complete it? I think with health and happiness, you don’t really see the benefits of that necessarily long term. We know that if we take better care of our health and happiness now, we are going to be better off in the long run, but is there something that I should I offering as far as like a gift card or something?

SHANE: It’s kind of a carrot on the stick. The carrot always wins. We love to incentivize things because even when people see the benefits long term, they need short term things. Jocelyn actually has been working on ways to incentivize her membership in the Elementary Librarian space.

JOCELYN: I do incentives a lot, they work really well for me. For the Elementary Librarian space, I’m really wanting people to upload their own materials into my member resource library. I have asked them to do that, it’s in an indoctrination video how to do it, but yet no one is really doing it. So, I really want them to do this and one way that I thought of is by offering a type of incentive and I haven’t decided exactly what I am going to do yet. But I think the way I am going to do it is that for each person who uploads something in a certain designated amount of time, I’m going to enter them into a draw to receive some type of prize. Something of a decent value to make the incentive a little bit better.

SHANE: So I don’t think you have to give necessarily an incentive to every single person who completes it not because that wouldn’t be great; you might do that, you can work that into the cost of your membership. You had mentioned to us earlier, before we got on the air, in your messages, you know what if I gave like a spa gift card or something where they could go and treat themselves for a day, that’s a great idea. I mean, it’s awesome, but if you could break that up and do it more like a drawing where people can win that, you don’t have to do the logistics of sending that to all your members every time they do it. It also gamifies it a little bit whereas – you could do your challenges, like maybe everybody that completes week one this week, you get into this drawing. Someone wins, all right I didn’t win this time but I did the thing and I feel great. So the next week, you do the same thing or the next month or whatever.

ELIZABETH: I love that. Then everybody gets a chance, at least every week.

SHANE: Yes, exactly.

ELIZABETH: It keeps that energy – you can sense it’s new, everybody can kind of step through the program together and feed and fuel off each other, at least initially.

SHANE: And it kind of adds some competition to it. Whenever you are gamifying something for incentives, it’s good to have that competition type drive, but there’s always that – right in front of you there’s all that to chase.

JOCELYN: You could even do bonus incentives for going and posting about it in the community. Just think about all the things that you want people to do and think of a way to incorporate that into your incentive. You don’t want it to be something that is so troublesome to manage that it makes it not even want to do it but at the same time, you know, you really need to concentrate on what you want people to do at this exact time. So, maybe that part of it goes away later once people start posting more, but for right now, you want them to post and to do these things.

SHANE: You could even turn it into a little marketing effort too; when people complete it, how they enter their drawing is maybe you create like a Tweetable or a Pinned image inside your community that is able to be shared, and it says something like “I completed the happy healthy caregiver challenge” and then it says what it is. So, they share that and then when the link gets clicked, maybe it goes to your sales page. That’s how they get their raffle ticket basically. Now you are doubling up on what you are doing; not only are you incentivizing, not only are you making your community more fun, not only are you giving people reason to talk into your forum, but you are also turning it into a promotional thing. That way someone is going to win the prize, but everybody felt great when they clicked that button and shared it because they completed the task, everybody kind of wins.

JOCELYN: I mean, these kind of things work really well and just a note to everybody out there in incentives, I mean, the more things that you are expecting someone one to do, the better the prize probably needs to be. In order to get them to do those things, you are going to have to offer something decent. I mean, I’m not saying that it is going to be in the 1000-dollar gift card or something, it’s something within reason, but make it something that you would actually want and that they would actually want. When you are incentivizing members who have already paid you, anything is okay. You could do an Amazon gift card, you could do an iTunes gift card or something like that. If you are doing things to get people marketing wise, you only want to offer something that is related to your product or services. You don’t want people joining your list because they want to win an iPad when they are not even in your avatar.

SHANE: So basically it’s something like this; I love the things about the – the words you used were treating themselves. That is the kind of thing that you need to do because that’s what they need. If you could somehow give someone a spa treatment or a day at the spa, a 50-dollar massage or something like that, or even if you gave away like a gift card, but you said, “The reason I’m giving you this is to go out to dinner with your spouse on a date night” or go to a spa, then that’s going to – even though it’s a generic prize, it’s going to relate it back to your mission.

JOCELYN: And just one more thing before we move on, there are plug-ins out there that you can get to aid in these types of giveaways. One of them that I used at one time is called rafflecopter, I’m not sure if they are still around or what it’s like now, but there are things that you can look into if this is something you are going to do in an ongoing basis if it starts getting troublesome to track.

ELIZABETH: That’s awesome; I can see also where that can lead to even sponsors helping give the prize.

SHANE: For sure; you should totally look into that. Rafflecopter is a good deal, it’s all over – it just counts the social media shares and whatever you are trying to make them do. Actually you click a button and it gives away and it picks it random, so it pulls it out of it. You don’t have to worry about being biased or something like that. But Yes, you can get sponsors to do that; I’m sure you can get sponsors if you want to do, or you can make little gift baskets of lotions and essentials or I don’t know, whatever, like girls like. The stuff that smells good.

JOCELYN: Yes, I’m willing to bet you can probably get somebody to either donate or sponsor that in some ways.

SHANE: Cool, so those are great questions. All right, lets jump on to your third question.

ELIZABETH: When we had our mastermind session, part of the strategy that we talked about for me was to get more traffic, was to start a Facebook group. I know you don’t advocate this for everybody, but you thought it might help me. Right now, I just have a Facebook page and of course, you know, with Facebook, who decides gets to see what type of thing or the group gets a little more traction. So I’ve been dragging my feet though on it, I’m just worried about people not paying for my community and just being content with the free Facebook communities. They would be structured very different; in my head the Facebook group would have more of a schedule daily theme that is put out there automatically, like ‘What’s your mantra for the week on Monday’ and ‘Self-care Sunday’ and all different kinds of things for the different days, but what are your thoughts? Just talk me through that again.

SHANE: We do not think that’s right for everybody for one thing. We do not have a Facebook group. The reason that we don’t have a Facebook group though is because we evaluated the decision based on time and money. Do we want to spend time or we want to spend money. So we chose that we would rather buy ads and just drive people to content because we did not feel like we have the time where we were willing to commit our group to run it. Some people though, have a lot more time resource, or it’s easier for them to spend time, than it is to spend money on ads. So, a group makes a lot of sense because right now, as of this recording, Facebook doesn’t treat groups and pages the same. There is a lot of organic reach on groups. So if you can get a couple of hundred people in a group, they are going to see those messages. So that’s the great benefit of that and when we did the research during the mastermind, we found that there were a lot of caregiver groups that already existed, some of them had like 13,000 members. We felt like they are already joining these groups, let’s give them another alternative and get a bunch of people in this group. We’ll guide them, but all the resources we’ll leave in the membership. So it kind of becomes like the – it’s almost like an opt-in is what a free Facebook group is. There is a place here, there’s some guidance, there’s some community, but it’s really inefficient, it’s just a newsfeed. If they want the real deal, they got to go pay for it. So it kind of becomes like a free bonus or even like an introductory offer, whereas the real meat is your membership group. Jocelyn always says, it comes down to time or money. So it’s like, what do you want to spend.

JOCELYN: Yes, that’s pretty much what a lot of our decisions are in online business and everyone out there. You just have to decide what is going to work for you and also I would encourage you, if you are going to start a group that’s fine, you may want to think about the future if it starts growing a lot; what might you do to take some of that burden off of yourself? Some people hire community managers, you know, there’s different ways of doing that. You could have a virtual assistant to do –

SHANE: you could automate with Meet Edgar; you can use something like that to automate those daily posts so you don’t have to be there every day, posting them. There’s a lot you can do. I think it would be good in your case, because we looked at where people in your community were hanging out and where can we find people fast, but what you don’t want your Facebook group to turn into, is the place where everyone can ask you everything. Does that make sense?

ELIZABETH: Yes.

SHANE: You control that and that still makes your membership valuable.

ELIZABETH: Yes, I think there’s the challenge part will be, some way I’ve got to dangle the meat in there and show them where the prime rib is.

SHANE: Yes, but you can do that by – it’s the simple sentence, ‘Tell them what to do. Sell them how to do it.’ You can say, hey guys, you need to drink more water this week or whatever, you know what I mean? But then in your membership community, just a simple example, there might be a daily plan for drinking more water, plus an accountability plan, like you got to partner with somebody else in the community. I don’t know I’m just making this up, but like you see what I’m saying? I told you, you need to drink more water, I told you how to do it. It’s the same thing as someone might need to lose a few pounds, but I’m going to sell you the plan, the meal plan and the workout to help you do that. So, that’s kind of what that becomes, you see what I’m saying? Once people come in there, you’ll see maybe if you get 100 people, maybe 10 or 20 are good member prospects because they want more. Some people will be content with the group; that’s just the way it is, but those people wouldn’t have bought from you whether a group existed or anyway. At least they know about your brand and they might eventually want to join.

ELIZABETH: Yes, I love that; I just need to dust that off and hear it from your mouth again.

SHANE: Yes, I think just try it. Here’s another thing too, who knows? I mean, you might get 1000 people and nobody wants to join your membership. You might get 1000 and 100 want to join your membership. But we’ll never know if we don’t try.

ELIZABETH: Right.

SHANE: So, let’s go for it and try it.

ELIZABETH: Let’s do it.

SHANE: let me ask you this real quick, I’m going to turn this around a little bit and ask you a question; what is your strategy? We have talked a lot about with you about traffic because that’s – we know you have a good site, we know you have a great membership content, people are in there, but like what is your ad strategy? I think a lot of people get to a point where there are kind of scared to really dive into ads. But instead of only going the free route, do you have an ad plan in mind going forward?

ELIZABETH: Yes, I’ve spent some money on advertising until you guys told me to stop –

SHANE: Because you didn’t have a product.

ELIZABETH: I didn’t have a product. Now I have my product and so the plan is to come – I have a webinar structured based upon a speaking engagement that I did locally, so I’m turning that into a webinar, adding some sales slides at the end for my membership community. That’s one of my next step things. Then, I’ll be advertising that webinar and you know, I might record it as well so that it’s available. I know we’ve talked about that, it could be live or it could be pre-recorded, and so I don’t have any – I also need to get more knowledge although that is not going to stop me from putting ads out there, on how to really get the most out of the Facebook advertising. I have a friend actually who is really savvy at it, and that send that she would sit down with me and walk me through it. She’s going to help me set up my really specific segments.

SHANE: Awesome, so it is on your radar.

ELIZABETH: Yes.

SHANE: We’ve had a lot of luck lately with retargeting, right Jocelyn? And I think this could come in good for you too.

JOCELYN: Yes, for sure. Are you still doing content regularly like on a blog?

ELIZABETH: Yes, I do my content; every other week is what I strive for. Sometimes it doesn’t happen because I am a sandwich generation caregiver that works fulltime, but that is what I strive for. So, some of the things that I am coming up is I’m really trying to figure out how to blend, how to tease people a little bit and give them a taste of what’s in the community in my post. So for example, I did a caregiver spotlight interview and I did an expert interview recently with a care-giving consultant. Two separate things, and so I thought those I would turn those into posts and put a little clip in there with a little bit of information about this is what we talked about and here’s a little sound-bite for the rest of the story. It’s in the community; that was something I thought might be successful, but I try to definitely have an opt-in. You guys have trained me well; I’ve got probably five or six different opt-ins now that I’m just depending on the content. I’m putting those in my blot posts, so –

SHANE: I think another thing that you could do to promote, your space is really cool because it’s so relevant, it’s so topical, and I’m just wondering if maybe you should get like even some press. Maybe you should contact your local newspaper, contact your local TV station and just reach out to a few people to get you something like ‘Hey, here’s an article about care-giving’ or ‘Hey, I’ve got this blog about care-giving and it’s a big topic’ or something like that. Use that as a base to reach out to something like Huffington Post, things like that. It’s a lot easier to get on to some of those websites than you think it is. Maybe you can get some press about – like you are going to write some timely, topical, epic blog posts about why this is a huge problem for America, or you know, why care-giving should be on your radar if your parents are getting older. I’m wondering if you could hit some good press that would drive some traffic and kind of create some momentum. You do love to write and I think that would be totally in your wheelhouse.

ELIZABETH: Yes, I love to write, I’ve also been exploring and talking to – on a couple of different podcasts, I have one actually scheduled for next week, so trying to kind of get into that realm as well. The different care-giving podcasts, self-care related podcasts, local speaking, I’m open to anything. I have a lot of content to disperse so –

JOCELYN: Well great, I think that this is a good conversation today and there are a lot of ideas out there. Just take things one day at a time, one thing at a time. Don’t try to do everything at once because it’s not going to work. Just start something, go with it, see what happens and then we’ll start and look at something else. So, based on everything that we talked about today, we always ask people at the end of the calls, what’s one thing that you plan to take action on in the next 24-48 hours?

ELIZABETH: The next step for me that I’m going to take action on is that I’m going to put a question out into the forum. I like to not reinvent the wheel and learn from my peers out there about what they are doing for their indoctrination sequence and really get that going and get that started so that I can build engagement in the forum. The thing after that would be the contests and to give some incentives, something, really a quick win, a quick-win incentive.

SHANE: Awesome, that is a great plan. I think you are slowly and steadily moving toward like what we want to accomplish here. You have been putting in the work, you get after it, you take action and the progress is happening. Now you just got to keep pouring gasoline on the fire. So those were great questions, I think we had a great discussion today about different ways to build conversation in your membership, grow your membership. A lot of our conversation sometimes gear on building membership, but this was a great look inside of an existing membership to see how it works and I think everyone is going to get a lot out of this call. So thank you so much for sharing today.

ELIZABETH: Thank you, I enjoyed it so much. Thanks guys.

SHANE: All right, we’ll see you in the forums.

ELIZABETH: Sounds good.

**
SHANE: Another awesome call with one of our Flip Your Life community members. To learn more about our Flip Your Life community, head over to flippedlifestyle.com/flipyourlife and we can help you with your online business today.

JOCELYN: Next we are going to move into our Can’t-miss Moment segment of the show. These are moments that we were able to experience recently that we might have missed if we were still working and our regular nine-to-five jobs.

SHANE: This week’s Can’t-miss Moment is kind of hilarious actually, because we accidently paid off all my student loans. I still had some student loan debt that we carried forward, and we looked up and lo and behold, it was gone.

JOCELYN: I made a payment and the next thing you know, I got two checks in the mail and –

SHANE: Money back.

JOCELYN: – and I also got a notice from the bank because I use online bill-pay that said that they had returned a check. I’m like, okay that’s weird. So we contacted them and –

SHANE: Lo and behold, we just totally paid off the student loan, didn’t even realize it. We kind of just mindlessly had been paying that and it really that amount of money didn’t affect our monthly bills anymore. So we kind of just said, we’ll pay this until it’s gone. We knew it was closed but that was kind of a pleasant surprise, to just accidentally pay off the student loans and know that we will never have to make one of those student loan payments again. So, for everybody out there, you know, getting this online business thing going, if you have student debt, keep going because all of that stuff will disappear eventually once you get your online business to the next level.

JOCELYN: Definitely a Can’t-miss Moment.

SHANE: Before we sign off, we like to close every show with a verse from the Bible. Today’s verse comes from 1Peter 4:10. The Bible says, “Each of you should use whatever gift you have received to serve others.” Make sure you are using whatever gifts and talents you have in your online business. Get out there, serve other people, people need you and what you know. That’s all the time we have for this week. As always guys, thanks for listening to the Flipped Lifestyle Podcast. Until next time, get out there, take action, do whatever it takes to flip your life. We’ll see you then.

JOCELYN: Bye!

Filed Under: Podcast

  • 1
  • 2
  • 3
  • …
  • 8
  • Next Page »

Hey y'all! We're Shane & Jocelyn.
We are a real family making our living entirely online. We can show you how your family can too!

New Content

FL 114 – We help Luke relaunch his membership and fully automate payment options

FL 113 – We teach Shon how to target his audience using Facebook ads

FL 112 – We help Kiana decide if she should stick with her current online business or pivot to something new!

FL 111 – We teach Cheryl how to start an online Public Relations membership for entrepreneurs

FL 110 – Our Quit-iversary Special: 3 Years of Living The Flipped Lifestyle

FL 109 – We help Travis improve retention for his membership website

SeaWorld Vacation Review – SeaWorld, Orlando Florida

FL 108 – We teach Karen how to use Live Events and Webinars to attract more people into her membership

FL 107 – We help Yanina grow an accessible membership community for women entrepreneurs

FL 106 – We help Scott transition his 1-on-1 business coaching into a scalable membership model

Most Popular Posts

How $0.11 Changed Our Lives

If We Could Do 1 Thing Over in Our Online Business, it Would be…

It Ain’t Gotta Be Perfect…

FL 03 How to Work Together, Without Killin’ Each Other

That’s just the way it is…or is it? You can choose a better life…

FL 14 – How to Start an Online Business in 1 Hour a Day & for $100 a Month

FL 15 – What to do in Month 2 of Starting an Online Business with only 1 Hour a Day & $100 a Month

FL 23 – Helping Brad & Laura Take Their Business to the Next Level

FL 24 – How to Reach Your Goals and Live Your Dreams This Year!

Privacy Policy
FYL Terms

What if you could change your family's future? You can, just like we did!
Get our FREE 6 video e-course and we will show you how to create and sell your own digital product online.
(Even if you don't have a website!)
We can't wait to help your family get started!